NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
485BPOS, 1996-04-16
Previous: NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT, 485BPOS, 1996-04-16
Next: TRUSTCO BANK CORP N Y, 8-K, 1996-04-16



   
                                                               File No. 33-69892
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               File No. 811-3341
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                    FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933                                                   [  X  ]

Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                   [     ]

Post-Effective Amendment No. 3                                [  X  ]

                                     and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT
COMPANY ACT OF 1940                                           [  X  ]

Amendment No. 4                                               [  X  ]

                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                               (Name of Depositor)

            20 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401
         (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

        Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (612) 342-7346

                                Robert B. Saginaw
                  Northwestern National Life Insurance Company
                           20 Washington Avenue South
                          Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401
                     (Name and Address of Agent of Service)

                  Approximate date of proposed Public Offering:
             As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement
                               becomes effective.

              It is proposed that this filing will become effective
                            (check appropriate space)

[   ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 
[ X ] on April 30, 1996 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 
[   ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph  (a) of Rule 485 
[   ] on (date)  pursuant to  paragraph  (a) of Rule 485.

Registrant  has  chosen  to  register  an  indefinite  amount of  securities  in
accordance with Rule 24f-2. The Rule 24f-2 Notice for  Registrant's  most recent
fiscal year was filed on or about February 26, 1996.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    



<PAGE>


                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT

                  Cross Reference Sheet Pursuant to Rule 495(a)

   
  Form N-4
ITEM NUMBER           PART A HEADING IN PROSPECTUS
    

      1.              Cover Page
      2.              Definitions
      3.              Summary
      4.              Condensed Financial Information
      5.              The Company; The Variable Account; Investment of the 
                         Variable Account
      6.              Charges Made by the Company
      7.              The Contracts
      8.              Annuity Provisions
      9.              The Contracts
     10.              The Contracts
     11.              The Contracts
     12.              Federal Tax Status
     13.              Legal Proceedings
     14.              Statement of Additional Information Table of Contents

                      PART B HEADING IN STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     15.              Cover Page
     16.              Table of Contents
     17.              Introduction
     18.              Administration of the Contracts
     19.              Distribution of the Contracts
     20.              Distribution of the Contracts
     21.              Calculation of Yield and Return
     22.              Annuity Provisions (In Prospectus)
     23.              Financial Statements

                      PART C HEADINGS

     24.              Financial Statements and Exhibits
     25.              Directors and Officers of the Depositor
     26.              Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the 
                         Depositor or Registrant
     27.              Number of Contract Owners
     28.              Indemnification
     29.              Principal Underwriters
     30.              Location of Accounts and Records
     31.              Not Applicable
     32.              Undertakings


<PAGE>
                   [LOGO]


                                                       -------------------------
                                                       April 30, 1996 Prospectus
                                                       -------------------------

                                                             INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED

                                                                  VARIABLE/FIXED

                                                                ANNUITY CONTRACT





                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

<PAGE>


                           20 Washington Avenue South
                          Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401

                                 --------------

              INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE/FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                    ISSUED BY
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                                       AND
                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


     The Individual Deferred  Variable/Fixed Annuity Contracts described in this
Prospectus are flexible purchase payment contracts. The Contracts are sold to or
in  connection  with  retirement  plans which may or may not qualify for special
federal tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. (See "Federal Tax Status"
on page 23.) Annuity  payments under the Contracts are deferred until a selected
later date.

     Purchase  payments  may  be  allocated  to  one or  more  of the  available
Sub-Accounts  of NWNL  Select  Variable  Account  (the  "Variable  Account"),  a
separate   account  of  Northwestern   National  Life  Insurance   Company  (the
"Company"),  and/or to the Fixed  Account  (which is the general  account of the
Company). The Fixed Account is not available to Contract Owners in the States of
Maryland, Oregon, South Carolina and Washington.

     Purchase payments allocated to one or more of the available Sub-Accounts of
the Variable  Account,  as selected by the Contract  Owner,  will be invested in
shares at net asset  value of one or more of a group of  investment  funds  (the
"Investment  Funds").  The Investment Funds are currently the five portfolios of
the  Variable  Insurance  Products  Fund and  four  portfolios  of the  Variable
Insurance Products Fund II, which are managed by Fidelity  Management & Research
Company of Boston, Massachusetts, three funds of the Northstar/NWNL Trust, which
are  managed  by  Northstar  Investment  Management  Corporation  of  Greenwich,
Connecticut,  and six  portfolios of Putnam  Capital  Manager  Trust,  which are
managed by Putnam Investment  Management,  Inc. ("Putnam Management") of Boston,
Massachusetts.  Each  Investment  Fund pays its investment  adviser certain fees
charged against the assets of the Investment Fund. The Variable Account Contract
Value and the amount of variable annuity payments will vary,  primarily based on
the investment  performance of the Investment Funds whose shares are held in the
Sub-Accounts  selected.  (For more information  about the Investment  Funds, see
"Investments of the Variable Account" on page 12.)

   
     Additional  information  about the Contracts,  the Company and the Variable
Account,  contained in a Statement  of  Additional  Information  dated April 30,
1996,  has been  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and is
available  upon  request   without  charge  by  writing  to  Washington   Square
Securities, Inc., 20 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55401. The
Statement of Additional  Information  relating to the Contracts  having the same
date as this  Prospectus is incorporated  by reference in this  Prospectus.  The
Table of Contents for the  Statement of Additional  Information  may be found on
page 29 of this Prospectus.
    

     INFORMATION  ABOUT THE FIXED  ACCOUNT  MAY BE FOUND IN  APPENDIX A, ON PAGE
A-1.

     NO  PERSON  IS  AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE  ANY   INFORMATION   OR  TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS OR ACCOMPANYING
INVESTMENT  FUND  PROSPECTUSES  AND,  IF  GIVEN  OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION  OR
REPRESENTATIONS  MUST  NOT BE  RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY  SECURITIES  OTHER THAN THE  REGISTERED  SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES.
THIS   PROSPECTUS   DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  OR   SOLICITATION  IN  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL.

     THIS PROSPECTUS  SETS FORTH  CONCISELY THE  INFORMATION  ABOUT THE CONTRACT
THAT A  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTOR  OUGHT TO KNOW  BEFORE  INVESTING  AND  SHOULD  BE
RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

THIS  PROSPECTUS IS  ACCOMPANIED  BY THE CURRENT  PROSPECTUSES  FOR THE VARIABLE
INSURANCE   PRODUCTS  FUND,  THE  VARIABLE   INSURANCE  PRODUCTS  FUND  II,  THE
NORTHSTAR/NWNL  TRUST AND PUTNAM  CAPITAL  MANAGER  TRUST AND IS VALID ONLY WHEN
ACCOMPANIED BY SUCH PROSPECTUSES.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

SHARES OF THE  INVESTMENT  FUNDS AND INTERESTS IN THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS
OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF, OR  GUARANTEED  OR ENDORSED BY, A BANK,  AND THE SHARES AND
INTERESTS  ARE  NOT  FEDERALLY   INSURED  BY  THE  FEDERAL   DEPOSIT   INSURANCE
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.

   
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS APRIL 30, 1996.

N700.207c
    


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Definitions .................................................................  3
Summary of Contract Expenses ................................................  5
   
Summary .....................................................................  8
Condensed Financial Information .............................................  9
    
Performance Information ..................................................... 11
The Company ................................................................. 12
The Variable Account ........................................................ 12
Investments of the Variable Account ......................................... 12
Charges Made by the Company ................................................. 15
   Surrender Charge (Contingent
     Deferred Sales Charge) ................................................. 15
   Annual Contract Charge ................................................... 16
   Mortality Risk Premium ................................................... 16
   Expense Risk Premium ..................................................... 16
   Administration Charge .................................................... 17
   Sufficiency of Charges ................................................... 17
   Premium and Other Taxes .................................................. 17
   Reduction of Charges ..................................................... 17
   Expenses of the Investment Funds ......................................... 17
Administration of the Contracts ............................................. 17
The Contracts ............................................................... 17
   Allocation of Purchase Payments .......................................... 18
   Sub-Account Accumulation Unit Value ...................................... 18
   Net Investment Factor .................................................... 18
   Death Benefit Before the Annuity
     Commencement Date ...................................................... 19
   Death Benefit After the Annuity
     Commencement Date ...................................................... 19
   Surrender (Redemption) ................................................... 19
   Systematic Withdrawals ................................................... 20
   Transfers ................................................................ 20
   Written Transfers ........................................................ 20
   Telephone Transfers ...................................................... 21
   Dollar Cost Averaging Transfers .......................................... 21
   Assignments .............................................................. 21
   Contract Owner and Beneficiaries ......................................... 21
   Contract Inquiries ....................................................... 22
Annuity Provisions .......................................................... 22
   Annuity Commencement Date ................................................ 22
   Annuity Form Selection ................................................... 22
   Annuity Forms ............................................................ 22
   Frequency and Amount
     of Annuity Payments .................................................... 22
   Annuity Payments ......................................................... 23
   Sub-Account Annuity Unit Value ........................................... 23
   Assumed Investment Rate .................................................. 23
Federal Tax Status .......................................................... 23
   Introduction ............................................................. 23
   Tax Status of the Contract ............................................... 24
   Taxation of Annuities .................................................... 24
   Transfers, Assignments or Exchanges of a Contract ........................ 26
   Withholding .............................................................. 26
   Multiple Contracts ....................................................... 26
   Taxation of Qualified Plans .............................................. 26
   Possible Charge for the Company's Taxes .................................. 27
   Other Tax Consequences ................................................... 27
Voting of Fund Shares ....................................................... 27
Distribution of the Contracts ............................................... 28
Revocation .................................................................. 28
Reports to Owners ........................................................... 28
Legal Proceedings ........................................................... 28
Financial Statements and Experts ............................................ 28
Further Information ......................................................... 28
Statement of Additional
   Information Table of Contents ............................................ 29
Appendix ..................................................................  A-1
Investment Fund Prospectuses
   
   Fidelity's Variable Insurance Products Fund (VIPF):
   Money Market Portfolio ...............................................  VIP-1
   High Income Portfolio ................................................  VIP-1
   Equity-Income Portfolio ..............................................  VIP-1
   Growth Portfolio .....................................................  VIP-1
   Overseas Portfolio ...................................................  VIP-1
Fidelity's Variable Insurance Products
Fund II (VIPF II):
   Asset Manager Portfolio ...........................................   VIPII-1
   Investment Grade Bond Portfolio ...................................   VIPII-1
   Index 500 Portfolio ...............................................   VIPII-1
   Contrafund Portfolio ..............................................   VIPII-1
    
Northstar/NWNL Trust (Northstar):
   Northstar Income and Growth Fund ..............................   Northstar-1
   Northstar Growth Fund .........................................   Northstar-1
   Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund ..............................   Northstar-1
Putnam Capital Manager Trust (PCM): 
   PCM Diversified Income Fund ..........................................  PCM-1
   PCM Growth and Income Fund ...........................................  PCM-1
   PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund .................................  PCM-1
   PCM Voyager Fund .....................................................  PCM-1
   PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund .........................................  PCM-1
   PCM New Opportunities Fund ...........................................  PCM-1

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS


ANNUITANT- The person who is named by the Owner to receive annuity  payments and
     whose life determines the annuity benefits payable.

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT  DATE  (COMMENCEMENT  DATE) - The date on which the annuity
     payments  begin,  which must be the first day of a month.  The date will be
     the first day of the month following the  Annuitant's  75th birthday unless
     an earlier or later date has been selected by the Owner and, if the date is
     later,  it has been agreed to by the Company.  If the Annuity  Commencement
     Date  selected by the Owner does not occur on a Valuation  Date at least 60
     days after the date on which the Contract was issued,  the Company reserves
     the right to adjust the Commencement Date to the first Valuation Date after
     the Commencement  Date selected by the Owner that is at least 60 days after
     the Contract issue date.

BENEFICIARY - The person who is named by the Owner to receive the Contract Value
     upon the death of the Owner  before  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date or to
     receive the balance of the annuity payments, if any, under the Annuity Form
     in effect at the Annuitant's death.

CODE - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

CONTRACT  ANNIVERSARY - Occurs yearly on the same day and month the Contract was
     issued.

CONTRACT OWNER  (OWNER) - The person who controls all the rights and  privileges
     under the Contract. The Annuitant owns the Contract unless another Owner is
     named as provided  for in the  Contract.  The Contract may be owned by one,
     but no more than two, natural persons only,  except when it is held under a
     retirement  plan  described  in  Section  401(a)  or  403(a),  or a program
     described in Section 403(b) of the Code.

CONTRACT VALUE - The sum of (a) the Variable  Account  Contract Value,  which is
     the value of the Sub-Account Accumulation Units under the Contract plus (b)
     the Fixed Account  Contract  Value,  which is the sum of purchase  payments
     allocated to the Fixed Account under the Contract,  plus credited interest,
     minus surrenders,  surrender  charges  previously  applied,  and any annual
     administrative  charges  applicable  to the  Fixed  Account,  and minus any
     transfers to the Variable Account.

CONTRACT YEAR - Each twelve-month period starting with the date the Contract was
     issued and each Contract Anniversary after that.

DEATH BENEFIT - The amount payable upon the death of a Contract Owner before the
     Annuity   Commencement   Date.  (See  "Death  Benefit  Before  the  Annuity
     Commencement Date" on page 19.)

DEATH BENEFIT VALUATION DATE - The Death Benefit Valuation Date is the Valuation
     Date next  following  the date the  Company  receives  proof of death and a
     written request from the Beneficiary for a single sum payment or an Annuity
     Form permitted by Section 72(s) of the Code.

FIXED ACCOUNT - The Fixed  Account is the general  account of the Company, which
     consists  of all  assets of the  Company  other  than  those  allocated  to
     separate accounts of the Company.

FIXED ANNUITY - An annuity with payments which do not vary as to dollar amount.

INVESTMENT FUNDS - Any  open-end  management  investment  company (or  portfolio
     thereof)  or  unit  investment   trust  (or  series  thereof)  in  which  a
     Sub-Account invests as described herein.

NORTHSTAR - Northstar/NWNL Trust
     Northstar Income and Growth Fund
     Northstar Growth Fund
     Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund

PCM - Putnam Capital Manager Trust 
     PCM Diversified Income Fund 
     PCM Growth and Income Fund 
     PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund 
     PCM Voyager Fund 
     PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund 
     PCM New Opportunities Fund

QUALIFIED PLAN - A  retirement  plan  under  Sections  401,  403,  408 or 457 or
     similar provisions of the Code.

                                       3
<PAGE>

SPECIFIED CONTRACT  ANNIVERSARY - Each  consecutive  six year  anniversary  date
     measured  from the date the Contract  was issued.  The  Specified  Contract
     Anniversary is used to determine the Death Benefit  payable if the Contract
     Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. (See "Death Benefit Before
     the Annuity Commencement Date" on page 19.)

SUB-ACCOUNT - That portion of the Variable Account  available under the Contract
     which invests in shares of a specific Investment Fund.

SUB-ACCOUNT ACCUMULATION UNIT - A unit of measure used to determine the Variable
     Account Contract Value before annuity payments start.

SUCCESSOR  BENEFICIARY  - The  person  named to become  the  Beneficiary  if the
     Beneficiary is not alive.

VALUATIONDATE - The close of the market each day the New York Stock  Exchange is
     open  for  trading  and the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  has not
     suspended Trading.

VALUATION  PERIOD - The time  interval  between  a  Valuation  Date and the next
     Valuation Date.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT - A separate  account of the Company  consisting  of assets set
     aside by the Company, the investment  performance of which is kept separate
     from that of the general assets of the Company.

VARIABLE ANNUITY - A series of periodic  payments  to the  Annuitant  which will
     vary in amount,  primarily based on the investment  results of the Variable
     Account Sub-Accounts under the Contract.

VARIABLE ANNUITY UNIT - A unit of measure used in the  calculation of the second
     and each subsequent variable annuity payment from the Variable Account.

VIPF - Variable Insurance Products Fund
     Money Market Portfolio
     High Income Portfolio
     Equity-Income Portfolio
     Growth Portfolio
     Overseas Portfolio

VIPF II - Variable Insurance Products Fund II
     Asset Manager Portfolio
     Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
     Index 500 Portfolio
     Contrafund Portfolio


                                       4
<PAGE>


                          SUMMARY OF CONTRACT EXPENSES


CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases......................................     None

Surrender  Charge  (as a  percentage  of  amounts  surrendered  attributable  to
purchase payments made in the last six Contract Years) (a)


      CONTRACT YEAR OF SURRENDER               Surrender Charge
        MINUS CONTRACT YEAR OF                as a Percentage of
           PURCHASE PAYMENT                  EACH PURCHASE PAYMENT
           ----------------                  ---------------------
                   0                                    6%
                   1                                    6
                   2                                    5
                   3                                    5
                   4                                    4
                   5                                    4
              6 and later                               0

Transfer Charge (b) ........................................................None
ANNUAL CONTRACT CHARGE ......................................................$30
   
    
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of average account value)
Mortality and Expense Risk Premiums .......................................1.25%
Other Account Fees and Expenses (See "Administration Charge" on page 17.).. .15%
Total Separate Account Annual Expense .....................................1.40%

ANNUAL INVESTMENT FUND EXPENSES
(as a percentage of Investment Fund average net assets)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                                                  TOTAL INVESTMENT
                                                                              MANAGEMENT          OTHER             FUND ANNUAL
                                                                                 FEES           EXPENSES              EXPENSES
                                                                                 ----           --------              --------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>                   <C>  
VIPF Money Market Portfolio...............................................       0.24%           0.09%                 0.33%
VIPF High Income Portfolio (c)............................................       0.60%           0.11%                 0.71%
VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio..............................................       0.51%           0.10%                 0.61%
VIPF Growth Portfolio.....................................................       0.61%           0.09%                 0.70%
VIPF Overseas Portfolio...................................................       0.76%           0.15%                 0.91%


                                                                                                                  TOTAL INVESTMENT
                                                                              MANAGEMENT          OTHER             FUND ANNUAL
                                                                                 FEES           EXPENSES              EXPENSES
                                                                                 ----           --------              --------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>                   <C>  
VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio (c)........................................      0.71%           0.08%                 0.79%
VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio....................................      0.45%           0.14%                 0.59%
VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio (d)............................................      0.28%           0.00%                 0.28%
VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio (c)...........................................      0.61%           0.11%                 0.72%


                                                                                                                  TOTAL INVESTMENT
                                                                              MANAGEMENT          OTHER             FUND ANNUAL
                                                                                 FEES           EXPENSES              EXPENSES
                                                                                 ----           --------              --------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>                   <C>  
Northstar Income and Growth Fund (e)......................................       0.75%           0.05%                 0.80%
Northstar Growth Fund (e).................................................       0.75%           0.05%                 0.80%
Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund (e)......................................       0.75%           0.05%                 0.80%


                                                                                                                  TOTAL INVESTMENT
                                                                              MANAGEMENT          OTHER             FUND ANNUAL
                                                                                 FEES           EXPENSES              EXPENSES
                                                                                 ----           --------              --------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>                   <C>  
PCM Diversified Income Fund...................................................   0.70%           0.15%                 0.85%
PCM Growth and Income Fund....................................................   0.52%           0.05%                 0.57%
PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund.(f)......................................   0.70%           0.08%                 0.78%
PCM Voyager Fund..............................................................   0.62%           0.06%                 0.68%
PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund (g)..............................................   0.33%           0.56%                 0.89%
PCM New Opportunities Fund....................................................   0.70%           0.14%                 0.84%
</TABLE>

     The fee and expense information regarding the Investment Funds was provided
by the  Investment  Funds.  The Variable  Insurance  Products Fund, the Variable
Insurance  Products Fund II and Putnam Capital  Manager Trust are not affiliated
with the Company.
    

                                       5
<PAGE>

EXAMPLES

     If you surrender  your contract at the end of the  applicable  time period,
you would pay the  following  expenses  on a $1,000  investment,  assuming  a 5%
annual return on assets.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>          <C> 
VIPF Money Market Portfolio........................................................     $73         $103         $136         $216
VIPF High Income Portfolio.........................................................      77          115          155          256
VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio.......................................................      76          111          150          245
VIPF Growth Portfolio..............................................................      76          114          155          255
VIPF Overseas Portfolio............................................................      79          121          165          276

<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>          <C> 
VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio....................................................     $77         $117         $159         $264
VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio............................................      75          111          149          243
VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio........................................................      72          101          133          211
VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio.......................................................      77          115          156          257

<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>          <C> 
Northstar Income and Growth Fund...................................................     $77         $117         $160         $265
Northstar Growth Fund..............................................................      77          117          160          265
Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund...................................................      77          117          160          265

<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>          <C>          <C> 
PCM Diversified Income Fund........................................................     $78         $119         $162         $270
PCM Growth and Income Fund.........................................................      75          110          148          241
PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund...............................................      77          117          159          263
PCM Voyager Fund...................................................................      76          114          154          253
PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund.......................................................      78          120          164          274
PCM New Opportunities Fund.........................................................      78          118          162          269
</TABLE>

     If you annuitize  your contract at the end of the  applicable  time period,
you would pay the  following  expenses  on a $1,000  investment,  assuming  a 5%
annual return on assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1 YEAR*      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                     -------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C> 
VIPF Money Market Portfolio.......................................................      $73          $58         $100         $216
VIPF High Income Portfolio........................................................       77           70          119          256
VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio......................................................       76           66          114          245
VIPF Growth Portfolio.............................................................       76           69          119          255
VIPF Overseas Portfolio...........................................................       79           76          129          276

<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1 YEAR*      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                     -------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C> 
VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio...................................................      $77          $72         $123         $264
VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio...........................................       75           66          113          243
VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio.......................................................       72           56           97          211
VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio......................................................       77           70          120          257

<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1 YEAR*      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                     -------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C> 
Northstar Income and Growth Fund..................................................      $78          $73         $126         $269
Northstar Growth Fund.............................................................       78           73          126          269
Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund..................................................       78           73          126          269

<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1 YEAR*      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                     -------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>          <C> 
PCM Diversified Income Fund.......................................................      $78          $74         $126         $270
PCM Growth and Income Fund........................................................       75           65          112          241
PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund..............................................       77           72          123          263
PCM Voyager Fund..................................................................       76           69          118          253
PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund......................................................       78           75          128          274
PCM New Opportunities Fund........................................................       78           73          126          269
</TABLE>

*If the  Contract's  Annuity  Commencement  Date  occurs  during  the  first two
Contract Years following the date the Contract was issued a Surrender  Charge is
deducted and the expenses shown in year 1 reflect this deduction.

    

                                       6
<PAGE>

   

     If you do not  surrender  or  annuitize  your  contract  at the  end of the
applicable  time  period,  you would  pay the  following  expenses  on a $ 1,000
investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>           <C> 
VIPF Money Market Portfolio........................................................     $19         $58         $100          $216
VIPF High Income Portfolio.........................................................      23          70          119           256
VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio.......................................................      22          66          114           245
VIPF Growth Portfolio..............................................................      22          69          119           255
VIPF Overseas Portfolio............................................................      25          76          129           276

<CAPTION>

                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>           <C> 
VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio....................................................     $23         $72         $123          $264
VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio............................................      21          66          113           243
VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio........................................................      18          56           97           211
VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio.......................................................      23          70          120           257

<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>           <C> 
Northstar Income and Growth Fund...................................................     $24         $73         $126          $269
Northstar Growth Fund..............................................................      24          73          126           269
Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund...................................................      24          73          126           269

<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
                                                                                      ------      -------      -------      --------
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>           <C> 
PCM Diversified Income Fund........................................................     $24         $74         $126          $270
PCM Growth and Income Fund.........................................................      21          65          112           241
PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund...............................................      23          72          123           263
PCM Voyager Fund...................................................................      22          69          118           253
PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund.......................................................      24          75          128           274
PCM New Opportunities Fund.........................................................      24          73          126           269
</TABLE>

(a)  Under certain  situations  amounts may be surrendered free of any surrender
     charge.  For  more  information  on the  Surrender  Charge,  see  page  15,
     "Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)". The Company reserves
     the right to charge a partial  surrender  processing  fee not to exceed the
     lesser of 2% of the partial  surrender  amount or $25. For more information
     on the processing fee, see page 19, "Surrender (Redemption)".

(b)  The Company  currently  does not impose a charge on  transfers  between the
     Sub-Accounts  or to the Fixed  Account,  although the Company  reserves the
     right to impose a charge not to exceed $25 per each transfer.

(c)  During 1995, a portion of the brokerage commissions paid by the High Income
     Portfolio,  Asset Manager  Portfolio and  Contrafund  Portfolio was used to
     reduce each respective portfolio's expenses.  Without the reduction,  total
     operating  expenses would have been 0.71%,  0.81% and 0.73%,  respectively,
     for each portfolio. For more information on the portfolios' Management Fees
     and Expenses, see the prospectus for the Fund.

(d)  During 1995, the investment adviser to the Index 500 Portfolio reimbursed a
     portion of the  portfolio's  expenses.  Without  the  reimbursement,  total
     operating  expenses  would have been  0.47%.  For more  information  on the
     portfolio's Management Fees and Expenses, see the prospectus for the Fund.

(e)  The investment adviser to the Northstar/NWNL  Trust has agreed to reimburse
     the  three  Northstar  Funds  for any  expenses  in excess of 0.80% of each
     Fund's average daily net assets. In the absence of the investment adviser's
     expense  reimbursements,  the actual  expenses that would have been paid by
     each Fund during its fiscal year ended  December  31, 1995 would have been:
     Income and Growth  Fund-1.74%;  Growth  Fund-2.04%;  and Multi-Sector  Bond
     Fund-2.06%.

(f)  On January 7, 1996, the Trustees of Putnam Capital Manager Trust approved a
     proposal  to change  the fees  payable  to the  trust's  adviser  under its
     management  contract for PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund. The proposed
     change, which increases total operating expenses from 0.68% to 0.78% and is
     reflected in the figures shown above, is subject to shareholder approval at
     a meeting  scheduled for July 11, 1996. For more  information on the Fund's
     management fees and expenses, see the prospectus for the Fund.

(g)  In the absence of the  expense  limitation  in effect for the  period,  the
     estimated total operating expense would be 1.70%.

     THE  EXAMPLES  SHOWN  IN  THE  TABLE  ABOVE  SHOULD  NOT  BE  CONSIDERED  A
REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES.  ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE MORE OR LESS
THAN THOSE SHOWN. THE 5% ANNUAL RETURN ASSUMED IS HYPOTHETICAL AND SHOULD NOT BE
CONSIDERED  A  REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE  ANNUAL  RETURNS,  WHICH MAY BE
GREATER OR LESS THAN THE ASSUMED RATE.

     The purpose of this table is to assist the Contract Owner in  understanding
the various costs and expenses that a Contract  Owner will bear either  directly
or indirectly.  The table reflects the expenses of the Variable  Account as well
as those of the Investment Funds. The $30 Annual Contract Charge is reflected as
an annual percentage  charge in this table based on the anticipated  average net
assets in the Variable  Account and Fixed Account,  which translates to a charge
equal to an annual  rate of 0.113% of the  Variable  Account  and Fixed  Account
values.

     In addition to the costs and expenses  shown in this table,  state  premium
taxes may also be  applicable.  For more  information on state premium taxes see
page 17, "Premium and Other Taxes".

    

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                     SUMMARY

     The  Contracts  are flexible  premium  individual  deferred  variable/fixed
retirement  annuity  contracts  issued by the Variable  Account and the Company.
(See "The Company" and "The  Variable  Account" on page 12.) They are sold to or
in  connection  with  retirement  plans which may or may not qualify for special
federal tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. (See "Federal Tax Status"
on page 23.) Annuity  payments  under the Contracts  are deferred  until a later
date.

     Purchase  payments  may  be  allocated  to  one or  more  of the  available
Sub-Accounts  of the  Variable  Account  and/or to the Fixed  Account (the Fixed
Account is not available to Contract  Owners in the States of Maryland,  Oregon,
South  Carolina  and  Washington).  Purchase  payments  allocated to one or more
Sub-Accounts  of the  Variable  Account  will be invested in shares at net asset
value of one or more of the  Investment  Funds.  The Variable  Account  Contract
Value and the amount of variable annuity payments will vary,  primarily based on
the investment  performance of the Investment Funds whose shares are held in the
Sub-Accounts selected. (See "Investments of the Variable Account" on page 12.)

     No deduction for a sales charge is made from the purchase  payments for the
Contracts.  However, a surrender charge (contingent  deferred sales charge) may,
with  certain  exceptions,  apply to whole or  partial  surrenders  of  purchase
payments that have been  credited  under the Contract for less than six Contract
Years.  Except for  Contracts  issued in the state of  Washington,  a  surrender
charge will also be deducted if the Contract's Annuity  Commencement Date occurs
within the first two years after the date the Contract was issued. The amount of
the surrender charge will vary as follows:


      CONTRACT YEAR OF SURRENDER             SURRENDER CHARGE AS A
        MINUS CONTRACT YEAR OF                PERCENTAGE OF EACH
           PURCHASE PAYMENT                    PURCHASE PAYMENT
           ----------------                    ----------------
                 0 - 1                                 6%
                 2 - 3                                 5
                 4 - 5                                 4
              6 and later                              0

(See "Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)" on page 15.)

     In addition,  on each  Contract  Anniversary  (and on the  surrender of the
Contract for its full value if it is not surrendered on a Contract  Anniversary)
the Company will deduct from the  Contract  Value an Annual  Contract  Charge of
$30.  During the annuity  period the Annual  Contract  Charge will be separately
assessed  against fixed annuity  payments and variable annuity payments and will
be  deducted  from each fixed  annuity  payment and from each  variable  annuity
payment in equal  installments  if both forms of annuity  payment are  selected.
Otherwise  such  charge  will be  deducted  from each fixed  annuity or variable
annuity  payment as applicable.  The Annual  Contract Charge is to reimburse the
Company for administrative expenses relating to the issue and maintenance of the
Contracts. (See "Annual Contract Charge" on page 16.)

   
     The Company also deducts a Mortality Risk Premium,  an Expense Risk Premium
and an Administration  Charge, equal to an annual rate of 1.40% of the daily net
assets of the available  Sub-Accounts  of the Variable  Account. (See "Mortality
Risk Premium" and "Expense Risk Premium" on page 16 and "Administration  Charge"
on page 17.)
    

     The initial  purchase  payment  must be $5,000 or more for a  Non-Qualified
Contract  and no  subsequent  individual  payment may be less than $500.  If the
Contract is being  purchased  by or in  connection  with a Qualified  Plan,  the
minimum initial purchase payment is $2,000, and no subsequent individual payment
may be less than $200.  The  Company  may  choose  not to accept any  subsequent
purchase payment if the additional purchase payment,  when added to the Contract
Value at the next Valuation Date, would exceed $ 1,000,000. The Company reserves
the  right to  accept  smaller  initial  and  subsequent  purchase  payments  in
connection  with  special  circumstances,   including  sales  through  group  or
sponsored arrangements.

     If the Contract Value at the Annuity Commencement Date is less than $5,000,
the Contract Value may be distributed in a single sum payment in lieu of annuity
payments.  If any annuity  payment  would be less than $50,  the Company has the
right to change the  frequency  of payments to such  intervals as will result in
payments of at least $50 each. (See  "Frequency and Amount of Annuity  Payments"
on page 22.) The minimum frequency and amount of annuity payments or the minimum
Contract Value required for annuity payments may vary by state.

     Premium taxes payable to any  governmental  entity will be charged  against
the Contracts. (See "Premium and Other Taxes" on page 17.)

     The  Contract  Owner may  request  early  withdrawal  of all or part of the
Contract  Value  before  the  Annuity   Commencement   Date.   (See   "Surrender
(Redemption)" on page 19.) Under the Code,  penalty taxes may apply to the early
withdrawal of amounts  accumulated under a Contract whether or not such Contract
is part of a Qualified Plan. (See "Taxation of Annuities" on page 24.)

     The  Contract  Owner may return the  Contract  within ten days after it was
delivered  to the  Owner,  and  receive a refund of the  Contract  Value  unless
otherwise required by law. (See "Revocation" on page 28.)

                                       8
<PAGE>

                         CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following table shows,  for each  Sub-Account of the Variable  Account,
the value of a Sub-Account  Accumulation Unit as they are invested in portfolios
at the dates  shown,  and the total  number of  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Units
outstanding at the end of each period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                                                             1995        1994
                                                                                                             ----        ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>           <C>     
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTING IN
FIDELITY'S VIPF: (a)
(all portfolios from January 6, 1994):
Money Market Portfolio
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.2767      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $10.7316      $10.2767
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................    1,002,405       427,592
High Income Portfolio
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.6317      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $11.4563       $9.6317
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      608,287       239,723
Equity-Income Portfolio
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.5139      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $14.0081      $10.5139
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................    1,874,623       709,023
Growth Portfolio
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.8584      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $13.1611       $9.8584
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................    1,527,407       747,558
Overseas Portfolio
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.9447      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $10.7569       $9.9447
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      765,862       503,864
FIDELITY'S VIPF II: (a)
Asset Manager Portfolio
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.1981      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $10.6096       $9.1981
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................    1,333,252     1,089,020
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.4774      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $10.9662       $9.4774
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      668,429       306,289
Index 500 Portfolio
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.9476      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $13.4594       $9.9476
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      314,004        89,274
Contrafund Portfolio
(from May 1, 1995)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0000             -
   End of period....................................................................................     $12.1031             -
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      440,844             -
    
</TABLE>
                                       9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                                                             1995        1994
                                                                                                             ----        ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>           <C>     
NORTHSTAR'S: (a)
(all portfolios from January 3, 1995):
Income and Growth Fund
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0000             -
   End of period....................................................................................     $12.0224             -
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................       38,118             -
Growth Fund
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0000             -
   End of period....................................................................................     $12.3714             -
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................       16,298             -
Multi-Sector Bond Fund
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0000             -
   End of period....................................................................................     $11.3881             -
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................       21,964             -

PUTNAM'S: (a)
PCM Diversified Income Fund
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.4193      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $11.0666       $9.4193
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      574,909       334,112
PCM Growth and Income Fund
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.8762      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $13.3162       $9.8762
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      719,095       228,484
PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................      $9.2881      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $12.0072       $9.2881
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      237,434       109,160
PCM Voyager Fund
(from January 6, 1994)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0386      $10.0000
   End of period....................................................................................     $13.9272      $10.0386
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................    1,090,262       338,970
PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
(from May 1, 1995)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0000             -
   End of period....................................................................................     $10.1361             -
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................       77,407             -
PCM New Opportunities Fund
(from May 1, 1995)
   Beginning of period..............................................................................     $10.0000             -
   End of period....................................................................................     $13.3506             -
   Units outstanding at end of period...............................................................      279,170             -

</TABLE>

(a)  The portfolios of VIPF, VIPF II, Northstar and PCM were not available under
     the Contract prior to 1994.

     The Sub-Accounts  investing in shares of the VIPF II Contrafund  Portfolio,
Northstar  Funds,  PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund and PCM New  Opportunities  Fund
were not available under the Contract prior to 1995.

                                       10
    
<PAGE>
                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

     From time to time, the Company may advertise or include in sales literature
yields,  effective  yields,  and total returns for the  available  Sub-Accounts.
THESE  FIGURES ARE BASED ON  HISTORICAL  EARNINGS AND DO NOT INDICATE OR PROJECT
FUTURE  PERFORMANCE.  Each  Sub-Account  may,  from time to time,  advertise  or
include in sales literature performance relative to certain performance rankings
and indices compiled by independent organizations.  More detailed information as
to the  calculation of  performance  information,  as well as  comparisons  with
unmanaged market indices, appears in the Statement of Additional Information.

     Yields,  effective  yields and total returns for the Sub-Accounts are based
on the investment performance of the corresponding  portfolios of the Investment
Funds. The performance in part reflects the Investment Funds' expenses.  See the
prospectuses for the Investment Funds.

     The yield of the Sub-Account  investing in the VIPF Money Market  Portfolio
refers to the annualized  income  generated by an investment in the  Sub-Account
over a specified  seven-day period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the
income  generated for that seven-day  period is generated each seven-day  period
over a  52-week  period  and is shown as a  percentage  of the  investment.  The
effective yield is calculated similarly but, when annualized,  the income earned
by an investment in the  Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested.  The effective
yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the  compounding  effect
of this assumed reinvestment.

     The yield of a Sub-Account  (except the Money Market Sub-Account  investing
in the VIPF Money Market Portfolio) refers to the annualized income generated by
an investment in the Sub-Account  over a specified  30-day or one-month  period.
The yield is calculated by assuming that the income  generated by the investment
during that 30-day or one-month  period is generated each period over a 12-month
period and is shown as a percentage of the investment.

     The total return of a Sub-Account  refers to return quotations  assuming an
investment under a Contract has been held in the Sub-Account for various periods
of time  including,  but not  limited  to, a period  measured  from the date the
Sub-Account  commenced  operations.  Average annual total return refers to total
return  quotations  that are annualized  based on an average return over various
periods of time.

     The average  annual total return  quotations  represent the average  annual
compounded  rates of return that would equate an initial  investment  of $1,000
under a Contract to the redemption  value of that  investment as of the last day
of each of the periods for which total return  quotations are provided.  Average
annual total return information shows the average percentage change in the value
of an investment  in the  Sub-Account  from the beginning  date of the measuring
period to the end of that period.  This  version of average  annual total return
reflects all  historical  investment  results,  less all charges and  deductions
applied against the Sub-Account (including any surrender charge that would apply
if an Owner  terminated  the Contract at the end of each period  indicated,  but
excluding any deductions for premium taxes).

     When a  Sub-Account  has been in operation  for one,  five,  and ten years,
respectively,  the total return for these periods will be provided.  For periods
prior to the date the Sub-Account commenced operations,  performance information
for  Contracts  funded  by the  Sub-Accounts  will be  calculated  based  on the
performance of the  Investment  Funds'  portfolios  and the assumption  that the
Sub-Accounts  were in existence for the same periods as those  indicated for the
Investment  Funds'  portfolios,  with the level of Contract charges that were in
effect at the inception of the Sub-Accounts for the Contracts.

     Average total return  information  may be  presented,  computed on the same
basis as  described  above,  except  deductions  will not include the  surrender
charge.  In addition,  the Company may from time to time disclose average annual
total return in non-standard  formats and cumulative  total return for Contracts
funded by the Sub-Accounts.

     The Company may, from time to time,  also disclose  yield and total returns
for the  portfolios of the  Investment  Funds,  including  such  disclosure  for
periods prior to the dates the Sub-Accounts commenced operations.

     For additional  information  regarding the calculation of other performance
data, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

     In advertising and sales  literature,  the performance of each  Sub-Account
may be compared to the performance of other variable  annuity issuers in general
or to the  performance of particular  types of variable  annuities  investing in
mutual funds, or investment  series of mutual funds with  investment  objectives
similar to each of the Sub-Accounts. Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper")
and the  Variable  Annuity  Research  Data  Service  ("VARDS")  are  independent
services which monitor and rank the  performance of variable  annuity issuers in
each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.

     Lipper's  rankings  include  variable  life  insurance  issuers  as well as
variable annuity issuers.  VARDS rankings compare only variable annuity issuers.
The performance  analyses prepared by Lipper and VARDS each rank such

                                       11
<PAGE>
issuers on the basis of total return,  assuming  reinvestment of  distributions,
but do not take sales charges,  redemption fees or certain expense deductions at
the separate account level into consideration.  In addition, VARDS prepares risk
adjusted  rankings,  which  consider  the effects of market risk on total return
performance.  This type of ranking  provides  data as to which funds provide the
highest total return within various categories of funds defined by the degree of
risk inherent in their investment objectives.

     Advertising  and sales  literature may also compare the performance of each
Sub-Account  to the Standard & Poor's  Composite  Index of 500 Stocks,  a widely
used measure of stock performance. This unmanaged index assumes the reinvestment
of dividends but does not reflect any  "deduction"  for the expense of operating
or managing an investment  portfolio.  Other  independent  ranking  services and
indices may also be used as a source of performance comparison.

     The Company  may also  report  other  information  including  the effect of
tax-deferred  compounding on a Sub-Account's  investment  returns, or returns in
general,  which may be illustrated by tables,  graphs or charts.  All income and
capital gains derived from  Sub-Account  investments are reinvested and can lead
to substantial  long-term  accumulation of assets,  provided that the underlying
portfolio's investment experience is positive.

                                   THE COMPANY

   
     The  Company,  organized  in  1885,  is  a  stock  life  insurance  company
incorporated under the laws of the State of Minnesota.  The Company is a direct,
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Reliastar Financial Corp., a publicly-traded holding
company  incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware,  whose shares are
listed on the New York  Stock  Exchange.  The  Company  offers  individual  life
insurance and  annuities,  employee  benefits,  and  retirement  contracts.  The
Company is admitted to do  business in the  District of Columbia  and all states
except New York. Its home office is at 20 Washington Avenue South,  Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55401 (telephone 612/372-5507).
    

     The  Contracts  described  in this  Prospectus  are  nonparticipating.  The
capital and surplus of the Company should be considered as bearing only upon the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

     The Variable  Account is a Separate  Account of the Company  established by
the Board of Directors of the Company on November 12, 1981, pursuant to the laws
of the  State  of  Minnesota.  The  Variable  Account  is  registered  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as a  unit  investment  trust  under  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act"). Such registration does
not involve  supervision  by the  Commission  of the  management  or  investment
policies or  practices of the Variable  Account,  the Company or the Funds.  The
Company  has  complete  ownership  and  control  of the  assets in the  Variable
Account,  but these assets are held  separately  from the Company's other assets
and are not part of the Company's General Account.

     The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves and
other  contract  liabilities  of the  Variable  Account will not be charged with
liabilities  incurred in any other  business  that the Company may conduct.  The
Company  has the right to  transfer  to its  General  Account  any assets of the
Variable Account which are in excess of such reserves and other liabilities. The
income,  if any, and gains and losses,  realized or unrealized,  of the Variable
Account  will be credited  to or charged  against  the amount  allocated  to the
Variable  Account,  in accordance  with the contracts  supported by the Variable
Account, without regard to the other income, gains or losses of the Company.

     Purchase  payments  allocated to the Variable  Account under a Contract are
invested in one or more  Sub-Accounts  of the  Variable  Account.  The  purchase
payments  under a Contract are  allocated  to the  Sub-Account  or  Sub-Accounts
selected by the Owner,  and the future Variable  Account  Contract Value depends
primarily on the investment performance of the Investment Funds whose shares are
held in the Sub-Accounts selected.

     Shares  of the  Investment  Funds  are also  available  to  other  variable
contracts  funded by the  Variable  Account and to separate  accounts  for other
types of variable contracts.

                       INVESTMENTS OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

     When a  Contract  is  applied  for,  the Owner  may elect to have  purchase
payments  allocated to one or more of the available  Sub-Accounts  each of which
invests in shares of one of the  Investment  Funds at its net asset  value.  The
Owner may change a purchase payment  allocation for future purchase payments and
may at any time transfer all or part of any existing  values in a Sub-Account to
another Sub-Account that invests in shares of another Investment Fund.

    Fidelity  Management & Research  Company is the investment  adviser for the
five portfolios of VIPF and the four portfolios of VIPF II; Northstar Investment
Management  Corporation  is the  investment  adviser  for the three funds of 

                                       12
<PAGE>

the  Northstar/NWNL  Trust; and Putnam Management is the investment  adviser for
the  six  portfolios  of PCM  which  are  offered  through  this  Contract.  The
investment  advisers are paid fees for their  services by the  Investment  Funds
they manage.

     The Investment  Funds  currently  offered,  together with their  investment
objectives are briefly described below. More detailed information concerning the
investment  objectives,  policies and restrictions  pertaining to the Investment
Funds and the expenses,  investment  advisory services and charges and the risks
attendant to  investing  in the  portfolios  of the  Investment  Funds and other
aspects of their  operations  can be found in the  current  prospectus  for each
Investment  Fund which  accompany this  Prospectus and the current  Statement of
Additional   Information   for  each   Investment   Fund.  The  Investment  Fund
prospectuses should be read carefully before any decision is made concerning the
allocation of premium payments or transfers among the Sub-Accounts.

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND (VIPF)

     VIPF is a mutual fund currently offering five investment  portfolios,  each
     with a different investment objective.

     MONEYMARKET  PORTFOLIO seeks to obtain as high a level of current income as
     is  consistent  with  preserving  capital  and  providing  liquidity.   The
     portfolio will invest only in high-quality  U.S. dollar  denominated  money
     market  instruments of domestic and foreign  issuers.  An investment in the
     portfolio is not insured or  guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  and there
     can be no assurance  that the portfolio  will maintain a stable asset value
     per share of $1.00.

     HIGH  INCOME  PORTFOLIO  seeks to obtain a high level of current  income by
     investing  primarily in  lower-rated,  fixed-income  securities  (sometimes
     referred to as "junk  bonds"),  while also  considering  growth of capital.
     Lower-rated, fixed-income securities are considered speculative and involve
     greater risk of default than higher-rated,  fixed-income securities and are
     more sensitive to the issuer's capacity to pay. Consult the VIPF prospectus
     for  further  information  on the  risks  associated  with the  portfolio's
     investment in lower-rated, fixed income securities.

     EQUITY-INCOME  PORTFOLIO seeks reasonable income by investing  primarily in
     income-producing  equity  securities.  In  choosing  these  securities  the
     portfolio  will also consider the potential for capital  appreciation.  The
     portfolio's goal is to achieve a yield which exceeds the composite yield on
     the  securities  comprising  the Standard & Poor's  Composite  Index of 500
     Stocks.

     GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  seeks to achieve  capital  appreciation.  The  portfolio
     normally  purchases  common  stocks,   although  its  investments  are  not
     restricted to any one type of security.  Capital  appreciation  may also be
     found in other types of securities, including bonds and preferred stocks.

     OVERSEAS  PORTFOLIO  seeks long term  growth of capital  primarily  through
     investments in foreign securities.  Overseas Portfolio provides a means for
     investors to diversify their own portfolios by  participating  in companies
     and economies outside of the United States.

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II (VIPF II)

     VIPF II is a mutual fund  currently  offering five  investment  portfolios,
     each with a different investment  objective.  The following four portfolios
     are available under this Contract:

     ASSET MANAGER  PORTFOLIO seeks high total return with reduced risk over the
     long-term by allocating its assets among domestic and foreign stocks, bonds
     and short-term, fixed-income instruments.

   
     INVESTMENT  GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO seeks as high a level of current income as
     is  consistent  with the  preservation  of capital by  investing in a broad
     range of investment-grade, fixed-income securities.
    

     INDEX 500 PORTFOLIO seeks to provide  investment results that correspond to
     the total return (i.e.,  the  combination of capital changes and income) of
     common  stocks  publicly  traded in the  United  States.  In  seeking  this
     objective,  the portfolio  attempts to duplicate the  composition and total
     return of the Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 Stocks while keeping
     transaction  costs and other  expenses  low. The portfolio is designed as a
     long-term investment option.

     CONTRAFUND  PORTFOLIO seeks capital  appreciation by investing in companies
     believed to be under-valued due to an overly  pessimistic  appraisal by the
     public.  The  portfolio  invests  primarily in common stock and  securities
     convertible  into common stock, but it has the flexibility to invest in any
     type of security that may produce capital appreciation.

NORTHSTAR/NWNL TRUST (NORTHSTAR)

     Northstar is a diversified management investment company currently offering
     four investment  funds,  each with a different  investment  objective.  The
     following three Northstar Funds are available under this Contract.

   
     NORTHSTAR  INCOME  AND  GROWTH  FUND  is a  diversified  portfolio  with an
     investment  objective of seeking current income balanced with the objective
     of  achieving  capital  appreciation.  This Fund will seek to  achieve  its
     objective through  investments in common and preferred stocks,  convertible
     securities,  investment  grade  corporate  debt  securities  and government
     securities,  selected for their  prospects of producing  income and capital
     appreciation.
    

                                       13
<PAGE>

   
     NORTHSTAR  GROWTH  FUND  is a  diversified  portfolio  with  an  investment
     objective  of long-term  growth of capital  through  investments  in equity
     securities  of  companies  that  are  believed  to  provide  above  average
     potential for capital appreciation.  Navellier Fund Management, Inc. serves
     as sub-adviser to the Fund and is responsible for the day-to-day investment
     management  of the  Fund,  subject  to the  supervision  of the  investment
     adviser  and the  Trustees  of the  Fund.  All  fees  and  expenses  of the
     subadvisory arrangement are borne by the investment adviser.

     NORTHSTAR  MULTI-SECTOR  BOND  FUND  is a  diversified  portfolio  with  an
     investment  objective of maximizing current income.  This Fund will seek to
     achieve its objective by  investment in the following  sectors of the fixed
     income  securities  markets:  (a)  securities  issued or  guaranteed  as to
     principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or
     instrumentalities;  (b) investment  grade  corporate debt  securities;  (c)
     investment  grade or comparable  quality debt securities  issued by foreign
     corporate issuers,  and securities issued by foreign  governments and their
     political subdivisions,  limited to 35% of assets determined at the time of
     investment;  and (d) high yield-high  risk fixed income  securities of U.S.
     and foreign  issuers,  limited to 50% of assets  determined  at the time of
     investment.
    

PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST (PCM)

   
     PCM is a mutual  fund  currently  offering  eleven  investment  funds  with
     differing  investment  objectives.  Six of these  portfolios  are currently
     available under this Contract.
    
   
     PCM  DIVERSIFIED  INCOME FUND seeks high  current  income  consistent  with
     capital  preservation by allocating its investments  among U.S.  government
     securities,  high-yield,  higher risk  securities  (commonly known as "junk
     bonds")  and  international  fixed  income  securities.   Consult  the  PCM
     Prospectus for further information on the risks associated with this Fund's
     investments in high-yield, higher-risk fixed income securities.
    
     PCM GROWTH  AND INCOME  FUND seeks  capital  growth and  current  income by
     investing  primarily  in common  stocks  that offer  potential  for capital
     growth, current income, or both.

     PCM  UTILITIES  GROWTH AND INCOME  FUND seeks  capital  growth and  current
     income by  concentrating  its  investments  in debt and  equity  securities
     issued by companies in the public utilities industries.
   
     PCM VOYAGER FUND seeks capital  appreciation  primarily from a portfolio of
     common stocks of companies that Putnam  Management  believes have potential
     for capital appreciation which is significantly greater than that of market
     averages.
    
     PCM ASIA PACIFIC  GROWTH FUND seeks  capital  appreciation  by investing in
     securities of companies  located in Asia and the Pacific Basin.  The Fund's
     investments  will  normally  include  common  stocks,   preferred   stocks,
     securities convertible into common stocks or preferred stocks, and warrants
     to purchase common stocks or preferred stocks.

     PCM  NEW  OPPORTUNITIES  FUND  seeks  long-term  capital   appreciation  by
     investing  principally  in common  stocks of  companies  in  sectors of the
     economy which Putnam Management  believes possess  above-average  long-term
     growth potential.

THERE IS NO  ASSURANCE  THAT THE STATED  OBJECTIVES  AND  POLICIES OF ANY OF THE
INVESTMENT FUNDS WILL BE ACHIEVED.

     The Company  reserves  the right,  subject to  compliance  with the law, to
offer additional Investment Funds.

     An investment in the Variable Account, or in any portfolio of an Investment
Fund, including the VIPF Money Market Portfolio, is not insured or guaranteed by
the U.S.  Government,  and there can be no assurance  that the VIPF Money Market
Portfolio will be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share.

     The Investment Funds are available to registered  separate  accounts of the
Company and of insurance  companies,  other than the Company,  offering variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies.

     The  Company  currently  does  not  foresee  any  disadvantages  to  Owners
resulting from the  Investment  Funds selling shares to fund products other than
the  Contracts.  However,  there is a possibility  that a material  conflict may
arise between Owners whose Contract Values are allocated to the Variable Account
and the  owners  of  variable  life  insurance  policies  and  variable  annuity
contracts  issued by the  Company or by such other  companies  whose  assets are
allocated  to one or more other  separate  accounts  investing in any one of the
Investment Funds. In the event of a material conflict, the Company will take any
necessary  steps,  including  removing the Variable Account from that Investment
Fund,  to  resolve  the  matter.  The Board of  Directors  or  Trustees  of each
Investment Fund will monitor events in order to identify any material  conflicts
that possibly may arise and determine  what action,  if any,  should be taken in
response to those  events or  conflicts.  See each  individual  Investment  Fund
prospectus for more information.

                                       14

<PAGE>

REINVESTMENT

     The Investment  Funds described above have as a policy the  distribution of
income  dividend and capital gains.  However,  under the Contracts  described in
this Prospectus there is an automatic reinvestment of such distributions.

ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENT FUND SHARES

     The  Company  reserves  the  right,  subject  to  applicable  law,  to make
additions to, deletions from, or  substitutions  for the shares that are held in
the Variable Account or that the Variable Account may purchase. If the shares of
a portfolio of an Investment  Fund are no longer  available for investment or if
in the Company's  judgment further  investment in any portfolio of an Investment
Fund  should  become  inappropriate  in view  of the  purposes  of the  Variable
Account,  the  Company  may redeem the shares,  if any,  of that  portfolio  and
substitute shares of another registered open-end management  investment company.
The Company will not substitute any shares attributable to a Contract's interest
in a Sub-Account  of the Variable  Account  without notice and prior approval of
the SEC and state insurance authorities, as required by law.

     The Company also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of
the Variable  Account,  each of which would invest in shares  corresponding to a
new portfolio of an Investment Fund or in shares of another  investment  company
having a  specified  investment  objective.  Subject to  applicable  law and any
required SEC approval,  the Company may, in its sole  discretion,  establish new
Sub-Accounts  or eliminate  one or more  Sub-Accounts  if marketing  needs,  tax
considerations  or investment  conditions  warrant.  Any new Sub-Accounts may be
made  available to existing  Contract  Owners on a basis to be determined by the
Company.

     If any of these  substitutions  or changes are made,  the  Company  may, by
appropriate  endorsement,  change the  Contract to reflect the  substitution  or
change.  If the Company deems it to be in the best  interest of Contract  Owners
and  Annuitants,  and  subject  to any  approvals  that  may be  required  under
applicable law, the Variable Account may be operated as a management  investment
company under the 1940 Act, it may be deregistered under the Act if registration
is no longer required, or it may be combined with other separate accounts of the
Company.

     If a purchase  payment for a selected  Sub-Account is unable to be invested
because shares of the  applicable  Investment  Fund are no longer  available for
investment or if in the judgment of the Company's  management further investment
in such Investment Fund shares would be inappropriate in view of the purposes of
the Contract,  the portion of the purchase payment  designated to be invested in
such  Investment  Fund will be returned to the Owner.  The Owner may then direct
investment of such purchase payment to a different Sub-Account.

                           CHARGES MADE BY THE COMPANY

SURRENDER CHARGE (CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE)

     No deduction for a sales charge is made from the purchase  payments for the
Contracts.  However, the surrender charge described below (which may be deemed a
contingent  deferred  sales  charge),  when it is  applicable,  is  intended  to
reimburse  the  Company  for  expenses  relating  to the sale of the  Contracts,
including  commissions  to sales  personnel,  costs of sales  material and other
promotional activities and sales administration costs.

     If part or all of a Contract's  value is surrendered,  or if the Contract's
Annuity  Commencement  Date occurs within the first two years after the Contract
was  issued,  surrender  charges  may be  made  by the  Company.  (See  "Annuity
Commencement  Date" on page 22.) For purposes of the following  surrender charge
description,  "New  Purchase  Payments"  are those  Contract  purchase  payments
received by the Company  during the Contract Year in which the surrender  occurs
or in the five immediately preceding Contract Years; "Old Purchase Payments" are
those  Contract  purchase  payments  not defined as New Purchase  Payments;  and
"Contract  Earnings" at any Valuation Date is the Contract Value less the sum of
New Purchase Payments and Old Purchase Payments.

     For purposes of determining  surrender  charges,  surrenders shall first be
taken  from Old  Purchase  Payments  until  they are  exhausted,  then  from New
Purchase  Payments  until  they are  exhausted,  and  thereafter  from  Contract
Earnings.

     Surrenders  taken from the following  amounts ("Free  Surrenders")  are not
subject to a surrender  charge  during any Contract  Year:  (a) any Old Purchase
Payments not already surrendered; (b) 10% of all New Purchase Payments that have
been received by the Company (with the exception of Systematic Withdrawals, this
does not apply to  surrenders  made  during the first  Contract  Year nor to any
surrenders after the first surrender made in each Contract Year thereafter); and
(c) any Contract Earnings being surrendered.

                                       15


<PAGE>

     TOTAL SURRENDERS - The surrender charge for a total surrender is determined
by multiplying the amount of each New Purchase Payment surrendered,  that is not
eligible for a free surrender,  by the applicable surrender charge percentage as
set forth in the following table:


                   SURRENDER CHARGE PERCENTAGE TABLE
                   ---------------------------------
      CONTRACT YEAR OF SURRENDER             SURRENDER CHARGE AS A
        MINUS CONTRACT YEAR OF                PERCENTAGE OF EACH
           PURCHASE PAYMENT                    PURCHASE PAYMENT
           ----------------                    ----------------
                   0                                  6%
                   1                                  6
                   2                                  5
                   3                                  5
                   4                                  4
                   5                                  4
              6 and later                             0


     PARTIAL  SURRENDERS  - The  amount of the  partial  surrender  subject to a
surrender  charge is determined by dividing (a) the portion of each New Purchase
Payment to be surrendered  which is not eligible for a Free Surrender by (b) one
minus the  applicable  surrender  charge  percentage  from the Surrender  Charge
Percentage  Table set forth above.  The  resulting  amount for each New Purchase
Payment to be surrendered is then multiplied by the applicable  surrender charge
percentage from the Surrender  Charge  Percentage Table shown above to arrive at
the amount of surrender charge to be assessed by the Company.

     If the  surrender  charge  is less than the  Contract  Value  that  remains
immediately  after  surrender,  it will be  deducted  proportionately  from  the
Sub-Accounts  that make up such Contract Value. If the surrender  charge is more
than such remaining Contract Value, the portion of the surrender charge that can
be deducted  from such  remaining  Contract  Value will be so  deducted  and the
balance will be deducted from the surrender  payment.  In computing  surrenders,
any portion of a surrender  charge that is deducted from the remaining  Contract
Value will be deemed a part of the surrender.

ANNUAL CONTRACT CHARGE

     Each  year on the  Contract  Anniversary,  the  Company  deducts  an Annual
Contract   Charge  of  $30  from  the   Contract   Value  to  reimburse  it  for
administrative  expenses relating to the Contract,  the Variable Account and the
Sub-Accounts.  The Company will not increase the Annual Contract Charge.  In any
Contract  Year when a Contract is  surrendered  for its full value on other than
the Contract  Anniversary,  the Annual  Contract  Charge will be deducted at the
time of such  surrender.  During  the  annuity  period  if both a fixed  annuity
payment and a variable  annuity  payment are selected,  then an Annual  Contract
Charge will be separately  assessed  against each payment type. The charges will
be  deducted  in  equal  installments  from  each  such  payment  made  during a
twelve-month  period.  If only a fixed  annuity  payment or a  variable  annuity
payment is selected,  then only one Annual  Contract Charge will be assessed and
deducted in equal installments.

MORTALITY RISK PREMIUM

     The variable  annuity  payments made to Annuitants  will vary in accordance
with the  investment  performance  of the  Sub-Accounts  selected  by the Owner.
However,  they will not be affected by the mortality  experience (death rate) of
persons  receiving  annuity  payments  from the  Variable  Account.  The Company
assumes this "mortality risk" and has guaranteed the annuity rates  incorporated
in the Contract, which cannot be changed.

     To  compensate  the  Company  for  assuming  this  mortality  risk  and the
mortality  risk that  Beneficiaries  of  Annuitants  dying  before  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date may receive  amounts in excess of the then  current  Contract
Value (see "Death Benefit Before the Annuity Commencement Date" on page 19), the
Company  deducts a Mortality  Risk Premium from the  Variable  Account  Contract
Value.  The deduction is made daily in an amount that is equal to an annual rate
of 0.85% of the daily Contract  Values under the Variable  Account.  The Company
may not  change  the rate  charged  for the  Mortality  Risk  Premium  under any
Contract.

EXPENSE RISK PREMIUM

     The  Company  will  not  increase  charges  for   administrative   expenses
regardless of its actual  expenses.  To compensate the Company for assuming this
expense  risk,  the Company  deducts an Expense  Risk  Premium from the Variable

                                       16

<PAGE>

Account  Contract Value.  The deduction is made daily in an amount that is equal
to an annual rate of 0.40% of the daily Variable Account  Contract  Values.  The
Company may not change the rate of the Expense Risk Premium under any Contract.

ADMINISTRATION CHARGE

     The Company deducts a daily Administration Charge from the Variable Account
Contract  Value in an  amount  equal  to an  annual  rate of 0.15% of the  daily
Contract Values under the Variable Account. This charge is deducted to reimburse
the  Company  for the  cost  of  providing  administrative  services  under  the
Contracts and the Variable  Account.  The Company may not change the rate of the
Administration Charge under any Contract.

SUFFICIENCY OF CHARGES

     If the amount of the  surrender  charge  assessed  in  connection  with the
Contracts  is  not  enough  to  cover  all  distribution  expenses  incurred  in
connection  therewith,  the  loss  will be  borne  by the  Company.  Any  excess
distribution  expenses  borne by the  Company  will be paid  out of its  general
account  which may  include,  among  other  things,  proceeds  derived  from the
Mortality  Risk Premium and the Expense Risk Premium  deducted from the Variable
Account.

PREMIUM AND OTHER TAXES

     Various  states  and  other  governmental  entities  levy  a  premium  tax,
currently  ranging  up to  3.50%,  on  annuity  contracts  issued  by  insurance
companies.  If the Owner of the Contract  lives in a  governmental  jurisdiction
that levies such a tax, the Company will pay the taxes when due and reserves the
right to deduct the amount of the tax either from purchase  payments as they are
received  or  from  the  Contract  Value  at  the  Annuity   Commencement   Date
(immediately  before  the  Contract  Value is  applied  to an  Annuity  Form) as
permitted or required by applicable law.

     The  current  range of premium  tax rates is a guide only and should not be
relied on to determine  actual premium taxes on any purchase payment or Contract
because  the taxes are subject to change  from time to time by  legislative  and
other governmental  action. The timing of tax levies also varies from one taxing
authority to another.  Consequently,  in many cases the  purchaser of a Contract
will not be able to  accurately  determine  the  premium tax  applicable  to the
Contract by reference  to the range of tax rates  described  above.  The Company
reserves  the right to deduct  charges  for any  other  tax or  economic  burden
resulting  from  the  application  of the  tax  laws  that it  determines  to be
applicable to the Contract.

REDUCTION OF CHARGES

     Any of the charges  under the  Contract,  as well as the  minimum  purchase
payment requirements set forth in this Prospectus, may be reduced due to special
circumstances that result in lower sales,  administrative or mortality expenses.
For  example,  special  circumstances  may  exist in  connection  with  group or
sponsored  arrangements,  sales to the Company's  policy and Contract  Owners or
those of affiliated insurance companies, or sales to employees or clients of the
Company's  affiliates.  The amount of any  reductions  will  reflect the reduced
sales effort and administrative costs resulting from, or the different mortality
experience expected as a result of, the special  circumstances.  Reductions will
not be unfairly discriminatory against any person, including the affected policy
or  Contract  owners and owners of all other  contracts  funded by the  Variable
Account.

EXPENSES OF THE INVESTMENT FUNDS

     There are fees  deducted  from and  expenses  paid out of the assets of the
Investment  Funds that are described in the  accompanying  prospectuses  for the
Funds.

                         ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

   
     The Company  has  entered  into a contract  with  Continuum  Administrative
Services Corporation (formerly known as Vantage Computer Systems,  Inc.), Kansas
City,  Missouri  ("CASC")  under  which  CASC  has  agreed  to  perform  certain
administrative  functions  relating to the Contracts  and the Variable  Account.
These functions include,  among other things,  maintaining the books and records
of the Variable  Account and the  Sub-Accounts,  and maintaining  records of the
name, address, taxpayer identification number, Contract number, type of Contract
issued to each Owner,  Contract Value and other pertinent  information necessary
to the administration and operation of the Contracts.
    

                                  THE CONTRACTS

     The  Contracts  described in this  Prospectus  are designed for  retirement
plans which may or may not be Qualified  Plans.  Often a single purchase payment
is made for a deferred  annuity,  but this Contract  freely  permits  subsequent
purchase  payments  up to the  maximum  level of funding  set forth  below.  The
minimum amount the Company will accept as an initial  purchase payment is $5,000
for Non-Qualified Contracts and $2,000 for Qualified Contracts.  The Company may
choose  not to  accept  any  subsequent  purchase  payment  for a  Non-Qualified
Contract if it is less than $500 and for a 

                                       17
<PAGE>
Qualified  Contract if it is less than $200.  The Company may also choose not to
accept any subsequent purchase payment if the purchase payment together with the
Contract  Value at the next  Valuation  Date  exceeds  $1,000,000.  Any purchase
payment not accepted by the Company will be refunded.  The Company  reserves the
right to accept smaller or larger initial and  subsequet  purchase  payments in
connection with special circumstances,  such as sales through group or sponsored
arrangements.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

   
     Purchase  payments may be allocated to the  available  Sub-Accounts  of the
Variable Account selected by the Owner and/or the Fixed  Account.  (See Appendix
A).  The Fixed  Account is not  available  to  Contract  Owners in the States of
Maryland, Oregon, South Carolina and Washington. Any purchase payment or portion
thereof for which no allocation election is made will be returned to the Owner.
    

     The initial purchase payment will be allocated to the selected Sub-Accounts
and/or the Fixed Account not later than two business days after receipt,  if the
application  and all  information  necessary  for  processing  the  Contract are
complete.  The Company may retain purchase payments for up to five business days
while  attempting  to complete an  incomplete  application.  If the  application
cannot be made complete  within this period,  the applicant  will be informed of
the reasons for the delay and the purchase payment will be returned  immediately
unless the  applicant  consents to retention of the payment by the Company until
the  application is made complete.  Once the completed  application is received,
the payment  must be  allocated  within two business  days.  For any  subsequent
purchase payments, the payments will be credited at the Sub-Account Accumulation
Unit Value next determined after receipt of the purchase payment.

     Upon allocation to Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, a purchase payment
is  converted  into  Accumulation  Units of the  Sub-Account.  The amount of the
purchase payment  allocated to a particular  Sub-Account is divided by the value
of an  Accumulation  Unit  for  the  Sub-Account  to  determine  the  number  of
Accumulation  Units of the  Sub-Account to be held in the Variable  Account with
respect to the Contract.  The net investment  results of each  Sub-Account  vary
primarily  with the investment  performance of the Investment  Fund whose shares
are held in the Sub-Account.

     An  Investment  Fund may  impose a minimum  purchase  requirement.  If that
minimum  purchase  requirement  exceeds the  aggregate of all purchase  payments
received by the Company, less any redemption of Investment Fund shares resulting
from  transfers  or  surrenders,  on any given day that are to be  applied  to a
Sub-Account  for the purchase of shares of such  Investment  Fund, such purchase
payments will be refunded.

SUB-ACCOUNT ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

     Each  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit was initially  valued at $10 when the
first  Investment  Fund  shares  were  purchased.  Thereafter  the value of each
Sub-Account Accumulation Unit will vary up or down according to a Net Investment
Factor, which is primarily based on the investment performance of the applicable
Investment Fund.  Investment Fund shares in the  Sub-Accounts  will be valued at
their net asset value.

     Dividend and capital gain  distributions  from an  Investment  Fund will be
automatically  reinvested  in  additional  shares  of such  Investment  Fund and
allocated to the appropriate Sub-Account. The number of Sub-Account Accumulation
Units does not increase because of the additional  shares,  but the Accumulation
Unit value may increase.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

     The Net Investment  Factor is an index number which reflects  charges under
the Contract and the  investment  performance  during a Valuation  Period of the
Investment Fund whose shares are held in the particular Sub-Account.  If the Net
Investment  Factor is greater than one, the value of a Sub-Account  Accumulation
Unit has increased.  If the Net Investment Factor is less than one, the value of
a Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit has decreased.  The Net  Investment  Factor is
determined by dividing (1) by (2) then subtracting (3) from the result, where:

     (1)  is the net result of:

          (a)  the net asset value per share of the Investment  Fund shares held
               in  the  Sub-Account,  determined  at  the  end  of  the  current
               Valuation Period, plus

          (b)  the  per  share   amount  of  any   dividend   or  capital   gain
               distributions  made on the  Investment  Fund  shares  held in the
               Sub-Account during the current Valuation Period, plus or minus

          (c)  a per share charge or credit for any taxes reserved for which the
               Company   determines  to  have   resulted  from  the   investment
               operations  of  the  Sub-Account  and  to be  applicable  to  the
               Contract;

                                       18
<PAGE>

     (2)  is the net result of:

          (a)  the net asset value per share of the Investment  Fund shares held
               in the  Sub-Account,  determined  at the  end of the  last  prior
               Valuation Period, plus or minus

          (b)  a per share  charge or credit for any taxes  reserved  for during
               the last prior Valuation  Period which the Company  determines to
               have resulted from the investment  operations of the  Sub-Account
               and to be applicable to the Contract; and

     (3)  is a factor representing the Mortality Risk Premium,  the Expense Risk
          Premium and the  Administration  Charge  deducted from the Sub-Account
          which factor is equal,  on an annual basis,  to 1.40% of the daily net
          asset value of the Sub-Account.

DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

     If  the  Owner,   including  any  joint  Owner,  dies  before  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will be  entitled  to  receive  the Death
Benefit. For this purpose the Death Benefit will be:

     (1)  if any Owner (including the Annuitant) dies on or before the first day
          of the month  following the Owner's 85th birthday,  the greater of (i)
          the Contract  Value on the Death Benefit  Valuation  Date, or (ii) the
          sum  of the  purchase  payments  received  by the  Company  under  the
          Contract  to the Death  Benefit  Valuation  Date,  less any  surrender
          payments  previously made by the Company;  or (iii) the Contract Value
          on the  Specified  Contract  Anniversary  (immediately  preceding  the
          Owner's  death),  plus any Purchase  Payments  and less any  surrender
          payments since that anniversary;

     (2)  if any Owner (including the Annuitant) dies after the first day of the
          month following the Annuitant's  85th birthday,  the Contract Value on
          the Death Benefit Valuation Date.

     If a single sum is  requested,  it will be paid within seven days after the
Death Benefit  Valuation  Date.  If an Annuity Form is requested,  it may be any
Annuity  Form  permitted  by Section  72(s) of the Code and which the Company is
willing  to issue.  An Annuity  Form  selection  must be in writing  and must be
received  by the  Company  within 60 days after the date of the  Owner's  death,
otherwise the Death Benefit as of the Death Benefit  Valuation Date will be paid
in a single sum to the Beneficiary and the Contract will be canceled.

     If the only Beneficiary is the Owner's  surviving  spouse,  such spouse may
continue the Contract as the Owner, and then (1) select a single sum payment, or
(2) select any Annuity Form which does not exceed such spouse's life expectancy.

   
     If the  Beneficiary  elects to receive  annuity  payments  under an Annuity
Form, the amount and duration of payments may vary depending on the Annuity Form
selected and whether fixed and/or variable annuity payments are requested.  (See
"Annuity Provisions" beginning on page 22.)
    

DEATH BENEFIT AFTER THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

     If the  Annuitant  dies  after the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Death
Benefit, if any, shall be as stated in the Annuity Form in effect.

SURRENDER (REDEMPTION)

     If a written  request  therefor  from the Owner is  received by the Company
before the Annuity  Commencement Date, all or part of the Contract Value will be
paid to the Owner after  deducting any  applicable  surrender  charge and taxes.
(See "Surrender Charge (Contingent  Deferred Sales Charge)" on page 15.) Partial
surrenders  may be made in amounts  not less than $500 and no partial  surrender
may cause the  Contract  Value to fall below  $1,000.  In  addition,  if a total
surrender occurs other than on a Contract Anniversary the Annual Contract Charge
will be deducted from the Contract Value before the surrender payment is made.

     Surrenders  must be consented to by each collateral  assignee.  The Company
reserves the right to require that  surrenders in excess of $50,000 be signature
guaranteed  by a  member  firm  of the  New  York,  American,  Boston,  Midwest,
Philadelphia,  or Pacific Stock Exchange, or by a commercial bank (not a savings
bank) which is a member of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  or, in
certain  cases,  by a member  firm of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. that has entered into an appropriate agreement with the Company.

     The Company may require  that the  Contract be returned  before a surrender
takes place.  A surrender  will take place on the next  Valuation Date after the
requirements  for  surrender are completed and payment will be made within seven
days after such Valuation Date. Unless the Owner requests a partial surrender to
be made from the Fixed Account or particular  Sub-Accounts,  a partial surrender
will be taken  proportionately  from the Fixed Account and all Sub-Accounts on a
basis that reflects their proportionate percentage of the Contract Value.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     The Company  reserves the right to limit the number of partial  surrenders,
and to assess a  processing  fee not to exceed the  lesser of 2% of the  partial
surrender  amount or $25. No processing  fee will be charged in connection  with
total surrenders.

     The Company may cancel the Contract on any Contract Anniversary, or if such
Contract  Anniversary  is not a  Valuation  Date,  on the  next  Valuation  Date
thereafter,  by paying to the Owner the Contract Value as of such Valuation Date
if such Contract Value after all charges is less than $1,000.

     If this Contract is purchased as a  "tax-sheltered  annuity"  under Section
403(b) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the  "Code"),  it is  subject to certain
restrictions  on  redemption  imposed by Section  403(b)(11)  of the Code.  (See
"Tax-Sheltered  Annuities" on page 27.) These  restrictions  on  redemption  are
imposed by the Variable  Account and the Company in full  compliance with and in
reliance  upon the terms and  conditions  of a  no-action  letter  issued by the
Office of Insurance Products and Legal Compliance of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  to the  American  Council  of  Life  Insurance  (publicly  available
November 28, 1988).

     For tax purposes, surrender payments may be taxable. Such payments shall be
deemed to be from earnings and then gains until  cumulative  surrender  payments
equal all accumulated  earnings and gains, and thereafter from purchase payments
received by the Company.  Consideration  should be given to the tax implications
of a surrender  prior to making a surrender  request,  including a surrender  in
connection with a Qualified Plan.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS

     A Systematic  Withdrawal is a specialized form of Partial  Surrender.  (See
"Surrender  (Redemption)"  on page 19.) The  Owner may elect to take  Systematic
Withdrawals  by  surrendering  a  specified   dollar  amount  or  percentage  of
cumulative  purchase  payments on a monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual
basis from  Sub-Accounts.  Systematic  Withdrawals  may be taken  from  Variable
Account  Contract  Value and/or Fixed Account  Contract  Value,  but are limited
annually to 10% of total cumulative purchase payments made under the Contract. A
Surrender  Charge  will be imposed on the amount of any  Systematic  Withdrawal,
Partial Surrender or any combination thereof which is not a Free Surrender. (See
"Surrender  Charge  (Contingent  Deferred Sales Charge)" on page 15.) Systematic
Withdrawals  may be  discontinued  by the  Owner  at any time by  notifying  the
Company in writing.

     The Company reserves the right to modify or discontinue offering Systematic
Withdrawals,  however,  any such modification or discontinuation will not affect
any Systematic Withdrawal programs already commenced. While the Company does not
currently charge a processing fee for Partial Surrenders under this program,  it
reserves the right to charge a processing  fee not to exceed the lesser of 2% of
the Systematic Withdrawal payment or $25.

     Systematic  Withdrawals may be subject to tax, including a penalty tax, and
the Owner  should  consult  with his or her tax advisor  before  requesting  any
Systematic Withdrawal. (See "FEDERAL TAX STATUS - Taxation of Annuities" on page
24.)

     Contract Owners  interested in participating  in the Systematic  Withdrawal
program may obtain a separate  application form and full information  concerning
the program and its restrictions from their registered representative.

TRANSFERS

     Before  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner may  transfer  amounts
between the Sub-Accounts or from the Sub-Accounts to the Fixed Account.  Subject
to certain restrictions,  amounts may also be transferred from the Fixed Account
to the Sub-Accounts.  Currently,  there are three methods by which transfers may
be made: in writing, by telephone and by Dollar Cost Averaging.

     WRITTEN  TRANSFERS  - Before the  Annuity  Commencement  Date the Owner may
request a  transfer  in  writing,  subject  to any  conditions  or  charges  the
Investment  Funds whose  shares are  involved  may  impose,  of all or part of a
Sub-Account's value to other Sub-Accounts or to the Fixed Account.  The transfer
will be made by the  Company on the first  Valuation  Date after the request for
such a transfer is received by the  Company.  Currently,  there is no charge for
such a  transfer,  other than those that may be made by the Funds.  The  Company
reserves  the right,  however,  to charge a  transfer  fee not to exceed $25 per
transfer and to limit the number of transfers  made by the Owner.  To accomplish
the transfer,  the Variable  Account will  surrender  Accumulation  Units in the
particular  Sub-Accounts and reinvest that value in Accumulation Units of one or
more of the available Sub-Accounts as directed in the request. After the Annuity
Commencement  Date, an Annuitant who has selected  Variable Annuity Payments may
request  transfer  of Annuity  Unit values in the same manner and subject to the
same  requirements as for an  Owner-transfer  of Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit
values. However, no transfers may be made to the Fixed Account after the Annuity
Commencement Date.

     Before the Annuity  Commencement Date,  transfers may also be made from the
Fixed Account to the Variable Account, provided, however, that (a) transfers may
only be made during the period  starting 30 days before and ending 30 days after
the  Contract  Anniversary,  and only one  transfer may be made during each such
period,  (b) no more than 

                                       20
<PAGE>

50% of the Fixed Account  Contract Value may be the subject of any such transfer
(unless the balance,  after such transfer,  would be less than $1,000,  in which
case the full Fixed Account  Contract  Value may be  transferred),  and (c) such
transfer must involve at least $500 (or the total Fixed Account  Contract Value,
if  less).  No  transfers  may be made  from the  Fixed  Account  after  Annuity
Commencement Date.

     The  conditions  applicable  to Written  Transfers  also apply to Telephone
Transfers and Dollar Cost Averaging Transfers.

     TELEPHONE  TRANSFERS - Telephone  transfers  are  available  when the Owner
completes a telephone  authorization  form.  If the Owner elects to complete the
telephone  transfer  form,  the Owner  thereby  agrees  that the Company and its
Contract  Administrator  will not be  liable  for any loss,  liability,  cost or
expense when the Company,  and/or the Contract  Administrator  act in accordance
with the  telephone  transfer  instructions  which are  received and recorded on
voice recording  equipment.  If a telephone transfer,  processed after the Owner
has completed the telephone  transfer form, is later determined not to have been
made by the Owner or was made  without  the  Owner's  authorization,  and a loss
results from such unauthorized  transfer, the Owner bears the risk of this loss.
The Company  will employ  reasonable  procedures  to confirm  that  instructions
communicated by telephone are genuine.  In the event the Company does not employ
such procedures, the Company may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or
fraudulent  instructions.  Such procedures may include, among others,  requiring
forms of personal  identification  prior to acting upon telephone  instructions,
providing  written  confirmation  of such  instructions  and/or  tape  recording
telephone instructions.

     DOLLAR  COST  AVERAGING  TRANSFERS  - The Owner may direct  the  Company to
automatically  transfer  a fixed  dollar  amount or a  specified  percentage  of
Sub-Account Value to any one or more other Sub-Accounts or to the Fixed Account.
No transfers from the Fixed Account are permitted under this service.  Transfers
of this type may be made on a monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual or annual basis.
This service is intended to allow the Owner to utilize "Dollar Cost  Averaging,"
a long-term investment method which provides for regular, level investments over
time. The Company makes no guarantees  that Dollar Cost Averaging will result in
a profit  or  protect  against  loss.  The  Owner may  discontinue  Dollar  Cost
Averaging at any time by notifying the Company in writing.

     Contract  Owners  interested in Dollar Cost Averaging may obtain a separate
application  form  and  full   information   concerning  this  service  and  its
restrictions from their registered representatives.

     The Company  reserves the right to modify or  discontinue  offering  Dollar
Cost Averaging. Any such modification or discontinuation would not affect Dollar
Cost  Averaging  transfer  programs  already  commenced.  Although  the  Company
currently  charges no fees for  transfers  made under the Dollar Cost  Averaging
program,  the Company  reserves the right to charge a processing  fee for Dollar
Cost Averaging transfers not to exceed $25 per transfer.

ASSIGNMENTS

     If the  Contract is issued  pursuant to or in  connection  with a Qualified
Plan,  it may not be sold,  transferred,  pledged or  assigned  to any person or
entity other than the Company.  In other  circumstances,  an  assignment  of the
Contract is permitted,  but only before the Annuity Commencement Date, by giving
the Company the  original or a  certified  copy of the  assignment.  The Company
shall  not be  bound by any  assignment  until it is  actually  received  by the
Company and shall not be  responsible  for the validity of any  assignment.  Any
payments  made or  actions  taken by the  Company  before the  Company  actually
receives any assignment shall not be affected by the assignment.

CONTRACT OWNER AND BENEFICIARIES

     Unless  someone  else is named  as the  Owner  in the  application  for the
Contract,  the  applicant  is the Owner of the  Contract  and before the Annuity
Commencement Date may exercise all of the Owner's rights under the Contract.  No
more than two (2) natural persons may be named as Owner.

     The Owner may name a Beneficiary and a Successor Beneficiary.  In the event
an Owner dies  before the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the  Beneficiary  shall
receive a Death Benefit as provided in the Contract.  In the event an Owner dies
on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary,  if the Annuity Form
in effect at the Owner's death so provides,  may continue receiving payments, be
paid a lump sum, or be paid nothing. If the Beneficiary or Successor Beneficiary
is not  living on the date  payment  is due or if no  Beneficiary  or  Successor
Beneficiary  has been named,  the Owner's  estate  will  receive the  applicable
proceeds.

     A person named as an Annuitant,  a Beneficiary  or a Successor  Beneficiary
shall not be  entitled  to exercise  any rights  relating to the  Contract or to
receive any  payments or  settlements  under the  Contract or any Annuity  Form,
unless such person is living on the earlier of (a) the day due proof of death of
the Owner,  the  Annuitant  or the  Beneficiary,  whichever  is  applicable,  is
received by the  Company or (b) the tenth day after the death of the Owner,  the
Annuitant or the Beneficiary, whichever is applicable.

     Unless different arrangements have been made with the Company by the Owner,
if more than one  Beneficiary  is  entitled  to  payments  from the  Company the
payments shall be in equal shares.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     Before the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the Owner may change the Annuitant,
the  Beneficiary  or the  Successor  Beneficiary  by giving the Company  written
notice of the  change,  but the change  shall not be  effective  until  actually
received by the Company.  Upon receipt by the Company of a notice of change,  it
will be effective as of the date it was signed but shall not affect any payments
made or actions taken by the Company before the Company received the notice, and
the Company shall not be responsible for the validity of any change.

CONTRACT INQUIRIES

     Inquiries  regarding  a  Contract  may be made by  writing  to the  Annuity
Service Center, P.O. Box 13208, Kansas City, Missouri 64199-3208.

                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS

ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

     The Owner selects the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  which must be the first
day of a month, when making  application for the Contract.  The date will be the
first day of the month following the Annuitant's 75th birthday unless an earlier
or later date has been  selected by the Owner and, if the date is later,  it has
been agreed to by the Company. The Owner may change an Annuity Commencement Date
selection by written notice received by the Company at least 30 days before both
the  Annuity   Commencement  Date  currently  in  effect  and  the  New  Annuity
Commencement  Date. The new date selected must satisfy the  requirements  for an
Annuity  Commencement  Date.  If the Annuity  Commencement  Date selected by the
Owner  does not  occur on a  Valuation  Date at least 60 days  after the date on
which the  Contract  was issued,  the Company  reserves  the right to adjust the
Annuity  Commencement  Date  to the  first  Valuation  Date  after  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date  selected  by the Owner  which is at least 60 days  after the
Contract issue date. If the Annuity  Commencement  Date occurs before the second
Contract Anniversary, the Company will deduct Surrender Charges. (See "Surrender
Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)" on page 15.)

ANNUITY FORM SELECTION

     The Owner may select a Variable  Annuity  Form, a Fixed  Annuity  Form,  or
both,  with  payments  starting  at the  Annuity  Commencement  Date when making
application  for the  Contract.  Thereafter,  the Owner may change  the  Annuity
Form(s)  by  written   notice   received  by  the  Company  before  the  Annuity
Commencement Date. If no election has been made before the Annuity  Commencement
Date, the Company will apply the Fixed Account Contract Value to provide a Fixed
Annuity and the Variable Account  Contract Value to provide a Variable  Annuity,
both in the form of a Life Annuity with  Payments  Guaranteed  for 10 years (120
months), which shall be automatically effective.

ANNUITY FORMS

     Variable  Annuity  Payments and Fixed Annuity Payments are available in any
of the following Annuity Forms:

     LIFE ANNUITY - An annuity payable on the first day of each month during the
Annuitant's life, starting with the first payment due according to the Contract.
Payments  cease with the payment made on the first day of the month in which the
Annuitant's  death occurs.  IT WOULD BE POSSIBLE UNDER THIS ANNUITY FORM FOR THE
ANNUITANT  TO  RECEIVE  ONLY ONE  PAYMENT  IF HE OR SHE DIED  BEFORE  THE SECOND
ANNUITY  PAYMENT,  ONLY TWO PAYMENTS IF HE OR SHE DIED BEFORE THE THIRD  ANNUITY
PAYMENT, ETC.

     LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS GUARANTEED FOR 10 YEARS (120 MONTHS) OR 20 YEARS
(240  MONTHS) - An annuity  payable  on the first day of each  month  during the
Annuitant's life, starting with the first payment due according to the Contract.
If the Annuitant receives all of the guaranteed payments, payments will continue
thereafter  but  cease  with the  payment  made on the first day of the month in
which the Annuitant's death occurs.  If all of the guaranteed  payments have not
been  made  before  the  Annuitant's  death,  the  unpaid  installments  of  the
guaranteed payments will be continued to the Beneficiary.

     JOINT AND FULL  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY - An annuity  payable on the first day of
each  month  during the  Annuitant's  life and the life of a named  person  (the
"Joint  Annuitant"),  starting  with the  first  payment  due  according  to the
Contract.  Payments  will  continue  while  either  the  Annuitant  or the Joint
Annuitant  is living  and cease  with the  payment  made on the first day of the
month in which the death of the  Annuitant  or the  Joint  Annuitant,  whichever
lives longer,  occurs.  THERE IS NO MINIMUM NUMBER OF PAYMENTS  GUARANTEED UNDER
THIS ANNUITY  FORM.  PAYMENTS  CEASE UPON THE DEATH OF THE LAST  SURVIVOR OF THE
ANNUITANT AND THE JOINT ANNUITANT REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF PAYMENTS RECEIVED.

     The Company also has other annuity forms  available and  information  about
them can be obtained by writing to the Company.

FREQUENCY AND AMOUNT OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     Annuity payments will be paid as monthly installments, unless the Annuitant
and the Company agree to a different payment schedule.  However, if the Contract
Value at the Annuity  Commencement Date is less than $5,000, the Company may pay
the Contract Value in a single sum and the Contract will be canceled.  Also if a
monthly payment 

                                       22
<PAGE>

would be or become  less than $50,  the  Company  may  change the  frequency  of
payments to  intervals  that will  result in payments of at least $50 each.  The
minimum  frequency and amount of annuity  payments or the minimum Contract Value
required for annuity payments may vary by state.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     The amount of the first fixed annuity payment is determined by applying the
Contract Value to be used for a fixed annuity at the Annuity  Commencement  Date
to the annuity  table in the Contract for the fixed Annuity Form  selected.  The
table shows the amount of the initial  annuity  payment for each $1,000  applied
and all  subsequent  payments  shall be equal to this amount.  The amount of the
first variable  annuity  payment is determined by applying the Contract Value to
be used for a variable annuity at the Annuity  Commencement  Date to the annuity
table in the Contract for the Annuity Form selected.

     Subsequent  variable annuity payments vary in amount in accordance with the
investment performance of the applicable Sub-Account.  Assuming annuity payments
are based on the unit values of a single  Sub-Account,  the dollar amount of the
first  annuity  payment,  determined  as set  forth  above,  is  divided  by the
Sub-Account Annuity Unit Value as of the Annuity  Commencement Date to establish
the number of Variable Annuity Units  representing  each annuity  payment.  This
number of Variable  Annuity  Units  remains  fixed  during the  annuity  payment
period.  The  dollar  amount  of  the  second  and  subsequent  payments  is not
predetermined  and may  change  from month to month.  The  dollar  amount of the
second and each subsequent payment is determined by multiplying the fixed number
of  Variable  Annuity  Units  by the  Sub-Account  Annuity  Unit  Value  for the
Valuation  Period  with  respect  to which the  payment is due.  If the  monthly
payment is based upon the Annuity Unit Values of more than one Sub-Account,  the
foregoing  procedure is repeated for each applicable  Sub-Account and the sum of
the  payments  based on each  Sub-Account  is the amount of the monthly  annuity
payment.

     The Annual  Contract  Charge is  deducted in equal  installments  from each
annuity  payment.  When a fixed annuity  payment is made in  conjunction  with a
variable  annuity  payment,  an Annual Contract Charge is assessed  against each
type of payment and is deducted in equal installments from each annuity payment.

     The  annuity  tables  in the  Contracts  are  based on the 1983  Individual
Annuity Mortality Table (set back three years).

     The Company  guarantees  that the dollar  amount of each  variable  annuity
payment  after the first  payment will not be affected by variations in expenses
(including  those  related to the Variable  Account) or in mortality  experience
from the mortality assumptions used to determine the first payment.

SUB-ACCOUNT ANNUITY UNIT VALUE

     A Sub-Account's Variable Annuity Units will initially be valued at $10 each
at the time  Accumulation  Units  with  respect  to the  Sub-Account  are  first
converted into Variable  Annuity Units.  The Sub-Account  Annuity Unit Value for
any subsequent  Valuation  Period is determined by multiplying  the  Sub-Account
Annuity Unit Value for the  immediately  preceding  Valuation  Period by the Net
Investment  Factor for the  Sub-Account  for the Valuation  Period for which the
Sub-Account  Annuity Unit Value is being calculated,  and multiplying the result
by an interest factor to neutralize the assumed  investment rate of 4% per annum
built into the annuity tables  contained in the Contracts.  (See "Net Investment
Factor" on page 18.)

ASSUMED INVESTMENT RATE

     A 4% assumed  investment rate is built into the annuity tables contained in
the Contracts.  If the actual net investment  rate on the assets of the Variable
Account  is the same as the  assumed  investment  rate of 4% per year,  variable
annuity  payments will remain level.  If the actual net investment  rate exceeds
the assumed  investment  rate,  variable  annuity  payments  will  increase  and
conversely,  if it is less than the assumed  investment  rate the payments  will
decrease.

                               FEDERAL TAX STATUS

INTRODUCTION

     THIS  DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE.  The discussion
is not  intended  to  address  the tax  consequences  resulting  from all of the
situations  in which a person may be entitled  to or may receive a  distribution
under the  Contract.  The  Contracts  are  designed  for use by  individuals  in
connection with  retirement  plans which may or may not be Qualified Plans under
the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). The ultimate effect of
federal  income  taxes on the  Contract  Value,  on annuity  payments and on the
economic benefit to the Owner, the Annuitant or the Beneficiary depends upon the
type of retirement  plan for which the Contract is  purchased,  and upon the tax
and  employment  status  of the  individual  concerned.  No  attempt  is made to
consider any applicable  state or other tax laws. The discussion is based on the
Company's understanding of Federal Income Tax Laws as currently interpreted.  No
representation  is made  regarding  the  likelihood of the  continuation  of the
present  Federal Income Tax Laws or the current  interpretation  by the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS").

                                       23
<PAGE>

     The  Contract may be purchased  on a  non-qualified  basis  ("Non-Qualified
Contract")  or  purchased  and used in  connection  with  plans  qualifying  for
favorable  tax  treatment  ("Qualified  Contract").  The  Qualified  Contract is
designed for use by individuals  whose premium  payments are comprised solely of
proceeds from and/or  contributions under retirement plans which are intended to
qualify as plans entitled to special income tax treatment under Sections 401(a),
403(b),  408 or 457 of the Code. The ultimate  effect of Federal income taxes on
the amounts  held under a Contract,  or annuity  payments,  and on the  economic
benefit to the Owner, the Annuitant,  or the Beneficiary  depends on the type of
retirement plan, on the tax and employment  status of the individual  concerned,
and on the  Company's  tax status.  In addition,  certain  requirements  must be
satisfied in purchasing a Qualified  Contract with proceeds from a tax-qualified
plan and receiving  distributions from a Qualified Contract in order to continue
receiving favorable tax treatment.  Therefore, purchasers of Qualified Contracts
should  seek  competent  legal and tax advice  regarding  the  suitability  of a
Contract for their situation, the applicable requirements, and the tax treatment
of the rights and benefits of a Contract.  The following discussion assumes that
Qualified Contracts are purchased with proceeds from and/or  contributions under
retirement  plans that  qualify  for the  intended  special  Federal  income tax
treatment.

TAX STATUS OF THE CONTRACT

     DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

     Section  817(h) of the Code  provides  that  separate  account  investments
underlying  a contract  must be  "adequately  diversified"  in  accordance  with
Treasury regulations in order for the contract to qualify as an annuity contract
under  Section  72 of the  Code.  The  Variable  Account,  through  each  of the
Investment  Funds,  intends  to  comply  with the  diversification  requirements
prescribed in regulations under Section 817(h) of the Code, which affect how the
assets in the various  Sub-Accounts  may be invested.  Although the Company does
not have  control  over the  Investment  Funds in  which  the  Variable  Account
invests,  the Company  expects that each  Investment  Fund in which the Variable
Account  owns shares  will meet the  diversification  requirements  and that the
Contract will be treated as an annuity contract under the Code.

     The Treasury has also announced that the diversification regulations do not
provide  guidance  concerning  the  extent  to which  Owners  may  direct  their
investments to particular Sub-Accounts of a variable account or how concentrated
the investments of the Investment Funds underlying a variable account may be. It
is possible that if additional  guidance in this regard is issued,  the Contract
may need to be  modified  to comply  with such  additional  guidance.  For these
reasons,  the Company  reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary to
attempt to prevent  the Owner from being  considered  the owner of the assets of
the  Investment  Funds or otherwise to qualify the  Contract for  favorable  tax
treatment.

     REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

     In order to be  treated  as an  annuity  contract  for  Federal  income tax
purposes,  Section 72(s) of the Code also requires any Non-Qualified Contract to
provide that:  (a) if any Owner dies on or after the Annuity  Commencement  Date
but prior to the time the entire interest in the Contract has been  distributed,
the remaining  portion of such interest will be  distributed at least as rapidly
as under the method of  distribution  being used as of the date of that  Owner's
death;  and (b) if any Owner dies prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the
entire interest in the Contract will be distributed  within five years after the
date of the Owner's death. These requirements will be considered satisfied as to
any portion of the Owner's  interest which is payable to or for the benefit of a
"designated  Beneficiary"  and  which  is  distributed  over  the  life  of such
Beneficiary  or over a period not extending  beyond the life  expectancy of that
Beneficiary,  provided  that such  distributions  begin  within one year of that
Owner's death. The Owner's "designated  Beneficiary" is the person designated by
such owner as a  Beneficiary  and to whom  ownership of the  Contract  passes by
reason  of  death  and  must  be a  natural  person.  However,  if  the  Owner's
"designated  Beneficiary" is the surviving spouse of the Owner, the Contract may
be continued with the surviving  spouse as the new Owner. If the Owner is not an
individual,  any change in the primary Annuitant is treated as a change of Owner
for tax purposes.

     The Non-Qualified Contracts contain provisions which are intended to comply
with the  requirements  of Section  72(s) of the Code,  although no  regulations
interpreting  these  requirements  have yet been issued.  The Company intends to
review such  provisions  and modify them if necessary to assure that they comply
with the  requirements  of Code Section  72(s) when  clarified by  regulation or
otherwise. Other rules may apply to Qualified Contracts.

TAXATION OF ANNUITIES

     IN GENERAL

     Section 72 of the Code  governs  taxation  of  annuities  in  general.  The
Company believes that an Owner who is a natural person generally is not taxed on
increases in the value of a Contract  until  distribution  occurs by withdrawing
all or part of the  Contract  Value  (e.g.,  partial  withdrawals  and  complete
surrenders) or as annuity  payments  under the Annuity Form  selected.  For this
purpose, the assignment, pledge, or agreement to assign or pledge any portion of
the 

                                       24

<PAGE>

Contract  Value  (and in the case of a  Qualified  Contract,  any  portion of an
interest in the qualified plan) generally will be treated as a distribution. The
taxable  portion  of a  distribution  (in the form of a single  sum  payment  or
annuity) is taxable as ordinary income.

     The Owner of any annuity  contract  who is not a natural  person  generally
must  include in income any  increase in the excess of the net  surrender  value
over the  "investment  in the  contract"  during the taxable  year.  The Company
restricts  ownership  of  Non-Qualified  Contracts  to no more than two  natural
persons.

     The following  discussion  generally  applies to Contracts owned by natural
persons.

     SURRENDERS

     In the case of a surrender from a Qualified  Contract,  under Section 72(e)
of the Code a ratable portion of the amount received is taxable, generally based
on the ratio of the  "investment  in the  contract" to the  participant's  total
accrued  benefit or balance under the retirement  plan.  The  "investment in the
contract"  generally equals the portion, if any, of any premium payments paid by
or on behalf of any individual  under a Contract which was not excluded from the
individual's  gross income.  For Contracts  issued in connection  with qualified
plans,  the  "investment in the contract" can be zero.  Special tax rules may be
available for certain distributions from Qualified Contracts.

     In the  case  of a  surrender  (including  Systematic  Withdrawals)  from a
Non-Qualified  Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date, under Code Section
72(e)  amounts  received are generally  first  treated as taxable  income to the
extent  that  the  Contract  Value  immediately  before  surrender  exceeds  the
"investment in the contract" at that time. Any additional amount  surrendered is
not taxable.

     In  the  case  of a full  surrender  under  a  Qualified  or  Non-Qualified
Contract,  the amount  received  generally will be taxable only to the extent it
exceeds the "investment in the contract."

     A Federal  penalty tax may apply to certain  surrenders  from Qualified and
Non-Qualified  Contracts.  (See "Penalty Tax on Certain  Distributions"  on page
25.)

     ANNUITY PAYMENTS

     Although tax  consequences  may vary depending on the Annuity Form selected
under the  Contract,  in general,  only the portion of the Annuity  Payment that
represents  the amount by which the Contract Value exceeds the investment in the
Contract will be taxed,  after the investment in the Contract is recovered,  the
full amount of any additional annuity payments is taxable.  For variable annuity
payments,  the taxable  portion is  generally  determined  by an  equation  that
establishes  a specific  dollar  amount of each payment  that is not taxed.  The
dollar amount is  determined  by dividing the  investment in the contract by the
total number of expected periodic  payments.  However,  the entire  distribution
will be taxable once the recipient has recovered the dollar amount of his or her
investment in the contract.  For fixed annuity payments, in general, there is no
tax on the  portion of each  payment  which  represents  the same ratio that the
investment  in the  contract  bears to the total  expected  value of the annuity
payments for the term of the  payments;  however,  the remainder of each annuity
payment is taxable until the recovery of the  investment  in the  Contract,  and
thereafter the full amount or each annuity payment is taxable.

     TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS

     Amounts may be distributed from a Contract because of the death of an Owner
or an  Annuitant.  Generally,  such amounts are  includible in the income of the
recipient as follows:  (i) if  distributed  in a lump sum, they are taxed in the
same manner as a full surrender of the contract;  or (ii) if distributed under a
payment option, they are taxed in the same way as annuity payments.

     PENALTY TAX ON CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

     In the case of a  distribution  pursuant  to a  Non-Qualified  Contract,  a
Federal  penalty  equal to 10% of the amount  treated  as taxable  income may be
imposed. In general, however, there is no penalty on distributions:

     1.   made on or after the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2;

     2.   made on or after the death of the  holder (a holder is  considered  an
          Owner)  (or if the  holder  is not an  individual,  the  death  of the
          primary annuitant);

     3.   attributable to the taxpayer's becoming disabled;

     4.   a part of a series of substantially  equal periodic payments (not less
          frequently  than  annually) for the life (or life  expectancy)  of the
          taxpayer  or the  joint  lives  (or joint  life  expectancies)  of the
          taxpayer and his or her designated beneficiary;

     5.   made under an annuity contract that is purchased with a single premium
          when the annuity  starting  date is no later than a year from purchase
          of the annuity and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not
          less frequently than annually, during the annuity period; and

                                       25

<PAGE>

     6.   made under  certain  annuities  issued in connection  with  structured
          settlement agreements.

     Other tax  penalties may apply to certain  distributions  under a Qualified
Contract,  as well  as to  certain  contributions  to,  loans  from,  and  other
circumstances,  applicable to the Qualified Plan of which the Qualified Contract
is part.

     POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAXATION

     In past years,  legislation  has been  proposed  that would have  adversely
modified  the  Federal  taxation of certain  annuities.  For  example,  one such
proposal  would have changed the tax treatment of  non-qualified  annuities that
did not have "substantial life contingencies" by taxing income as it is credited
to the  annuity.  Although  as of the date of this  prospectus  Congress  is not
considering any legislation regarding the taxation of annuities, there is always
the  possibility  that tax treatment of annuities could change by legislation or
other means  (such as IRS  regulations,  revenue  rulings,  judicial  decisions,
etc.).  Moreover, it is also possible that any change could be retroactive (that
is, effective prior to the date of the change).

TRANSFERS, ASSIGNMENTS OR EXCHANGES OF A CONTRACT

     A transfer of ownership or assignment of a Contract,  the designation of an
Annuitant, Payee or other Beneficiary who is not also the Owner, or the exchange
of a Contract may result in certain tax  consequences  to the Owner that are not
discussed  herein.  An Owner  contemplating  any such transfer,  assignment,  or
exchange of a Contract  should  contact a competent  tax advisor with respect to
the potential tax effects of such a transaction.

WITHHOLDING

     Pension and annuity distributions  generally are subject to withholding for
the recipient's Federal income tax liability at rates that vary according to the
type of  distribution  and the  recipient's  tax  status.  Recipients,  however,
generally  are provided the  opportunity  to elect not to have tax withheld from
distributions.  Effective January 1, 1993,  distributions from certain qualified
plans are generally subject to mandatory withholding.  Withholding for Contracts
issued to  retirement  plans  established  under  Section 401 of the Code is the
responsibility of the plan trustee.

MULTIPLE CONTRACTS

     Section  72(e)(11) of the Code treats all  non-qualified  deferred  annuity
contracts entered into after October 21, 1988 that are issued by the Company (or
its  affiliates)  to the same Owner  during  any  calendar  year as one  annuity
contract for purposes of determining the amount includible in gross income under
Code  Section  72(e).  The effects of this rule are not yet clear;  however,  it
could  affect  the time when  income is  taxable  and the  amount  that might be
subject to the 10%  penalty tax  described  above.  In  addition,  the  Treasury
Department  has  specific  authority  to  issue  regulations  that  prevent  the
avoidance of Section 72(e) through the serial  purchase of annuity  contracts or
otherwise. There may also be other situations in which the Treasury may conclude
that  it  would  be  appropriate  to  aggregate  two or more  annuity  contracts
purchased by the same Owner.  Accordingly,  an Owner should  consult a competent
tax advisor before purchasing more than one annuity contract.

TAXATION OF QUALIFIED PLANS

     The Contracts  are designed for use with several types of Qualified  Plans.
The tax rules applicable to participants in these Qualified Plans vary according
to the type of plan and the terms and  conditions  of the plan  itself.  Special
favorable tax treatment may be available for certain types of contributions  and
distributions.  Adverse tax consequences may result from contributions in excess
of  specified  limits;  distributions  prior to age 59 1/2  (subject  to certain
exceptions);  distributions  that do not conform to specified  commencement  and
minimum  distribution  rules;  aggregate  distributions in excess of a specified
annual amount; and in other specified  circumstances.  Therefore,  no attempt is
made to provide more than  general  information  about the use of the  Contracts
with the various types of Qualified Plans. Contract Owners, the Annuitants,  and
Beneficiaries  are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under
these  Qualified  Plans will be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans
themselves,  regardless of the terms and  conditions of the Contracts  issued in
connection  with the  plans.  The  Company  shall  not be bound by the terms and
conditions  of such plans to the  extent  such terms  contradict  the  Contract,
unless the Company consents.  Brief descriptions  follow of the various types of
Qualified Plans in connection with a Contract.

     PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

     Section 401(a) of the Code permits employers and  self-employed  persons to
establish various types of retirement plans for employees. Such retirement plans
may permit the  purchaser of the Contract to provide  benefits  under the plans.
Persons  intending  to use the Contract  with such plans  should seek  competent
advice.

     INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES

     Section 408 of the Code permits  eligible  individuals  to contribute to an
individual  retirement  program known as an "Individual  Retirement  Annuity" or
"IRA".  These IRAs are subject to limits on the amount that may be  contributed,
the  

                                       26
<PAGE>

persons who may be eligible,  and on the time when  distributions  may commence.
Also,  distributions from certain other types of qualified  retirement plans may
be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred  basis into an IRA. Sales of the Contract for
use with IRAs may be subject to special requirements of the IRS.

     TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES

     Section 403(b) of the Code allows  employees of certain  Section  501(c)(3)
organizations and public schools to exclude from their gross income the premiums
paid,  within certain limits, on a Contract that will provide an annuity for the
employee's retirement.  Code section 403(b)(11) restricts the distribution under
Code section 403(b)  annuity  contracts of: (1) elective  contributions  made in
years  beginning  after December 31, 1988; (2) earnings on those  contributions;
and (3)  earnings  in such years on amounts  held as of the last year  beginning
before January 1, 1989.  Distribution of those amounts may only occur upon death
of the employee,  attainment of age 59 1/2, separation from service, disability,
or  financial   hardship.   In  addition,   income   attributable   to  elective
contributions may not be distributed in the case of hardship.

     DEFERRED  COMPENSATION  PLANS FOR PUBLIC  EMPLOYEES  AND  EMPLOYEES  OF TAX
EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS

     Section 457 of the Code permits  state and local  government  employers and
tax exempt  employers  to  establish  deferred  compensation  plans for eligible
employees  and  independent  contractors.  Eligible  plans  limit the  amount of
compensation  which may be deferred.  Distribution from eligible plans may occur
only upon the death of the employee,  attainment of age 70 1/2, separation  from
service or in the event of an unforseeable  emergency.  Amounts  deferred may be
transferred  directly to another eligible deferred  compensation plan. Contracts
issued to 457 plans will be owned by the  employer and are subject to the claims
of the employer's general  creditors.  An employee has no present legal right or
vested interest in such Contracts; an employee is entitled to distributions only
in accordance with eligible plan provisions.

POSSIBLE CHARGE FOR THE COMPANY'S TAXES

     At the present time,  the Company makes no charge to the  Sub-Accounts  for
any  Federal,  state,  or local  taxes  that the  Company  incurs  which  may be
attributable  to such  Sub-Accounts or to the Contracts.  The Company,  however,
reserves  the right in the future to make a charge for any such tax laws that it
determines to be properly attributable to the Sub-Accounts of the Contracts.

OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES

     As noted above,  the foregoing  comments about the Federal tax consequences
under these  Contracts are not  exhaustive,  and special rules are provided with
respect to other tax situations not discussed in this Prospectus.  Further,  the
Federal  income  tax   consequences   discussed  herein  reflect  the  Company's
understanding  of current law and the law may change.  Federal  estate and state
and local  estate,  inheritance,  and other tax  consequences  of  ownership  or
receipt of distributions under a Contract depend on the individual circumstances
of each Owner or recipient of the  distribution.  A competent tax advisor should
be consulted for further information.

                              VOTING OF FUND SHARES

     As long as the Variable  Account is registered as a unit  investment  trust
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the assets of the Variable Account
are allocated to Sub-Accounts  that are invested in Investment Fund shares,  the
Investment Fund shares held in the Sub-Accounts  will be voted by the Company in
accordance with  instructions  received from the person having voting  interests
under the Contracts as described  below. If the Company  determines  pursuant to
applicable  law  or  regulation   that   Investment  Fund  shares  held  in  the
Sub-Accounts  and  attributable  to the Contracts  need not be voted pursuant to
instructions  received from persons otherwise having the voting interests,  then
the Company may vote such Investment Fund shares held in the Sub-Accounts in its
own right.

     Before  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Owner  shall have the voting
interest  with  respect  to  the  Investment  Fund  shares  attributable  to the
Contract.

     On and after the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the person then  entitled to
receive  annuity  payments  shall have the voting  interest  with respect to the
Investment Fund shares.  Such voting interest will generally decrease during the
annuity payout period.

     Any Investment Fund shares held in the Variable Account for which we do not
receive timely voting  instructions,  or which are not  attributable to Contract
Owners, will be voted by us in proportion to the instructions  received from all
Contract Owners having a voting interest in the Investment  Fund. Any Investment
Fund shares held by us or any of our  affiliates in general  accounts  will, for
voting purposes,  be allocated to all separate  accounts having voting interests
in the Investment  Fund in proportion to each account's  voting  interest in the
respective  Investment  Fund and will be  voted  in the same  manner  as are the
respective account's vote.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     All  Investment  Fund proxy  material will be sent to persons having voting
interests  together  with  appropriate  forms  which may be used to give  voting
instructions. Persons entitled to voting interests and the number of votes which
they may cast shall be  determined  as of a record  date,  to be selected by the
Company, not more than 90 days before the meeting of the applicable Fund.

     Persons having voting interests under the Contracts as described above will
not, as a result thereof,  have voting interests with respect to meetings of the
stockholders of the Company.

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

     The  Contracts  will be sold by licensed  insurance  agents in those states
where the  Contracts  may be  lawfully  sold.  Such  agents  will be  registered
representatives of broker-dealers  registered under the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
The Contracts will be distributed by the General Distributor,  Washington Square
Securities,  Inc., 20 Washington  Avenue South,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55401,
which  is  controlled  by  the  Company.   Commissions  and  other  distribution
compensation  will be paid by the  Company.  Generally  such  payments  will not
exceed 7.00% of the purchase payments. In some cases a trail commission based on
the Contract Value may also be paid.

                                   REVOCATION

     The Contract  Owner may revoke the contract at any time between the date of
Application  and the date 10 days after  receipt of the  Contract  and receive a
refund of the Contract Value unless  otherwise  required by state and/or federal
law.  All  Individual  Retirement  Annuity  refunds  will be return of  purchase
payments. In order to revoke the Contract, it must be mailed or delivered to the
Company's Contract  Administrator at the mailing address shown on the back cover
page of this  Prospectus or the agent through whom it was purchased.  Mailing or
delivery  must occur on or before 10 days  after  receipt  of the  Contract  for
revocation to be  effective.  In order to revoke the Contract if it has not been
received,  written notice must be mailed or delivered to the Company's  Contract
Administrator  at the  mailing  address  shown  on the back  cover  page of this
Prospectus.

     The liability of the Variable  Account  under this  provision is limited to
the Contract Value in each Sub-Account on the date of revocation. Any additional
amounts refunded to the Contract Owner will be paid by the Company.

                                REPORTS TO OWNERS

     The Company will mail to the Contract  Owner,  at the last known address of
record at the home  office of the  Company,  at least  annually  after the first
Contract Year, a report  containing  such  information as may be required by any
applicable law or regulation and a statement showing the Contract Value.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     There are no legal  proceedings  to which the Variable  Account is a party.
The Company is a defendant  in various  lawsuits in  connection  with the normal
conduct of its operations. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution
of such litigation will not result in any significant liability to the Company.

                        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXPERTS

   
     The annual  financial  statements  of NWNL  Select  Variable  Account as of
December  31, 1995 and for each the three years in the period then ended and the
annual  financial  statements of Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company,
which are included in the Statement of Additional Information, have been audited
by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports which
are  included  herein and have been so included in reliance  upon the reports of
such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
    

                               FURTHER INFORMATION

     A  Registration  Statement  under the Securities Act of 1933 has been filed
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  with  respect to the  contracts
described  herein.  The Prospectus  does not contain all of the  information set
forth in the Registration  Statement and exhibits thereto, to which reference is
hereby made for further information concerning the Variable Account, the Company
and  the  Contracts.  The  information  so  omitted  may be  obtained  from  the
Commission's  principal  office in  Washington,  D.C.,  upon  payment of the fee
prescribed  by the  Commission,  or examined  there without  charge.  Statements
contained in this  Prospectus  as to the  provisions  of the Contracts and other
legal  documents are summaries,  and reference is made to the documents as filed
with the Commission for a complete statement of the provisions thereof.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



Introduction...................................................................2
Administration of the Contracts................................................3
Custody of Assets..............................................................3
Independent Auditors...........................................................3
Distribution of the Contracts..................................................3
Calculation of Yield and Return................................................4
   
Financial Statements..........................................................13
    


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If you  would  like  to  receive  a copy of the  NWNL  Select  Variable  Account
Statement of Additional Information, please return this request to:

WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.
20 WASHINGTON AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55401

Your name ......................................................................


Address ........................................................................


City ............................... State ...................  Zip ............

Please  send  me a  copy  of the  NWNL  Select  Variable  Account  Statement  of
Additional Information.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       29

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A
                                THE FIXED ACCOUNT

     CONTRIBUTIONS  UNDER THE FIXED PORTION OF THE CONTRACT AND TRANSFERS TO THE
FIXED  PORTION  BECOME  PART OF THE GENERAL  ACCOUNT OF THE COMPANY  (THE "FIXED
ACCOUNT"),  WHICH  SUPPORTS  INSURANCE  AND  ANNUITY  OBLIGATIONS.   BECAUSE  OF
EXEMPTIVE AND EXCLUSIONARY  PROVISIONS,  INTERESTS IN THE FIXED ACCOUNT HAVE NOT
BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ("1933 ACT") NOR IS THE FIXED
ACCOUNT  REGISTERED AS AN INVESTMENT COMPANY UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF
1940  ("1940  ACT").  ACCORDINGLY,  NEITHER THE FIXED  ACCOUNT NOR ANY  INTEREST
THEREIN ARE GENERALLY SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 OR 1940 ACTS AND THE
COMPANY  HAS  BEEN  ADVISED  THAT  THE  STAFF  OF THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE
COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED THE DISCLOSURES IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  WHICH RELATE TO
THE FIXED  PORTION OF THE CONTRACT.  DISCLOSURES  REGARDING THE FIXED PORTION OF
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT AND THE FIXED ACCOUNT,  HOWEVER,  MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
GENERALLY  APPLICABLE  PROVISIONS OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS RELATING TO THE
ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF STATEMENTS MADE IN PROSPECTUSES.

     The Fixed  Account is made up of all of the  general  assets of the Company
other than those allocated to any separate  account.  Purchase  payments will be
allocated  to the Fixed  Account as elected by the Owner at the time of purchase
or as  subsequently  changed.  The  Company  will invest the assets of the Fixed
Account in those  assets  chosen by the Company and allowed by  applicable  law.
Investment  income from such Fixed Account assets will be allocated  between the
Company and the contracts participating in the Fixed Account, in accordance with
the terms of such contracts.

     Fixed annuity  payments  made to Annuitants  under the Contract will not be
affected by the  mortality  experience  (death rate) of persons  receiving  such
payments or of the general population. The Company assumes this "mortality risk"
by virtue of annuity rates incorporated in the Contract which cannot be changed.
In  addition,  the  Company  guarantees  that it will not  increase  charges for
maintenance of the Contracts regardless of its actual expenses.

     Investment  income from the Fixed Account allocated to the Company includes
compensation  for mortality and expense risks borne by the Company in connection
with Fixed Account  Contracts.  The Company expects to derive a profit from this
compensation.  The amount of such investment  income  allocated to the Contracts
will vary from year to year at the sole discretion of the Company.  However, the
Company  guarantees  that it will credit  interest at a rate of not less than 3%
per year,  compounded annually,  to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account under
the  Contract.  The  Company  may credit  interest at a rate in excess of 3% per
year; however,  the Company is not obligated to credit any interest in excess of
3% per  year.  There is no  specific  formula  for the  determination  of excess
interest credits.  Such credits, if any, will be determined by the Company based
on information as to expected  investment  yields.  Some of the factors that the
Company  may  consider  in  determining  whether to credit  interest  to amounts
allocated  to the Fixed  Account and the amount  thereof,  are general  economic
trends,  rates of return  currently  available and  anticipated on the Company's
investments,  regulatory  and tax  requirements  and  competitive  factors.  ANY
INTEREST  CREDITED TO AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE FIXED ACCOUNT IN EXCESS OF 3% PER
YEAR WILL BE DETERMINED IN THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE COMPANY. THE OWNER ASSUMES
THE RISK THAT INTEREST CREDITED TO FIXED ACCOUNT  ALLOCATIONS MAY NOT EXCEED THE
MINIMUM GUARANTEE OF 3% FOR ANY GIVEN YEAR.

     The Company is aware of no statutory  limitations  on the maximum amount of
interest  it may  credit,  and the Board of  Directors  has set no  limitations.
However,  inherent in the Company's exercise of discretion in this regard is the
equitable  allocation  of  distributable  earnings and surplus among its various
policyholders and Contract Owners and to its stockholders.

     Excess  interest,  if any, will be credited on the Fixed  Account  Contract
Value.  The Company  guarantees  that, at any time,  the Fixed Account  Contract
Value  will not be less  than the  amount of  purchase  payments  and  transfers
allocated  to the  Fixed  Account,  plus  interest  at the rate of 3% per  year,
compounded annually,  plus any additional interest which the Company may, in its
discretion,   credit  to  the  Fixed  Account,   less  the  sum  of  all  annual
administrative  or surrender charges levied,  any applicable  premium taxes, and
less any amounts surrendered or transferred from the Fixed Account. If the Owner
surrenders  the Contract,  the amount  available  from the Fixed Account will be
reduced by any applicable  surrender  charge and annual  administration  charge.
(See "Charges Made by the Company" on page 15).

                                      A-1
<PAGE>


Contract Administrator
Annuity Service Center
301 West 11th Street
Kansas City, Missouri 64105

General Distributor
Washington Square Securities, Inc.
20 Washington Ave. S.
Minneapolis, MN 55401



[LOGO] NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
       A ReliaStar Company

   
     Select*Annuity III Prospectus
     N700.207c (April 30, 1996)
    
<PAGE>


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                                   ----------
              INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE/FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                    ISSUED BY
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                                       AND
                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   
         This  Statement of  Additional  Information  is not a  Prospectus,  but
should be read in  conjunction  with the  Prospectus,  dated April 30, 1996 (the
"Prospectus")  relating  to  the  Individual  Deferred   Variable/Fixed  Annuity
Contracts  issued by NWNL Select Variable  Account (the "Variable  Account") and
Northwestern  National  Life  Insurance  Company  (the  "Company").  Much of the
information  contained in this Statement of Additional  Information expands upon
subjects  discussed in the Prospectus.  A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained
from  Washington   Square   Securities,   Inc.,  20  Washington   Avenue  South,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401.
    

         Capitalized terms used in this Statement of Additional Information that
are not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the meanings  given to them in the
Prospectus.
                                  -------------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE

Introduction..............................................................    2

Administration of the Contracts...........................................    3

Custody of Assets.........................................................    3

Independent Auditors......................................................    3

Distribution of the Contracts.............................................    3

Calculation of Yield and Return...........................................    4

Financial Statements......................................................   13

                                   ---------

   
     The date of this Statement of Additional Information is April 30, 1996.
    

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                  INTRODUCTION

         The Individual Deferred  Variable/Fixed  Annuity Contracts described in
the Prospectus are flexible purchase payment  contracts.  The Contracts are sold
to or in  connection  with  retirement  plans  which may or may not  qualify for
special federal tax treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. (See "Federal Tax
Status" on page 23 of the  Prospectus.)  Annuity payments under the Contracts
are deferred until a selected later date.

         Purchase  payments  may be  allocated  to one or more of the  available
Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, a separate account of the Company,  and/or
to the Fixed Account (which is the general account of the Company).

         Purchase   payments   allocated  to  one  or  more  of  the   available
Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, as selected by the Contract Owner, will be
invested  in shares at net asset  value of one or more of a group of  investment
funds (the  "Investment  Funds").  The  Investment  Funds are currently the five
portfolios of the Variable  Insurance  Products Fund, and four portfolios of the
Variable Insurance Products Fund II, which are managed by Fidelity  Management &
Research  Company of Boston,  Massachusetts;  three funds of the  Northstar/NWNL
Trust,  which are managed by  Northstar  Investment  Management  Corporation  of
Greenwich,  Connecticut;  and six  portfolios of Putnam  Capital  Manager Trust,
which  are   managed  by  Putnam   Investment   Management,   Inc.   of  Boston,
Massachusetts.  Each  Investment  Fund pays its investment  adviser certain fees
charged against the assets of the Investment Fund. The Variable Account Contract
Value and the amount of variable annuity payments will vary,  primarily based on
the investment  performance of the Investment Funds whose shares are held in the
Sub-Accounts  selected.  (For more information  about the Investment  Funds, see
"Investments of the Variable Account" on page 12 of the Prospectus.)

         Purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account,  which is the general
account of the Company,  will be credited  with interest at a rate not less than
3% per year.  Interest  credited in excess of 3%, if any,  will be determined at
the sole  discretion of the Company.  That part of the Contract  relating to the
Fixed Account is not  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Fixed
Account is not  subject to the  restrictions  of the  Investment  Company Act of
1940. (See Appendix A to the Prospectus.)


                                       2
<PAGE>

                         ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

   
         The Company has entered into an agreement with Continuum Administrative
Services Corporation (formerly known as Vantage Computer Systems,  Inc.), Kansas
City,  Missouri  ("CASC")  under  which  CASC  has  agreed  to  perform  certain
administrative  functions  relating to the Contracts  and the Variable  Account.
These functions include,  among other things,  maintaining the books and records
of the Variable  Account and the  Sub-Accounts,  and maintaining  records of the
name, address, taxpayer identification number, Contract number, type of Contract
issued to each Owner,  Contract Value and other pertinent  information necessary
to the  administration  and  operation  of the  Contracts.  For the years  ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, the Company paid fees to CASC under the agreement in
the  amounts  of  $129,682  and  $218,214,   respectively,  in  connection  with
administration of the Contracts.
    

                                CUSTODY OF ASSETS

         The  Company,  whose  address  appears on the cover of the  Prospectus,
maintains custody of the assets of the Variable Account.

                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

   
     The  annual  financial  statements  of NWNL  Select  Variable  Account  and
Northwestern  National  Life  Insurance  Company,  which  are  included  in  the
Statement of Additional Information, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
400 One Financial  Plaza,  120 South 6th Street,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55402,
independent  auditors, as stated in their reports which are included herein, and
have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
    

                          DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

         The Contracts will be sold by licensed insurance agents in those states
where the  Contracts  may be  lawfully  sold.  Such  agents  will be  registered
representatives of broker-dealers  registered under the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.
The Contracts will be distributed by the General Distributor,  Washington Square
Securities,  Inc.,  which  is a  direct  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  ReliaStar
Financial Corp. and is an affiliate of the Company.

                                       3
<PAGE>

   
         For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 the General  Distributor
was paid fees by the  Company  with  respect to  distribution  of the  Contracts
aggregating $731,073, and $397,000, respectively.
    

         The offering of the Contracts is continuous.

   
         There  are  no  special  purchase  plans  or  exchange  privileges  not
described in the Prospectus (see "Transfers" at page 20 of the Prospectus).
    
   
         No deduction for a sales charge is made from the purchase  payments for
the Contracts.  However,  if part or all of a Contract's  value is  surrendered,
surrender charges (which may be deemed to be contingent  deferred sales charges)
may be made by the  Company.  The method  used to  determine  the amount of such
charge is described in the  Prospectus  under the heading  "Charges  Made By The
Company - Surrender  Charge  (Contingent  Deferred Sales Charge)" on page 15.
There is no  difference in the amount of this charge or any of the other charges
described in the  Prospectus  as between  Contracts  purchased by members of the
public  as  individuals  or  groups,  and  Contracts  purchased  by any class of
individuals,  such as  officers,  directors  or  employees  of the Company or of
Washington Square Securities, Inc.
    
                         CALCULATION OF YIELD AND RETURN

         CURRENT YIELD AND EFFECTIVE  YIELD.  Current yield and effective  yield
will be calculated only for the VIPF Money Market Portfolio Sub-Account.

         The current  yield is based on a seven-day  period (the "base  period")
and is calculated  by  determining  the "net change in value" on a  hypothetical
account  having a  balance  of one  Accumulation  Unit at the  beginning  of the
period,  dividing the net change in account value by the value of the account at
the  beginning  of the base  period  to  obtain  the  base  period  return,  and
multiplying  the base period  return by 365/7 with the  resulting  yield  figure
carried to the nearest hundredth of one percent. The effective yield is computed
in a similar manner,  except that the base period return is compounded by adding
1, raising the sum to a power equal to 365 divided by 7, and  subtracting 1 from
the result, according to the following formula:

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                                            
         EFFECTIVE YIELD  =  [(Base Period Return  +  1) ^ 365/7]  -  1

         Net  changes  in value  of a  hypothetical  account  will  include  net
investment  income of the account  (accrued  daily  dividends as declared by the
VIPF Money Market  Portfolio,  less daily  expense and  contract  charges to the
account) for the period,  but will not include  realized or unrealized  gains or
losses on its underlying fund shares.

         The VIPF Money Market Portfolio Sub-Account's yield and effective yield
will vary in response to any  fluctuations in interest rates and expenses of the
Sub-Account.

   

         The yield and effective  yield of the  Sub-Account  for the seven day 
period ending December 29, 1995 were as follows:

                      Yield:                  4.06%
                      Effective Yield:        4.14%
    
         STANDARDIZED  YIELD. A standardized  yield  computation may be used for
bond Sub-Accounts.  The yield quotation will be based on a recent 30 day (or one
month)  period,  and is  computed  by  dividing  the net  investment  income per
Accumulation  Unit earned during the period by the maximum offering price on the
last day of the period according to the following formula:

                  YIELD = 2[((((a - b)/cd) + 1)^6)  -  1]



         Where:

                a =   net investment earned during the period by the Fund or 
                      Portfolio attributable to shares owned by the Sub-Account.

                b =   expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

                c =   the average daily number of Accumulation Units outstanding
                      during the period.

                d =   the maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit on the 
                      last day of the period.


         Yield on each Sub-Account is earned from dividends declared and paid by
the underlying Fund or Portfolio,  which are automatically reinvested in Fund or
Portfolio shares.

                                       5
<PAGE>
   
    
         AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS.  From time to time,  sales  literature or
advertisements  may also quote  average  annual total returns for one or more of
the Sub-Accounts for various periods of time.

         Average annual total returns  represent the average  annual  compounded
rates of return  that  would  equate an  initial  investment  of $1,000  under a
Contract to the redemption  value of that  investment as of the last day of each
of the  periods.  The  ending  date for  each  period  for  which  total  return
quotations  are  provided  will be for the most  recent  month-end  practicable,
considering  the type and media of the  communication  and will be stated in the
communication.

         Average annual total returns will be calculated using  Sub-Account unit
values  which  the  Company  calculates  on each  Valuation  Date  based  on the
performance of the Sub-Account's  underlying  Portfolio,  the deductions for the
Mortality and Expense Risk Premiums,  the Administration  Charge, and the Annual
Contract Charge. The calculation  assumes that the Annual Contract Charge is $30
per year per Contract deducted at the end of each Contract Year. For purposes of
calculating  average annual total return,  an average per dollar Annual Contract
Charge  attributable  to the  hypothetical  account for the period is used.  The
calculation also assumes  surrender of the Contract at the end of the period for
the return  quotation.  Total returns will therefore  reflect a deduction of the
Surrender  Charge for any period less than six years. The total return will then
be calculated according to the following formula:

                    TR =     ((ERV/P)^1/N) - 1


                    Where:

                    TR   =   The   average annual total  return  net  of
                             Sub-Account recurring charges.

                    ERV  =   the  ending  redeemable  value  (net of  any
                             applicable  surrender  charge) of the  hypothetical
                             account at the end of the period.

                    P =      a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

                    N =      the number of years in the period.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     Such average annual total return information for the Sub-Accounts is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                                 FOR THE PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                  DATE OF INCEPTION
                                 FOR THE 1-YEAR PERIOD      FOR THE 5-YEAR PERIOD     FOR THE 10-YEAR PERIOD       OF SUB-ACCOUNT
SUB-ACCOUNT                          ENDED 12/31/95            ENDED 12/31/95             ENDED 12/31/95            TO 12/31/95
- -----------                          --------------            --------------             --------------            -----------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                            <C>                      <C>   
VIPF High Income Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         13.43%                    N/A                         N/A                     4.40%

VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         27.72%                    N/A                         N/A                    16.08%

VIPF Growth Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         27.99%                    N/A                         N/A                    12.33%

VIPF Overseas Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)          2.65%                    N/A                         N/A                     0.97%

VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)          9.83%                    N/A                         N/A                     0.23%

VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         10.20%                    N/A                         N/A                     2.01%

VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         29.79%                    N/A                         N/A                    13.67%

VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  5/1/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                    15.66%

Northstar Income and Growth Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/3/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                    11.09%

Northstar Growth Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/3/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                    10.24%

Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/3/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     8.44%

PCM Diversified Income Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         11.98%                   N/A                          N/A                     2.50%

PCM Growth and Income Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         29.32%                    N/A                         N/A                    13.03%

PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         23.76%                    N/A                         N/A                     7.02%

PCM Voyager Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         33.22%                    N/A                         N/A                    15.73%

PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  5/1/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                    -4.19%

PCM New Opportunities Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  5/1/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                    44.66%
    
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>

         From time to time, sales literature or advertisements may quote average
annual total  returns for periods prior to the date the  Sub-Accounts  commenced
operations. Such performance information for the Sub-Accounts will be calculated
based  on  the  performance  of the  Portfolios  and  the  assumption  that  the
Sub-Accounts  were in existence for the same periods as those  indicated for the
Portfolios, with the level of Contract charges currently in effect.

         Such average annual total return information for the Sub-Accounts is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                                 FOR THE PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                  DATE OF INCEPTION
                                 FOR THE 1-YEAR PERIOD      FOR THE 5-YEAR PERIOD     FOR THE 10-YEAR PERIOD      OF FUND PORTFOLIO
SUB-ACCOUNT                          ENDED 12/31/95            ENDED 12/31/95             ENDED 12/31/95            TO 12/31/95
- -----------                          --------------            --------------             --------------            -----------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                            <C>                      <C>   
VIPF High Income Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  9/19/85)          13.43%                 16.85%                         N/A                    10.19%

VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  10/9/86)          27.72%                 19.22%                         N/A                    11.70%

VIPF Growth Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  10/9/86)          27.99%                 18.67%                         N/A                    13.18%

VIPF Overseas Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  1/28/87)           2.65%                  5.98%                         N/A                     5.73%

VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  9/6/89)            9.83%                 10.64%                         N/A                     9.63%

VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  12/5/88)          10.20%                  7.09%                         N/A                     7.33%

VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  8/27/92)          29.79%                    N/A                         N/A                    12.77%

VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  1/3/95)           32.21%                    N/A                         N/A                    21.11%

Northstar Income and Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           14.09%                    N/A                         N/A                     9.02%

Northstar Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           17.44%                    N/A                         N/A                    11.95%

Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)            8.18%                    N/A                         N/A                     5.33%

PCM Diversified Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  9/15/93)          11.98%                    N/A                         N/A                     3.53%

PCM Growth and Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  2/1/88)           29.32%                 13.30%                         N/A                    13.43%

PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/1/92)           23.76%                    N/A                         N/A                     8.69%

PCM Voyager Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  2/1/88)           33.22%                 20.05%                         N/A                    16.03%

PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/1/95)              N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     1.26%

PCM New Opportunities Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/2/94)           36.95%                    N/A                         N/A                    26.17%
    
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>

         The Company may also  disclose  average  annual  total  returns for the
Investment  Fund's  Portfolios since their inception,  including such disclosure
for periods prior to the date the Variable Account commenced operations.

         Such average annual total return  information for the Portfolios of the
Investment Funds is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                                                 FOR THE PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                  DATE OF INCEPTION
                                 FOR THE 1-YEAR PERIOD      FOR THE 5-YEAR PERIOD     FOR THE 10-YEAR PERIOD      OF FUND PORTFOLIO
SUB-ACCOUNT                          ENDED 12/31/95            ENDED 12/31/95             ENDED 12/31/95            TO 12/31/95
- -----------                          --------------            --------------             --------------            -----------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                            <C>                      <C>   
VIPF High Income Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  9/19/85)          20.60%                 18.95%                         11.47%                 11.81%

VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  10/9/86)          35.09%                 21.33%                         N/A                    13.34%

VIPF Growth Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  10/9/86)          35.37%                 20.78%                         N/A                    14.84%

VIPF Overseas Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  1/28/87)           9.68%                  8.14%                         N/A                     7.31%

VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  9/6/89)           16.96%                 12.76%                         N/A                    11.26%

VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  12/5/88)          17.32%                  9.23%                         N/A                     8.93%

VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  8/27/92)          37.19%                    N/A                         N/A                    15.48%

VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  1/3/95)           39.62%                    N/A                         N/A                     39.62

Northstar Income and Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           21.27%                    N/A                         N/A                    13.78%

Northstar Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           24.29%                    N/A                         N/A                    13.40%

Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           15.28%                    N/A                         N/A                    10.10%

PCM Diversified Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  9/15/93)          19.13%                    N/A                         N/A                     6.99%

PCM Growth and Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  2/1/88)           36.71%                 15.42%                         N/A                    15.09%

PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/1/92)           31.08%                    N/A                         N/A                    11.31%

PCM Voyager Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  2/1/88)           40.67%                 22.16%                         N/A                    17.73%

PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/1/95)              N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     2.30%

PCM New Opportunities Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/2/94)           44.45%                    N/A                         N/A                    30.86%
    
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>

         OTHER  TOTAL  RETURNS.   From  time  to  time,   sales   literature  or
advertisements  may quote average annual total returns for the Sub-Accounts that
do not reflect the Surrender  Charge.  Such  performance  information  may quote
average  annual total  returns for periods  during which the  Sub-Accounts  were
operating  and  for  periods  prior  to  the  date  the  Sub-Accounts  commenced
operations.  These  returns  are  calculated  in exactly the same way as average
annual total returns described above, except that the ending redeemable value of
the hypothetical account for the period is replaced with an ending value for the
period that does not take into  account any  charges on amounts  surrendered  or
withdrawn. Such information is as follows:

                                       10
<PAGE>

              RETURNS SINCE DATE SUB-ACCOUNTS COMMENCED OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                                 FOR THE PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                  DATE OF INCEPTION
                                 FOR THE 1-YEAR PERIOD      FOR THE 5-YEAR PERIOD     FOR THE 10-YEAR PERIOD       OF SUB-ACCOUNT
SUB-ACCOUNT                          ENDED 12/31/95            ENDED 12/31/95             ENDED 12/31/95            TO 12/31/95
- -----------                          --------------            --------------             --------------            -----------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                            <C>                      <C>   
VIPF High Income Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         18.83%                    N/A                         N/A                      6.98%

VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         33.12%                    N/A                         N/A                     18.41%

VIPF Growth Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         33.39%                    N/A                         N/A                     14.74%

VIPF Overseas Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)          8.05%                    N/A                         N/A                      3.63%

VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         15.23%                    N/A                         N/A                      2.91%

VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         15.60%                    N/A                         N/A                      4.64%

VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         35.19%                    N/A                         N/A                     16.04%

VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio
(Sub-Account Inception:  5/1/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     21.11%

Northstar Income and Growth Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/3/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     16.54%

Northstar Growth Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/3/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     15.69%

Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/3/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     13.89%

PCM Diversified Income Fund
(Sub-Account Inception  1/6/94)          17.38%                    N/A                         N/A                      5.12%

PCM Growth and Income Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         34.72%                    N/A                         N/A                     15.42%

PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         29.16%                    N/A                         N/A                      9.54%

PCM Voyager Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  1/6/94)         38.62%                    N/A                         N/A                     18.06%

PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  5/1/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                      1.26%

PCM New Opportunities Fund
(Sub-Account Inception:  5/1/95)            N/A                    N/A                         N/A                     53.88%
    
</TABLE>

                                       11
<PAGE>



    RETURNS INCLUDING PERIOD PRIOR TO DATE SUB-ACCOUNTS COMMENCED OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                                 FOR THE PERIOD FROM
                                                                                                                  DATE OF INCEPTION
                                 FOR THE 1-YEAR PERIOD      FOR THE 5-YEAR PERIOD     FOR THE 10-YEAR PERIOD      OF FUND PORTFOLIO
SUB-ACCOUNT                          ENDED 12/31/95            ENDED 12/31/95             ENDED 12/31/95            TO 12/31/95
- -----------                          --------------            --------------             --------------            -----------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                            <C>                      <C>   
VIPF High Income Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  9/19/85)          18.83%                 17.24%                         N/A                      10.19%

VIPF Equity-Income Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  10/9/86)          33.12%                 19.57%                         N/A                      11.70%

VIPF Growth Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  10/9/86)          33.39%                 19.03%                         N/A                      13.18%

VIPF Overseas Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  1/28/87)           8.05%                  6.54%                         N/A                       5.73%

VIPF II Asset Manager Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  9/6/89)           15.23%                 11.12%                         N/A                       9.63%

VIPF II Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  12/5/88)          15.60%                  7.63%                         N/A                       7.33%

VIPF II Index 500 Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  8/27/92)          35.19%                    N/A                         N/A                      13.78%

VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio
(Portfolio Inception:  1/3/95)           37.61%                    N/A                         N/A                      37.61%

Northstar Income and Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           19.49%                    N/A                         N/A                      12.09%

Northstar Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           22.84%                    N/A                         N/A                      14.97%

Northstar Multi-Sector Bond Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/6/94)           13.58%                    N/A                         N/A                       8.47%

PCM Diversified Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  9/15/93)          17.38%                    N/A                         N/A                       5.39%

PCM Growth and Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  2/1/88)           34.72%                 13.73%                         N/A                      13.43%

PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/1/92)           29.16%                    N/A                         N/A                       9.67%

PCM Voyager Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  2/1/88)           38.62%                 20.39%                         N/A                      16.03%

PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/1/95)           -0.11%                    N/A                         N/A                       0.00%

PCM New Opportunities Fund
(Portfolio Inception:  5/2/94)           42.35%                    N/A                         N/A                      28.94%
    
</TABLE>

                                       12
<PAGE>


         The Investment Funds have provided the total return information for the
Portfolios,  including the Portfolio total return  information used to calculate
the total returns of the  Sub-Accounts for periods prior to the inception of the
Sub-Accounts.  The Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products
Fund II, and Putnam Capital Manager Trust are not affiliated with the Company.

         The Company may disclose  Cumulative  Total Returns in conjunction with
the standard  formats  described  above.  The  Cumulative  Total Returns will be
calculated using the following formula:

                  CTR =   ERV/P - 1

                  Where:

                  CTR  =  the Cumulative Total Return net of Sub-Account 
                          recurring charges for the period.

                  ERV  =  the  ending redeemable value of the hypothetical 
                          investment  at the  end of the period.

                  P =     a hypothetical single payment of $1,000.

   
         EFFECT OF THE ANNUAL CONTRACT CHARGE ON PERFORMANCE  DATA. The Contract
provides for a $30 Annual Contract Charge to be deducted  annually at the end of
each Contract  Year,  from the  Sub-Accounts  and the Fixed Account based on the
proportion  that the value of each  such  account  bears to the  total  Contract
Value.  For purposes of reflecting the Annual Contract Charge in yield and total
return  quotations,  the annual  charge is converted  into an annual  charge per
$1,000 invested based on the Annual Contract Charges  collected from the average
total assets of the Variable  Account and Fixed Account during the calendar year
ending December 31, 1995.
    

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
     This Statement of Additional  Information contains Financial Statements for
the Variable  Account as of December 31, 1995 and for each of the three years in
the period then ended.  Deloitte & Touche LLP serves as independent auditors for
the Variable Account.  Although the finanical statements are audited, the period
they cover is not necessarily  indicative of the longer term  performance of the
assets held in the Variable Account.

         The Company's statements of financial condition as of December 31, 1995
and 1994,  and the related  statements of operations,  shareholder's  equity and
cash flows for the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1994 which are included in
this Statement of Additional  Information,  should be considered only as bearing
on the  Company's  ability to meet its  obligations  under the  Contracts.  They
should not be considered as bearing on the investment  performance of the assets
held in the Variable Account.
    

                                       13
<PAGE>
   

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors
Northwestern National Life Insurance
Company and Contract Owners of
NWNL Select Variable Account:


  We have audited the  accompanying  statement of assets and liabilities of NWNL
Select  Variable  Account  as of  December  31,  1995 and the  related  combined
statements of operations and changes in Contract  Owners' equity for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995.  These  financial  statements
are the responsibility of the management of Northwestern National Life Insurance
Company.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.

  We have conducted our audits in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  Our procedures include
confirmation of the securities owned as of December 31, 1995, by  correspondence
with the Account  custodians.  An audit also includes  assessing the  accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as well as
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of NWNL Select Variable Account as
of December 31, 1995,  and the results of its operations and changes in Contract
Owners'  equity for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,
1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




Deloitte & Touche LLP



Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 2, 1996





                                       i
    


<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               December 31, 1995
                   (in Thousands, Except Share and Unit Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Select         Select       Fidelity's VIPF  Fidelity's VIPF   Fidelity's VIPF
                                                   Capital Growth    Managed       Money Market      High Income      Equity-Income
ASSETS:                                              Fund, Inc.     Fund, Inc.       Portfolio        Portfolio         Portfolio  
- -------
Investments in mutual funds at market value:       -------------   -------------   --------------   --------------    -------------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>      <C>              <C>                <C>       
NORTHWESTERN'S:
   Select Capital Growth Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                                      $-
    Select Managed Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                                                   $ -

FIDELITY'S VIPF AND VIPF II:
   Money Market Portfolio
     19,384,402 shares (cost $19,384)                                                  $19,384
    High Income Portfolio
     1,917,187 shares (cost $21,472)                                                                    $23,102
    Equity-Income Portfolio
     4,804,452 shares (cost $71,360)                                                                                       $92,582
    Growth Portfolio
     3,114,103 shares (cost $68,697)                                                                                        
    Overseas Portfolio
     1,539,261 shares (cost $24,059)                                                                                        
    Asset Manager Portfolio
     3,137,752 shares (cost $44,874)                                                                                        
    Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
     1,282,434 shares (cost $14,901)                                                                                        
    Index 500 Portfolio
     105,609 shares (cost $6,885)                                                                                           
   Contrafund Portfolio
     388,952 shares (cost $5,225)                                                                                           

PUTNAM'S PCM:
   Diversified Income Fund
     637,861 shares (cost $6,466)
    Growth and Income Fund
     536,994 shares (cost $9,984)
    Utilities Growth and Income Fund
     268,645 shares (cost $3,148)
    Voyager Fund
     633,805 shares (cost $16,013)
   Asia Pacific Growth Fund
     76,773 shares (cost $765)
   New Opportunities Fund
     240,228 shares (cost $3,441)

NORTHSTAR'S:
   Income and Growth Fund
     40,273 shares (cost $461)
   Growth Fund
     17,484 shares (cost $213)
   Multi-Sector Bond Fund
     48,730 shares (cost $248)
                                                     ----------    ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
   Total Assets                                              $-            $-          $19,384          $23,102            $92,582
                                                     ==========    ==========       ==========       ==========         ==========

LIABILITIES AND CONTRACT OWNERS' EQUITY:
Due to Northwestern National Life Insurance Company
   for contract charges and reserve transfers                $-            $-              $20              $24                $98
Contract Owners' Equity                                       -             -           19,364           23,078             92,484
                                                     ----------    ----------       ----------       ----------         ----------
   Total Liabilities and Contract Owners' Equity             $-            $-          $19,384          $23,102            $92,582
                                                     ==========    ==========       ==========       ==========         ==========

Units Outstanding:                                            -             -    1,607,916.548    1,368,646.703      4,437,068.543

Net Asset Value per Unit:
     Select*Annuity II
           Tax-Qualified                                     $-            $-       $14.093183       $21.133192         $25.834771
           Non-Tax Qualified                                 $-            $-       $14.093183       $21.133192         $25.834771
     Select*Annuity  III
           Tax-Qualified                                     $-            $-       $10.731589       $11.456275         $14.008100
           Non-Tax Qualified                                 $-            $-       $10.731589       $11.456275         $14.008100
</TABLE>
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       ii
    
<PAGE>
   
                 STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Fidelity's 
                                               Fidelity's                      Fidelity's      VIPF II       Fidelity's   Fidelity's
                                                  VIPF      Fidelity's VIPF     VIPF II       Investment        VIPF II     VIPF II
                                                 Growth        Overseas      Asset Manager    Grade Bond      Index 500   Contrafund
ASSETS:                                         Portfolio      Portfolio       Portfolio      Portfolio       Portfolio    Portfolio
- -------
Investments in mutual funds at market value: ------------- -------------     -------------   -------------  ------------ -----------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>       
NORTHWESTERN'S:
   Select Capital Growth Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                     
    Select Managed Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                     

FIDELITY'S VIPF AND VIPF II:
   Money Market Portfolio
     19,384,402 shares (cost $19,384)       
    High Income Portfolio
     1,917,187 shares (cost $21,472)        
    Equity-Income Portfolio
     4,804,452 shares (cost $71,360)        
    Growth Portfolio
     3,114,103 shares (cost $68,697)              $90,932
    Overseas Portfolio
     1,539,261 shares (cost $24,059)                              $26,244
    Asset Manager Portfolio
     3,137,752 shares (cost $44,874)                                             $49,545
    Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
     1,282,434 shares (cost $14,901)                                                            $16,005
    Index 500 Portfolio
     105,609 shares (cost $6,885)                                                                               $7,996
   Contrafund Portfolio
     388,952 shares (cost $5,225)                                                                                            $5,360

PUTNAM'S PCM:
   Diversified Income Fund
     637,861 shares (cost $6,466)
    Growth and Income Fund
     536,994 shares (cost $9,984)
    Utilities Growth and Income Fund
     268,645 shares (cost $3,148)
    Voyager Fund
     633,805 shares (cost $16,013)
   Asia Pacific Growth Fund
     76,773 shares (cost $765)
   New Opportunities Fund
     240,228 shares (cost $3,441)

NORTHSTAR'S:
   Income and Growth Fund
     40,273 shares (cost $461)
   Growth Fund
     17,484 shares (cost $213)
   Multi-Sector Bond Fund
     48,730 shares (cost $248)
                                               ----------      ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------   ----------
   Total Assets                                   $90,932         $26,244        $49,545        $16,005         $7,996       $5,360
                                                  =======         =======        =======        =======         ======       ======

LIABILITIES AND CONTRACT OWNERS' EQUITY:
Due to Northwestern National Life Insurance 
   Company for contract charges and reserve 
   transfers                                          $98             $28            $53            $18             $9           $6
Contract Owners' Equity                            90,834          26,216         49,492         15,987          7,987        5,354
                                               ----------      ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------   ----------
   Total Liabilities and Contract Owners' 
    Equity                                        $90,932         $26,244        $49,545        $16,005         $7,996       $5,360
                                                  =======         =======        =======        =======         ======       ======

Units Outstanding:                          4,004,682.840   1,821,113.544  3,660,661.401  1,284,788.353    575,979.607  440,844.341

Net Asset Value per Unit:
     Select*Annuity II
           Tax-Qualified                       $28.140162      $17.036049     $15.180714     $13.997190     $14.354982           $-
           Non-Tax Qualified                   $28.140162      $17.036049     $15.180714     $13.997190     $14.354982           $-
     Select*Annuity  III
           Tax-Qualified                       $13.161108      $10.756888     $10.609566     $10.966152     $13.459368   $12.103084
           Non-Tax Qualified                   $13.161108      $10.756888     $10.609566     $10.966152     $13.459368   $12.103084
</TABLE>
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      iii
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                 STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED
                               December 31, 1995
                   (in Thousands, Except Share and Unit Data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Putnam's PCM   Putnam's PCM    Putnam's PCM                     Putnam's PCM 
                                                        Diversified    Growth and   Utilities Growth   Putnam's PCM    Asia Pacific 
                                                          Income         Income        and Income         Voyager         Growth    
ASSETS:                                                    Fund           Fund            Fund             Fund            Fund     
- -------
Investments in mutual funds at market value:           -------------  -------------   -------------    -------------   -------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>        
NORTHWESTERN'S:
    Select Capital Growth Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                                                                                                             
    Select Managed Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                                                                                                             

FIDELITY'S VIPF AND VIPF II:
   Money Market Portfolio
     19,384,402 shares (cost $19,384)                                                                                               
    High Income Portfolio
     1,917,187 shares (cost $21,472)                                                                                                
    Equity-Income Portfolio
     4,804,452 shares (cost $71,360)                                                                                                
    Growth Portfolio
     3,114,103 shares (cost $68,697)                                                                                                
    Overseas Portfolio
     1,539,261 shares (cost $24,059)                                                                                                
    Asset Manager Portfolio
     3,137,752 shares (cost $44,874)                                                                                                
    Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
     1,282,434 shares (cost $14,901)                                                                                                
    Index 500 Portfolio
     105,609 shares (cost $6,885)                                                                                                   
   Contrafund Portfolio
     388,952 shares (cost $5,225)                                                                                                   

PUTNAM'S PCM:
   Diversified Income Fund
     637,861 shares (cost $6,466)                            $7,036                                                                 
    Growth and Income Fund
     536,994 shares (cost $9,984)                                         $11,529                                                   
    Utilities Growth and Income Fund
     268,645 shares (cost $3,148)                                                          $3,568                                   
    Voyager Fund
     633,805 shares (cost $16,013)                                                                         $19,331                  
   Asia Pacific Growth Fund
     76,773 shares (cost $765)                                                                                                 $785 
   New Opportunities Fund
     240,228 shares (cost $3,441)                                                                                                   

NORTHSTAR'S:
   Income and Growth Fund
     40,273 shares (cost $461)                                                                                                      
   Growth Fund
     17,484 shares (cost $213)                                                                                                      
   Multi-Sector Bond Fund
     48,730 shares (cost $248)                                                                                                      
                                                         ----------    ----------      ----------       ----------       ---------- 
   Total Assets                                              $7,036       $11,529          $3,568          $19,331             $785 
                                                           =========    =========       =========        =========        ========= 

LIABILITIES AND POLICYOWNERS' EQUITY:
Due to Northwestern National Life Insurance Company
   for accrued mortality and expense risks                $       8    $       12       $       4       $       26          $     - 
Contract Owners' Equity                                       7,028        11,517           3,564           19,305              785 
                                                         ----------    ----------      ----------       ----------       ---------- 
   Total Liabilities and Policyowners' Equity                $7,036       $11,529          $3,568          $19,331             $785 
                                                             ======       =======          ======          =======          =======

Units Outstanding:                                      632,420.015   859,405.339     294,096.722    1,370,458.827       77,406.519 

Net Asset Value per Unit:
     Select*Annuity II
           Tax-Qualified                                 $11.574062    $13.669050      $12.590873       $14.531254         $      - 
           Non-Tax Qualified                             $11.574062    $13.669050      $12.590873       $14.531254         $      - 
     Select*Annuity  III
           Tax-Qualified                                 $11.066646    $13.316238      $12.007195       $13.927167       $10.136110 
           Non-Tax Qualified                             $11.066646    $13.316238      $12.007195       $13.927167       $10.136110 
</TABLE>
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
                                       iv
    
<PAGE>
   
                STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Putnam's PCM    Northstar's
                                                              New          Income       Northstar's     Northstar's
                                                         Opportunities   and Growth       Growth     Multi-Sector Bond
ASSETS:                                                      Fund           Fund           Fund            Fund            Total
- -------
Investments in mutual funds at market value:             -------------  ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
NORTHWESTERN'S:
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>          
    Select Capital Growth Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                                                                                                         $-
    Select Managed Fund, Inc.
     0 shares (cost $-)                                                                                                          -

FIDELITY'S VIPF AND VIPF II:
   Money Market Portfolio
     19,384,402 shares (cost $19,384)                                                                                       19,384
    High Income Portfolio
     1,917,187 shares (cost $21,472)                                                                                        23,102
    Equity-Income Portfolio
     4,804,452 shares (cost $71,360)                                                                                        92,582
    Growth Portfolio
     3,114,103 shares (cost $68,697)                                                                                        90,932
    Overseas Portfolio
     1,539,261 shares (cost $24,059)                                                                                        26,244
    Asset Manager Portfolio
     3,137,752 shares (cost $44,874)                                                                                        49,545
    Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
     1,282,434 shares (cost $14,901)                                                                                        16,005
    Index 500 Portfolio
     105,609 shares (cost $6,885)                                                                                            7,996
   Contrafund Portfolio
     388,952 shares (cost $5,225)                                                                                            5,360

PUTNAM'S PCM:
   Diversified Income Fund
     637,861 shares (cost $6,466)                                                                                            7,036
    Growth and Income Fund
     536,994 shares (cost $9,984)                                                                                           11,529
    Utilities Growth and Income Fund
     268,645 shares (cost $3,148)                                                                                            3,568
    Voyager Fund
     633,805 shares (cost $16,013)                                                                                          19,331
   Asia Pacific Growth Fund
     76,773 shares (cost $765)                                                                                                 785
   New Opportunities Fund
     240,228 shares (cost $3,441)                             $3,755                                                         3,755

NORTHSTAR'S:
   Income and Growth Fund
     40,273 shares (cost $461)                                                  $459                                           459
   Growth Fund
     17,484 shares (cost $213)                                                                $202                             202
   Multi-Sector Bond Fund
     48,730 shares (cost $248)                                                                                $250             250
                                                          ----------      ----------    ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total Assets                                               $3,755            $459          $202            $250        $378,065
                                                              ======            ====          ====            ====        ========


LIABILITIES AND POLICYOWNERS' EQUITY:
Due to Northwestern National Life Insurance Company
   for accrued mortality and expense risks                 $       9          $    1       $     -              $-        $    414
Contract Owners' Equity                                        3,746             458           202             250         377,651
                                                          ----------      ----------    ----------      ----------      ----------
   Total Liabilities and Policyowners' Equity                 $3,755            $459          $202            $250        $378,065
                                                              ======            ====          ====            ====        ========

Units Outstanding:                                       279,169.636      38,118.380    16,298.318      21,963.823  22,791,039.459

Net Asset Value per Unit:
     Select*Annuity II
           Tax-Qualified                                   $       -         $     -       $     -         $     -
           Non-Tax Qualified                               $       -         $     -       $     -         $     -
     Select*Annuity  III
           Tax-Qualified                                  $13.350615      $12.022356    $12.371427      $11.388122
           Non-Tax Qualified                              $13.350615      $12.022356    $12.371427      $11.388122
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 

                                       v
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                      STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES
                           IN CONTRACT OWNERS' EQUITY
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED       YEAR ENDED         YEAR ENDED
                                                   DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1995             1994                1993
                                                   ------------      -----------        ------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                <C>     
Net investment income:
  Reinvested dividend income ...............         $    5,942         $    3,970         $    3,263
  Reinvested capital gains .................              3,314              6,860              1,162
  Administrative Expenses .................              (4,764)            (3,286)            (2,078)
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
    Net investment income and capital gains               4,492              7,544              2,347
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
Realized and unrealized gains (losses):
  Net realized gains on
    redemptions of fund shares .............              9,391              3,754              2,426
  Increase (decrease) in unrealized
    appreciation of investments ............             51,022            (13,578)            14,384
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
    Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)           60,413             (9,824)            16,810
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
       Net additions (reductions) from operations        64,905            (2,280)             19,157
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
Contract Owners' transactions:
  Net purchase payments ....................             90,585             88,469             59,995
  Surrenders ...............................            (21,291)           (13,237)            (9,072)
  Transfers between Sub-Accounts
     and Fixed Account .....................               (913)              (508)               539
  Annuity payments .........................               (958)            (1,265)              (602)
  Transfers (from) to required reserves ....               (146)                17                (91)
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
    Net additions for Contract Owners' transactions      67,277             73,476             50,769
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
         Net additions for the year.........            132,182             71,196             69,926

Contract Owners' Equity, beginning of the year          245,469            174,273            104,347
                                                      ---------          ---------          ---------
Contract Owners' Equity, end of the year ...           $377,651           $245,469           $174,273
                                                       ========           ========           ========

</TABLE>


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       vi
    
<PAGE>
   

                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
   ORGANIZATION AND CONTRACTS:
   NWNL  Select  Variable  Account  (the  "Account")  is a  separate  account of
   Northwestern  National Life Insurance Company ("NWNL" or  "Northwestern"),  a
   wholly owned  subsidiary  of ReliaStar  Financial  Corp.  (formerly  The NWNL
   Companies,  Inc.). The Account is registered as a unit investment trust under
   the Investment Company Act of 1940.

   Purchase  payments received under the contracts are allocated to Sub-Accounts
   of the Account,  each of which invested in one of the following  Funds during
   the period (see note 4):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 FIDELITY'S VIPF AND VIPF II:             PUTNAM'S PCM:                               NORTHSTAR FUNDS:         
 ----------------------------             -------------                               ----------------         
<S>                                       <C>                                         <C> 
 Money Market Portfolio                   Diversified Income Fund                     Growth Fund              
 High Income Portfolio                    Growth and Income Fund                      Income and Growth Fund   
 Equity-Income Portfolio                  Utilities Growth and Income Fund            Multi-Sector Bond Fund   
 Growth Portfolio                         Voyager Fund                             
 Overseas Portfolio                       Asia Pacific Growth Fund
 Asset Manager Portfolio                  New Opportunities Fund
 Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
 Index 500 Portfolio
 Contrafund Portfolio

</TABLE>


   Northstar  Investment Management  Corporation,  an affiliate of NWNL, is the
   investment  adviser  for the three  Northstar  Funds and is paid fees for its
   services  by  the  Funds.  Fidelity  Management  &  Research  Company  is the
   investment  adviser for Fidelity's  VIPF and VIPF II and is paid fees for its
   services by the VIPF and VIPF II portfolios.  Putnam  Investment  Management,
   Inc.  is the  investment  adviser  for the PCM Funds and is paid fees for its
   services by the PCM Funds.  See the related Funds'  prospectuses  for further
   information.  On May 3, 1993, NWNL added the Sub-Accounts investing in shares
   of Index 500  Portfolio.  On  January 6, 1994 NWNL  established  sub-accounts
   investing in the PCM Funds which were made  available to purchasers of NWNL's
   Select*Annuity III variable annuity contracts.  On May 2, 1994,  Sub-Accounts
   investing in the PCM Funds were also made  available to  purchasers of NWNL's
   Select*Annuity  II  variable  annuity   contracts.   On  December  30,  1994,
   Sub-Accounts  investing  in  the  Northstar  Funds  were  made  available  to
   purchasers of NWNL's Select*Annuity III variable annuity contracts.  On April
   30, 1995, Sub-Accounts investing in the VIPF II Contrafund Portfolio, the PCM
   Asia  Pacific  Growth  Fund  and the PCM New  Opportunities  Fund  were  made
   available  to  purchasers  of  NWNL's  Select*Annuity  III  variable  annuity
   contracts.

   SECURITIES VALUATION TRANSACTIONS AND RELATED INVESTMENT INCOME:
   The market value of investments in the  Sub-Accounts  is based on the closing
   net asset values of the Fund shares held at the end of the period. Investment
   transactions  are accounted for on the trade date (date the order to purchase
   or redeem is executed) and dividend income and capital gain distributions are
   recorded  on  the  ex-dividend   date.  Net  realized  gains  and  losses  on
   redemptions  of shares of the Funds are  determined  on the basis of specific
   identification of Fund share costs.

   VARIABLE ANNUITY RESERVES:
   The  amount of the  reserves  for  contracts  in the  distribution  period is
   determined by actuarial assumptions which meet statutory requirements.  Gains
   or losses resulting from actual mortality experience, the full responsibility
   for which is assumed by NWNL, are offset by transfers to, or from, NWNL.

2. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES:
   Under current tax law, the income, gains and losses from the separate account
   investments are not taxable to either the Account or NWNL.

3. CONTRACT CHARGES:
   No deduction is made for a sales charge from the purchase  payments  made for
   the  contracts.  However,  on certain  surrenders,  NWNL will deduct from the
   contract value a surrender charge as set forth in the contract.

   Certain charges are made by NWNL to Contract  Owners'  Variable  Accumulation
   Values in the Account in accordance  with the terms of the  Contracts.  These
   charges may  include:  an annual  administrative/contract  charge of $30 from
   each  contract  on the  anniversary  date  or at the  time of  surrender,  if
   surrender   is  at  a  time  other  than  the   anniversary   date;  a  daily
   administrative  charge;  and a daily  charge for  mortality  and expense risk
   assumed by NWNL. NWNL bears the risk of adverse mortality  experience and any
   costs for sales and  administrative  services and expenses which exceed these
   periodic charges.

   Various  states and other  governmental  units levy a premium  tax on annuity
   contracts issued by insurance companies.  If the owner of a contract lives in
   a state which  levies such a tax,  NWNL may deduct the amount of the tax from
   the purchase payments received or the value of the contract at annuitization.

4. NORTHWESTERN'S SELECT FUNDS:
   On May 1, 1995, Select Capital Growth Fund, Inc. ("SCG") and Select Managed  
   Fund, Inc. ("SMF") were liquidated, and Contract Owners' values in the       
   Sub-Accounts investing in SCG and SMF were transferred to the Sub-Accounts   
   investing in shares of the VIPF Growth Portfolio and VIPF II Asset Manager   
   Portfolio, respectively.

                                      vii
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED


5. INVESTMENTS:
   The net realized  gains  (losses) on redemptions of fund shares for the years
   ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, were as follows, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          SELECT              
                                                                                     CAPITAL GROWTH         
                                         TOTAL                                          FUND, INC.          
                     ---------------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------

                     Year ended      Year ended      Year ended      Year ended     Year ended     Year ended     
                      Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,     
                        1995            1994            1993            1995           1994           1993       
                      ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------    
<S>                     <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>       
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......    $83,108         $49,854         $25,718          $6,333         $1,992         $1,749    
Cost ...............     73,717          46,100          23,292           6,809          2,111          1,738    
                      ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------    
Net realized gains
   (losses) on
   redemptions of
   fund shares .....   $  9,391          $3,754          $2,426           ($476)         ($119)           $11   
                       ========          ======          ======           =====          =====            ===   

<CAPTION>

                                    FIDELITY'S VIPF                                      FIDELITY'S VIPF   
                                      HIGH INCOME                                         EQUITY-INCOME    
                                       PORTFOLIO                                            PORTFOLIO      
                     -----------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------

                     Year ended     Year ended      Year ended       Year ended     Year ended    Year ended 
                      Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,     
                        1995           1994            1993            1995            1994          1993       
                      ---------      ---------       ---------       ----------      ---------    ----------    
<S>                      <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>      
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......     $5,766         $4,887          $1,962          $7,777         $5,135         $1,901   
Cost ...............      5,414          4,460           1,419           5,469          4,129          1,570   
                      ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------      ---------     ---------   
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......    $   352         $  427         $   543          $2,308         $1,006           $331   
                        =======         ======         =======          ======         ======           ====   



                                  FIDELITY'S VIPF II                            FIDELITY'S VIPF II                 
                                     ASSET MANAGER                               INVESTMENT GRADE                  
                                       PORTFOLIO                                  BOND PORTFOLIO                   
                     ----------------------------------------       ------------------------------------------ 

                     Year ended     Year ended     Year ended       Year ended      Year ended     Year ended    
                      Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,     
                        1995           1994           1993             1995            1994           1993       
                      ---------      ---------      ---------        ---------       ---------      ----------    
<S>                      <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>      
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......     $9,653         $2,543           $337           $5,108          $5,246          $1,759   
Cost ...............      8,857          2,270            285            4,997           5,342           1,648   
                      ---------      ---------      ---------        ---------       ---------       ---------   
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......     $  796         $  273          $  52         $    111           ($96)        $   111   
                      =========      =========      =========         ========      =========         =======   

</TABLE>




                                      viii
    
<PAGE>
   

                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         SELECT                                        FIDELITY'S VIPF
                                         MANAGED                                        MONEY MARKET
                                        FUND, INC.                                        PORTFOLIO
                     ---------------------------------------------       ---------------------------------------------

                     Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended
                      Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,
                        1995              1994             1993              1995             1994              1993
                      ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
<S>                      <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......     $6,137            $2,175           $3,098           $16,985          $15,801            $9,347
Cost ...............      6,129             2,035            2,858            16,985           15,801             9,347
                      ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
Net realized gains
   (losses) on
   redemptions of
   fund shares .....     $    8           $   140           $  240            $    -        $       -          $      -
                         ======           =======            =====             =====        =========          ========

<CAPTION>

                                     FIDELITY'S VIPF                                     FIDELITY'S VIPF
                                         GROWTH                                             OVERSEAS
                                        PORTFOLIO                                           PORTFOLIO
                     ---------------------------------------------       ----------------------------------------------

                     Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended
                      Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,
                        1995              1994             1993              1995             1994              1993
                      ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
<S>                     <C>                <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>   
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......    $11,631            $6,277           $3,178            $6,179           $3,143            $2,269
Cost ...............      7,195             4,716            2,113             5,293            2,551             2,197
                      ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......     $4,436            $1,561           $1,065            $  886           $  592           $     72
                         ======            ======            =====             =====           ======           ========

<CAPTION>

                                   FIDELITY'S VIPF II                                  FIDELITY'S VIPF II
                                        INDEX 500                                          CONTRAFUND
                                        PORTFOLIO                                           PORTFOLIO
                     ---------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------------------

                     Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended
                      Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,
                        1995              1994             1993              1995             1994              1993
                      ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
<S>                      <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......     $1,802              $355             $118              $140               $-                $-
Cost ...............      1,542               352              117               119                -                 -
                      ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......     $  260                $3            $   1             $  21               $-                $-
                      =========         =========        =========         =========        =========         =========
</TABLE>


                                       ix
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED



5. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED):
   The net realized  gains  (losses) on redemptions of fund shares for the years
   ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, were as follows, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                        
                                     PUTNAM'S PCM                                         PUTNAM'S PCM                  
                                  DIVERSIFIED INCOME                                    GROWTH AND INCOME               
                                         FUND                                                 FUND                      
                     ---------------------------------------------       ---------------------------------------------- 

                     Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended  
                      Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,   
                        1995             1994              1993             1995              1994             1993     
                     ----------        ----------        ---------        ----------        ----------      ----------- 
<S>                      <C>                 <C>                <C>           <C>                <C>                 <C>
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......     $1,414              $500               $-            $1,006             $400                $-
Cost................      1,334               515                -               876              407                 - 
                      ---------         ---------        ---------        ----------        ---------       ----------- 
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......    $    80            ($ 15)               $-            $  130           ($  7)                $- 
                      =========         =========        =========         =========        =========         ========= 

<CAPTION>

                                     PUTNAM'S PCM                                         PUTNAM'S PCM                       
                                     ASIA PACIFIC                                       NEW OPPORTUNITIES                    
                                      GROWTH FUND                                             FUND                           
                     ---------------------------------------------       ----------------------------------------------      

                     Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended       
                      Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,        
                        1995             1994              1993             1995              1994             1993          
                      ---------        ---------         ---------        ----------         ---------        ---------      
<S>                         <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>      
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......        $96               $-               $-               $321              $-                $-       
Cost ...............         96                -                -                262               -                 -       
                      ---------        ---------         ---------        ----------         ---------        ---------      
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......         $-               $-               $-              $  59              $-                $-       
                      =========        =========        =========          =========         =========        ========       
</TABLE>


                                      NORTHSTAR'S
                                   MULTI-SECTOR BOND
                                         FUND
                     ---------------------------------------------

                     Year ended       Year ended        Year ended
                      Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,
                        1995             1994              1993
                      ---------        ---------         ---------
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......        $37               $-               $-
Cost ...............         37                -                -
                      ---------        ---------         ---------
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......         $-               $-               $-
                      =========        =========         ========



                                       x

    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                       PUTNAM'S PCM
                                         UTILITIES                                          PUTNAM'S PCM
                                     GROWTH AND INCOME                                        VOYAGER
                                           FUND                                                FUND
                      ----------------------------------------------       ---------------------------------------------

                      Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended
                       Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,
                         1995              1994             1993              1995             1994              1993
                        ---------         ---------        ---------       ----------         ---------         ---------
<S>                          <C>              <C>                 <C>          <C>               <C>                   <C>
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......         $548             $231                $-           $2,124            $1,169                $-
Cost................          493              240                 -            1,764             1,171                 -
                        ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------         ---------
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......        $  55           ($  9)                $-           $  360         ($     2)                $-
                        =========       =========          =========        =========         ========          =========

<CAPTION>
                                        NORTHSTAR'S                                         NORTHSTAR'S
                                     INCOME AND GROWTH                                        GROWTH
                                           FUND                                                FUND
                      ---------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------------------

                      Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended       Year ended        Year ended
                       Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,          Dec. 31,
                         1995              1994             1993              1995             1994              1993
                      ----------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------       -----------
<S>                          <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>
Proceeds from
  redemptions ......         $36               $-                $-               $15               $-                $-
Cost ...............          34                -                 -                12                -                 -
                      ----------         ---------        ---------         ---------        ---------       -----------
Net realized gains
  (losses) on
  redemptions of
  fund shares ......          $ 2              $-                $-               $ 3               $-                $-
                        =========        ========         =========         =========        =========         =========
</TABLE>



                                       xi
    
<PAGE>

   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED


6. CONTRACT OWNERS' TRANSACTIONS:
   Unit  transactions  in each  Sub-Account  during the years ended December 31,
   1995, 1994 and 1993, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   SELECT
                                                   CAPITAL                                    SELECT                    
                                                   GROWTH                                     MANAGED                   
                                                 FUND, INC.                                 FUND, INC.                  
                                   ----------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------   

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended     
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      
                                      1995          1994          1993          1995          1994          1993        
                                   -----------   -----------   ------------  ------------   -----------   ------------  
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............   199,602.754   236,351.642   271,515.708   385,981.897   495,999.026   638,164.404   
Units purchased .................     2,170.070     9,956.716    15,436.126     3,513.590    20,863.027    37,212.420   
Units redeemed ..................    (9,983.707)  (28,276.780)  (34,147.193)  (20,308.314)  (74,417.627) (110,890.381)  
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account.................  (191,789.117)  (18,428.824)  (16,452.999) (369,187.173)  (56,462.529)  (68,487.417)  
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   
Units outstanding,
   end of year ..................             -   199,602.754   236,351.642             -   385,981.897   495,999.026   
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   


<CAPTION>
                                              FIDELITY'S VIPF                            FIDELITY'S VIPF                
                                                   GROWTH                                    OVERSEAS                   
                                                  PORTFOLIO                                  PORTFOLIO                  
                                  ----------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------    

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended     
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      
                                      1995          1994          1993          1995          1994          1993        
                                  -------------   -----------   -----------  ------------   -----------   -----------   
<S>                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>           
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year............. 3,085,291.094 2,019,876.667 1,448,782.791 1,680,499.232   819,347.654   456,485.166   
Units purchased .................   769,630.128 1,070,554.250   581,545.451   381,191.472   724,437.332   286,453.475   
Units redeemed ..................  (279,858.707) (153,211.193) (100,708.718) (120,861.323)  (55,236.857)  (38,568.188)  
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account.................   429,620.325   148,071.370    90,257.143  (119,715.837)  191,951.103   114,977.201   
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   
Units outstanding,
   end of year..................  4,004,682.840 3,085,291.094 2,019,876.667 1,821,113.544 1,680,499.232   819,347.654   
                                  ============= ============= ============= ============= =============   ===========
</TABLE>



                                      xii

    

<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                FIDELITY'S VIPF                           FIDELITY'S VIPF              
                                                  MONEY MARKET                               HIGH INCOME               
                                                    PORTFOLIO                                 PORTFOLIO                
                                   --------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------
 
                                   Year ended      Year ended    Year ended       Year ended    Year ended    Year ended  
                                     Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,   
                                       1995            1994          1993             1995          1994          1993     
                                    -------------   ------------  ------------   -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>         
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............  1,183,020.139     827,229.012   987,749.178   1,018,223.635   798,986.176   441,254.684 
Units purchased .................  1,210,518.082     947,248.323   434,478.460     405,708.793   421,702.041   352,007.382 
Units redeemed ..................   (120,871.417)   (125,836.730) (133,871.819)    (74,441.049)  (62,304.904)  (24,288.804)
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account.................   (664,750.256)   (465,620.466) (461,126.807)     19,155.324  (140,159.678)   30,012.914 
                                     -----------     -----------   -----------     -----------   -----------   ----------- 
Units outstanding,
   end of year ..................  1,607,916.548   1,183,020.139   827,229.012    1,368,646.703 1,018,223.635  798,986.176 
                                   =============   =============   ===========    ============= =============  =========== 
</TABLE>


                                               FIDELITY'S VIPF
                                                 EQUITY-INCOME
                                                   PORTFOLIO

                                   --------------------------------------------
                                     Year ended    Year ended      Year ended
                                      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,
                                        1995          1994            1993
                                   ------------   -------------   -------------
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............ 3,257,109.719   2,319,003.995   1,655,722.841
Units purchased ................. 1,101,417.898     933,801.967     660,349.935
Units redeemed ..................   259,661.010)   (196,100.661)   (114,399.458)
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account.................   338,201.936     200,404.418     117,330.677
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
Units outstanding,
   end of year .................. 4,437,068.543   3,257,109.719   2,319,003.995
                                    ===========   =============   =============
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 FIDELITY'S VIPF II                          FIDELITY'S VIPF II            
                                                    ASSET MANAGER                            INVESTMENT GRADE             
                                                      PORTFOLIO                                BOND PORTFOLIO              
                                   -------------------------------------------     --------------------------------------- 
 
                                   Year ended      Year ended    Year ended       Year ended    Year ended    Year ended  
                                     Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,         Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,   
                                       1995            1994          1993             1995          1994          1993     
                                   -------------     -----------   -----------     -----------   -----------   ----------- 
<S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>         
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year.............  3,382,528.684   1,727,140.831   522,703.230     993,890.531   729,334.990   352,117.005 
Units purchased .................    542,582.388   1,624,947.759   999,767.151     723,466.175   651,757.704   487,892.585 
Units redeemed ..................   (270,565.326)   (115,058.014)  (25,959.676)    (49,436.532)  (69,080.787)  (32,664.573)
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account.................      6,115.655     145,498.108   230,630.126    (383,131.821) (318,121.376)  (78,010.027)
                                   -------------     -----------   -----------     -----------   -----------   ----------- 
Units outstanding,
   end of year..................   3,660,661.401   3,382,528.684 1,727,140.831   1,284,788.353   993,890.531   729,334.990 
                                   =============   ============= =============   =============   ===========   =========== 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                             FIDELITY'S VIPF II
                                                  INDEX 500
                                                  PORTFOLIO
                                   ---------------------------------------

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
                                      1995          1994          1993
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year.............  263,727.290   102,493.314             -
Units purchased .................  230,822.310   139,102.547    89,685.213
Units redeemed ..................  (16,245.621)  (12,679.127)       (5.659)
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account.................   97,675.628    34,810.556    12,813.760
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------
Units outstanding,
   end of year..................   575,979.607   263,727.290   102,493.314
                                   ===========   ===========   ===========

                                      xiii
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED



6. CONTRACT OWNERS' TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED):
   Unit  transactions  in each  Sub-Account  during the years ended December 31,
   1995, 1994 and 1993, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             FIDELITY'S VIPF II                            PUTNAM'S PCM                 
                                                 CONTRAFUND                             DIVERSIFIED INCOME              
                                                  PORTFOLIO                                    FUND                     
                                    -------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------   

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended     
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      
                                      1995          1994          1993          1995          1994          1993        
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   
<S>                                 <C>                    <C>           <C>  <C>           <C>                   <C>   
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............             -             -             -   350,570.940             -             -   
Units purchased .................   349,595.850             -             -   342,422.647   364,540.968             -   
Units reedeemed .................    (2,747.245)            -             -   (18,550.684)   (4,879.794)            -   
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account ................    93,995.736             -             -   (42,022.888)   (9,090.234)            -   
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   
Units outstanding,
   end of year...................   440,844.341             -             -   632,420.015   350,570.940             -   
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========  


<CAPTION>

                                                PUTNAM'S PCM                               PUTNAM'S PCM                 
                                                ASIA PACIFIC                             NEW OPPORTUNITIES              
                                                 GROWTH FUND                                   FUND                     
                                    -------------------------------------      -------------------------------------    

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended    Year ended     
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      
                                      1995          1994          1993          1995          1994          1993        
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   
<S>                                 <C>           <C>               <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............             -             -             -             -             -             -   
Units purchased .................    59,171.003             -             -   191,561.789             -             -   
Units reedeemed .................      (164.483)            -             -    (1,607.939)            -             -   
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account ................    18,399.999             -             -    89,215.786             -             -   
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   
Units outstanding,
   end of year.................      77,406.519             -             -   279,169.636             -             -   
                                     ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>




                                      xiv
    
<PAGE>
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                 PUTNAM'S PCM                              PUTNAM'S PCM               
                                                GROWTH & INCOME                         UTILITIES GROWTH &            
                                                     FUND                                   INCOME FUND               
                                   ----------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------  

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended     Year ended    Year ended    Year ended  
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,   
                                      1995          1994          1993           1995          1994          1993     
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>         <C>        
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............   263,273.051             -             -   120,645.331             -             - 
Units purchased .................   411,254.359   211,628.753             -   109,716.900   104,433.541             - 
Units reedeemed .................   (19,519.533)   (6,596.040)            -    (6,323.494)   (1,165.178)            - 
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account ................   204,397.462    58,240.338             -    70,057.985    17,376.968             - 
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
Units outstanding,
   end of year...................   859,405.339   263,273.051             -   294,096.722   120,645.331             - 
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   =========== 
</TABLE>

                                                  PUTNAM'S PCM
                                                     VOYAGER
                                                      FUND
                                     ---------------------------------------

                                     Year ended    Year ended    Year ended
                                      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
                                        1995          1994          1993
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............    423,202.264             -             -
Units purchased .................    702,903.236   305,026.287             -
Units reedeemed .................    (23,265.910)   (4,175.151)            -
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account ................    267,619.237   122,351.128             -
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------
Units outstanding,
   end of year...................  1,370,458.827   423,202.264             -
                                   =============   ===========   ===========
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  NORTHSTAR'S                               NORTHSTAR'S              
                                                INCOME & GROWTH                               GROWTH                 
                                                     FUND                                      FUND                  
                                   ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------- 

                                   Year ended    Year ended    Year ended     Year ended    Year ended    Year ended 
                                    Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,  
                                      1995          1994          1993           1995          1994          1993    
                                   ------------   ---------   -----------   -------------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>        
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............             -           -             -             -             -              -   
Units purchased .................    36,112.093           -             -    15,762.759             -              -   
Units reedeemed .................       (76.821)          -             -      (272.010)            -              -   
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account ................     2,083.108           -             -       807.569             -              -   
                                    -----------   ---------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
Units outstanding,
   end of year.................      38,118.380           -             -    16,298.318             -              -   
                                     ==========   =========      ========    ==========      ========       ========

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                  NORTHSTAR'S
                                                MULTI-SECTOR BOND
                                                      FUND
                                     ---------------------------------------

                                     Year ended    Year ended    Year ended
                                      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
                                        1995          1994          1993
                                     -----------   -----------   -----------
Units outstanding,
   beginning of year ............             -              -             -
Units purchased .................    21,443.118              -             -
Units reedeemed .................        (0.504)             -             -
Units transferred between
   Sub-Accounts and/or
   Fixed Account ................       521.209              -             -
                                     ----------    -----------    ----------
Units outstanding, 
   end of year.................      21,963.823              -             -
                                     ==========     ==========    ==========

                                       xv
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED



7. STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN CONTRACT OWNERS' EQUITY:
   Operations and changes in Contract Owners' equity for the year ended December
   31, 1995 were as follows, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                               
                                                 Select                  Fidelity's   Fidelity's    Fidelity's   Fidelity's    
                                                 Capital      Select        VIPF         VIPF          VIPF         VIPF       
                                                 Growth       Managed   Money Market  High Income  Equity-Income   Growth      
                                     Total     Fund, Inc.   Fund, Inc.    Portfolio    Portfolio     Portfolio    Portfolio    
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       
Net investment income:
  Reinvested dividend income....  $    5,942  $         -   $         -    $     889     $  1,195    $   1,757    $     316    
  Reinvested capital gains ......      3,314            -             -            -            -        2,956            -    
  Administrative expenses.......      (4,764)         (31)          (37)        (258)        (362)      (1,160)      (1,186)   
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
        Net investment income (loss)
            and capital gains ...      4,492          (31)          (37)         631          833        3,553         (870)   
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
Realized and unrealized gains (losses):
  Net realized gains (losses) on
     redemptions of fund shares..      9,391         (476)            8            -          352        2,308        4,436    
  Increase (decrease) in unrealized
    appreciation of investments .     51,022          671           191            -        2,123       14,818       17,432    
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
        Net realized and
          unrealized gains (losses)   60,413          195           199            -        2,475       17,126       21,868    
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
            Net additions
              from operations....     64,905          164           162          631        3,308       20,679       20,998    
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
Contract Owners' transactions:
  Net purchase payments.........      90,585           54            55       13,020        4,741       15,132       11,039    
  Surrenders ....................    (21,291)        (276)         (303)      (1,520)      (1,153)      (5,022)      (6,438)   
  Transfers between Sub-Accounts
    and/or Fixed Account........        (913)      (5,856)       (5,808)      (7,383)         125        5,000        8,840    
  Annuity payments ..............       (958)         (34)           (1)         (40)        (110)        (147)        (264)   
  Transfers (from) to required
    reserves ....................       (146)        (147)           (3)          (1)          (2)          (2)          24    
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
    Net additions (reductions) for
      Contract Owners' transactions   67,277       (6,259)       (6,060)       4,076        3,601       14,961       13,201    
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
        Net additions (reductions)
           for the year.........     132,182       (6,095)       (5,898)       4,707        6,909       35,640       34,199    

Contract Owners' Equity,
   beginning of the year ........    245,469        6,095         5,898       14,657       16,169       56,844       56,635    
                                   ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    
Contract Owners' Equity,
   end of the year ..............   $377,651    $       -     $       -      $19,364      $23,078      $92,484      $90,834    
                                    ========    =========     =========      =======      =======      =======      =======    
</TABLE>



                                      xvi
    
<PAGE>
   
                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                            Putnam's
                                                            Fidelity's                              Putnam's    Putnam's      PCM
                                  Fidelity's   Fidelity's      VIPF II    Fidelity's   Fidelity's       PCM         PCM    Utilities
                                    VIPF        VIPF II     Investment     VIPF II      VIPF II    Diversified  Growth &    Growth &
                                   Overseas   Asset Manager  Grade Bond    Index 500   Contrafund     Income      Income      Income
                                   Portfolio    Portfolio     Portfolio    Portfolio    Portfolio      Fund        Fund       Fund
                                   --------    ---------     ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------   ---------   --------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>   
Net investment income:
  Reinvested dividend income....  $       92    $     842    $     380     $     47          $ 22      $   193      $  108    $  73
  Reinvested capital gains ......         92            -            -            6            45            -          61        -
  Administrative expenses.......        (382)        (701)        (187)         (69)          (23)         (72)        (90)      29)
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
        Net investment income (loss)
            and capital gains ...       (198)         141          193          (16)           44          121          79       44
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
Realized and unrealized gains (losses):
  Net realized gains (losses) on
     redemptions of fund shares..        886          796          111          260            21           80         130       55
  Increase (decrease) in unrealized
    appreciation of investments .      1,317        5,644        1,533        1,091           135          580       1,552      430
                                    --------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
        Net realized and
          unrealized gains (losses)    2,203        6,440        1,644        1,351           156          660       1,682      485
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
            Net additions
              from operations....      2,005        6,581        1,837        1,335           200          781       1,761      529
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
Contract Owners' transactions:
  Net purchase payments.........       4,248        5,759        7,616        2,858         4,088        3,564       4,937    1,190
  Surrenders ....................     (1,631)      (3,440)        (577)        (167)          (15)        (187)       (223)     (54)
  Transfers between Sub-Accounts
    and/or Fixed Account........      (1,843)         481       (4,104)       1,251         1,098         (437)      2,415      785
  Annuity payments ..............       (128)        (125)         (25)         (27)          (17)           -          (1)     (12)
  Transfers (from) to required
    reserves ....................         (2)          (3)          (2)           -             -            -          (2)       -
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
    Net additions (reductions) for
      Contract Owners' transactions .    644        2,672        2,908        3,915         5,154        2,940       7,126    1,909
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
        Net additions (reductions)
           for the year.........       2,649        9,253        4,745        5,250         5,354        3,721       8,887    2,438

Contract Owners' Equity,
   beginning of the year ........     23,567       40,239       11,242        2,737             -        3,307       2,630    1,126
                                   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------   -------
Contract Owners' Equity,
   end of the year ..............    $26,216      $49,492      $15,987       $7,987        $5,354       $7,028     $11,517   $3,564
                                     =======      =======      =======       ======        ======       ======     =======   ======

</TABLE>


                                      xvii
    
<PAGE>

   

                          NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED




7. STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN CONTRACT OWNERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED):
   Operations and changes in Contract Owners' equity for the year ended December
   31, 1995 were as follows, (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   Putnam's       Putnam's
                                    Putnam's          PCM            PCM        Northstar's                   Northstar's
                                       PCM        Asia Pacific       New          Income and   Northstar's   Multi-Sector
                                     Voyager        Growth      Opportunities     Growth         Growth          Bond
                                      Fund           Fund           Fund           Fund           Fund           Fund
                                    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                  <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>            <C> 
Net investment income:
  Reinvested dividend income....... $     18       $     -         $    -          $   5          $   1             $4
  Reinvested capital gains .........     132             -              -             10             12              -
  Administrative expenses..........     (157)           (4)           (13)            (1)            (1)            (1)
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
    Net investment income (loss)
       and capital gains ...........      (7)           (4)           (13)            14             12              3
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Realized and unrealized gains (losses):
  Net realized gains (losses) on
     redemptions of fund shares ....     360             -             59              2              3              -
  Increase (decrease) in unrealized
    appreciation of investments ....   3,182            20            314             (2)           (11)             2
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
    Net realized and
        unrealized gains (losses) ..   3,542            20            373              -             (8)             2
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
    Net additions
        from operations............    3,535            16            360             14              4              5
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Contract Owners' transactions:
  Net purchase payments ............   8,520           587          2,326            421            191            239
  Surrenders .......................    (272)           (1)            (8)            (1)            (3)             -
  Transfers between Sub-Accounts
    and/or Fixed Account ...........   3,218           183          1,082             24             10              6
  Annuity payments .................     (15)            -            (12)             -              -              -
  Transfers (from) to required
    reserves .......................      (4)            -             (2)             -              -              -
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
    Net additions (reductions) for
      Contract Owners' transactions   11,447           769          3,386            444            198            245
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
    Net additions (reductions)
      for the year .................  14,982           785          3,746            458            202            250

Contract Owners' Equity,
   beginning of the year ...........   4,323             -              -              -              -              -
                                   ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Contract Owners' Equity,
   end of the year ................. $19,305          $785         $3,746           $458           $202           $250
                                   =========     =========      =========      =========      =========      =========

</TABLE>


                                     xviii
    
<PAGE>
   
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Shareholder
Northwestern National Life Insurance Company
(A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of ReliaStar Financial Corp.)

Minneapolis, Minnesota

     We  have  audited  the   accompanying   consolidated   balance   sheets  of
Northwestern National Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31,
1995 and 1994, and the related statements of income,  shareholder's  equity, and
cash  flows for each of the two years in the period  ended  December  31,  1995.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northwestern
National Life  Insurance  Company and  Subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and the  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended  December 31, 1995 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 1, 1996

    

                                       i

<PAGE>



                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                  (IN MILLIONS)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                                         DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                     -------------------
                                                                                                     1995           1994
                                                                                                     ----           ----
<S>                                                                                             <C>            <C> 
Investments
      Fixed Maturity Securities
        Available-for-Sale (Amortized Cost: 1995, $8,485.4; 1994, $3,638.6) ..............      $   9,053.7    $   3,470.6
        Held-to-Maturity (Fair Value: $2,253.0) ..........................................               --        2,310.4
      Equity Securities (Cost: 1995, $34.8; 1994, $45.9) .................................             35.9           43.7
      Mortgage Loans on Real Estate ......................................................          1,948.4        1,570.3
      Real Estate and Leases .............................................................             97.9          111.0
      Policy Loans ................................. ................ ....................            499.8          306.8
      Other Invested Assets ..............................................................             47.0           42.3
      Short-Term Investments .............................................................            122.4           59.9
                                                                                                      -----           ----
          Total Investments ..............................................................         11,805.1        7,915.0
     Cash ................................................................................             43.0           19.8
     Accounts and Notes Receivable .......................................................            150.9          118.2
     Reinsurance Receivable ..............................................................            162.9           93.9
     Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs ...................................................            860.7          885.2
     Present Value of Future Profits .....................................................            192.0             --
     Property and Equipment, Net .........................................................            122.6          121.1
     Accrued Investment Income ...........................................................            164.7          112.2
     Other Assets ........................................................................            275.0          128.4
     Participation Fund Account Assets ...................................................            319.6          323.4
     Assets Held in Separate Accounts ....................................................          1,369.0          623.6
                                                                                                    -------          -----
          Total Assets ...................................................................      $  15,465.5    $  10,340.8
                                                                                                ===========    ===========

<CAPTION>


                                                            LIABILITIES
<S>                                                                                             <C>            <C> 
     Future Policy and Contract Benefits .................................................      $  11,033.2    $   7,823.6
     Pending Policy Claims ...............................................................            257.7          193.5
     Other Policyholder Funds ............................................................            174.4          157.2
     Notes and Mortgages Payable - Unaffiliated ..........................................            144.6           74.8
     Note Payable - Parent ...............................................................            100.0          100.0
     Income Taxes ........................................................................            169.2             --
     Other Liabilities ...................................................................            328.9          235.0
     Participation Fund Account Liabilities ..............................................            319.6          323.4
     Liabilities Related to Separate Accounts ............................................          1,362.9          623.6
                                                                                                    -------          -----
          Total Liabilities ..............................................................         13,890.5        9,531.1
                                                                                                   --------        -------

<CAPTION>

                                                        SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

<S>                                                                                             <C>            <C> 
     Common Stock (2.0 Million Shares Issued in 1995 and 1994) ...........................              2.5            2.5
     Additional Paid-In Capital ..........................................................            538.9          216.4
     Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses) ............................................            246.8          (79.4)
     Retained Earnings ...................................................................            786.8          670.2
                                                                                                      -----          -----
          Total Shareholder's Equity .....................................................          1,575.0          809.7
                                                                                                    -------          -----
               Total Liabilities and Shareholder's Equity ................................      $  15,465.5    $  10,340.8
                                                                                                ===========    ===========

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

    

</TABLE>
                                       ii
<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                  (IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                              ----------------------
                                                                                                               1995            1994
                                                                                                               ----            ----
REVENUES
<S>                                                                                                            <C>           <C>    
      Premiums .......................................................................................         $ 851.5       $ 726.9
      Net Investment Income ..........................................................................           890.3         618.1
      Realized Investment Gains (Losses) .............................................................             7.4        (27.4)
      Policy and Contract Charges ....................................................................           218.5         136.2
      Other Income ...................................................................................            94.4         111.1
                                                                                                                  ----         -----
          Total ......................................................................................         2,062.1       1,564.9
                                                                                                               -------       -------
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
      Benefits to Policyholders ......................................................................         1,321.9       1,025.8
      Sales and Operating Expenses ...................................................................           344.4         281.8
      Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Present Value of Future Profits ..........            90.5          56.7
      Interest Expense ...............................................................................            13.5          15.2
      Dividends and Experience Refunds to Policyholders ..............................................            23.4          19.0
                                                                                                                  ----          ----
          Total ......................................................................................         1,793.7       1,398.5
                                                                                                               -------       -------
     Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes ...........................................           268.4         166.4
       Income Tax Expense ............................................................................            94.4          57.9
                                                                                                                  ----          ----
          Income from Continuing Operations ..........................................................           174.0         108.5
                                                                                                                 -----         -----
       Loss from Discontinued Operations .............................................................            (5.4)        (2.6)
                                                                                                                  ----         ---- 
          Net Income .................................................................................        $  168.6      $  105.9
                                                                                                              ========      ========

    

          The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                       iii
<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

                                  (IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
                                                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                    ----------------------
SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY                                                                                  1995          1994
                                                                                                      ----          ----
<S>                                                                                             <C>              <C>     
Common Stock
      Beginning and End of Year ........................................................        $      2.5       $    2.5
                                                                                                ----------       --------
Additional Paid-In Capital
      Beginning of Year ................................................................             216.4          216.4
      Capital Contributions from Parent ................................................             322.5             --
                                                                                                     -----          -----
          End of Year ..................................................................             538.9          216.4
                                                                                                     -----          -----

Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
      Beginning of Year ................................................................             (79.4)           1.8
      Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change - Securities ..............................                --           85.3
      Change for the Year ..............................................................             326.2          166.5)
                                                                                                     -----          ----- 
          End of Year ..................................................................             246.8          (79.4)
                                                                                                     -----          ----- 
Retained Earnings
      Beginning of Year ................................................................             670.2          588.3
      Net Income .......................................................................             168.6          105.9
      Dividends to Shareholder .........................................................             (52.0)         (24.0)
                                                                                                     -----          ----- 
          End of Year ..................................................................             786.8          670.2
                                                                                                     -----          -----
Total Shareholder's Equity .............................................................        $  1,575.0       $  809.7
                                                                                                ==========       ========



          The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

    
</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                  (IN MILLIONS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                                                           ----------------------
                                                                                                              1995         1994
                                                                                                              ----         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>             <C>     
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income .................................................................................            $    168.6       $  105.9
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net
     Cash Provided by Operating Activities
          Interest Credited to Insurance Contracts .........................................                 500.1          364.7
          Future Policy Benefits ...........................................................                (117.5)         (60.1)
          Capitalization of Policy Acquisition Costs .......................................                (176.6)        (119.0)
          Amortization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
             and Present Value of Future Profits ...........................................                  90.5           56.7
          Deferred Income Taxes ............................................................                  11.5            9.2
          Net Change in Receivables and Payables ...........................................                   8.5           45.2
          Other Assets .....................................................................                 (83.4)           4.0
          Realized Investment (Gains) Losses, Net ..........................................                  (7.4)          27.4
          Other ............................................................................                  (3.5)          15.7
                                                                                                              ----           ----
               Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities ...................................                 390.8          449.7
                                                                                                             -----          -----
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Sales of Fixed Maturity Securities ...........................................                 190.5          158.5
Proceeds from Maturities or Repayment of Fixed Maturity Securities
     Available-for-Sale ....................................................................                 329.9          177.2
     Held-to-Maturity ......................................................................                 415.6          390.2
Cost of Fixed Maturity Securities Acquired
     Available-for-Sale ....................................................................                (971.4)        (720.7)
     Held-to-Maturity ......................................................................                (519.8)        (617.5)
Sales (Purchases) of Equity Securities, Net ................................................                  31.0           (9.0)
Proceeds of Mortgage Loans Sold, Matured or Repaid .........................................                 314.2          358.2
Cost of Mortgage Loans Acquired ............................................................                (385.2)        (149.4)
Sales of Real Estate and Leases, Net .......................................................                  28.8           14.5
Policy Loans Issued, Net ...................................................................                 (63.0)         (49.4)
Sales of Other Invested Assets, Net ........................................................                  39.0           19.6
Sales (Purchases) of Short-Term Investments, Net ...........................................                 (56.4)          13.8
Cash Acquired with Acquisition of USLICO ...................................................                    .4             --
                                                                                                            ------         ------
     Net Cash Used by Investing Activities .................................................                (646.4)        (414.0)
                                                                                                            ------         ------ 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Deposits to Insurance Contracts ............................................................               1,265.6          862.6
Maturities and Withdrawals from Insurance Contracts ........................................              (1,015.3)        (849.7)
Increase in Notes and Mortgages Payable ....................................................                  72.1             --
Repayment of Notes and Mortgages Payable ...................................................                  (2.3)         (35.8)
Dividends to Shareholder ...................................................................                 (41.3)         (24.0)
                                                                                                             -----          ----- 
      Net Cash Provided (Used) by Financing Activities .....................................                 278.8          (46.9)
                                                                                                             -----          ----- 
Increase (Decrease) in Cash ................................................................                  23.2          (11.2)
Cash at Beginning of Year ..................................................................                  19.8           31.0
                                                                                                              ----           ----
Cash at End of Year ........................................................................             $    43.0       $   19.8
                                                                                                         =========       ========


          The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
    

</TABLE>

                                       v
<PAGE>
   

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 1. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

     ACCOUNTING BY CREDITORS FOR IMPAIRMENT OF A LOAN

     Effective  January 1, 1995,  Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company
(Northwestern) and its subsidiaries (the Company) adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of
a Loan" and SFAS No. 118  "Accounting  by Creditors  for  Impairment of a Loan -
Income  Recognition  and  Disclosure."  SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118  require a
company to measure  impairment  based upon the present value of expected  future
cash  flows  discounted  at the  loan's  effective  interest  rate,  the  loan's
observable  market  price or the fair  value  of the  collateral  if the loan is
collateral dependent.  If foreclosure is probable, the measurement of impairment
must be based  upon the fair  value of the  collateral.  The  adoption  of these
standards  did not have a  significant  effect on the  financial  results of the
Company.

     ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

     Effective  January 1, 1994, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting
for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." SFAS No. 115 requires a
company to classify its  securities  into  categories  based upon the  company's
intent relative to the eventual disposition of the securities.

     SFAS  No.  115  establishes  three  categories  of  securities.  The  first
category,  held-to-maturity  securities,  is composed of debt securities which a
company  has  the  positive  intent  and  ability  to hold  to  maturity.  These
securities   are   carried   at   amortized    cost.   The   second    category,
available-for-sale  securities,  may be sold to address the  liquidity and other
needs of a company.  Debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale
are carried at fair value on the balance sheet with unrealized  gains and losses
excluded  from income and  reported  as a separate  component  of  shareholder's
equity.  The  third  category,  trading  securities,  is  for  debt  and  equity
securities  acquired  for the  purpose  of selling  them in the near  term.  The
Company has not classified any of its securities as trading securities.

     The  December  31, 1995 balance of  shareholder's  equity was  increased by
$246.8 million (comprised of an increase in the carrying value of the securities
of $569.9 million,  reduced by $189.4 million of related adjustments to deferred
policy acquisition costs and $133.7 million in deferred income taxes), while the
December 31, 1994 balance of  shareholder's  equity was reduced by $79.4 million
(comprised  of a decrease  in the  carrying  value of the  securities  of $170.2
million,  reduced by $48.1  million of related  adjustments  to deferred  policy
acquisition costs and $42.7 million in deferred income taxes) to reflect the net
unrealized gain/loss on fixed maturity securities classified as available-for-
sale.

NOTE 2. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     The  Company is  principally  engaged in the  business  of  providing  life
insurance and related financial service products. The Company operates primarily
in the United States and,  through its subsidiaries is authorized to do business
in all 50 states.

     PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Northwestern
and its  subsidiaries.  Northwestern  is a wholly owned  subsidiary of ReliaStar
Financial Corp. (ReliaStar).  Northwestern's principal subsidiaries are Northern
Life Insurance Company (Northern), United Services Life Insurance Company (USL),
Bankers Security Life Insurance Society (BSL),  ReliaStar  Mortgage  Corporation
and  Washington  Square  Advisors,  Inc.  During 1995,  The North  Atlantic Life
Insurance Company of America was merged into BSL. These  consolidated  financial
statements exclude the effects of all material intercompany transactions.
    
                                       vi
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 2. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities,  the
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     INVESTMENTS

     Fixed maturity securities (bonds and redeemable preferred stocks) which may
be sold to meet  liquidity  and other needs of the Company  are  categorized  as
available-for-sale and are valued at fair value. Fixed maturity securities which
the  Company  has the  positive  intent  and  ability  to hold to  maturity  are
categorized as held-to-maturity and are valued at amortized cost less write-offs
for other than temporary declines in fair value.

     Equity securities  (common stocks and  nonredeemable  preferred stocks) are
valued at fair value.

     Mortgage  loans on real  estate  are  carried  at  amortized  cost  less an
impairment allowance for estimated uncollectible amounts.

     Investment  real  estate  owned  directly by the Company is carried at cost
less accumulated  depreciation and allowances for estimated losses.  Investments
in real estate joint  ventures are accounted for using the equity  method.  Real
estate acquired through  foreclosure is carried at the lower of fair value minus
estimated costs to sell or cost.

     Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost.

     Unrealized  investment  gains and  losses of  equity  securities  and fixed
maturity securities  classified as  available-for-sale,  net of related deferred
acquisition  costs and tax effects,  are accounted  for as a direct  increase or
decrease in shareholder's equity.

     Realized  investment  gains and losses enter into the  determination of net
income.  Realized  investment  gains  and  losses  on  sales of  securities  are
determined on the specific identification method. Write-offs of investments that
decline in value  below cost on other than a  temporary  basis and the change in
the allowance for mortgage  loans and wholly owned real estate are included with
realized investment gains and losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

     The Company records write-offs or allowances for its investments based upon
an  evaluation  of  specific  problem  investments.  The Company  reviews,  on a
continual  basis,  all invested  assets  (including  marketable  bonds,  private
placements,  mortgage loans and real estate investments) to identify investments
where the Company has credit concerns.  Investments with credit concerns include
those the  Company  has  identified  as  problem  investments,  which are issues
delinquent in a required payment of principal or interest,  issues in bankruptcy
or  foreclosure  and  restructured  or  foreclosed   assets.  The  Company  also
identifies  investments as potential problem investments,  which are investments
where the  Company  has serious  doubts as to the  ability of the  borrowers  to
comply with the present loan repayment terms.

     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENt

     Property and equipment are carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation
of $79.8 million and $67.5 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.
The Company provides for depreciation  of  
    

                                       vii
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 2. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

property and equipment  using  straight-line  and  accelerated  methods over the
estimated useful lives of the assets.  Buildings are generally  depreciated over
35 to 50 years.  Depreciation expense for 1995 and 1994 amounted to $9.1 million
and $8.4 million, respectively.

     PARTICIPATION FUND ACCOUNT

     On January 3, 1989, the  Commissioner of Commerce of the State of Minnesota
approved a Plan of  Conversion  and  Reorganization  (the Plan) which  provided,
among other things, for the conversion of Northwestern from a combined stock and
mutual insurance company to a stock life insurance company.

     The Plan provided for the  establishment  of a  Participation  Fund Account
(PFA)  for the  benefit  of  certain  participating  individual  life  insurance
policies and annuities issued by Northwestern prior to the effective date of the
Plan.  Under the terms of the PFA,  the  insurance  liabilities  and assets with
respect  to  such  policies  are  segregated  in  the   accounting   records  of
Northwestern  to  assure  the  continuation  of  current  policyholder  dividend
practices.  Assets and  liabilities of the PFA are presented in accordance  with
statutory accounting  practices.  Earnings derived from the operation of the PFA
will inure  solely to the  benefit of the  policies  covered by the PFA,  and no
benefit will inure to the Company.  Accordingly,  results of operations  for the
PFA are excluded from the Company's  Consolidated  Statements of Income.  In the
event that the assets of the PFA are  insufficient  to provide  the  contractual
benefits  guaranteed by the affected  policies,  Northwestern  must provide such
contractual benefits from its general assets.

     SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

     The  Company   operates   separate   accounts.   The  assets   (principally
investments) and liabilities  (principally to  contractholders)  of each account
are clearly  identifiable and distinguishable  from other assets and liabilities
of the Company. Assets are valued at fair value.

     PREMIUM REVENUE AND BENEFITS TO POLICYHOLDERS

     Recognition  of traditional  life,  group and annuity  premium  revenue and
benefits to  policyholders - Traditional  life insurance  products include those
products  with  fixed  and  guaranteed   premiums  and  benefits,   and  consist
principally  of whole life  insurance  policies and certain  annuities with life
contingencies  (immediate  annuities).  Life  insurance  premiums and  immediate
annuity  premiums are recognized as premium  revenue when due.  Group  insurance
premiums  are  recognized  as premium  revenue over the time period to which the
premiums relate. Benefits and expenses are associated with earned premiums so as
to  result  in  recognition  of  profits  over the life of the  contracts.  This
association is accomplished by means of the provision for liabilities for future
policy benefits and the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.

     Recognition  of  universal  life-type  contracts  revenue  and  benefits to
policyholders - Universal  life-type policies are insurance contracts with terms
that are not fixed and  guaranteed.  The terms that may be changed could include
one or more of the  amounts  assessed  the  policyholder,  premiums  paid by the
policyholder or interest accrued to policyholder  balances.  Amounts received as
payments for such contracts are not reported as premium revenues.

     Revenues  for  universal  life-type  policies  consist of charges  assessed
against  policy  account  values for  deferred  policy  loading  and the cost of
insurance and policy administration. Policy benefits and claims that are charged
to expense include interest credited to contracts and benefit claims incurred in
the period in excess of related policy account balances.
    

                                       viii
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 2. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     Recognition of investment  contract revenue and benefits to policyholders--
Contracts  that do not subject the Company to risks  arising  from  policyholder
mortality  or  morbidity  are referred to as  investment  contracts.  Guaranteed
Investment  Contracts  (GICs) and  certain  deferred  annuities  are  considered
investment  contracts.  Amounts  received as payments for such contracts are not
reported as premium revenues.

     Revenues for investment  contracts  consist of investment income and policy
administration  charges.  Contract  benefits that are charged to expense include
benefit claims  incurred in the period in excess of related  contract  balances,
and interest credited to contract balances.

     POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

     Those costs of acquiring  new  business,  which vary with and are primarily
related to the production of new business, have been deferred to the extent that
such costs are deemed recoverable. Such costs include commissions, certain costs
of policy issuance and underwriting and certain variable agency expenses.

     Costs deferred related to traditional life insurance are amortized over the
premium  paying  period of the related  policies,  in proportion to the ratio of
annual premium revenues to total anticipated premium revenues.  Such anticipated
premium  revenues are estimated  using the same  assumptions  used for computing
liabilities for future policy benefits.

     Costs  deferred  related to universal  life-type  policies  and  investment
contracts  are  amortized  over the lives of the  policies,  in  relation to the
present value of estimated gross profits from mortality,  investment and expense
margins.

     PRESENT VALUE OF FUTURE PROFITS

     The present value of future  profits  (PVFP)  reflects the  estimated  fair
value of the acquired  insurance business in force and represents the portion of
the cost to acquire USLICO  Corporation  (USLICO) that is allocated to the value
of  future  cash  flows  from  insurance  contracts  existing  at  the  date  of
acquisition.  Such  value is the  present  value of the  actuarially  determined
projected  net cash flows from the acquired  insurance  contracts.  The weighted
average discount rate used to determine such value was approximately 15%.

     An analysis of the present value of the future profits asset account is
presented below:

                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995
                                                                    -----------
                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
Balance at Acquisition...............................................  $300.0
Imputed Interest.....................................................    17.6
Amortization.........................................................  (32.6)
Adjustment for Unrealized Gains on Available-for-Sale Securities.....  (93.0)
                                                                       ----- 
Balance, December 31, 1995........................................... $192.0
                                                                      ======

     Based on current conditions and assumptions as to future events on acquired
policies  in  force,  the  Company  expects  that  the net  amortization  of the
beginning  balance  of the PVFP will be  between  5% and 6% in each of the years
1996 through  2000.  The interest  rates used to determine the amount of imputed
interest on the unamortized PVFP balance ranged from 5% to 8%.
    

                                       ix
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 2. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     GOODWILL

     Goodwill  is the  excess of the amount  paid to acquire a Company  over the
fair value of the net assets acquired.  Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line
basis over 40 years.  The carrying value of goodwill is monitored for impairment
of value based on the Company's estimate of future earnings.  The carrying value
of goodwill is reduced and a charge to income is recorded  when an impairment in
value is identified. No goodwill impairment charges have been recorded.

     FUTURE POLICY AND CONTRACT BENEFITS

     Liabilities for future policy  benefits for traditional  life contracts are
calculated  using the net level premium method and  assumptions as to investment
yields,  mortality,  withdrawals  and dividends.  The  assumptions  are based on
projections of past experience and include  provisions for possible  unfavorable
deviation. These assumptions are made at the time the contract is issued or, for
purchased contracts, at the date of acquisition.

     Liabilities for future policy and contract benefits on universal  life-type
and investment-type contracts are based on the policy account balance.

     The liabilities for future policy and contract  benefits for group disabled
life  reserves and  long-term  disability  reserves are based upon interest rate
assumptions and morbidity and termination rates from published tables,  modified
for Company experience.

     INCOME TAXES

     The  provision  for income taxes  includes  amounts  currently  payable and
deferred  income taxes  resulting from the cumulative  differences in the assets
and liabilities determined on a tax return and financial statement basis.

     INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

     Interest  rate  swap  agreements  are used as  hedges  for  asset/liability
management of adjustable rate and short-term  invested assets.  The Company does
not enter into any  interest  rate swap  agreements  for trading  purposes.  The
interest rate swap transactions  involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate
interest  payments without the exchange of underlying  principal  amounts and do
not contain other optional  provisions.  The difference between amounts paid and
amounts received on interest rate swaps is reflected in net investment income.

     INTEREST RATE FUTURES CONTRACTS

     Futures  contracts  are used as hedges for  asset/liability  management  of
fixed  maturity  securities  and  liabilities  arising  from GICs.  Realized and
unrealized gains and losses on futures contracts are deferred and amortized over
the life of the hedged asset or liability.

NOTE 3. ACQUISITION

     On  January  17,  1995,  ReliaStar  acquired  USLICO.  USLICO was a holding
company with two primary  subsidiaries:  USL of  Arlington,  Virginia and BSL of
Uniondale, New York. Concurrent with the acquisition,  ReliaStar contributed all
of the  capital  stock  of USL  and  BSL to the  Company.  The  acquisition  was
accounted  for using the  purchase  method of  accounting  and,  therefore,  the
consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of USL and BSL since the
date of acquisition.  Goodwill totaling $44.3 million representing the excess of
the  purchase  price  allocated  to USL and BSL over  the fair  value of the net
assets acquired has been recorded.
    

                                       x
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 3. ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)

     The  following  pro  forma  consolidated  financial  information  has  been
prepared assuming the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of 1994:

                                                                    YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1994
                                                                   -----------
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Revenues..............................................        $1,961.1
     Net Income............................................           139.0

     The pro forma financial  information is not  necessarily  indicative of the
results of operations that would have occurred had the  acquisition  taken place
at the beginning of 1994 or of future operations of the combined companies.

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS
     Investment income summarized by type of investment was as follows:


                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1995    1994
                                                                 ----    ----
                                                                 (IN MILLIONS)
     Fixed Maturity Securities...........................      $673.4    $449.6
     Equity Securities...................................         3.1       1.6
     Mortgage Loans on Real Estate.......................       184.3     160.0
     Real Estate and Leases..............................        16.8      15.7
     Policy Loans........................................        28.9      17.6
     Other Invested Assets...............................         7.8       3.6
     Short-Term Investments..............................         7.6       4.2
                                                                -----     -----
          Gross Investment Income........................       921.9     652.3
     Investment Expenses.................................        31.6      34.2
                                                                 ----      ----
          Net Investment Income..........................      $890.3    $618.1
                                                               ======    ======
    

                                       xi
<PAGE>

   

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
     Net pretax realized investment gains (losses) were as follows:

                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1995    1994
                                                                 ----    ----
                                                                 (IN MILLIONS)
     Net Gains (Losses) on Sales of Investments
          Fixed Maturity Securities.....................         $3.3     $2.1
          Equity Securities.............................         15.1       .6
          Mortgage Loans................................          (.1)      --
          Foreclosed Real Estate........................           .6       .7
          Real Estate ..................................          1.7      (.2)
          Other ........................................          2.2      3.2
                                                                  ---      ---
                                                                 22.8      6.4
                                                                 ----      ---
     Provisions for Losses on Investments
          Fixed Maturity Securities.....................         (3.0)   (13.9)
          Equity Securities.............................          (.1)    (1.0)
          Mortgage Loans................................         (6.3)    (4.9)
          Foreclosed Real Estate........................         (5.2)   (11.8)
          Real Estate ..................................          (.8)      --
          Other Assets .................................           --     (2.2)
                                                                 ----     ---- 

                                                                (15.4)   (33.8)
                                                                -----    ----- 
          Net Pretax Realized Investment Gains (Losses).         $7.4   $(27.4)
                                                                 ====   ====== 


     Gross realized  investment gains of $8.3 million and $5.0 million and gross
realized  investment  losses of $5.0 million and $2.9 million were recognized on
sales of fixed maturity  securities during the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994,  respectively.  All 1995 and 1994 fixed maturity  security sales were from
the available-for-sale portfolio.
    

                                       xii
<PAGE>

   
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

     The  amortized  cost  and  fair  value of  investments  in  fixed  maturity
securities by type of investment were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  GROSS UNREALIZED
                                                                                 AMORTIZED        ----------------  
                                                                                   COST        GAINS       (LOSSES)    FAIR VALUE
                                                                                   ----        -----       --------    ----------
                                                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>     
      United States Government and Government Agencies and Authorities.....        $172.8      $13.2          --        $186.0
      States, Municipalities and Political Subdivisions....................          64.4        4.2        $(.1)         68.5
      Foreign Governments..................................................          82.1        6.8         (.2)         88.7
      Public Utilities.....................................................         775.3       74.5         (.9)        848.9
      Corporate Securities.................................................       5,330.7      392.2       (21.6)      5,701.3
      Mortgage-Backed/Structured Finance Securities........................       2,058.0      102.7        (2.4)      2,158.3
      Redeemable Preferred Stock............ ..............................           2.1         --         (.1)          2.0
                                                                                      ---        ---         ---           ---
          Total............................................................      $8,485.4     $593.6      $(25.3)     $9,053.7
                                                                                 ========     ======      ======      ========

<CAPTION>


                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                                -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  GROSS UNREALIZED
                                                                                 AMORTIZED        ----------------  
                                                                                   COST        GAINS       (LOSSES)    FAIR VALUE
                                                                                   ----        -----       --------    ----------
                                                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>     
     United States Government and Government Agencies and Authorities......          $5.8         --        $(.3)         $5.5
     States, Municipalities and Political Subdivisions.....................           5.7         --          --           5.7
     Foreign Governments...................................................          56.4         --        (3.4)         53.0
     Public Utilities......................................................         309.4       $1.3       (17.5)        293.2
     Corporate Securities..................................................       2,649.8       13.3      (136.4)      2,526.7
     Mortgage-Backed/Structured Finance Securities.........................         608.5        2.5       (27.1)        583.9
     Redeemable Preferred Stock ...........................................           3.0         --         (.4)          2.6
                                                                                      ---        ---         ---           ---
          Total Available-for-Sale.........................................       3,638.6       17.1      (185.1)      3,470.6
                                                                                  =======       ====      ======       =======

HELD-TO-MATURITY
     States, Municipalities and Political Subdivisions.....................            .7         --         (.1)           .6
     Public Utilities......................................................          42.5         .8        (1.8)         41.5
     Corporate Securities..................................................       1,202.1       15.0       (37.7)      1,179.4
     Mortgage-Backed/Structured Finance Securities.........................       1,065.1         .6       (34.2)      1,031.5
                                                                                  -------         --       -----       -------
          Total Held-to-Maturity...........................................       2,310.4       16.4       (73.8)      2,253.0
                                                                                  -------       ----       -----       -------
          Total............................................................      $5,949.0      $33.5     $(258.9)     $5,723.6
                                                                                 ========      =====     =======      ========
    
</TABLE>

                                       xiii
<PAGE>

   
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

         The  amortized  cost and fair  value of fixed  maturity  securities  by
contractual  maturity  are shown  below.  Expected  maturities  will differ from
contractual  maturities  because  borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                       -----------------
                                                      AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                                      --------------------
                                                      AMORTIZED       FAIR
                                                        COST          VALUE
                                                        ----          -----
Due in One Year or Less..........................    $  123.1      $  122.8
Due After One Year Through Five Years............     2,497.4       2,634.3
Due After Five Years Through Ten Years...........     2,750.4       2,965.4
Due After Ten Years..............................     1,056.5       1,172.9
Mortgage-Backed/Structured Finance Securities....     2,058.0       2,158.3
                                                      -------       -------
   Total........................................     $8,485.4      $9,053.7
                                                     ========      ========



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE            HELD-TO-MATURITY                    TOTAL
                                                 ------------------------      ------------------------     ------------------------
                                                   AMORTIZED         FAIR      AMORTIZED          FAIR       AMORTIZED        FAIR
                                                     COST           VALUE        COST            VALUE         COST           VALUE
                                                     ----           -----        ----            -----         ----           ----- 
                                                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>     
Due in One Year or Less.......................     $63.4           $63.0         $47.7            $47.8        $111.1         $110.8
Due After One Year Through Five Years.........     928.2           898.3         425.9            422.1       1,354.1        1,320.4
Due After Five Years Through Ten Years........   1,697.3         1,600.7         445.0            437.2       2,142.3        2,037.9
Due After Ten Years...........................     341.2           324.7         326.7            314.4         667.9          639.1
Mortgage-Backed/Structured Finance Securities.     608.5           583.9       1,065.1          1,031.5       1,673.6        1,615.4
                                                   -----           -----       -------          -------       -------        -------
   Total......................................  $3,638.6        $3,470.6      $2,310.4         $2,253.0      $5,949.0       $5,723.6
                                                ========        ========      ========         ========      ========       ========

</TABLE>

     The fair  values for the  marketable  bonds are  determined  based upon the
quoted market prices for bonds actively  traded.  The fair values for marketable
bonds without an active market are obtained through several  commercial  pricing
services  which  provide the  estimated  fair  values.  Fair values of privately
placed  bonds  which are not  considered  problems  are  determined  utilizing a
commercially  available  pricing model. The model considers the current level of
risk-free interest rates,  current corporate spreads,  the credit quality of the
issuer and cash flow characteristics of the security.  Utilizing these data, the
model generates  estimated market values which the Company considers  reflective
of the fair value of each  privately  placed  bond.  Fair  values for  privately
placed bonds which are considered  problems are determined though  consideration
of  factors  such as the net worth of  borrower,  the value of  collateral,  the
capital structure of the borrower,  the presence of guarantees and the Company's
evaluation of the borrower's ability to compete in the relevant market.

     At December 31, 1995,  the largest  industry  concentration  of the private
placement portfolio was consumer products/services, where 18.9% of the portfolio
was invested,  and the largest  industry  concentration  of the marketable  bond
portfolio was structured finance/mortgage-backed  securities, where 31.9% of the
portfolio  was  invested.   At  December 31, 1995,   the  largest   geographic
concentration  of  commercial  mortgage  loans was in the midwest  region of the
United  States,  where  approximately  32.5%  of the  commercial  mortgage  loan
portfolio was invested.
    
                                       xiv
<PAGE>

   
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

     At December  31, 1995 and 1994,  gross  unrealized  appreciation  of equity
securities was $3.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively, and gross unrealized
depreciation was $1.9 million and $9.7 million, respectively.

     Invested assets which were nonincome  producing (no income received for the
12 months preceding the balance sheet date) were as follows:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31
                                                               --------------- 
                                                               1995       1994
                                                               ----       ----
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
     Fixed Maturity Securities.............................    $ .7      $ 7.8
     Mortgage Loans on Real Estate.........................     2.8        2.5
     Real Estate and Leases................................    17.6       29.9
                                                               ----       ----
          Total.............................................  $21.1      $40.2
                                                              =====      =====


     Allowances  for losses on  investments  are  reflected on the  Consolidated
Balance Sheets as a reduction of the related assets and were as follows:

                                                                 DECEMBER 31
                                                               --------------- 
                                                               1995       1994
                                                               ----       ----
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
     Mortgage Loans........................................   $12.4       $4.1
     Foreclosed Real Estate................................    10.6       11.9
     Investment Real Estate................................     1.0         .2
     Other Invested Assets.................................     2.3        2.5


     At December 31,  1995,  the total  investment  in impaired  mortgage  loans
(before  allowances  for credit  losses)  and the related  allowance  for credit
losses on these  impaired  mortgage  loans was $25.4 million and $12.4  million,
respectively.  Increases to the allowance for credit losses  account  charged to
income and the amount of  decreases to the  allowance  account were $6.3 million
and $9.5 million,  respectively,  during the year ended  December 31, 1995.  The
average  investment in impaired  mortgage  loans (before  allowances  for credit
losses) and the amount of the related  interest  income  recognized  on impaired
mortgage loans during 1995,  were  approximately  $2.0 million and $1.7 million,
respectively.  The Company does not accrue interest income on impaired  mortgage
loans when the likelihood of collection is doubtful.  Cash receipts for interest
payments are recognized as income in the period received.

         Noncash investing activities consisted of the following:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Real Estate Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure...........  $28.0    $24.9
     Mortgage Loans Acquired in Sales of Real Estate Assets....   15.3     27.9


     During 1994, the Company transferred four fixed maturity securities with an
amortized  cost of $31.0  million  and a fair  value of $27.1  million  from the
held-to-maturity  portfolio  to the  available-for-sale  portfolio.  Each of the
securities  transferred were private  placement  securities which  experienced a
significant  deterioration in the issuers'  creditworthiness  during the period.
None of the securities transferred were sold during the year.
    
                                       xv
<PAGE>

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 4. INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
   
     Effective  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  adopted  the  implementation
guidance  contained in the Financial  Accounting Series Special Report, "A Guide
to Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity  Securities."  Concurrent  with the  adoption of this  implementation
guidance,  the Company  reclassified all of its  held-to-maturity  securities to
available-for-sale  based  upon a  reassessment  of the  appropriateness  of the
classifications  of all securities held at that time. The amortized cost and net
unrealized  appreciation of the securities  reclassified  were $2.42 billion and
$108.1  million,  respectively,  at December 31, 1995.  In  accordance  with the
special report,  financial  statements  prior to December 31, 1995 have not been
restated  to  reflect  the  effects of  initially  adopting  the  implementation
guidance.

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES

     The income tax liability  (asset) as reflected on the Consolidated  Balance
Sheets consisted of the following:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Current Income Taxes....................................     $6.4     $5.4
     Deferred Income Taxes...................................    162.8     (5.6)
                                                                 -----     ---- 
          Total..............................................   $169.2     $(.2)
                                                                ======     ==== 

     The provision for income taxes reflected on the Consolidated  Statements of
Income consisted of the following:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Currently Payable......................................     $82.9     $47.3
     Deferred...............................................      11.5      10.6
                                                                  ----      ----
          Total.............................................     $94.4     $57.9
                                                                 =====     =====


     The Internal  Revenue Service has completed its review of the Company's tax
return for all years through 1991.
    
                                       xvi
<PAGE>

   
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

     Deferred income taxes reflect the impact for financial  statement reporting
purposes of "temporary  differences"  between the financial  statement  carrying
amounts and tax bases of assets and  liabilities.  The  "temporary  differences"
that give rise to a significant  portion of the deferred tax  liability  (asset)
relate to the following:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Future Policy and Contract Benefits..................    $(269.7)  $(221.2)
     Investment Write-Offs and Allowances.................      (35.0)    (17.7)
     Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans.............       (8.3)     (6.3)
     Employee Benefits....................................       (9.3)     (5.2)
     Deferred Futures Gains...............................       (1.8)     (5.1)
     Net Unrealized Investment Losses.....................         --     (42.7)
     Other ...............................................      (42.0)    (35.8)
                                                                -----     ----- 
     Gross Deferred Tax Asset.............................     (366.1)   (334.0)
                                                               ------    ------ 
     Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs....................      267.9     260.4
     Present Value of Future Profits......................       99.0        --
     Net Unrealized Investment Gains......................       90.2        --
     Property and Equipment...............................       27.1      26.3
     Real Estate Joint Ventures...........................       12.2      14.3
     Accrual of Market Discount...........................        8.4       3.2
     Policyholder Dividends...............................        4.4       3.0
     Other................................................       19.7      21.2
                                                                 ----      ----
     Gross Deferred Tax Liability.........................      528.9     328.4
                                                                -----     -----
          Net Deferred Tax Liability (Asset)..............     $162.8     $(5.6)
                                                               ======     ===== 

     Federal income tax regulations  allowed certain special deductions for 1983
and prior years which are accumulated in a memorandum tax account  designated as
"policyholders'  surplus." Generally,  this policyholders'  surplus account will
become subject to tax at the then current rates only if the accumulated  balance
exceeds certain maximum  limitations or if certain cash distributions are deemed
to be paid out of the account.  At December 31, 1995,  Northwestern and its life
insurance  subsidiaries  have accumulated  approximately  $51.0 million in their
separate policyholders' surplus accounts.  Deferred taxes have not been provided
on this temporary difference.

     There have been no deferred  taxes  recorded for the  unremitted  equity in
subsidiaries  as the earnings are considered to be permanently  invested or will
be remitted only when tax effective to do so.

     The  difference   between  the  U.S.   federal  income  tax  rate  and  the
consolidated tax provision rate is summarized as follows:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Statutory Tax Rate......................................    35.0%     35.0%
     Other...................................................      .2       (.2)
                                                                   --       --- 
          Provision for Income Taxes...........................  35.2%     34.8%
                                                                 ====      ==== 
    

                                       xvii
<PAGE>

   
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 5.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

     Cash paid to ReliaStar for federal income taxes was $90.3 million and $29.8
million for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

NOTE 6.  NOTES AND MORTGAGES PAYABLE

     A summary of notes and mortgages payable is as follows:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Unaffiliated:
          Commercial Paper.....................................  $135.6   $ 65.6
          Other Indebtedness - Current Portion.................      .1       .1
                                                                  -----     ----
               Short-Term Debt.................................   135.7     65.7
                                                                  -----     ----
          Other Indebtedness - Noncurrent Portion..............     8.9      9.1
                                                                    ---      ---
               Total Unaffiliated..............................  $144.6   $ 74.8
                                                                 ======   ======
               Note Payable to Parent..........................  $100.0   $100.0
                                                                 ======   ======


     At December 31, 1995 and 1994, other indebtedness is primarily mortgage
notes assumed in connection with certain real estate  investments  with interest
rates ranging from 6.2% to 11.5%.

     The weighted average  interest rate on the commercial paper  outstanding at
December 31, 1995 and 1994 was 6.06% and 6.10%,  respectively,  with  maturities
ranging from 5 to 44 days at December 31, 1995.

     Principal  payments required on notes and mortgages payable to unaffiliated
companies in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

                                     (IN MILLIONS)
                                     -------------
                    1996 - $135.7                       1999 - $ .2
                    1997 - $   .1                       2000 - $ .2
                    1998 - $   .2        2001 and thereafter - $8.2


     ReliaStar has loaned $100.0 million to  Northwestern  under a surplus note.
The  original  note,  dated  April  1,  1989,  was  issued  in  connection  with
Northwestern's  demutualization  and was used to offset  the  surplus  reduction
related  to  the  cash   distribution  to  the  mutual   policyholders   in  the
demutualization.  This  original  note was replaced by a successor  surplus note
(the 1994 Note) dated November 1, 1994.  The 1994 Note provides,  subject to the
regulatory constraints discussed below, that (i) it is a surplus note which will
mature on September 15, 2003 with principal due at maturity, but payable without
penalty, in whole or in part before maturity; (ii) interest is at 6 5/8% payable
semi-annually;  and (iii) in the event  that  Northwestern  is in default in the
payment of any  required  interest or  principal,  Northwestern  cannot pay cash
dividends on its capital  stock (all of which is owned  directly by  ReliaStar).
The 1994 Note  further  provides  that there may be no payment  of  interest  or
principal without the express approval of the Minnesota Department of Commerce.

     Interest  paid on debt was $14.2  million  and $16.0  million  for 1995 and
1994, respectively.
    
                                       xviii
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     PENSION PLANS

     The Company has  noncontributory  defined benefit retirement plans covering
substantially all employees. The plans, which may be terminated as to accrual of
additional  benefits at any time by the Board of Directors,  provide benefits to
employees upon retirement.

     The  benefits  under  the  plans  are  based on years  of  service  and the
employee's compensation during the last five years of employment.  The Company's
policy  is to fund  the  minimum  required  contribution  necessary  to meet the
present  and future  obligations  of the plans.  Contributions  are  intended to
provide not only for benefits  attributed  to service to date but also for those
expected  to be earned in the  future.  Contributions  are made to a  tax-exempt
trust.  Plan assets consist  principally of investments in stock and bond mutual
funds,  common stock and  corporate  bonds.  Included in plan assets are 616,491
shares of ReliaStar common stock with a fair value of $27.4 million.

     The  Company  and  ReliaStar  also have  unfunded  noncontributory  defined
benefit  plans  providing  for  benefits  to  employees  in excess of limits for
qualified  retirement  plans and for  benefits  to  nonemployee  members  of the
ReliaStar Board of Directors.

     Net periodic  pension expense for ReliaStar and its  subsidiaries  included
the following components:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Service Cost - Benefits Earned During the Year............   $3.4     $3.1
     Interest Cost on Projected Benefit Obligation.............   11.9      5.2
     Actual Return on Plan Assets..............................  (33.7)     2.4
     Net Amortization and Deferral.............................   19.1     (7.5)
                                                                  ----     ---- 
          Net Periodic Pension Expense.........................    $.7     $3.2
                                                                  ====     ====

     The  following  table sets forth for  ReliaStar  and its  subsidiaries  the
funded status of the plans as of December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             FUNDED PLANS        UNFUNDED PLANS
                                                                                            1995      1994      1995       1994
                                                                                            ----      ----      ----       ----
                                                                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>   
     Accumulated Benefit Obligation
          Vested......................................................................   $(157.1)   $(48.5)    $(10.7)    $(3.5)
          Nonvested...................................................................      (5.1)     (3.2)      (1.2)      (.2)
     Effect of Projected Future Compensation Increases................................     (10.6)     (8.1)      (2.1)     (2.3)
                                                                                           -----      ----     ------     ------
     Projected Benefit Obligation.....................................................    (172.8)    (59.8)     (14.0)     (6.0)
     Plan Assets at Fair Value........................................................     169.9      53.3         --        --
                                                                                           -----      ----     ------     ------
     Plan Assets Less Than Projected Benefit Obligation...............................      (2.9)     (6.5)     (14.0)     (6.0)
     Unrecognized Net Loss............................................................      24.2       8.4        6.2       1.8
     Unrecognized Transition Obligation (Asset).......................................       (.8)     (1.1)        .1        .1
     Additional Minimum Liability.....................................................        --        --       (4.2)      (.1)
                                                                                           -----      ----     ------     ------
          Net Pension Asset (Liability)...............................................     $20.5       $.8     $(11.9)    $(4.2)
                                                                                           =====      ====     ======     ===== 
    
</TABLE>

                                       xix
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

     The above amounts are for ReliaStar and its  subsidiaries  as the Company's
portion is not  determinable.  The net periodic  pension expense relating to and
billed to ReliaStar was insignificant.

     The projected  benefit  obligation was determined using an assumed discount
rate of  7.25%  and  8.5%,  and a  weighted-average  assumed  long-term  rate of
compensation   increase   of  4.5%  and  5.0%  at  January  1,  1996  and  1995,
respectively. The assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9.5%.

     POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

     The Company  provides  certain health care and life  insurance  benefits to
retired  employees (and their  eligible  dependents).  Substantially  all of the
Company's  employees  will  become  eligible  for  those  benefits  if they meet
specified age and service  requirements  and reach  retirement age while working
for the Company,  unless the plans are terminated or amended. The postretirement
health care plan is contributory,  with retiree contributions adjusted annually;
the life insurance plan is  noncontributory  and benefits are primarily based on
the employee's final compensation levels.

     The Company's  postretirement  health care plans  currently are not funded.
The  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation  (APBO)  and  the  accrued
postretirement benefit liability were as follows:

                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Retirees...............................................    $10.3       $8.4
     Fully Eligible Active Plan Participants................      4.5        2.4
     Other Active Plan Participants.........................      4.9        2.6
                                                                  ---        ---
        Unfunded APBO.......................................     19.7       13.4
     Unrecognized Prior Service Cost........................       .1         .3
     Unrecognized Gain (Loss)...............................      (.3)       1.6
                                                                  ---        ---
          Accrued Postretirement Benefit Liability..........    $19.5      $15.3
                                                                =====      =====

     Net  periodic  postretirement  benefit  costs  consisted  of the  following
components:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Service Cost - Benefits Earned........................      $1.2      $1.1
     Interest Cost on APBO.................................       1.3       1.0
     Amortization of Prior Service Cost....................       (.1)      (.1)
                                                                  ---       --- 
          Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Costs........      $2.4      $2.0
                                                                 ====      ====

     The assumed  health care cost trend rate used in  measuring  the APBO as of
January 1, 1996 was  10.0%,  decreasing  gradually  to 5.0% in the year 2010 and
thereafter.  The assumed  health care cost trend rate used in measuring the APBO
as of January 1, 1995 was 10.0%,  decreasing  gradually to 6.0% in the year 2009
and thereafter. The assumed discount rate used in determining the APBO was 7.25%
and 8.5% at January 1, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The assumed health care cost
trend rate has a  significant  effect on the amounts  reported.  For example,  a
one-percentage-point  increase  in the  assumed  health care cost trend rate for
each year would  increase  the APBO as of December 31, 1995  approximately  $2.4
million  and 1995 net  postretirement  health  care  cost by  approximately  $.4
million.
    
                                       xx
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)

     SUCCESS SHARING PLAN AND ESOP

     The Success  Sharing Plan and ESOP  (Success  Sharing Plan) was designed to
increase   employee   ownership  and  reward   employees  when  certain  Company
performance  objectives  are met.  Essentially  all  employees  are  eligible to
participate  in the Success  Sharing  Plan.  The Success  Sharing  Plan has both
qualified and nonqualified  components.  The nonqualified  component is equal to
25% of the  annual  award  and is  paid  in cash  to  employees.  The  qualified
component  is equal  to 75% of the  annual  award,  with  25%  contributed  to a
deferred  investment  account  and the  remaining  50%  contributed  to the ESOP
portion of the Success  Sharing  Plan.  Costs charged to expense for the Success
Sharing Plan were $8.6 million and $8.4 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively.

NOTE 8.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company and ReliaStar have entered into  agreements  whereby  ReliaStar
and the Company provide certain  management,  administrative,  legal,  and other
services to each other.  The net amounts  billed  resulted in the Company making
payments  of $25.1  million  and $13.6  million to  ReliaStar  in 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  During  1995 the  Company  paid  dividends  of $52.0  million  to
ReliaStar  consisting of $41.3 million paid in cash and $10.7 million in noncash
dividends.

NOTE 9. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

     DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

     The  ability  of  Northwestern  to  pay  cash  dividends  to  ReliaStar  is
restricted by law or subject to approval of the insurance regulatory authorities
of Minnesota.  These authorities  recognize only statutory  accounting practices
for the ability of an insurer to pay dividends to its shareholders.

     Under  Minnesota  insurance  law  regulating  the payment of  dividends  by
Northwestern,   any  such   payment  must  be  an  amount   deemed   prudent  by
Northwestern's  Board  of  Directors  and,  unless  otherwise  approved  by  the
Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Commerce (the Commissioner), must be
paid solely from the adjusted  earned surplus of  Northwestern.  Adjusted earned
surplus means the earned  surplus as determined  in  accordance  with  statutory
accounting  practices  (unassigned funds), less 25% of the amount of such earned
surplus which is attributable to net unrealized capital gains. Further,  without
approval of the Commissioner,  Northwestern may not pay in any calendar year any
dividend which,  when combined with other dividends paid within the preceding 12
months,  exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of  Northwestern's  statutory surplus at
the  prior  year-end  or (ii)  100% of  Northwestern's  statutory  net gain from
operations (not including  realized  capital gains) for the prior calendar year.
For 1996,  the amount of  dividends  which can be paid by  Northwestern  without
commissioner approval is $117.7 million.

     STATUTORY SURPLUS AND NET INCOME

     Net  income  of  Northwestern  and  its  subsidiaries,   as  determined  in
accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices  was $97.8  million and $57.6
million for 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Northwestern's  statutory surplus was
$728.3 million and $565.2 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

NOTE 10.  REINSURANCE

     The Company is a member of  reinsurance  associations  established  for the
purpose  of ceding  the  excess of life  insurance  over  retention  limits.  In
addition,  Northwestern's Life and Health Reinsurance Division assumes and cedes
reinsurance  on  certain  life  and  health  risks  as  its  primary   business.
Reinsurance  contracts  do not  relieve  the  Company  from its  obligations  to
policyholders.  Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in
losses to the Company;  consequently,  allowances  are  established  for amounts
deemed uncollectible.  The amount of the allowance for uncollectible
    
                                       xxi
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 10.  REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)

reinsurance  receivables  was  immaterial  at  December 31,  1995.  The Company
evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors  concentrations
of credit risk to minimize its  exposure to  significant  losses from  reinsurer
insolvencies.  The Company's retention limit is $400,000 per life for individual
coverage and, to the extent that Northwestern reinsures life policies written by
Northern and North Atlantic, the limit is increased up to $600,000 per life. For
group coverage and reinsurance  assumed, the retention is $500,000 per life with
per  occurrence  limitations,  subject to certain  maximums.  As of December 31,
1995, $12.0 billion of life insurance in force was ceded to other companies. The
Company has assumed $36.7 billion of life  insurance in force as of December 31,
1995  (including  $32.0  billion of  reinsurance  assumed  pertaining to Federal
Employees'  Group Life Insurance and Servicemans'  Group Life  Insurance).  Also
included  in these  amounts  are $513.1  million of  reinsurance  ceded and $4.7
billion of reinsurance  assumed by  Northwestern's  Life and Health  Reinsurance
Division.

     The effect of reinsurance on premiums and recoveries is as follows:

                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Direct Premiums........................................   $643.8    $533.2
     Reinsurance Assumed....................................    297.6     261.8
     Reinsurance Ceded......................................    (89.9)    (68.1)
                                                                -----     ----- 
     Net Premiums ..........................................   $851.5    $726.9
                                                               ======    ======
     Reinsurance Recoveries.................................    $80.4     $59.0
                                                                =====     =====


NOTE 11.  LIABILITY FOR UNPAID ACCIDENT AND HEALTH CLAIMS AND CLAIM ADJUSTMENT 
          EXPENSE

     The change in the liability for unpaid accident and health claims and claim
adjustment expenses is summarized as follows:

                                                                 1995       1994
                                                                 ----       ----
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
     Balance at January 1....................................    $322.9  $244.6
     Less Reinsurance Recoverables...........................      59.5    32.8
                                                                   ----    ----
              Net Balance at January 1.......................     263.4   211.8
     Incurred Related to:
          Current Year.......................................     273.1   266.2
          Prior Year.........................................      (2.7)  (16.6)
                                                                   ----   ----- 
               Total Incurred................................     270.4   249.6
     Paid Related to:
          Current Year.......................................     157.0   140.3
          Prior Year.........................................      89.0    66.7
                                                                   ----    ----
               Total Paid....................................     246.0   207.0
     Net Balance at December 31..............................     287.8   254.4
     Plus Reinsurance Recoverables...........................      81.6    50.5
                                                                   ----    ----
          Balance at December 31.............................    $369.4  $304.9
                                                                 ======  ======
    
                                       xxii
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 11.  LIABILITY FOR UNPAID ACCIDENT AND HEALTH CLAIMS AND CLAIM ADJUSTMENT 
          EXPENSE (CONTINUED)

     The  liability for unpaid  accident and health claims and claim  adjustment
expenses is included in Future Policy and Contract  Benefits on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets.

NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     LITIGATION

     The  Company is a  defendant  in a number of  lawsuits  arising  out of the
normal course of the business of the Company. In the opinion of Management,  the
ultimate  resolution of such litigation will not result in any material  adverse
impact to operations or financial condition of the Company.

     JOINT GROUP LIFE AND ANNUITY CONTRACTS

     Northwestern has issued certain  participating group annuity and group life
insurance  contracts  jointly with another insurance  company.  Northwestern has
entered  into  an  arrangement  with  this  insurer  whereby  Northwestern  will
gradually transfer these liabilities  (approximately  $328.4 million at December
31, 1995) to the other  insurer over a ten year period which  commenced in 1993.
The terms of the  arrangement  specify the interest rate on the  liabilities and
provide  for  a  transfer  of  assets  and  liabilities  scheduled  in a  manner
consistent  with the expected cash flows of the assets  allocated to support the
liabilities.  A contingent  liability exists with respect to the joint obligor's
portion of the contractual  liabilities  attributable to contributions  received
prior to July 1,  1993 in the  event  the  joint  obligor  is unable to meet its
obligations.

     RESERVE INDEMNIFICATION

     In March 1992, the Company sold Chartwell Re Corporation  (Chartwell),  its
property  and casualty  reinsurance  subsidiary.  The Company and the  acquiring
company  entered  into  a  separate  agreement  which  provides  for  reciprocal
indemnity (but with different  ultimate exposure amounts) between the parties to
the  agreement  with  respect to the  adequacy  of the loss and loss  adjustment
expense  reserves of Chartwell  for all accident  years which ended on or before
December 31, 1991.  The  indemnity is measured for the period ending on December
31, 1996.  Under the terms of the  agreement,  the maximum amount payable by the
Company would be $23.0 million and the maximum amount payable by the acquirer to
the Company would be $5.0 million.

     Based  upon  analyses  completed  during the  fourth  quarter of 1995,  the
Company has accrued a cumulative total of $8.0 million of the maximum  potential
payment under the indemnification agreement. The ultimate amount to be paid will
be affected by subsequent favorable or adverse claims development.

     The amounts  accrued under the  indemnification  agreement are presented as
discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

     FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in the normal  course of business  to reduce its  exposure  to  fluctuations  in
interest  rates.  These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to extend
credit,  financial guarantees,  futures contracts and interest rate swaps. Those
instruments  involve, to varying degrees,  elements of credit,  interest rate or
liquidity risk in excess of the amount  recognized in the  Consolidated  Balance
Sheets.

     The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial  instrument  for  commitments  to extend credit and
financial  guarantees  written is represented by the contractual amount of those
instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. For 
    
                                       xxiii
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

futures contracts and interest rate swap transactions,  the contract or notional
amounts do not  represent  exposure to credit  loss.  For swaps,  the  Company's
exposure  to credit  loss is limited to those  swaps  where the  Company  has an
unrealized  gain. For futures  contracts,  the Company has no exposure to credit
risk, as the contracts are marked to market daily.

     Unless otherwise  noted,  the Company does not require  collateral or other
security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              CONTRACT OR NOTIONAL AMOUNT
                                                                                                      DECEMBER 31 
                                                                                              ---------------------------
                                                                                                 1995            1994
                                                                                                 ----            ----
                                                                                                     (In Millions)
Financial Instruments Whose Contract Amounts Represent Credit Risk
<S>                                                                                              <C>            <C>  
      Commitments to Extend Credit........................................................       $82.6          $36.4
      Financial Guarantees................................................................        41.8           47.5
Financial Instruments Whose Notional or Contract 
     Amounts Exceed the Amount of Credit Risk
      Futures Contracts...................................................................        80.4           84.4
      Interest Rate Swap Agreements.......................................................     1,222.5        1,320.0

</TABLE>

     COMMITMENTS  TO EXTEND  CREDIT -  Commitments  to extend credit are legally
binding  agreements  to lend to a  customer.  Commitments  generally  have fixed
expiration dates or other termination  clauses and may require payment of a fee.
They generally may be terminated by the Company in the event of deterioration in
the  financial  condition of the  borrower.  Since some of the  commitments  are
expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.  The Company evaluates each
customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.

     FINANCIAL  GUARANTEES - Financial  guarantees are  conditional  commitments
issued by the Company  guaranteeing  the  performance of the borrower to a third
party.  Those  guarantees  are  primarily  issued to support  public and private
commercial  mortgage  borrowing  arrangements.   The  credit  risk  involved  is
essentially the same as that involved in issuing commercial mortgage loans.

     Northwestern  is a partner in eight real estate joint ventures where it has
guaranteed the repayment of loans of the  partnership.  As of December 31, 1995,
Northwestern  had  guaranteed  repayment  of $41.8  million  ($47.5  million  at
December 31, 1994) of such loans including the portion  allocable to the PFA. If
any payments were made under these guarantees,  Northwestern would be allowed to
make a claim for repayment  from the joint  venture,  foreclose on the assets of
the  joint  venture  including  its  real  estate  investment  and,  in  certain
instances, make a claim against the joint venture's general partner.

     For  certain  of  these   partnerships,   Northwestern   has  made  capital
contributions from time to time to provide the partnerships with sufficient cash
to meet its obligations,  including operating expenses,  tenant improvements and
debt service.  Capital  contributions  during 1995 and 1994 were  insignificant.
Further  capital  contributions  are likely to be required in future periods for
certain of the joint  ventures with the  guarantees.  The Company cannot predict
the amount of such future contributions.

     FUTURES CONTRACTS - Futures contracts are contracts for delayed delivery of
securities  or money  market  instruments  in which  the  seller  agrees to make
delivery at a specified future date of a specified  
    
                                       xxiv

<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 12.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

instrument,  at a specified price or yield.  These contracts are entered into to
manage  interest  rate  risk  as  part  of the  Company's  asset  and  liability
management.  Risks arise from the  movements in  securities  values and interest
rates.

     INTEREST RATE SWAP  AGREEMENTS - The Company also enters into interest rate
swap  agreements to manage  interest rate  exposure.  The primary reason for the
interest  rate swap  agreements  is to extend the  duration of  adjustable  rate
investments.  Interest rate swap transactions  generally involve the exchange of
fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the
underlying  principal  amounts.  Changes in market  interest rates impact income
from  adjustable  rate  investments  and  have an  opposite  (and  approximately
offsetting)  effect on the reported  income from the swap  portfolio.  The risks
under interest rate swap  agreements  are generally  similar to those of futures
contracts.  Notional  principal  amounts are often used to express the volume of
these  transactions  but do not represent the much smaller  amounts  potentially
subject to credit risk.

     LEASES

     The  Company has  operating  leases for office  space and certain  computer
processing and other equipment. Rental expense for these items was $13.6 million
and $11.0 million for 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Future  minimum  aggregate  rental  commitments  at  December  31, 1995 for
operating leases were as follows:

                                  (IN MILLIONS)
                                  -------------
               1996 - $7.6                                  1999 - $4.6
               1997 - $6.8                                  2000 - $5.4
               1998 - $5.7                   2001 and thereafter - $4.4


NOTE 13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The following  disclosures are made in accordance with the  requirements of
SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments." SFAS No.
107 requires  disclosure of fair value information about financial  instruments,
whether or not recognized in the balance  sheet,  for which it is practicable to
estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair
values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.
Those techniques are significantly  affected by the assumptions used,  including
the  discount  rate and  estimates  of future cash flows.  In that  regard,  the
derived fair value estimates,  in many cases, could not be realized in immediate
settlement of the instrument.

     SFAS No. 107 excludes  certain  financial  instruments and all nonfinancial
instruments from its disclosure  requirements.  Accordingly,  the aggregate fair
value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

     The  fair  value  estimates   presented   herein  are  based  on  pertinent
information  available to Management as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.  Although
Management  is not aware of any  factors  that  would  significantly  affect the
estimated  fair  value  amounts,  such  amounts  have not  been  comprehensively
revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date;  therefore,
current  estimates  of fair  value may  differ  significantly  from the  amounts
presented herein.

     The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used  by  the  Company  in
estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

     FIXED MATURITY  SECURITIES - The estimated fair value  disclosures for debt
securities  satisfy the fair value disclosure  requirements of SFAS No. 107 (See
Note 4).
    
                                       xxv

<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 13.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

     EQUITY  SECURITIES - Fair value equals  carrying value as these  securities
are carried at quoted market value.

     MORTGAGE  LOANS ON REAL ESTATE - The fair values for mortgage loans on real
estate are estimated using  discounted cash flow analyses,  using interest rates
currently  being offered in the  marketplace for similar loans to borrowers with
similar credit ratings.  Loans with similar  characteristics  are aggregated for
purposes of the calculations.

     CASH,  SHORT-TERM  INVESTMENTS AND POLICY LOANS - The carrying  amounts for
these assets approximate the assets' fair values.

     OTHER FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS  REPORTED AS ASSETS - The carrying amounts for
these financial  instruments  (primarily  premiums and other accounts receivable
and accrued investment income) approximate those assets' fair values.

     INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES - The fair value for deferred annuities was
estimated  to be the  amount  payable on demand at the  reporting  date as those
investment  contracts  have no  defined  maturity  and are  similar to a deposit
liability.  The  amount  payable at the  reporting  date was  calculated  as the
account balance less applicable surrender charges.

     The fair value for GICs was estimated using  discounted cash flow analyses.
The discount rate used was based upon current industry offering rates on GICs of
similar durations.

     The fair values for supplementary  contracts without life contingencies and
immediate  annuities were estimated  using  discounted  cash flow analyses.  The
discount rate was based upon treasury rates plus a pricing margin.

     The carrying amounts reported for other investment contracts which includes
participating pension contracts and retirement plan deposits,  approximate those
liabilities' fair value.

     CLAIM AND OTHER  DEPOSIT  FUNDS - The carrying  amounts for claim and other
deposit funds approximate the liabilities' fair value.

     NOTES AND  MORTGAGES  PAYABLE  - The fair  value  for the note  payable  to
ReliaStar  was based  upon the  quoted  market  price of the  related  ReliaStar
publicly traded debt. For other debt obligations,  discounted cash flow analyses
were used.  The discount  rate was based upon the  Company's  estimated  current
incremental borrowing rates.

     OTHER FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS REPORTED AS LIABILITIES - The carrying amounts
for other  financial  instruments  (primarily  normal  payables of a  short-term
nature) approximate those liabilities' fair values.

     FINANCIAL  GUARANTEES  - The fair  values  for  financial  guarantees  were
estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based upon the expected future net
amounts to be expended. The estimated net amounts to be expended were determined
based on projected cash flows and a valuation of the underlying collateral.

     INTEREST RATE SWAPS - The fair value for interest rate swaps was estimated
using  discounted  cash flow  analyses.  The discount  rate was based upon rates
currently  being offered for similar  interest rate swaps available from similar
counterparties.
    
                                      xxvi
<PAGE>

   
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
            (A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.)

NOTE 13.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

     The carrying  amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's  financial
instruments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    1995                                1994
                                                                       -------------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                         CARRYING            FAIR            CARRYING          FAIR
                                                                          AMOUNT            VALUE             AMOUNT          VALUE
                                                                          ------            -----             ------          -----
                                                                                                 (In Millions)
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>               <C>            <C>     
Financial Instruments Recorded as Assets
      Fixed Maturity Securities
          Available-for-Sale.....................................        $9,053.7         $9,053.7          $3,470.6       $3,470.6
          Held-to-Maturity............................. .........              --               --           2,310.4        2,253.0
      Equity Securities.......................... ...............            35.9             35.9              43.7           43.7
      Mortgage Loans on Real Estate
          Commercial ............................................         1,465.0          1,525.8           1,120.1        1,068.8
          Residential and Other .................................           483.4            496.1             450.2          443.1
      Policy Loans ..............................................           499.8            499.8             306.8          306.8
      Cash and Short-Term Investments ...........................           165.4            165.4              79.7           79.7
      Other Financial Instruments Recorded as Assets ............           503.3            503.3             349.7          349.7
Financial Instruments Recorded as Liabilities
      Investment Contracts
          Deferred Annuities................................... .        (6,704.9)        (6,285.6)         (4,690.0)      (4,369.3)
          GICs....................................... ...........          (115.0)          (148.6)           (239.9)        (261.5)
          Supplementary Contracts and Immediate Annuities .......           (99.8)           (99.7)            (99.1)         (93.9)
          Other Investment Contracts ............................          (529.2)          (529.2)           (539.4)        (539.4)
      Claim and Other Deposit Funds .............................          (114.9)          (114.9)           (101.2)        (101.2)
      Notes and Mortgages Payable ...............................          (243.6)          (244.4)           (173.7)        (159.4)
      Other Financial Instruments Recorded as Liabilities .......          (224.8)          (224.8)           (167.8)        (167.8)
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
      Financial Guarantees.......................................              --             (4.6)               --           (5.2)
      Interest Rate Swaps........................................              --             42.7                --          (46.5)

</TABLE>

     Fair  value  estimates  are made at a  specific  point  in  time,  based on
relevant  market  information and  information  about the financial  instrument.
These  estimates  do not reflect any premium or discount  that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's  holdings of a particular  financial
instrument.  Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company's
financial  instruments,  fair value  estimates are based on judgments  regarding
future   expected   loss   experience,   current   economic   conditions,   risk
characteristics  of  various  financial  instruments  and other  factors.  These
estimates  are  subjective  in nature and involve  uncertainties  and matters of
significant  judgment  and,  therefore,  cannot be  determined  with  precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

     Fair  value  estimates  are  based on  existing  on and  off-balance  sheet
financial  instruments  without  attempting to estimate the value of anticipated
future business and the value of assets and liabilities  that are not considered
financial  instruments.  In  addition,  the  tax  ramifications  related  to the
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant  effect on
fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

                                      xxvii

    

<PAGE>


PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

        (a)     Financial Statements:

                Part A:    None

   
                Part B:    NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                                Independent Auditors' Report
                                Statement of Assets and Liabilities,
                                  December 31, 1995
                                Combining Statements of Operations and Changes
                                  in Contract Owners' Equity, Years Ended
                                  December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993
                                Notes to Financial Statements

                                NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                Independent Auditors' Report
                                Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                  December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                Consolidated Statements of Operations,
                                  Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                Consolidated Statements of Shareholders'
                                  Equity, Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows,
                                  Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        (b)     Exhibits:

        1.      Resolution of the  Board  of Directors of Northwestern National 
                Life Insurance Company ("Depositor") authorizing the 
                establishment of NWNL Select Variable Account ("Registrant").

        2.      Not Applicable.

        3.      (a) Form of General Distributor Agreement between  Depositor and
                    Washington Square Securities, Inc. ("WSSI").

                (b) Forms of agreements  between Depositor and  broker-dealers  
                    with respect to the sale of Contracts.

        4.      Form of Contract.

        5.      Contract Application Form.

        6.      (a) Articles of Incorporation of Depositor.

                (b) Bylaws of Depositor.
    
        7.      Not Applicable.


                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

   

        8.      (a) Participation  Agreement  with Fidelity's Variable Insurance
                    Products Fund and Fidelity Distributors Corporation and 
                    Amendment numbers 1 through 7.

                (b) Participation Agreement with Fidelity's Variable Insurance
                    Products Fund II and Fidelity Distributors Corporation and
                    Amendment numbers 1 through 6.

                (c) Form of Participation  Agreement with Putnam Capital Manager
                    Trust and Putnam Mutual Funds Corp. and Amendment number 1.

                (d) Agreement with Continuum Administrative Services Corporation
                    (formerly known as Vantage Computer Systems, Inc.) and 
                    Amendment numbers 1 through 6.

        9.      Consent and Opinion of James E. Nelson as to the legality of the
                securities being registered.

        10.     Independent Auditors' Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

        11.     Not Applicable.

        12.     Not Applicable.

        13.     Schedules for Computation of Performance Quotations.

        14.     Financial Data Schedule.

        15.     Powers of Attorney.


ITEM 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

      DIRECTORS

NAME AND PRINCIPAL
  BUSINESS ADDRESS                           PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION

R. Michael Conley                            Senior Vice President of ReliaStar
20 Washington Avenue South                   Financial Corp. since 1991; Senior
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Vice President, ReliaStar Employee 
                                             Benefits  of Northwestern  National
                                             Life Insurance  Company since 1986;
                                             President of NWNL Benefits 
                                             Corporation  since 1988;  Director 
                                             of subsidiaries of ReliaStar 
                                             Financial Corp.
    

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

   
Richard R. Crowl                             Senior Vice President,  General 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Counsel and Secretary of ReliaStar 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Financial Corp. since 1996;  Senior
                                             Vice President and General Counsel 
                                             of  Northwestern  National Life 
                                             Insurance Company since 1996;  
                                             Executive Vice  President and 
                                             General  Counsel of  Washington  
                                             Square Advisers,  Inc. since 1986; 
                                             Vice President and Associate 
                                             General Counsel of ReliaStar 
                                             Financial Corp. from 1989 to 1996; 
                                             Vice President and Associate 
                                             General Counsel of Northwestern 
                                             National Life Insurance Company 
                                             from 1985 to 1996; Director and 
                                             Vice President of subsidiaries of
                                             ReliaStar Financial Corp.

John H. Flittie                              President and Chief Operating 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Officer of ReliaStar Financial 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Corp. and Northwestern  National 
                                             Life Insurance Company since 1993; 
                                             Vice  Chairman of  United Services 
                                             Life Insurance Company and Bankers
                                             Security Life Insurance Society 
                                             since 1995; Senior Executive Vice
                                             President and Chief Operating 
                                             Officer of ReliaStar Financial 
                                             Corp. and Northwestern National
                                             Life Insurance Company from 1992 to
                                             1993; Senior Executive Vice 
                                             President from 1991 to 1992;
                                             Executive Vice President and Chief 
                                             Financial Officer from 1989 to
                                             1991; Director of Community First
                                             BankShares, Inc. and subsidiaries 
                                             of ReliaStar Financial Corp.

Wayne R. Huneke                              Senior Vice President, Chief 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Financial Officer and Treasurer of 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                ReliaStar  Financial Corp. and 
                                             Northwestern  National Life 
                                             Insurance  Company since 1994; Vice
                                             President, Treasurer and Chief 
                                             Accounting Officer from 1990 to 
                                             1994; Director of subsidiaries
                                             of ReliaStar Financial Corp.

    
                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
   
Kenneth U. Kuk                               Vice President,  Strategic  
20 Washington Avenue South                   Marketing of ReliaStar  Financial 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Corp. and Northwestern  National 
                                             Life Insurance Company since 1996; 
                                             Vice President, Investments of 
                                             ReliaStar Financial Corp. from 1991
                                             to 1996; President and Chief 
                                             Executive Officer of Washington 
                                             Square Advisers, Inc. since 1996;
                                             Executive Vice President of 
                                             Washington Square Advisers, Inc.
                                             from 1985 to 1995; Director of 
                                             National Commercial Finance 
                                             Association and subsidiaries of 
                                             ReliaStar Financial Corp.

William R.  Merriam                          Senior  Vice  President,  Life & 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Health Reinsurance of Northwestern 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401                 National Life Insurance Company 
                                             since 1991; Vice President from 
                                             1984 to 1991.

Craig R. Rodby                               Senior Vice  President,  Financial 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Management of  ReliaStar Financial 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Corp.  since 1994;  President and 
                                             Chief Executive Officer of Northern
                                             Life Insurance Company from 1991 to
                                             1994; President and Chief Operating
                                             Officer of Northern Life Insurance
                                             Company from 1990 to 1991; Director
                                             of subsidiaries of ReliaStar
                                             Financial Corp.

David H. Roe                                 Senior Vice  President of ReliaStar
4601 Fairfax Drive                           Financial Corp. since 1995;  Vice 
Arlington, Virginia  22203                   Chairman  & Chief Executive Officer
                                             of Bankers Security Life Insurance 
                                             Society since 1995; President and
                                             Chief Executive  Officer of United
                                             Services Life  Insurance  Company 
                                             since 1995; Chairman & Chief 
                                             Executive Officer of United 
                                             Services Life Insurance Company and
                                             Bankers Security Life Insurance  
                                             Society from 1992 to 1995;  
                                             President and Chief Operating  
                                             Officer of USLICO Corp. from  1992 
                                             to 1995; President of United 
                                             Services Life Insurance Company 
                                             from 1991 to 1992; Executive Vice 
                                             President and Chief Financial 
                                             Officer of USAA from 1990 to 1991; 
                                             Director and  President of 
                                             subsidiaries of ReliaStar Financial
                                             Corp.

    
                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

   
Robert C. Salipante                          Senior Vice President, Technology 
20 Washington Avenue South                   of ReliaStar FinancialCorp. and 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Northwestern  National Life 
                                             Insurance Company since 1996; 
                                             Senior Vice President, Individual 
                                             Division of Northwestern National
                                             Life Insurance  Company since 1996;
                                             Senior Vice President,  Strategic  
                                             Marketing and  Technology of 
                                             ReliaStar  Financial  Corp.  and  
                                             Northwestern  National Life 
                                             Insurance  Company from 1994 to 
                                             1996;  Senior Vice President and 
                                             Chief Financial Officer from 1992 
                                             to 1994;  Executive Vice  President
                                             of Ameritrust Corporation from 1988
                                             to 1992; Director of subsidiaries 
                                             of ReliaStar Financial Corp.


Donald L.  Swanson                           Senior  Vice  President, ReliaStar 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Retirement  Plans of Northwestern 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401                 National Life Insurance Company 
                                             since 1993; Vice President from 
                                             1990 to 1993.

John G. Turner                               Chairman and Chief Executive 
20 Washington Avenue South                   Officer of ReliaStar  Financial 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Corp.  and  Northwestern  National
                                             Life Insurance Company since 1993; 
                                             Chairman of United Services Life 
                                             Insurance Company and Bankers
                                             Security Life Insurance Society 
                                             since 1995; Chairman of Northern
                                             Life Insurance Company since 1992; 
                                             Chairman, President and Chief
                                             Executive Officer of ReliaStar 
                                             Financial Corp. and Northwestern
                                             National Life Insurance Company in 
                                             1993; President and Chief Executive
                                             Office from 1991 to 1993; President
                                             and Chief Operating Officer from 
                                             1989 to 1991; President and Chief 
                                             Operating Officer of Northwestern 
                                             National Life Insurance Company
                                             from 1986 to 1991; Director of 
                                             subsidiaries of ReliaStar Financial
                                             Corp.
    

                                     Page 5


<PAGE>
   
Steven W. Wishart                            Senior Vice President and Chief  
20 Washington Avenue South                   Investment Officer of ReliaStar 
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401                Financial Corp. since 1989; Senior 
                                             Vice President of Northwestern 
                                             National Life Insurance Company 
                                             since 1981; President and Chief 
                                             Executive Officer of ReliaStar
                                             Investment Research, Inc. since 
                                             1996; President of Washington 
                                             Square Capital Inc. from 1981 to 
                                             1996; President of WSCR, Inc. from 
                                             1986 to 1996; Director of National
                                             Benefit Resources Group Services 
                                             Inc. and subsidiaries of ReliaStar 
                                             Financial Corp.
    

        EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              NAME                         POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH DEPOSITOR
              ----                         ------------------------------------
   
<S>      <C>                     <C>
         John G. Turner          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
         John H. Flittie         President and Chief Operating Officer
         R. Michael Conley       Senior Vice President - Employee Benefits
         Richard R. Crowl        Senior Vice President and General Counsel
         Wayne R. Huneke         Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
         William R. Merriam      Senior Vice President - Life & Health Reinsurance
         Craig R. Rodby          Senior Vice President - Financial Management
         Robert C. Salipante     Senior Vice President - Technology and Individual Insurance
         Donald L. Swanson       Senior Vice President - Retirement Plans
         Steven W. Wishart       Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
         Kenneth U. Kuk          Vice President - Strategic Marketing
</TABLE>
    
         The  principal  business  address  of each of the  foregoing  executive
officers is 20 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401.


ITEM 26.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR 
          REGISTRANT

         Registrant is a separate account of Depositor, established by the Board
of  Directors  of  Depositor  in  1981  pursuant  to the  laws of the  State  of
Minnesota. Depositor is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of ReliaStar Financial
Corp., a Delaware Corporation.

         The following chart identifies the subsidiaries of ReliaStar  Financial
Corp.  and  their  relationship  to one  another,  all of  which,  except  where
indicated, are either directly or indirectly wholly-owned by ReliaStar Financial
Corp. , except for directors qualifying shares.


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>
   

                              RELIASTAR FINANCIAL CORP.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>              <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>                 <C>
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     |               |             |             |              |              |                |                     |
    100%            100%          100%          100%           100%           100%             100%                  80%
     |               |             |             |              |              |                |                     |
 NORTHWESTERN    RELIASTAR     WASHINGTON        |          WASHINGTON       BANKERS      IB HOLDINGS, INC.   NWNL NORTHSTAR, INC.
NATIONAL LIFE    INVESTMENT      SQUARE        USLICO         SQUARE        CENTENNIAL          |                     |  
  INSURANCE      RESEARCH,     ADVISERS      SECURITIES     SECURITIES,     MANAGEMENT          |                     |
   COMPANY         INC.           INC.       CORPORATION       INC.            CORP.            |                   100%
     |                                                                                          |                     |
    100%                                                                         -------------------------    -------------- 
     |                                                                           |           |     |      |   |     |      |
     |-----------------------------------------------------------|               |           |     |      |   |     |   NORTHSTAR
     |                             |         |          UNITED SERVICES LIFE     |           |     |      |   |     | ADMINISTRATORS
 NORTHERN LIFE                 RELIASTAR     |            INSURANCE COMPANY      |           |     |      |   |     |  CORPORATION
INSURANCE COMPANY              MORTGAGE      |                   |               |           |     |      |   |     |
     |                        CORPORATION    |         -----------------------   |           |     |      |   |     |
   100%                            |         |         |           |         | INTERNATIONAL |     |      |   |  NORTHSTAR
     |                           JAMES       |         |       DELAWARE      |  RISKS, INC.  |     |      |   | DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
     |--------------            MORTGAGE     |         | ADMINISTRATORS, INC.|               |     |      |   |
NORLIC, INC.       |           CORPORATION   |         |                     |     NORTHEASTERN    |      |   NORTHSTAR INVESTMENT
                   |                         |         |                     |     CORPORATION     |      |   MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
                NOVA, INC.                   |    USL SERVICES, INC.         |                     |      |           |
                                             |                               |                     |      |           |
                                             |              BANKERS SECURITY LIFE                  |      |           |
                                             |                INSURANCE SOCIETY    THE NEW PROVIDENCE     |   HSC ADVISORS, INC.
                                             |                       |             INSURANCE COMPANY,     | 
                                       NWNL BENEFITS       NORTH ATLANTIC LIFE          LIMITED           |
                                        CORPORATION            AGENCY, INC.                        IB RESOLUTION, INC.
                                        |         |
                                      100%       50%
                                        |         |
                                 NWNL HEALTH    SELECT CARE
                                 MANAGEMENT       HEALTH
                                   CORP.          NETWORK

                                                                                    [LOGO]

</TABLE>
    


                                     Page 7
<PAGE>



         The financial  statements of each  subsidiary of Depositor,  other than
those of the  mutual  funds,  are  consolidated  with  those of  Depositor.  The
financial  statements  of  the  mutual  funds  are  separately  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 27. NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

   
         As of  February 29, 1996, there  were 5,444 owners of the  Contracts, 
3,486 of which were owners of qualified Contracts.
    

ITEM 28. INDEMNIFICATION

         Reference is hereby made to Section 5.01 of Depositor's  Bylaws,  filed
as an Exhibit to this  Registration  Statement.  The Bylaws of Depositor mandate
indemnification  by Depositor  of its  directors,  officers and certain  others,
including directors, officers, employees and agents of Management, under certain
conditions. Section 4.01 of the Bylaws of Management mandates indemnification by
Management of its directors and officers  under certain  conditions.  Insofar as
indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of  Depositor  or
Management,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions  or otherwise,  Depositor and
Management  have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against  such  liabilities  (other  than the  payment by  Depositor  of expenses
incurred or paid by a director or officer or controlling  person of Depositor or
Management  in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding)  is
asserted  by such  director,  officer  or  controlling  person of  Depositor  or
Management in connection  with the  securities  being  registered,  Depositor or
Management,  as the case may be, will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to a  court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction the question of whether or not such indemnification by
it is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

         An insurance company blanket bond is maintained  providing  $25,000,000
coverage for Depositor and Management, subject to a $500,000 deductible.

ITEM 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

   
         (a) WSSI is the principal underwriter of the Contracts.  WSSI also acts
as the principal  underwriter  of other  variable  annuity  contracts  issued by
Depositor  through the NWNL Select Variable  Account;  flexible premium variable
life  insurance  contracts  issued by  Depositor  through  Select*Life  Variable
Account,  a separate account of Depositor  registered as a unit investment trust
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940; and variable annuity contracts issued
by Northern  Life  Insurance  Company  ("Northern"),  a subsidiary of Depositor,
through  Separate  Account One, a separate  account of Northern  registered as a
unit  investment  trust  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940.  WSSI also
distributes, but is not the principal underwriter of, variable annuity contracts
issued by Depositor through the MFS/NWNL Variable Account and the Northstar/NWNL
Variable  Account,  each of which is a  separate  account  of  Depositor  and is
registered as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
    


                                     Page 8
<PAGE>
   

         (b)      The directors and officers of WSSI are as follows:

              DIRECTORS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                                         PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
                ----                                         --------------------

<S>      <C>                               <C>
         John H. Flittie                   President and Chief Operating Officer of Depositor
         Roger W. Arnold                   Vice President - Individual Sales of Depositor
         Michael J. Dubes                  President and Chief Executive Officer of Northern
         David H. Roe                      Senior Vice President of ReliaStar Financial Corp.
         Robert C. Salipante               Senior Vice President, Technology and Individual Insurance
         Steven W. Wishart                 Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of Depositor

</TABLE>

         EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                                    POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH WSSI
                ----                                    -------------------------------

<S>      <C>                                  <C>
         John H. Flittie                      Chairman
         Michael R. Fanning                   President and Chief Operating Officer
         Robert B. Saginaw                    Vice President
         Susan M. Bergen                      Secretary
         David P. Wilken                      Treasurer
         Julie A. Cooney                      Assistant Treasurer
         Randy J. Hartten                     Assistant Treasurer
         Daniel S. Kuntz                      Assistant Treasurer
         Pauline A. Lacher                    Assistant Treasurer
         James E. Nelson                      Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer
         David Cox                            Assistant Secretary
         Allen L. Kidd                        Assistant Secretary
         Loralee A. Renelt                    Assistant Secretary
</TABLE>

         The  principal  business  address  of each of the  foregoing  executive
officers is 20 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401.

         (c)      For the year ended December 31, 1995,  WSSI received  $397,000
                  in fees in connection with distribution of the Contracts.

ITEMS 30.         LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

         The  accounts and records of  Registrant  are located at the offices of
Depositor at 20 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 and at the
offices of Continuum  Administrative  Services  Corporation  (formerly  known as
Vantage Computer  Systems,  Inc.), 301 West 11th Street,  Kansas City,  Missouri
64105.
    

ITEM 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

         Not applicable.


                                     Page 9
<PAGE>


ITEM 32. UNDERTAKINGS

         Registrant will file a  post-effective  amendment to this  Registration
Statement as  frequently  as is  necessary to ensure that the audited  financial
statements in this Registration  Statement are never more than 16 months old for
so long as payments under the Contracts may be accepted.

         Registrant  will  include  either  (1) as  part of any  application  to
purchase a Contract  offered by the  Prospectus,  a space that an applicant  can
check to request a Statement  of  Additional  Information,  or (2) a postcard or
similar written  communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the
applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information.

         Registrant will deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any
financial statements required to be made available under this form promptly upon
written or oral request.

         The Company and the Variable  Account rely on a no-action letter issued
by the  Division  of  Investment  Management  to the  American  Council  of Life
Insurance  on November 28, 1988 and  represent  that the  conditions  enumerated
therein have been or will be compiled with.


                                    Page 10

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES
   
As  required by the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the  Investment  Company Act of
1940,   Registrant   certifies  that  it  meets  all  of  the   requirements  of
effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration  Statement  pursuant to Rule
485(b)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and has caused this  Amendment to the
Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf,  in the City of  Minneapolis
and State of Minnesota, on this 12th day of April, 1996.

                                      NWNL SELECT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
                                                (Registrant)

                                      By NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                            INSURANCE COMPANY
                                               (Depositor)

                                      By  /s/ John G. Turner
                                         --------------------
                                              John G. Turner, Chairman
                                              and Chief Executive Officer

As  required by the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the  Investment  Company Act of
1940,  Depositor has caused this Amendment to the  Registration  Statement to be
signed on its behalf, in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota, on this
12th day of April, 1996.

                                      NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                      INSURANCE COMPANY
                                             (Depositor)

                                      By  /s/ John G. Turner 
                                         --------------------
                                              John G. Turner, Chairman
                                              and Chief Executive Officer

As required by the  Securities Act of 1933,  this Amendment to the  Registration
Statement  has been  signed  on this 12th day of  April,  1996 by the  following
directors and officers of Depositor in the capacities indicated:

/s/ John G. Turner  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------  
 John G. Turner

/s/ Wayne R. Huneke Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
- ------------------- (Principal Accounting Officer)
 Wayne R. Huneke    


R. Michael Conley          Kenneth U. Kuk                 Robert C. Salipante
Richard R. Crowl           William R. Merriam             Donald L. Swanson
John H. Flittie            Craig R. Rodby                 John G. Turner
Wayne R. Huneke            David H. Roe                   Steven W. Wishart

A majority of the Board of Directors

Robert B. Saginaw, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this document on
behalf  of each of the  above-named  directors  of  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such persons.


                                   /s/ Robert B. Saginaw
                                   ..................................
                                   Robert B. Saginaw, Attorney-In-Fact

    



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

        (b)       Exhibits:

        1.        Resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Northwestern   
                  National Life Insurance Company ("Depositor") authorizing the 
                  establishment of NWNL Select Variable Account ("Registrant").

        3.    (a) Form of General  Distributor  Agreement between Depositor and
                  Washington Square Securities,  Inc. ("WSSI").

              (b) Forms of agreements between Depositor and broker-dealers with 
                  respect to the sale of Contracts.

        4.        Form of Contract.

        5.        Contract Application Form.

        6.    (a) Articles of Incorporation of Depositor.

              (b) Bylaws of Depositor.

        8.    (a) Participation Agreement with Fidelity's Variable  Insurance 
                  Products Fund and Fidelity Distributors Corporation and 
                  Amendment numbers 1 through 7.

              (b) Participation  Agreement  with  Fidelity's  Variable Insurance
                  Products Fund II and Fidelity Distributors Corporation and 
                  Amendment numbers 1 through 6.

              (c) Form of Participation  Agreement with Putnam Capital Manager 
                  Trust and Putnam Mutual Funds Corp. and Amendment No. 1.

              (e) Agreement with Continuum Administrative Services Corporation 
                  (formerly known as Vantage Computer Systems, Inc.) and 
                  Amendment numbers 1 through 6.

        9.        Consent and Opinion of James E. Nelson as to the legality of 
                  the securities being registered.

        10.       Independent Auditors' Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

        13.       Schedules for Computation of Performance Quotations.

        14.       Financial Data Schedule.

        15.       Powers of Attorney.


                                   EXHIBIT 1


        RESOLVED, That, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Annotated, Section 61A.13
to 61A.22, as amended, the Company establish and operate, and the Company hereby
establishes,  three separate accounts under the names "MFS/NWNL Variable Annuity
Account  C",  "MFS/NWNL  Variable  Annuity  Account D", and  "MFS/NWNL  Variable
Annuity  Account  E"  (the  "Accounts"),  for  assets  to be  held  and  applied
exclusively for the benefit of the holders of variable annuity  contracts issued
by the Company and designated by the Company as contracts under which the dollar
amount of benefits or other  contractual  payments or values shall vary so as to
reflect  the  investment  results of the  Accounts,  and the assets  held in the
Accounts  shall not be  chargeable  with  liabilities  arising  out of any other
business the Company may conduct but shall be held and applied  exclusively  for
the benefit of the holders of such contracts.

         RESOLVED,  That annuity  contracts  relating to the  Accounts  shall be
issued by the Stock  Department of the Company,  and the contracts so issued are
hereby  designated  as  contracts  under which the dollar  amount of benefits or
other contractual  payments or values shall vary so as to reflect the investment
results of the Accounts.

         RESOLVED,  That each Account be  registered  as an  investment  company
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and that
application be made for exemptions  from such  provisions of the 1940 Act as the
Chairman or any Vice President of the Company may deem necessary or advisable.

         RESOLVED,  That the  Chairman or any Vice  President  of the Company is
hereby authorized,  for and on behalf of the Company and with respect to each of
the Accounts,  to execute and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
notification  of  registration  and a  registration  statement on Forms N-8A and
N-8B-2,  respectively,  or other applicable  forms, for the registration of each
Account  under the 1940 Act and to  execute  and file  notification  of claim of
exemptions, or application for exemptions,  from provisions of the 1940 Act, all
in such form as such officer may  approve,  with such  amendments,  exhibits and
other supporting  documents  thereto,  and to execute and deliver all such other
and further  instruments and to take such other and further action in connection
therewith, as such officer may deem necessary or advisable.

         RESOLVED,  That the  Chairman or any Vice  President  of the Company is
hereby  authorized,  for and on behalf of the Company,  to execute and file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration  statement on Form S-6, or
other applicable form, for the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the "1933  Act"),  of variable  annuity  contracts to be issued by the
Company  in  connection  with each  Account  and  accumulation  units and other
interests in each Account,  in such form as such officer may approve,  with such
amendments,  exhibits and other supporting documents thereto, and to execute and
deliver  all such  other and  further  instruments  and to take  such  other and
further  action in connection  therewith,  as such officer may deem necessary or
advisable.

         RESOLVED,  That William F. Spanton is hereby  designated  as the person
authorized  to  receive  notices  and  communications  from the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  with respect to such  registration  statements to be filed
under the 1933 Act,  with the powers  conferred  upon him as such  person by the
1933 Act and the rules and regulations of such Commission issued thereunder.

         RESOLVED,  That John E.  Pearson,  William  F.  Spanton,  Karl E. Wolf,
Gerald T. Flom and W. Smith Sharpe, Jr., and each or any one of them, are hereby
made,   constituted  and  appointed   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full  power  of
substitution,  for and on behalf of the  Company,  to execute  and file with the
Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  such   notifications   and  registration
statements to be filed under the 1940 Act and the 1933 Act, and such amendments,
exhibits and other  supporting  documents  thereto,  and such other documents in
connection therewith,  as such  attorneys-in-fact,  or any one of them, may deem
necessary or advisable and the Chairman or any Vice President of the Company  is
hereby  authorized,  for and on behalf  of the  Company,  to  execute a power of
attorney in favor of said attorneys-in-fact.

         RESOLVED,  That the Chairman and any Vice President of the Company, and
such other  officers and employees of the Company as the Chairman of the Company
may designate, and each of them, are hereby authorized, for and on behalf of the
Company,  to execute such other and further  instruments  and to take such other
and further  action as they, or any of them,  may deem necessary or advisable to
carry out the purposes of the foregoing resolutions.


<PAGE>

        Mr. Pearson said that two  resolutions were necessary for "housekeeping"
purposes  in  connection  with  the  Company's  variable  accounts.   The  first
resolution  pertained  to a change in the name of a  variable  account,  and the
second  would  permit two of the  Company's  variable  accounts to have an "open
ended"  rather  than a specific  amount of shares to offer to the  public.  Upon
motion  duly made and  seconded,  the  following  resolutions  were  unanimously
adopted:

        RESOLVED, That the change in name of the MFS/NWNL Variable Annuity 
Account C to NWNL Select Variable Account is hereby ratified.


                                    EXHIBIT 3

                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



AGREEMENT made this 24th day of September,  1993, between Northwestern  National
Life  Insurance  Company,  a Minnesota  corporation,  (Northwestern)  on its own
behalf and on behalf of the NWNL Select Variable Account (Variable  Account) and
Washington Square Securities,  Inc. (WSSI), a member of the National Association
of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  (NASD) and a  broker-dealer  registered  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 (the "1934 Act").

WHEREAS, Northwestern sells variable/fixed annuity contracts (Contracts), assets
for which are allocated to the Variable Account, a separate  investment account.
Northwestern  proposes  to  sell  additional  Contracts  when  the  Registration
Statement  relating  to  the  Contract  and  Variable  Account  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on Form N-4 pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "1933 Act") becomes effective; and

WHEREAS, the Variable Account is registered as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"); and

WHEREAS,  WSSI is a wholly owned  subsidiary of  Northwestern  and  Northwestern
desires to retain WSSI as the General  Distributor and Principal  Underwriter to
distribute and sell to the public the Contracts  issued by Northwestern and WSSI
is willing to render such services.

NOW,   THEREFORE,   in  consideration  of  the  mutual  promises  and  covenants
hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

         1. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER. Northwestern hereby appoints WSSI, during the
term of this Agreement, subject to the registration requirements of the 1933 Act
and the 1940 Act to be the General Distributor and Principal Underwriter for the
sale of Contracts to the public in each state and other  jurisdictions  in which
the contracts may be lawfully sold.  WSSI shall offer the Contracts for sale and
distribution at prices set by Northwestern,  through its own representatives and
through other  broker-dealers  contracted under a Selling Agreement as described
in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement.

         2. SELLING AGREEMENTS. WSSI is hereby authorized to enter into separate
written  agreements,  on such  terms  and  conditions  as WSSI and  Northwestern
determine are not inconsistent  with this Agreement,  with other  broker-dealers
that  agree  to  participate  as a  broker-dealer  in  the  distribution  of the
Contracts and to use their best efforts to solicit  applications  for Contracts.
Any  such  broker-dealer  (hereinafter  "Broker"),  shall  be  registered  as  a
broker-dealer  under the 1934 Act and shall be a member of the NASD. If required
to  sell  the  Contracts,  Northwestern  shall  undertake  to  appoint  Broker's
qualified  agents or  representatives  as life insurance agents of Northwestern,
provided that Northwestern  reserves the right to refuse to appoint any proposed
representative or agent, or once appointed, to terminate such appointment.

         3. SUITABILITY.  Northwestern  desires to ensure that Contracts will be
sold to  purchasers  for whom the  Contract  will be  suitable.  WSSI shall take
reasonable steps to ensure that the registered representatives of WSSI shall not
make  recommendations  to an  applicant to purchase a Contract in the absence of
reasonable  grounds to believe the purchase of the Contract is suitable for such
applicant, and shall impose similar obligations upon Brokers.

                                     Page 1

         4. CONFORMITY WITH REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND APPROVED SALES MATERIALS.
In  performing  its duties as General  Distributor,  WSSI will act in conformity
with the Prospectus and with the  instructions  and directions of  Northwestern,
the  requirements  of the 1933 Act,  the 1940 Act,  the 1934 Act,  and all other
applicable  federal  and state  laws and  regulations.  WSSI  shall not give any
information nor make any representations,  concerning any aspect of the Contract
or of Northwestern's operations to any persons or entity unless such information
or representations are contained in the Registration Statement and the pertinent
prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  or are contained
in sales or promotional  literature approved by Northwestern.  WSSI will not use
and will take reasonable  steps to ensure its  representatives  will not use any
sales promotion material and advertising which has not been previously  approved
by Northwestern.  WSSI shall impose similar  obligations upon Brokers contracted
under a Selling Agreement as described in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement.

         5. APPLICATIONS. Completed applications for Contracts solicited by WSSI
through  its  agents  or  representatives   shall  be  transmitted  directly  to
Northwestern c/o Annuity Service Center, P.O. Box 13208, Kansas City,  Missouri,
64199-3208.  All payments under the Contracts  shall be made by check payable to
Northwestern or as otherwise  instructed or approved by Northwestern or by other
method acceptable to Northwestern, and if received by WSSI, shall be held at all
times in a fiduciary capacity and remitted promptly to Northwestern.

         6. STANDARD OF CARE.  WSSI shall be responsible for exercising reason- 
able care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement.

         7. RECORDS AND REPORTS.  Northwestern  shall maintain and preserve such
records as are required of it, WSSI and the Variable Account, by applicable laws
and  regulations  with regard to the offer and sale of variable  contracts.  The
books,  accounts,  and records of  Northwestern,  the Variable  Account and WSSI
shall be maintained by Northwestern so as to clearly and accurately disclose the
nature  and  details  of the  transactions.  Northwestern  agrees  that  it will
maintain and preserve all such records in conformity  with the  requirements  of
the 1934 Act,  to the  extent  such  requirements  are  applicable  to  variable
contracts.  Northwestern  further  agrees that all such records shall be and are
maintained  and held in  conformity  with the 1934 Act and said  records are and
shall remain at all times available to WSSI.


The parties agree that it is permissible for  Northwestern or WSSI to enter into
a contract under which a separate  vendor would perform  certain  administrative
functions  relating to the Contracts and the Variable  Account.  These functions
may  include,  among  other  things,  maintaining  the books and  records of the
Variable  Account  and the  Sub-accounts  and  maintaining  records of the name,
address,  taxpayer  identification  number,  Contract  number,  type of Contract
issued to each Owner,  Contract Value and other pertinent  information necessary
to the administration and operation of the Contracts.

         8.  COMPENSATION.  For the  services  rendered  under  this  Agreement,
Northwestern  shall pay WSSI  compensation  as  determined  from time to time by
mutual agreement between WSSI and Northwestern.  Northwestern  shall arrange for
the payment of commissions to those Brokers that sell Contracts under agreements
entered into  pursuant to Section 2,  hereof,  and to  wholesalers  that solicit
brokers to sell Contracts under  agreements  entered into pursuant to Section 2,
hereof,  in amounts as may be agreed to by  Northwestern  and WSSI  specified in
such written agreements.

                                     Page 2

         9.  INVESTIGATION  AND  PROCEEDINGS.  WSSI  and  Northwestern  agree to
cooperate  fully in any  regulatory  investigation  or  proceeding  or  judicial
proceeding  arising in  connection  with the  contracts  distributed  under this
Agreement.  WSSI  further  agrees  to furnish  regulatory  authorities  with any
information  or reports in connection  with such services which may be requested
in order to ascertain  whether the operations of  Northwestern  and the Variable
Account are being  conducted in a manner  consistent  with  applicable  laws and
regulations.  WSSI and  Northwestern  further  agree to  cooperate  fully in any
securities regulatory  investigation or proceeding with respect to Northwestern,
WSSI,  their affiliates and their agents or  representatives  to the extent that
such  investigation  or proceeding is in connection  with Contracts  distributed
under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing:

         (a) WSSI will be notified promptly of any customer  complaint or notice
of any regulatory investigation or proceeding or judicial proceeding received by
Northwestern  with  respect to WSSI or any agent or  representative  of a Broker
which may  affect  Northwestern's  issuance  of any  Contract  sold  under  this
Agreement; and

         (b) WSSI will promptly notify Northwestern of any customer complaint or
notice of any  regulatory  investigation  or proceeding  received by WSSI or its
affiliates  with respect to WSSI or any agent or  representative  of a Broker in
connection with any Contract distributed under this Agreement or any activity in
connection with any such Contract.

         10.    EMPLOYEES.  WSSI will not employ, except with the prior written 
approval of the Commissioner of Insurance of the States of California and Texas,
in any material connection with the handling of the Variable Account's assets   
any person who, to the knowledge of WSSI:

         (a) in  the  last  10  years  has  been  convicted  of  any  felony  or
misdemeanor   arising  out  of  conduct   involving   embezzlement,   fraudulent
conversion,  or misappropriation of funds or securities, or involving violations
of Section 1341, 1342, or 1343 of Title 18, United States Code; or

         (b)  within  the last 10 years has been  found by any state  regulatory
authority to have violated or has acknowledged violation of any provision of any
state insurance law involving fraud, deceit, or knowing misrepresentation; or

         (c)  within  the last 10 years has been  found by any  federal or state
regulatory  authorities to have violated or have  acknowledged  violation of any
provision  of federal or state  securities  laws  involving  fraud,  deceit,  or
knowing misrepresentation.

         11. TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time, for any
reason,  by either party on 60 days written notice to the other party,  without
the  payment  of  any  penalty.   Upon   termination  of  this  Agreement,   all
authorizations,  rights and  obligations  shall cease except the  obligation  to
settle  accounts   hereunder,   including   commissions  on  purchase   payments
subsequently  received for Contracts in effect at time of  termination,  and the
agreements contained in Sections 8 and 9 hereof.

         12.  ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement is not assignable by either party.

                                     Page 3

         13.  REGULATION.  This Agreement  shall be subject to the provisions of
the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act and the rules, regulations and rulings thereunder,
and of the applicable  rules and  regulations of the NASD, and applicable  state
insurance law and other  applicable  law,  from time to time in effect,  and the
terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

         14. NOTICES. Notices of any kind to be given to WSSI by Northwestern or
the  Variable  Account  shall be in  writing  and shall be duly given if mailed,
first  class  postage  prepaid,  or  delivery  to the  President  of  WSSI at 20
Washington Avenue South,  Minneapolis,  MN 55401, or at such other address or to
such  individual as shall be specified by WSSI.  Notices of any kind to be given
to  Northwestern  or the Variable  Account shall be in writing and shall be duly
given if  mailed,  first  class  postage  prepaid,  or  delivered  to them at 20
Washington Avenue South,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55401, Attention:  Senior Vice
President,  Individual  Insurance Division,  or at such other address or to such
individual as shall be specified by Northwestern.

         15.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provisions of this Agreement shall be held  
or made invalid by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise,  the remainder
of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         16.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in 
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                            NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                              INSURANCE COMPANY

                                            By:      /s/ John A. Johnson
                                            Title:   Vice President

                                            By:      /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                            Title:   2nd Vice President

                                            WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.

                                            By:      /s/ Michael J. Dubes
                                            Title:   Senior Vice President


                                            By:      Michael S. Fischer
                                            Title:   Vice President, Secretary
                                                     and General Counsel

                                     Page 4


                                                                            "A"

                              BROKER DEALER AGENCY
                                SELLING AGREEMENT


         This Agreement is made among the following three parties:

         1.       NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  a Minnesota domiciled stock life insurance company 
                  (hereinafter "INSURER"); and,

         2.       WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  an affiliate of Insurer,  registered as a  broker-dealer  with
                  the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and a member of
                  the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
                  ("NASD") (hereinafter "GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR"); and,

         3.       ______________________________

                  ______________________________
                               Street
                  ______________________________
                  City        State        ZIP
                  registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and a member of the
                  NASD  and  licensed  as  an  insurance   agency   (hereinafter
                  "BROKER-DEALER").

RECITALS:

         Whereas,  Broker-Dealer  is licensed as an insurance agency in order to
satisfy state insurance law requirements with respect to the sale of traditional
life  insurance  policies  as well as  variable  insurance  products  which  are
registered securities with the SEC.

         Whereas,   the  parties  wish  to  enter  into  an  agreement  for  the
distribution of Variable  Contracts and Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies by
Broker-Dealer; and

         Whereas,   Insurer  has  appointed  General  Distributor  as  principal
underwriter  and  distributor  (as those  terms are  defined  by the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940)  of the  Variable  Contracts  and has  authorized  General
Distributor to enter into selling agreements with registered  broker-dealers for
the solicitation and sale of Variable Contracts; and,

         Whereas,    Insurer   and   General   Distributor   propose   to   have
Broker-Dealer's   registered   representatives   who   are   licensed   as  life
insurance/variable     contract    agents    in    appropriate     jurisdictions
("Representatives")  solicit and sell Variable  Contracts and  Traditional  Life
Insurance Policies; and,

         Whereas,  Insurer and General Distributor propose to have Broker-Dealer
provide certain supervisory and administrative services as hereinafter described
with respect to the solicitation and sales of Variable Contracts and Traditional
Life Insurance Policies.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties now agree as follows:


1.       DEFINITIONS

         In this Agreement,

         (a) The words  "Variable  Contract"  shall  mean  those  variable  life
         insurance policies and variable annuity contracts identified in Section
         1 of Compensation  Schedule A attached hereto,  and as may hereafter be
         amended.

                  Insurer  may in its sole  discretion  and  without  notice  to
         Broker  Dealer,  suspend  sales of any Variable  Contracts or amend any
         policies  or  contracts  evidencing  such  Variable  Contracts  if,  in
         Insurer's  opinion,  such suspension or amendment is: (1) necessary for
         compliance  with  federal,  state,  or  local  laws,  regulations,   or
         administrative order(s); or, (2) necessary to prevent administrative or
         financial hardship to Insurer.  In all other situations,  Insurer shall
         provide 30 days notice to Broker  Dealer prior to  suspending  sales of
         any Variable Contracts or amending any policies or contracts evidencing
         such Variable Contracts.

                  Insurer  may  issue  and  propose   additional   or  successor
         products,  in which event Broker Dealer will be informed of the product
         and its related Commission Schedule. If Broker Dealer does not agree to
         distribute  such product(s), it must notify  Insurer in writing within
         30 days of receipt of the Commission  Schedule for such product(s).  If
         Broker Dealer does not indicate  disapproval  of the new  product(s) or
         the terms contained in the related Commission  Schedule,  Broker Dealer
         will be deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute such product(s) and
         agreed to the related  Commission  Schedule  which shall be attached to
         and made a part of this Agreement.

         (b) The words "Traditional Life Insurance Policy" shall mean those life
         insurance  policies and annuity  contracts  identified  in Section 2 of
         Compensation  Schedule  A  attached  hereto,  and as may  hereafter  be
         amended.

                                       2

                  Insurer  may in its sole  discretion  and  without  notice  to
         Broker Dealer, suspend sales of any Traditional Life Insurance Policies
         or amend any policies or contracts  evidencing  such  Traditional  Life
         Insurance  Policies  if,  in  Insurer's  opinion,  such  suspension  or
         amendment is: (1)  necessary for  compliance  with federal,  state,  or
         local laws, regulations,  or administrative order(s); or, (2) necessary
         to prevent  administrative  or  financial  hardship to Insurer.  In all
         other situations, Insurer shall provide 30 days notice to Broker Dealer
         prior to suspending sales of any Traditional Life Insurance Policies or
         amending any policies or contracts  evidencing  such  Traditional  Life
         Insurance Policies.

                  Insurer  may  issue  and  propose   additional   or  successor
         products,  in which event Broker Dealer will be informed of the product
         and its related Compensation  Schedule. If Broker Dealer does not agree
         to  distribute  such  product(s), it must  notify  Insurer in writing
         within  30  days of  receipt  of the  Compensation  Schedule  for  such
         product(s).  If Broker Dealer does not indicate  disapproval of the new
         product(s) or the terms contained in the related Compensation Schedule,
         Broker Dealer will be deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute  such
         product(s) and agreed to the related Compensation  Schedule which shall
         be attached to and made a part of this Agreement.


2.       AGENCY APPOINTMENT

         On the effective date, Insurer and General  Distributor  appoint Broker
         Dealer and Broker Dealer  accepts the  appointment  to solicit sales of
         and to sell Variable Contracts and Traditional Life Insurance Policies,
         pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.


3.       DUTIES OF BROKER DEALER

         (a)  SUPERVISION  OF  REPRESENTATIVES.  Broker  Dealer  shall have full
         responsibility for the training and supervision of all  Representatives
         who are  engaged  directly  or  indirectly  in the offer or sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  and all  such  persons  shall be  subject  to the
         control  of Broker  Dealer  with  respect to such  persons'  securities
         regulated activities in connection with the Variable Contracts.  Broker
         Dealer will cause the  Representatives to be trained in the sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  will cause such  Representatives to qualify under
         applicable federal and state laws to engage in the sale of the Variable
         Contracts;   will  cause   such   Representatives   to  be   registered
         representatives of Broker Dealer before such Representatives  engage in
         the solicitation of applications for the Variable  Contracts;  and will
         cause such  Representatives  to limit  solicitation of applications for
         the Variable  Contracts to  jurisdictions  where Insurer has authorized
         such  solicitation.  Broker  Dealer  shall cause such  Representatives'
         qualifications   to  be  certified  to  the   satisfaction  of  General
         Distributor and shall notify General  Distributor if any Representative
         ceases to be a registered  representative of Broker Dealer or ceases to
         maintain  the proper  licensing  required  for the sale of the Variable
         Contracts.  All parties  shall be liable for their own  negligence  and
         misconduct under this paragraph.

                                       3

         (b)  REPRESENTATIVES  INSURANCE  COMPLIANCE.  Broker  Dealer,  prior to
         allowing its  Representatives to solicit for sales or sell the Variable
         Contracts and Traditional Life Insurance  Policies,  shall require such
         representatives  to  be  validly  insurance  licensed,  registered  and
         appointed  by Insurer as a variable  contract/life  insurance  agent in
         accordance with the jurisdictional  requirements of the place where the
         solicitations and sales take place as well as the solicited person's or
         entity's place of residence.

                  Broker  Dealer  shall  assist  Insurer in the  appointment  of
         Representatives  under the  applicable  insurance laws to sell Variable
         Contracts and Traditional Life Insurance Policies.  Broker Dealer shall
         fulfill all Insurer  requirements in conjunction with the submission of
         licensing/appointment  papers for all applicants as insurance agents of
         Insurer.  All such  licensing/appointment  papers shall be submitted to
         Insurer  or  its  designee  by  Broker  Dealer.   Notwithstanding  such
         submission,  Insurer shall have sole  discretion to appoint,  refuse to
         appoint,   discontinue,   or   terminate   the   appointment   of   any
         Representative as an insurance agent of Insurer.

         (c)  COMPLIANCE  WITH NASD RULES OF FAIR PRACTICE AND FEDERAL AND STATE
         SECURITIES LAWS. Broker Dealer shall fully comply with the requirements
         of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 and all other  applicable  federal and state laws.
         In addition,  Broker Dealer will  establish and maintain such rules and
         procedures  as may be necessary to cause  diligent  supervision  of the
         securities  activities of the Representatives as required by applicable
         law or regulation.  Upon request by General Distributor,  Broker Dealer
         shall  furnish  such  records as may be  necessary  to  establish  such
         diligent supervision.

         (d)  NOTICE  OF   REPRESENTATIVE'S   NONCOMPLIANCE.   In  the  event  a
         Representative  fails or  refuses  to submit to  supervision  of Broker
         Dealer or otherwise  fails to meet the rules and  standards  imposed by
         Broker  Dealer  on its  Representatives,  Broker  Dealer  shall  advise
         General  Distributor  of this fact and shall  immediately  notify  such
         Representative  that he or she is no  longer  authorized  to  sell  the
         Variable  Contracts or Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies and Broker
         Dealer  shall  take  whatever  additional  action may be  necessary  to
         terminate the sales activities of such Representative  relating to such
         contracts and policies.

         (e)   PROSPECTUSES,   SALES   PROMOTION   MATERIAL   AND   ADVERTISING.
         Broker-Dealer shall be provided,  without any expense to Broker Dealer,
         with  prospectuses  relating to the Variable  Contracts  and such other
         supplementary  sales  material  as General  Distributor  determines  is
         necessary or desirable for use in connection with sales of the Variable
         Contracts and Traditional Life Insurance Policies.

                                       4

                  NO SALES PROMOTION  MATERIALS OR ANY  ADVERTISING  RELATING TO
         THE  VARIABLE  CONTRACTS  AND  TRADITIONAL  LIFE  INSURANCE   POLICIES,
         INCLUDING WITHOUT  LIMITATION GENERIC  ADVERTISING  MATERIAL WHICH DOES
         NOT REFER TO INSURER BY NAME, SHALL BE USED BY BROKER DEALER UNLESS THE
         SPECIFIC ITEM HAS BEEN APPROVED IN WRITING BY GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR PRIOR
         TO SUCH USE.

                  In  addition,  Broker  Dealer  shall  not  print,  publish  or
         distribute  any  advertisement,  circular or any  document  relating to
         Insurer unless such advertisement, circular or document shall have been
         approved in writing by Insurer prior to such use.

                  Upon termination of this Agreement,  all  prospectuses,  sales
         promotion  material,  advertising,  circulars,  documents  and software
         relating to the sales of Insurer's  contracts  shall be promptly turned
         over to  Insurer  free  from any  claim or  retention  of rights by the
         Broker Dealer.

                  Insurer   represents  that  the  prospectus  and  registration
         statement   relating  to  the  Variable  Contracts  contain  no  untrue
         statements of material  fact or omission to state  material  fact,  the
         omission of which makes any statement  contained in the  prospectus and
         registration  statement misleading.  Insurer agrees to indemnify Broker
         Dealer from and against any claims,  liabilities and expenses which may
         be incurred under the  Securities  Act of 1933, the Investment  Company
         Act of 1940,  common law or  otherwise  arising  out of a breach of the
         agreement in this paragraph.

                  Broker Dealer  agrees to hold  harmless and indemnify  Insurer
         and General  Distributor  against any and all claims,  liabilities  and
         expenses   which  Insurer  or  General   Distributor   may  incur  from
         liabilities  arising  out  of or  based  upon  any  alleged  or  untrue
         statement   other  than  statements   contained  in  the   registration
         statement,  prospectus  or  approved  sales  material  of any  Variable
         Contract.

                  In accordance with the requirements of the laws of the several
         states,  Broker Dealer shall maintain  complete records  indicating the
         manner and extent of  distribution of any such  solicitation  material,
         shall make such records and files  available to staff of Insurer or its
         designated  agent in field  inspections  and shall  make such  material
         available  to  personnel of state  insurance  departments,  the NASD or
         other  regulatory  agencies,  including the SEC, which have  regulatory
         authority  over  Insurer or General  Distributor.  Broker  Dealer holds
         Insurer,  General  Distributor and their  affiliates  harmless from any
         liability arising from the use of any material which either (a) has not
         been  specifically  approved  by Insurer in  writing,  or (b)  although
         previously approved, has been disapproved, in writing, for further use.

         (f) SECURING APPLICATIONS.  All applications for Variable Contracts and
         Traditional Life Insurance  Policies shall be made on application forms
         supplied by Insurer and all payments  collected by Broker Dealer or any
         Representative  thereof  shall be remitted  promptly in full,  together
         with  such  application  forms 

                                       5

         and any  other  required  documentation, directly to Insurer at the    
         address  indicated on such application or to  such other  address as   
         Insurer may, from time-to-time, designate in writing.  Broker Dealer   
         shall review all such applications for accuracy and  completeness.     
         Checks or  money  orders  in  payment  on any such Variable  Contract 
         or Traditional  Life Insurance Policy shall be drawn to the order of   
         "Northwestern  National Life  Insurance  Company." All applications are
         subject to  acceptance or rejection by Insurer at its sole  discretion.
         All records or  information  obtained  hereunder by Broker Dealer shall
         not be  disclosed  or used  except  as  expressly authorized  herein,  
         and Broker Dealer will keep such  records and information confidential,
         to be disclosed  only as authorized or if expressly required by federal
         or state regulatory authorities.

         (g)  COLLECTION  OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Broker  Dealer agrees that all
         money  or  other  consideration  tendered  with  or in  respect  of any
         application  for a Variable  Contract  or  Traditional  Life  Insurance
         Policy and the Variable  Contract or Traditional  Life Insurance Policy
         when issued is the  property of Insurer and shall be promptly  remitted
         in full  to  Insurer  without  deduction  or  offset  for  any  reason,
         including by way of example but not limitation, any deduction or offset
         for compensation claimed by Broker Dealer.

         (h) POLICY  DELIVERY.  Insurer will  transmit  Variable  Contracts  and
         Traditional  Life  Insurance  Policies to Broker Dealer for delivery to
         Policyowners.  Broker Dealer hereby agrees to deliver all such Variable
         Contracts  to  Policyowners  within  ten (10) days of their  receipt by
         Broker Dealer from Insurer.  Broker Dealer agrees to indemnify and hold
         harmless  Insurer  for any and all  losses  caused by  Broker  Dealer's
         failure to perform the undertakings described in this paragraph. Broker
         Dealer hereby authorizes  Insurer to set off any amount it owes Insurer
         under this paragraph  against any and all amounts  otherwise payable to
         Broker Dealer by Insurer.

         (i)  FIDELITY  BOND.  Broker  Dealer  represents  that  all  directors,
         officers,  employees  and  Representatives  of  Broker  Dealer  who are
         licensed  pursuant  to this  Agreement  as  Insurer's  agents for state
         insurance  law  purposes  or who  have  access  to  funds  of  Insurer,
         including but not limited to funds submitted with  applications for the
         Variable  Contracts and Traditional Life Insurance  Policies,  or funds
         being  returned  to  owners,  are and  shall be  covered  by a  blanket
         fidelity bond, including coverage for larceny and embezzlement,  issued
         by a reputable bonding company. This bond shall be maintained by Broker
         Dealer at Broker Dealer's expense. Such bond shall be, at least, of the
         form,  type and amount  required under the NASD Rules of Fair Practice.
         Insurer may require evidence, satisfactory to it, that such coverage is
         in force and Broker Dealer shall give prompt  written notice to Insurer
         of any notice of cancellation or change of coverage.

                  Broker Dealer assigns any proceeds  received from the fidelity
         bonding  company  to Insurer  to the  extent of  Insurer's  loss due to
         activities  covered  by the bond.  If there is any  deficiency  amount,
         whether due to a deductible or otherwise,  Broker Dealer shall promptly
         pay Insurer such amount on demand 

                                       6

         and Broker Dealer hereby indemnifies and holds harmless Insurer from 
         any such deficiency and from the costs of collection thereof (including
         reasonable attorneys' fees).

4.       COMPENSATION

         (a)  VARIABLE  CONTRACTS.  Insurer,  on behalf of General  Distributor,
         shall pay a dealer concession to Broker Dealer on all sales of Variable
         Contracts through its  Representatives,  in accordance with the form of
         Compensation  Schedule  A  attached  hereto,  which is in  effect  when
         purchase  payment on such  Variable  Contracts are received by Insurer.
         Dealer concessions will be paid as a percentage of premiums received in
         cash or other  legal  tender and  accepted  by Insurer on  applications
         obtained by Broker Dealer's  Representatives unless otherwise indicated
         in Compensation  Schedule A. Upon  termination of this  Agreement,  all
         compensation  payable  hereunder  shall cease;  however,  Broker Dealer
         shall  continue  to be  liable  for any  chargebacks  or for any  other
         amounts advanced by or otherwise due Insurer hereunder.

                  Insurer will pay all such  Compensation  to the Broker Dealer.
         Broker Dealer agrees to hold Insurer and General  Distributor  harmless
         from all claims of its  Representatives  for compensation in respect of
         Representative's sales of Variable Contracts.


         (b) TRADITIONAL LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES.  Insurer shall pay commissions
         to Broker Dealer on all sales of Traditional  Life  Insurance  Policies
         through its Representatives in accordance with the form of Compensation
         Schedule A attached hereto,  which is in effect when purchase  payments
         on such  Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies are received by Insurer.
         Commissions  will be paid as a percentage of premiums  received in cash
         or other legal tender and accepted by insurer on applications  obtained
         by  Broker-Dealer's   Representatives  unless  otherwise  indicated  in
         Compensation  Schedule  A.  Upon  termination  of this  Agreement,  all
         compensation  payable  hereunder  shall cease;  however,  Broker Dealer
         shall  continue  to be  liable  for any  chargebacks  or for any  other
         amounts advanced by or otherwise due Insurer hereunder.

                  Insurer will pay all such  compensation  to the Broker Dealer.
         Broker  Dealer  agrees to hold Insurer  harmless from all claims of its
         Representatives for compensation in respect of  Representative's  sales
         of Traditional Life Insurance Policies.

         (c) COMMISSION  STATEMENTS.  Broker Dealer will be provided with copies
         of its  Representatives'  commission  statements  together  with Broker
         Dealer's own commission statement for each commission payment period in
         which commissions are payable.  Broker Dealer agrees that, except as to
         clerical errors and material undisclosed facts, if any, such statements
         constitutes a complete and accurate statement of the commission account
         unless  written notice is 

                                       7

         provided to Insurer within 120 days after the date  of the  statement, 
         which  notice  specifically  sets  forth  the  objections or exceptions
         thereto.

         (d)      COMPENSATION SCHEDULES. The initial Compensation Schedule A is
         attached.

                  Insurer and General  Distributor  reserve the right to change,
         amend,  or cancel any  Compensation  Schedule as to  business  produced
         after such change by mailing notice of such change in the form of a new
         Compensation Schedule to Broker Dealer. Such change shall be effective,
         unless otherwise specified, ten (10) days after the notice is mailed.

         (e) RIGHTS OF REJECTION AND SETTLEMENT.  Insurer  reserves the right to
         reject  any  and  all  applications  and  collections   submitted,   to
         discontinue  writing  any form of  policy,  to take  possession  of and
         cancel any policy and return the premium or any part of it, and to make
         any  compromise  settlement in respect of a policy.  Broker Dealer will
         not be  entitled to receive or retain any  compensation  on premiums or
         parts of premiums  Insurer does not receive and retain  because of such
         rejection,  discontinuance,  cancellation, or compromise settlement. If
         compensation has been paid to which Broker Dealer is not entitled,  any
         amount  credited  will be charged back,  and if the account  balance is
         insufficient to cover the credited amount,  Broker Dealer as applicable
         agrees to promptly repay the credited amount.


5.       TERMINATION

         This  Agreement may be  terminated,  without  cause,  by any party upon
         thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice;  and may be  terminated,  for
         failure  to  perform  satisfactorily  or  other  cause,  by  any  party
         immediately;  and shall be  terminated  if Broker  Dealer  ceases to be
         registered as a broker dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
         and a member of the NASD or, if Broker  Dealer  ceases to maintain  its
         insurance  agent  license(s) in good standing in the  jurisdictions  in
         which it conducts business.


6.       ARBITRATION

         Any dispute,  claim or controversy arising out of or in connection with
         this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the NASD's
         arbitration facilities.  If the subject matter of the dispute, claim or
         controversy  is not within the scope of  matters  which may  arbitrated
         through the NASD arbitration  facilities,  then such dispute,  claim or
         controversy  shall, upon the written request of any party, be submitted
         to three arbitrators,  one to be chosen by each party, and the third by
         the two so chosen.  If either  party  refuses or neglects to appoint an
         arbitrator  within  thirty  (30) days after the  receipt of the written
         notice  from the other  party  requesting  it to do so, the  requesting
         party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree
         in the selection of a third arbitrator 

                                       8

         within thirty (30) days of their appointment,  each of them  shall name
         two,  of whom the  other  shall decline  one and the  decision shall be
         made  by  drawing  lots.  All arbitrators shall be active or retired 
         executive officers of insurance companies not under the control of any 
         party to this  Agreement.  Each party shall submit its case to the 
         arbitrators  within thirty (30) days  of the appointment of the third  
         arbitrator.  The arbitration shall be held  in  Minneapolis,  Minnesota
         at the times agreed upon by the arbitrators. The decision in writing of
         any two arbitrators, when filed with the parties hereto  shall be final
         and  binding on both  parties.  Judgment may be entered upon the final 
         decision of the  arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction. Each    
         party shall bear the expense of its  own  arbitrator and shall jointly 
         and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third  
         arbitrator and of the arbitration.


7.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

         (a)  ADDITIONS,  AMENDMENTS,  MODIFICATIONS  & WAIVERS.  This Agreement
         shall  not  be  effective   until   approved  by  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor. Insurer and General Distributor reserve the right to amend
         this  Agreement at any time,  and the  submission of an  application by
         Broker  Dealer after notice of any such  amendment  has been sent shall
         constitute  Broker  Dealer's  agreement  to  any  such  amendment.   No
         additions,  amendments or modifications of this Agreement or any waiver
         of any provision will be valid unless approved,  in writing,  by one of
         Insurer's duly authorized officers.  In addition, no approved waiver of
         any default,  or failure of  performance  by Broker  Dealer will affect
         Insurer's  or General  Distributor's  rights with  respect to any later
         default or failure of performance.

         (b)  INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR  RELATIONSHIP.  This  Agreement does not 
         create the relationship of employer and employee between the parties  
         to this Agreement.  Insurer and General Distributor are independent 
         contractors with respect to Broker Dealer and its Representatives.

         (c)  ASSIGNMENTS.  Broker  Dealer will not assign or  transfer,  either
         wholly or partially,  this Agreement or any of the benefits  accrued or
         to  accrue  under it,  without  the  written  prior  consent  of a duly
         authorized officer of the Insurer and General Distributor.

         (d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. If Broker Dealer receives or is served with any
         notice or other paper  concerning any legal action  against  Insurer or
         General Distributor, Broker Dealer agrees to notify Insurer immediately
         (in any event not later than the first  business day after  receipt) by
         telephone and further  agrees to transmit any papers that are served or
         received  by  facsimile  to (612)  342-7531  and by  overnight  mail to
         Insurer's Office of General Counsel.

         (e)  SEVERABILITY.  It is understood  and agreed by the parties to this
         Agreement that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held
         to be invalid or in conflict with any law or  regulation,  the validity
         of the remaining  portions or provisions will not be affected,  and the
         parties'  rights and  obligations  will be 

                                       9
         construed and enforced as if this Agreement did not contain the 
         particular part, term or provision held to be invalid.

         (f)  GOVERNING  LAW. It is agreed by the parties to this Agreement that
         the Agreement and all of its provisions will be governed by the laws of
         the State of Minnesota.

         (g)  LIMITATIONS.  No party other than Insurer shall have the authority
         on behalf of Insurer to make, alter, or discharge any policy, contract,
         or certificate issued by Insurer,  to waive any forfeiture or to grant,
         permit,  nor extend the time for making any  payments  nor to guarantee
         earnings or rates,  nor to alter the forms which  Insurer may prescribe
         or substitute other forms in place of those prescribed by Insurer,  nor
         to enter into any  proceeding  in a court of law or before a regulatory
         agency  in the name of or on behalf  of  Insurer,  nor to open any bank
         account in the full legal name of Insurer,  any  derivation  thereof or
         any tradename thereof.


8.       TERRITORY

                  Broker Dealer's  territory is limited  geographically to those
         jurisdictions  in which the Variable  Contracts  and  Traditional  Life
         Insurance  Policies  may  lawfully  be  offered,  provided  that Broker
         Dealer's  right to solicit sales of and to sell the Variable  Contracts
         and Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies in such  jurisdictions is not
         exclusive.


9.       EFFECTIVE DATE

         This Agreement shall be effective ________________, 199__.

                                       10

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we set our hands this ____ day of _________________, 199__.


INSURER:

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR:

WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



BROKER DEALER:

______________________________________

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________

                                       11

<PAGE>
                                                                            "B"

                             BROKER DEALER AGENCY
                                SELLING AGREEMENT


         This Agreement is made among the following four parties:

         1.       NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  a Minnesota domiciled stock life insurance company 
                  (hereinafter "INSURER"); and,

         2.       WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  an affiliate of Insurer,  registered as a  broker-dealer  with
                  the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and a member of
                  the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
                  ("NASD") (hereinafter "GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR"); and,

         3.       ______________________________

                  ______________________________
                               Street
                  ______________________________
                  City        State        ZIP
                  registered   as  a   broker-dealer   with  the  SEC  and  a   
                  member  of  the  NASD   (hereinafter "BROKER-DEALER"); and,

         4.       ______________________________

                  ______________________________
                               Street
                  ______________________________
                  City         State       ZIP
                  an affiliate of Broker-Dealer and a licensed insurance agency 
                  (hereinafter "AGENCY").



RECITALS:

         Whereas,  Broker-Dealer  has become  affiliated with Agency in order to
satisfy state  insurance law  requirements  with respect to the sale of variable
insurance products which are registered securities with the SEC.

         Whereas,   the  parties  wish  to  enter  into  an  agreement  for  the
distribution of Variable  Contracts and Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies by
Broker-Dealer and Agency; and

         Whereas,   Insurer  has  appointed  General  Distributor  as  principal
underwriter  and  distributor  (as those  terms are  defined  by the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940)  of the  Variable  Contracts  and has  authorized  General
Distributor to enter into selling agreements with registered  broker-dealers for
the solicitation and sale of Variable Contracts; and,

         Whereas,    Insurer   and   General   Distributor   propose   to   have
Broker-Dealer's  registered  representatives  who are affiliated with Agency and
who are  licensed  as life  insurance/variable  contract  agents in  appropriate
jurisdictions  ("Representatives")  solicit  and  sell  Variable  Contracts  and
Traditional Life Insurance Policies; and,

         Whereas,  Insurer proposes to authorize  Agency's employees who are not
registered  representatives  of  Broker-Dealer  but  who  are  licensed  as life
insurance  agents in  appropriate  jurisdictions  ("Agents") to solicit and sell
Traditional Life Insurance Policies; and,

         Whereas,  Insurer and General Distributor propose to have Broker-Dealer
provide certain supervisory and administrative services as hereinafter described
with respect to the solicitation and sales of Variable Contracts; and,

         Whereas,  Insurer  proposes to have Agency provide certain  supervisory
and  administrative  services  as  hereinafter  described  with  respect  to the
solicitation and sales of Traditional Life Insurance  Policies by its Agents and
by Representatives who are affiliated with Agency.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties now agree as follows:

                                       2

1.       DEFINITIONS

         In this Agreement,

         (a) The words  "Variable  Contract"  shall  mean  those  variable  life
         insurance policies and variable annuity contracts identified in Section
         1 of Compensation  Schedule A attached hereto,  and as may hereafter be
         amended.

                  Insurer  may in its sole  discretion  and  without  notice  to
         Broker  Dealer,  suspend  sales of any Variable  Contracts or amend any
         policies  or  contracts  evidencing  such  Variable  Contracts  if,  in
         Insurer's  opinion,  such suspension or amendment is: (1) necessary for
         compliance  with  federal,  state,  or  local  laws,  regulations,   or
         administrative order(s); or, (2) necessary to prevent administrative or
         financial hardship to Insurer.  In all other situations,  Insurer shall
         provide 30 days notice to Broker  Dealer prior to  suspending  sales of
         any Variable Contracts or amending any policies or contracts evidencing
         such Variable Contracts.

                  Insurer  may  issue  and  propose   additional   or  successor
         products,  in which event Broker Dealer will be informed of the product
         and its related Commission Schedule. If Broker Dealer does not agree to
         distribute  such product(s), it must notify  Insurer in writing within
         30 days of receipt of the Commission  Schedule for such product(s).  If
         Broker Dealer does not indicate  disapproval  of the new  product(s) or
         the terms contained in the related Commission  Schedule,  Broker Dealer
         will be deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute such product(s) and
         agreed to the related  Commission  Schedule  which shall be attached to
         and made a part of this Agreement.

         (b) The words "Traditional Life Insurance Policy" shall mean those life
         insurance  policies and annuity  contracts  identified  in Section 2 of
         Compensation  Schedule  A  attached  hereto,  and as may  hereafter  be
         amended.

                  Insurer  may in its sole  discretion  and  without  notice  to
         Broker Dealer, suspend sales of any Traditional Life Insurance Policies
         or amend any policies or contracts  evidencing  such  Traditional  Life
         Insurance  Policies  if,  in  Insurer's  opinion,  such  suspension  or
         amendment is: (1)  necessary for  compliance  with federal,  state,  or
         local laws, regulations,  or administrative order(s); or, (2) necessary
         to prevent  administrative  or  financial  hardship to Insurer.  In all
         other situations, Insurer shall provide 30 days notice to Broker Dealer
         prior to suspending sales of any Traditional Life Insurance Policies or
         amending any policies or contracts  evidencing  such  Traditional  Life
         Insurance Policies.

                                       3

                  Insurer  may  issue  and  propose   additional   or  successor
         products,  in which event Broker Dealer will be informed of the product
         and its related Compensation  Schedule. If Broker Dealer does not agree
         to  distribute  such  product(s), it must  notify  Insurer in writing
         within  30  days of  receipt  of the  Compensation  Schedule  for  such
         product(s).  If Broker Dealer does not indicate  disapproval of the new
         product(s) or the terms contained in the related Compensation Schedule,
         Broker Dealer will be deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute  such
         product(s) and agreed to the related Compensation  Schedule which shall
         be attached to and made a part of this Agreement.


2.       AGENCY APPOINTMENTS

         On the effective date,

         (a) Insurer and General  Distributor  appoint  Broker Dealer and Broker
         Dealer accepts the appointment to solicit sales of and to sell Variable
         Contracts only, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         (b) Insurer  appoints  Agency,  and Agency  accepts the  appointment to
         solicit sales of and to sell Traditional Life Insurance  Policies only,
         pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.


3.       DUTIES OF BROKER DEALER

         (a)  SUPERVISION  OF  REPRESENTATIVES.  Broker  Dealer  shall have full
         responsibility for the training and supervision of all  Representatives
         who are  engaged  directly  or  indirectly  in the offer or sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  and all  such  persons  shall be  subject  to the
         control  of Broker  Dealer  with  respect to such  persons'  securities
         regulated activities in connection with the Variable Contracts.  Broker
         Dealer will cause the  Representatives to be trained in the sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  will cause such  Representatives to qualify under
         applicable federal and state laws to engage in the sale of the Variable
         Contracts;   will  cause   such   Representatives   to  be   registered
         representatives of Broker Dealer before such Representatives  engage in
         the solicitation of applications for the Variable  Contracts;  and will
         cause such  Representatives  to limit  solicitation of applications for
         the Variable  Contracts to  jurisdictions  where Insurer has authorized
         such  solicitation.  Broker  Dealer  shall cause such  Representatives'
         qualifications   to  be  certified  to  the   satisfaction  of  General
         Distributor and shall notify General  Distributor if any Representative
         ceases to be a registered  representative of Broker Dealer or ceases to
         maintain  the proper  licensing  required  for the sale of the Variable
         Contracts.  All parties  shall be liable for their own  negligence  and
         misconduct under this paragraph.

                                       4

         (b)  REPRESENTATIVES  INSURANCE  COMPLIANCE.  Broker  Dealer,  prior to
         allowing its  Representatives to solicit for sales or sell the Variable
         Contracts,  shall require such  representatives to be validly insurance
         licensed,  registered  and appointed by Insurer as a variable  contract
         agent in accordance with the  jurisdictional  requirements of the place
         where the  solicitations  and sales take place as well as the solicited
         person's or entity's place of residence.

                  Broker  Dealer  shall  assist  Insurer in the  appointment  of
         Representatives  under  the  applicable  insurance  laws  to  sell  the
         Variable   Contracts.   Broker   Dealer   shall   fulfill  all  Insurer
         requirements     in     conjunction     with    the    submission    of
         licensing/appointment  papers for all applicants as insurance agents of
         Insurer.  All such  licensing/appointment  papers shall be submitted to
         Insurer  or  its  designee  by  Broker  Dealer.   Notwithstanding  such
         submission,  Insurer shall have sole  discretion to appoint,  refuse to
         appoint,   discontinue,   or   terminate   the   appointment   of   any
         Representative as an insurance agent of Insurer.

         (c)  COMPLIANCE  WITH NASD RULES OF FAIR PRACTICE AND FEDERAL AND STATE
         SECURITIES LAWS. Broker Dealer shall fully comply with the requirements
         of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 and all other  applicable  federal and state laws.
         In addition,  Broker Dealer will  establish and maintain such rules and
         procedures  as may be necessary to cause  diligent  supervision  of the
         securities  activities of the Representatives as required by applicable
         law or regulation.  Upon request by General Distributor,  Broker Dealer
         shall  furnish  such  records as may be  necessary  to  establish  such
         diligent supervision.

         (d)  NOTICE  OF   REPRESENTATIVE'S   NONCOMPLIANCE.   In  the  event  a
         Representative  fails or  refuses  to submit to  supervision  of Broker
         Dealer or otherwise  fails to meet the rules and  standards  imposed by
         Broker  Dealer  on its  Representatives,  Broker  Dealer  shall  advise
         General  Distributor  of this fact and shall  immediately  notify  such
         Representative  that he or she is no  longer  authorized  to  sell  the
         Variable  Contracts and Broker  Dealer shall take  whatever  additional
         action may be  necessary  to  terminate  the sales  activities  of such
         Representative relating to the Variable Contracts.

         (e)   PROSPECTUSES,   SALES   PROMOTION   MATERIAL   AND   ADVERTISING.
         Broker-Dealer shall be provided,  without any expense to Broker Dealer,
         with  prospectuses  relating to the Variable  Contracts  and such other
         supplementary  sales  material  as General  Distributor  determines  is
         necessary or desirable for use in connection with sales of the Variable
         Contracts.

                                       5

                  NO SALES PROMOTION  MATERIALS OR ANY  ADVERTISING  RELATING TO
         THE  VARIABLE   CONTRACTS,   INCLUDING   WITHOUT   LIMITATION   GENERIC
         ADVERTISING  MATERIAL WHICH DOES NOT REFER TO INSURER BY NAME, SHALL BE
         USED BY BROKER  DEALER  UNLESS THE SPECIFIC  ITEM HAS BEEN  APPROVED IN
         WRITING BY GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR PRIOR TO SUCH USE.

                  In  addition,  Broker  Dealer  shall  not  print,  publish  or
         distribute  any  advertisement,  circular or any  document  relating to
         Insurer unless such advertisement, circular or document shall have been
         approved in writing by Insurer prior to such use.

                  Upon termination of this Agreement,  all  prospectuses,  sales
         promotion  material,  advertising,  circulars,  documents  and software
         relating  to the  sales of the  Variable  Contracts  shall be  promptly
         turned over to Insurer  free from any claim or  retention  of rights by
         the Broker Dealer.

                  Insurer   represents  that  the  prospectus  and  registration
         statement   relating  to  the  Variable  Contracts  contain  no  untrue
         statements of material  fact or omission to state  material  fact,  the
         omission of which makes any statement  contained in the  prospectus and
         registration  statement misleading.  Insurer agrees to indemnify Broker
         Dealer from and against any claims,  liabilities and expenses which may
         be incurred under the  Securities  Act of 1933, the Investment  Company
         Act of 1940,  common law or  otherwise  arising  out of a breach of the
         agreement in this paragraph.

                  Broker Dealer  agrees to hold  harmless and indemnify  Insurer
         and General  Distributor  against any and all claims,  liabilities  and
         expenses   which  Insurer  or  General   Distributor   may  incur  from
         liabilities  arising  out  of or  based  upon  any  alleged  or  untrue
         statement   other  than  statements   contained  in  the   registration
         statement,  prospectus  or  approved  sales  material  of any  Variable
         Contract.

                  In accordance with the requirements of the laws of the several
         states,  Broker Dealer shall maintain  complete records  indicating the
         manner and extent of  distribution of any such  solicitation  material,
         shall make such records and files  available to staff of Insurer or its
         designated  agent in field  inspections  and shall  make such  material
         available  to  personnel of state  insurance  departments,  the NASD or
         other  regulatory  agencies,  including the SEC, which have  regulatory
         authority  over  Insurer or General  Distributor.  Broker  Dealer holds
         Insurer,  General  Distributor and their  affiliates  harmless from any
         liability arising from the use of any material which either (a) has not
         been  specifically  approved in  writing,  or (b)  although  previously
         approved, has been disapproved, in writing, for further use.

                                       6

         (f) SECURING  APPLICATIONS.  All  applications  for Variable  Contracts
         shall be made on application forms supplied by Insurer and all payments
         collected  by Broker  Dealer  or any  Representative  thereof  shall be
         remitted promptly in full, together with such application forms and any
         other  required  documentation,  directly  to  Insurer  at the  address
         indicated on such  application or to such other address as Insurer may,
         from time-to-time, designate in writing. Broker Dealer shall review all
         such applications for accuracy and completeness. Checks or money orders
         in payment on any such Variable Contract shall be drawn to the order of
         "Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company." All  applications are
         subject to acceptance  or rejection by Insurer at its sole  discretion.
         All records or  information  obtained  hereunder by Broker Dealer shall
         not be  disclosed or used except as expressly  authorized  herein,  and
         Broker Dealer will keep such records and information  confidential,  to
         be disclosed only as authorized or if expressly  required by federal or
         state regulatory authorities.

         (g)  COLLECTION  OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Broker  Dealer agrees that all
         money  or  other  consideration  tendered  with  or in  respect  of any
         application  for a Variable  Contract  and the Variable  Contract  when
         issued is the  property of Insurer  and shall be  promptly  remitted in
         full to Insurer without  deduction or offset for any reason,  including
         by way of  example  but not  limitation,  any  deduction  or offset for
         compensation claimed by Broker Dealer.

         (h) POLICY DELIVERY. Insurer will transmit Variable Contracts to Broker
         Dealer for delivery to  Policyowners.  Broker  Dealer  hereby agrees to
         deliver all such  Variable  Contracts to  Policyowners  within ten (10)
         days of their  receipt by Broker  Dealer from  Insurer.  Broker  Dealer
         agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  Insurer for any and all losses
         caused by Broker Dealer's failure to perform the undertakings described
         in this paragraph.  Broker Dealer hereby authorizes  Insurer to set off
         any amount it owes  Insurer  under this  paragraph  against any and all
         amounts otherwise payable to Broker Dealer by Insurer.

         (i)  FIDELITY  BOND.  Broker  Dealer  represents  that  all  directors,
         officers,  employees  and  Representatives  of  Broker  Dealer  who are
         licensed  pursuant  to this  Agreement  as  Insurer's  agents for state
         insurance  law  purposes  or who  have  access  to  funds  of  Insurer,
         including but not limited to funds submitted with  applications for the
         Variable  Contracts or funds being returned to owners, are and shall be
         covered by a blanket fidelity bond,  including coverage for larceny and
         embezzlement, issued by a reputable bonding company. This bond shall be
         maintained by Broker Dealer at Broker Dealer's expense. Such bond shall
         be, at least,  of the form,  type and  amount  required  under the NASD
         Rules of Fair Practice.  Insurer may require evidence,  satisfactory to
         it, that such  coverage is in force and Broker Dealer shall give prompt
         written  notice to Insurer of any notice of  cancellation  or change of
         coverage.

                                       7

                  Broker Dealer assigns any proceeds  received from the fidelity
         bonding  company  to Insurer  to the  extent of  Insurer's  loss due to
         activities  covered  by the bond.  If there is any  deficiency  amount,
         whether due to a deductible or otherwise,  Broker Dealer shall promptly
         pay Insurer such amount on demand and Broker Dealer hereby  indemnifies
         and holds harmless  Insurer from any such deficiency and from the costs
         of collection thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees).


4.       DUTIES OF AGENCY

         (a) SUPERVISION OF AGENTS AND  REPRESENTATIVES.  Agency shall have full
         responsibility  for the  training  and  supervision  of all  Agents and
         Representatives  who are engaged directly or indirectly in the offer or
         sale of  Traditional  Life  Insurance  Policies.  Agency will cause the
         Agents and  Representatives  to be  trained in the sale of  Traditional
         Life Insurance Policies,  will cause such Agents and Representatives to
         qualify under  applicable state insurance laws to engage in the sale of
         life  insurance  before such Agents and  Representatives  engage in the
         solicitation of applications for Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies;
         and will cause such Agents and Representatives to limit solicitation of
         applications for Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies to jurisdictions
         where Insurer has authorized such solicitation. Agency shall cause such
         Agents' and  Representatives'  qualifications  to be  certified  to the
         satisfaction  of  Insurer  and  shall  notify  Insurer  if any Agent or
         Representative ceases to be an employee of Agency or ceases to maintain
         the  proper  licensing  required  for  the  sale  of  Traditional  Life
         Insurance  Policies.   All  parties  shall  be  liable  for  their  own
         negligence and misconduct under this paragraph.

         (b) AGENT  INSURANCE  COMPLIANCE.  Agency,  prior to allowing Agents or
         Representatives to solicit for sales or sell Traditional Life Insurance
         Policies,  shall require such agents to be validly insurance  licensed,
         registered  and  appointed  by  Insurer  as a life  insurance  agent in
         accordance with the jurisdictional  requirements of the place where the
         solicitations and sales take place as well as the solicited person's or
         entity's place of residence.

                  Agency shall assist  Insurer in the  appointment of Agents and
         Representatives under the applicable insurance laws to sell Traditional
         Life Insurance Policies.  Agency shall fulfill all Insurer requirements
         in conjunction with the submission of licensing/appointment  papers for
         all   applicants   as   insurance   agents   of   Insurer.   All   such
         licensing/appointment  papers shall be submitted to Insurer or its duly
         appointed agent by Agency.  Notwithstanding  such  submission,  Insurer
         shall have sole discretion to appoint, refuse to appoint,  discontinue,
         or  terminate  the  appointment  of any Agent or  Representative  as an
         insurance agent of Insurer.

                                       8

         (c) SALES PROMOTION MATERIAL AND ADVERTISING. Agency shall be provided,
         without any expense to Agency,  such sales  promotion  and  advertising
         materials as Insurer  determines  is necessary or desirable  for use in
         connection with sales of Traditional Life Insurance Policies.

                  NO SALES PROMOTION  MATERIALS OR ANY  ADVERTISING  RELATING TO
         TRADITIONAL  LIFE  INSURANCE  POLICIES,  INCLUDING  WITHOUT  LIMITATION
         GENERIC  ADVERTISING  MATERIAL WHICH DOES NOT REFER TO INSURER BY NAME,
         SHALL BE USED BY AGENCY  UNLESS THE SPECIFIC  ITEM HAS BEEN APPROVED IN
         WRITING BY INSURER PRIOR TO SUCH USE.

                  In addition, Agency shall not print, publish or distribute any
         advertisement, circular or any document relating to Insurer unless such
         advertisement, circular or document shall have been approved in writing
         by Insurer prior to such use.

                  Upon  termination  of  this  Agreement,  all  sales  promotion
         material,  advertising,  circulars,  documents and software relating to
         the sales of  Traditional  Life  Insurance  Policies  shall be promptly
         turned over to Insurer  free from any claim or  retention  of rights by
         the Agency.

                  In accordance with the requirements of the laws of the several
         states,  Agency shall maintain  complete records  indicating the manner
         and extent of distribution  of any such  solicitation  material,  shall
         make  such  records  and files  available  to staff of  Insurer  or its
         designated  agent in field  inspections  and shall  make such  material
         available to personnel of state insurance  departments other regulatory
         agencies which have  regulatory  authority  over Insurer.  Agency holds
         Insurer and its affiliates harmless from any liability arising from the
         use of any material which either (a) has not been specifically approved
         in writing, or (b) although previously approved,  has been disapproved,
         in writing, for further use.

         (d)  SECURING  APPLICATIONS.  All  applications  for  Traditional  Life
         Insurance  Policies  shall be made on  application  forms  supplied  by
         Insurer   and  all   payments   collected   by  Agency  or  any  Agent,
         Broker-Dealer or any Representative  thereof shall be remitted promptly
         in full,  together with such  application  forms and any other required
         documentation,  directly  to Insurer at the address  indicated  on such
         application or to such other address as Insurer may, from time-to-time,
         designate in writing.  Agency shall  review all such  applications  for
         accuracy  and  completeness.  Checks or money  orders in payment on any
         such  Traditional  Life Insurance Policy shall be drawn to the order of
         "Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company." All  applications are
         subject to acceptance  or rejection by Insurer at its sole  discretion.
         All records or  information  obtained  hereunder by Agency shall not be
         disclosed or used except as  expressly  authorized  herein,  and Agency
         will keep such records and  

                                       9

         information  confidential,  to be disclosed only as  authorized  or if 
         expressly required by federal or state regulatory authorities.

         (e)  COLLECTION OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Agency agrees that all money or
         other consideration  tendered with or in respect of any application for
         a Traditional  Life Insurance Policy and the Traditional Life Insurance
         Policy  when  issued is the  property  of Insurer and shall be promptly
         remitted in full to Insurer without deduction or offset for any reason,
         including by way of example but not limitation, any deduction or offset
         for compensation claimed by Agency.

         (f) POLICY  DELIVERY.  Insurer  may,  upon  written  request of Agency,
         transmit Traditional Life Insurance Policies to Agency or Broker-Dealer
         for delivery to Policyowners.  Agency and Broker-Dealer hereby agree to
         deliver all such  Traditional  Life Insurance  Policies to Policyowners
         within ten (10) days of their receipt by Agency or  Broker-Dealer  from
         Insurer.  Agency and Broker-Dealer agree to indemnify and hold harmless
         Insurer for any and all losses  caused by  Agency's or  Broker-Dealer's
         failure to perform the undertakings described in this paragraph. Agency
         and  Broker-Dealer  hereby  authorize  Insurer to set off any amount it
         owes Insurer under this paragraph against any and all amounts otherwise
         payable to Agency or Broker-Dealer by Insurer.

5.       COMPENSATION

         (a)  VARIABLE  CONTRACTS.  Insurer,  on behalf of General  Distributor,
         shall pay a dealer concession to Broker Dealer on all sales of Variable
         Contracts through such Representatives,  in accordance with the form of
         Compensation  Schedule  A  attached  hereto,  which is in  effect  when
         purchase  payment on such  Variable  Contracts are received by Insurer.
         Dealer concessions will be paid as a percentage of premiums received in
         cash or other  legal  tender and  accepted  by Insurer on  applications
         obtained by Broker Dealer's  Representatives unless otherwise indicated
         in Compensation  Schedule A. Upon  termination of this  Agreement,  all
         compensation  payable  hereunder  shall cease;  however,  Broker Dealer
         shall  continue  to be  liable  for any  chargebacks  or for any  other
         amounts advanced by or otherwise due Insurer hereunder.

                  Insurer will pay all such  Compensation  to and in the name of
         Broker  Dealer.  Broker  Dealer  agrees  to hold  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor  harmless  from  all  claims  of  its  Representatives  for
         compensation  in respect  of such  Representative's  sales of  Variable
         Contracts.

                                       10

         (b) TRADITIONAL LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES.  Insurer shall pay commissions
         to Broker Dealer on all sales of Traditional  Life  Insurance  Policies
         through  Agents  and  Representatives  in  accordance  with the form of
         Compensation  Schedule  A  attached  hereto,  which is in  effect  when
         purchase  payments on such  Traditional  Life  Insurance  Policies  are
         received  by  Insurer.  Commissions  will be paid  as a  percentage  of
         premiums received in cash or other legal tender and accepted by insurer
         on  applications   obtained  by  Agency's  Agents  or   Broker-Dealer's
         Representatives  unless otherwise indicated in Compensation Schedule A.
         Upon termination of this Agreement,  all compensation payable hereunder
         shall cease; however, Broker Dealer shall continue to be liable for any
         chargebacks  or for any other  amounts  advanced  by or  otherwise  due
         Insurer hereunder.

                  Insurer will pay all such  Compensation  to and in the name of
         Broker Dealer.  Agency hereby assigns to Broker Dealer all compensation
         which would otherwise be paid to Agency in respect of  Representative's
         and Agent's sales of Traditional Life Insurance Policies. Agency agrees
         to hold Insurer harmless from all claims Agents or Representatives have
         for  compensation  in respect of Agent's or  Representative's  sales of
         Traditional Life Insurance Policies.

         (c) COMMISSION  STATEMENTS.  Broker Dealer will be provided with copies
         of its  Representatives'  commission  statements  together  with Broker
         Dealer's own commission  statements for each commission  payment period
         in which commissions are payable.  Broker Dealer agrees that, except as
         to  clerical  errors  and  material  undisclosed  facts,  if any,  such
         statements  constitutes  a  complete  and  accurate  statement  of  the
         commission  account unless written notice is provided to Insurer within
         120 days after the date of the  statement,  which  notice  specifically
         sets forth the objections or exceptions thereto.

         (d) COMPENSATION SCHEDULES. The initial Compensation Schedule A is     
         attached.

                  Insurer and General  Distributor  reserve the right to change,
         amend,  or cancel any  Compensation  Schedule as to  business  produced
         after such change by mailing notice of such change in the form of a new
         Compensation Schedule to Broker Dealer. Such change shall be effective,
         unless otherwise specified, ten (10) days after the notice is mailed.

         (e) RIGHTS OF REJECTION AND SETTLEMENT.  Insurer  reserves the right to
         reject  any  and  all  applications  and  collections   submitted,   to
         discontinue  writing  any form of  policy,  to take  possession  of and
         cancel any policy and return the premium or any part of it, and to make
         any  compromise  settlement in respect of a policy.  Broker Dealer will
         not be  entitled to receive or retain any  compensation  on premiums or
         parts of premiums  Insurer does not receive and retain  because of such
         rejection,  discontinuance,  cancellation, or compromise settlement. If
         compensation has been paid to which Broker Dealer is not entitled,  any
         amount  

                                       11

         credited  will be charged back,  and if the account  balance is
         insufficient to cover the credited amount,  Broker Dealer as applicable
         agrees to promptly repay the credited amount.

6.       TERMINATION

         This  Agreement may be  terminated,  without  cause,  by any party upon
         thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice;  and may be  terminated,  for
         failure  to  perform  satisfactorily  or  other  cause,  by  any  party
         immediately;  and shall be  terminated  if Broker  Dealer  ceases to be
         registered as a broker dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
         and a member of the NASD or, if Agency ceases to maintain its insurance
         agent  license(s)  in good  standing in the  jurisdictions  in which it
         conducts business.


7.       ARBITRATION

         Any dispute,  claim or controversy arising out of or in connection with
         this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the NASD's
         arbitration facilities.  If the subject matter of the dispute, claim or
         controversy  is not within the scope of  matters  which may  arbitrated
         through the NASD arbitration  facilities,  then such dispute,  claim or
         controversy  shall, upon the written request of any party, be submitted
         to three arbitrators,  one to be chosen by each party, and the third by
         the two so chosen.  If either  party  refuses or neglects to appoint an
         arbitrator  within  thirty  (30) days after the  receipt of the written
         notice  from the other  party  requesting  it to do so, the  requesting
         party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree
         in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their
         appointment,  each of them  shall  name two,  of whom the  other  shall
         decline  one and the  decision  shall  be made  by  drawing  lots.  All
         arbitrators shall be active or retired executive  officers of insurance
         companies  not under the control of any party to this  Agreement.  Each
         party shall submit its case to the arbitrators  within thirty (30) days
         of the appointment of the third  arbitrator.  The arbitration  shall be
         held  in  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  at  the  times  agreed  upon  by the
         arbitrators. The decision in writing of any two arbitrators, when filed
         with the parties  hereto  shall be final and  binding on both  parties.
         Judgment may be entered upon the final  decision of the  arbitrators in
         any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its
         own  arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party
         the expense of the third arbitrator and of the arbitration.

                                       12

8.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

         (a)  ADDITIONS,  AMENDMENTS,  MODIFICATIONS  & WAIVERS.  This Agreement
         shall  not  be  effective   until   approved  by  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor. Insurer and General Distributor reserve the right to amend
         this  Agreement at any time,  and the  submission of an  application by
         either Broker  Dealer or Agency after notice of any such  amendment has
         been sent shall constitute Broker Dealer's or Agency's,  as applicable,
         agreement  to  any  such   amendment.   No  additions,   amendments  or
         modifications  of this Agreement or any waiver of any provision will be
         valid unless approved,  in writing, by one of Insurer's duly authorized
         officers. In addition, no approved waiver of any default, or failure of
         performance by Broker Dealer or Agency will affect Insurer's or General
         Distributor's  rights with  respect to any later  default or failure of
         performance.

         (b)   INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR  RELATIONSHIP.  This  Agreement  does not
         create the relationship  of employer and employee between the parties
         to this Agreement.  Insurer and General Distributor are independent 
         contractors with respect to Broker Dealer, its Representatives, Agency 
         and its Agents.

         (c)  ASSIGNMENTS.  Neither  Broker  Dealer  nor Agency  will  assign or
         transfer,  either  wholly or  partially,  this  Agreement or any of the
         benefits  accrued or to accrue  under it,  without  the  written  prior
         consent  of a duly  authorized  officer  of  the  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor.

         (d)  SERVICE OF  PROCESS.  If Broker  Dealer or Agency  receives  or is
         served  with any  notice or other  paper  concerning  any legal  action
         against Insurer or General Distributor,  Broker Dealer or Agency agrees
         to notify  Insurer  immediately  (in any event not later than the first
         business day after  receipt) by telephone  and transmit any papers that
         are served or received by facsimile to (612)  342-7531 and by overnight
         mail to Insurer's Office of General Counsel.

         (e)  SEVERABILITY.  It is understood  and agreed by the parties to this
         Agreement that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held
         to be invalid or in conflict with any law or  regulation,  the validity
         of the remaining  portions or provisions will not be affected,  and the
         parties'  rights and  obligations  will be construed and enforced as if
         this Agreement did not contain the particular  part,  term or provision
         held to be invalid.

         (f)  GOVERNING  LAW. It is agreed by the parties to this Agreement that
         the Agreement and all of its provisions will be governed by the laws of
         the State of Minnesota.

                                       13

         (g)  LIMITATIONS.  No party other than Insurer shall have the authority
         on behalf of Insurer to make, alter, or discharge any policy, contract,
         or certificate issued by insurer,  to waive any forfeiture or to grant,
         permit,  nor extend the time for making any  payments  nor to guarantee
         earnings or rates,  nor to alter the forms which  Insurer may prescribe
         or substitute other forms in place of those prescribed by Insurer,  nor
         to enter into any  proceeding  in a court of law or before a regulatory
         agency  in the name of or on behalf  of  Insurer,  nor to open any bank
         account in the full legal name of Insurer,  any  derivation  thereof or
         any tradename thereof.


9.       TERRITORY

                  Broker Dealer's  territory is limited  geographically to those
         jurisdictions in which the Variable  Contracts may lawfully be offered,
         provided that Broker Dealer's right to solicit sales of and to sell the
         Variable Contracts in such jurisdictions is not exclusive.

                  Agency's   territory  is  limited   geographically   to  those
         jurisdictions in which the Traditional  Life Insurance  policies may be
         lawfully be offered,  provided that Agency's and Broker-Dealer's  right
         to solicit sales of and to sell the Traditional Life Insurance Policies
         in such territory is not exclusive.


10.      EFFECTIVE DATE

         This Agreement shall be effective ________________, 199__.

                                       14


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we set our hands this ____ day of _________________, 199__.


INSURER:

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR:

WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



BROKER DEALER:

______________________________________

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



AGENCY:

______________________________________

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________

                                       15

<PAGE>
                                                                             "C"

                              BROKER DEALER AGENCY
                                SELLING AGREEMENT
                             FOR VARIABLE CONTRACTS

         This Agreement is made among the following three parties:

         1.       NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  a Minnesota domiciled stock life insurance company 
                  (hereinafter "INSURER"); and,

         2.       WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  an affiliate of Insurer,  registered as a  broker-dealer  with
                  the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and a member of
                  the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
                  ("NASD") (hereinafter "GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR"); and,

         3.       ______________________________

                  ______________________________
                               Street
                  ______________________________
                  City       State         ZIP
                  registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and a member of the
                  NASD  and  licensed  as  an  insurance   agency   (hereinafter
                  "BROKER-DEALER").


RECITALS:

         Whereas,  Broker-Dealer  is licensed as an insurance agency in order to
satisfy state  insurance law  requirements  with respect to the sale of variable
insurance products which are registered securities with the SEC.

         Whereas,  the parties  wish to enter into an  agreement  for the  
distribution  of Variable  Contracts  by Broker-Dealer; and

         Whereas,   Insurer  has  appointed  General  Distributor  as  principal
underwriter  and  distributor  (as those  terms are  defined  by the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940)  of the  Variable  Contracts  and has  authorized  General
Distributor to enter into selling agreements with registered  broker-dealers for
the solicitation and sale of Variable Contracts; and,

         Whereas,  Insurer and General Distributor propose to have Broker-
Dealer's registered representatives who are licensed as life insurance/variable 
contract agents in appropriate jurisdictions ("Representatives") solicit and 
sell Variable Contracts and,

         Whereas,  Insurer and General Distributor propose to have Broker-Dealer
provide certain supervisory and administrative services as hereinafter described
with respect to the solicitation and sales of Variable Contracts.

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties now agree as follows:


1.       VARIABLE CONTRACTS

                  In this Agreement,  the words  "Variable  Contract" shall mean
         those variable life insurance  policies and variable annuity  contracts
         identified in Section 1 of the Compensation  Schedule  attached hereto,
         and as may hereafter be amended.

                  Insurer  may in its sole  discretion  and  without  notice  to
         Broker  Dealer,  suspend  sales of any Variable  Contracts or amend any
         policies  or  contracts  evidencing  such  Variable  Contracts  if,  in
         Insurer's  opinion,  such suspension or amendment is: (1) necessary for
         compliance  with  federal,  state,  or  local  laws,  regulations,   or
         administrative order(s); or, (2) necessary to prevent administrative or
         financial hardship to Insurer.  In all other situations,  Insurer shall
         provide 30 days notice to Broker  Dealer prior to  suspending  sales of
         any Variable Contracts or amending any policies or contracts evidencing
         such Variable Contracts.

                  Insurer  may  issue  and  propose   additional   or  successor
         products,  in which event Broker Dealer will be informed of the product
         and its related Commission Schedule. If Broker Dealer does not agree to
         distribute  such product(s), it must notify  Insurer in writing within
         30 days of receipt of the Commission  Schedule for such product(s).  If
         Broker Dealer does not indicate  disapproval  of the new  product(s) or
         the terms contained in the related Commission  Schedule,  Broker Dealer
         will be deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute such product(s) and
         agreed to the related  Commission  Schedule  which shall be attached to
         and made a part of this Agreement.


2.       AGENCY APPOINTMENT

         On the effective date, Insurer and General  Distributor  appoint Broker
         Dealer and Broker Dealer  accepts the  appointment  to solicit sales of
         and  to  sell  Variable  Contracts,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this
         Agreement.

                                       2

3.       DUTIES OF BROKER DEALER

         (a)  SUPERVISION  OF  REPRESENTATIVES.  Broker  Dealer  shall have full
         responsibility for the training and supervision of all  Representatives
         who are  engaged  directly  or  indirectly  in the offer or sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  and all  such  persons  shall be  subject  to the
         control  of Broker  Dealer  with  respect to such  persons'  securities
         regulated activities in connection with the Variable Contracts.  Broker
         Dealer will cause the  Representatives to be trained in the sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  will cause such  Representatives to qualify under
         applicable federal and state laws to engage in the sale of the Variable
         Contracts;   will  cause   such   Representatives   to  be   registered
         representatives of Broker Dealer before such Representatives  engage in
         the solicitation of applications for the Variable  Contracts;  and will
         cause such  Representatives  to limit  solicitation of applications for
         the Variable  Contracts to  jurisdictions  where Insurer has authorized
         such  solicitation.  Broker  Dealer  shall cause such  Representatives'
         qualifications   to  be  certified  to  the   satisfaction  of  General
         Distributor and shall notify General  Distributor if any Representative
         ceases to be a registered  representative of Broker Dealer or ceases to
         maintain  the proper  licensing  required  for the sale of the Variable
         Contracts.  All parties  shall be liable for their own  negligence  and
         misconduct under this paragraph.

         (b)  REPRESENTATIVES  INSURANCE  COMPLIANCE.  Broker  Dealer,  prior to
         allowing its  Representatives to solicit for sales or sell the Variable
         Contracts,  shall require such  representatives to be validly insurance
         licensed,   registered   and   appointed   by  Insurer  as  a  variable
         contract/life  insurance  agent in accordance  with the  jurisdictional
         requirements of the place where the  solicitations and sales take place
         as well as the solicited person's or entity's place of residence.

                  Broker  Dealer  shall  assist  Insurer in the  appointment  of
         Representatives  under the  applicable  insurance laws to sell Variable
         Contracts.  Broker  Dealer shall  fulfill all Insurer  requirements  in
         conjunction with the submission of licensing/appointment papers for all
         applicants    as    insurance    agents    of    Insurer.    All   such
         licensing/appointment  papers  shall be  submitted  to  Insurer  or its
         designee by Broker Dealer.  Notwithstanding  such  submission,  Insurer
         shall have sole discretion to appoint, refuse to appoint,  discontinue,
         or terminate  the  appointment  of any  Representative  as an insurance
         agent of Insurer.

         (c)  COMPLIANCE  WITH NASD RULES OF FAIR PRACTICE AND FEDERAL AND STATE
         SECURITIES LAWS. Broker Dealer shall fully comply with the requirements
         of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 and all other  applicable  federal and state laws.
         In addition,  Broker Dealer will  establish and maintain such rules and
         procedures  as may be necessary to cause  diligent  supervision  of the
         securities  activities of the Representatives as required by applicable
         law or regulation.  Upon request by General Distributor,  Broker Dealer
         shall  furnish  such  records as may be  necessary  to  establish  such
         diligent supervision.

                                       3

         (d)  NOTICE  OF   REPRESENTATIVE'S   NONCOMPLIANCE.   In  the  event  a
         Representative  fails or  refuses  to submit to  supervision  of Broker
         Dealer or otherwise  fails to meet the rules and  standards  imposed by
         Broker  Dealer  on its  Representatives,  Broker  Dealer  shall  advise
         General  Distributor  of this fact and shall  immediately  notify  such
         Representative  that he or she is no  longer  authorized  to  sell  the
         Variable  Contracts and Broker  Dealer shall take  whatever  additional
         action may be  necessary  to  terminate  the sales  activities  of such
         Representative relating to such contracts and policies.

         (e)   PROSPECTUSES,   SALES   PROMOTION   MATERIAL   AND   ADVERTISING.
         Broker-Dealer shall be provided,  without any expense to Broker Dealer,
         with  prospectuses  relating to the Variable  Contracts  and such other
         supplementary  sales  material  as General  Distributor  determines  is
         necessary or desirable for use in connection with sales of the Variable
         Contracts.

                  NO SALES PROMOTION  MATERIALS OR ANY  ADVERTISING  RELATING TO
         THE  VARIABLE   CONTRACTS,   INCLUDING   WITHOUT   LIMITATION   GENERIC
         ADVERTISING  MATERIAL WHICH DOES NOT REFER TO INSURER BY NAME, SHALL BE
         USED BY BROKER  DEALER  UNLESS THE SPECIFIC  ITEM HAS BEEN  APPROVED IN
         WRITING BY GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR PRIOR TO SUCH USE.

                  In  addition,  Broker  Dealer  shall  not  print,  publish  or
         distribute  any  advertisement,  circular or any  document  relating to
         Insurer unless such advertisement, circular or document shall have been
         approved in writing by Insurer prior to such use.

                  Upon termination of this Agreement,  all  prospectuses,  sales
         promotion  material,  advertising,  circulars,  documents  and software
         relating to the sales of Insurer's  contracts  shall be promptly turned
         over to  Insurer  free  from any  claim or  retention  of rights by the
         Broker Dealer.

                  Insurer   represents  that  the  prospectus  and  registration
         statement   relating  to  the  Variable  Contracts  contain  no  untrue
         statements of material  fact or omission to state  material  fact,  the
         omission of which makes any statement  contained in the  prospectus and
         registration  statement misleading.  Insurer agrees to indemnify Broker
         Dealer from and against any claims,  liabilities and expenses which may
         be incurred under the  Securities  Act of 1933, the Investment  Company
         Act of 1940,  common law or  otherwise  arising  out of a breach of the
         agreement in this paragraph.

                  Broker Dealer  agrees to hold  harmless and indemnify  Insurer
         and General  Distributor  against any and all claims,  liabilities  and
         expenses   which  Insurer  or  General   Distributor   may  incur  from
         liabilities  arising  out  of or  based  upon  any  alleged  or  untrue
         statement   other  than  statements   contained  in  the   registration
         statement,  prospectus  or  approved  sales  material  of any  Variable
         Contract.

                                       4

                  In accordance with the requirements of the laws of the several
         states,  Broker Dealer shall maintain  complete records  indicating the
         manner and extent of  distribution of any such  solicitation  material,
         shall make such records and files  available to staff of Insurer or its
         designated  agent in field  inspections  and shall  make such  material
         available  to  personnel of state  insurance  departments,  the NASD or
         other  regulatory  agencies,  including the SEC, which have  regulatory
         authority  over  Insurer or General  Distributor.  Broker  Dealer holds
         Insurer,  General  Distributor and their  affiliates  harmless from any
         liability arising from the use of any material which either (a) has not
         been  specifically  approved  by Insurer in  writing,  or (b)  although
         previously approved, has been disapproved, in writing, for further use.

         (f) SECURING  APPLICATIONS.  All  applications  for Variable  Contracts
         shall be made on application forms supplied by Insurer and all payments
         collected  by Broker  Dealer  or any  Representative  thereof  shall be
         remitted promptly in full, together with such application forms and any
         other  required  documentation,  directly  to  Insurer  at the  address
         indicated on such  application or to such other address as Insurer may,
         from time-to-time, designate in writing. Broker Dealer shall review all
         such applications for accuracy and completeness. Checks or money orders
         in payment on any such Variable Contract shall be drawn to the order of
         "Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company." All  applications are
         subject to acceptance  or rejection by Insurer at its sole  discretion.
         All records or  information  obtained  hereunder by Broker Dealer shall
         not be  disclosed or used except as expressly  authorized  herein,  and
         Broker Dealer will keep such records and information  confidential,  to
         be disclosed only as authorized or if expressly  required by federal or
         state regulatory authorities.

         (g)  COLLECTION  OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Broker  Dealer agrees that all
         money  or  other  consideration  tendered  with  or in  respect  of any
         application  for a Variable  Contract  and the Variable  Contract  when
         issued is the  property of Insurer  and shall be  promptly  remitted in
         full to Insurer without  deduction or offset for any reason,  including
         by way of  example  but not  limitation,  any  deduction  or offset for
         compensation claimed by Broker Dealer.

         (h) POLICY DELIVERY. Insurer will transmit Variable Contracts to Broker
         Dealer for delivery to  Policyowners.  Broker  Dealer  hereby agrees to
         deliver all such  Variable  Contracts to  Policyowners  within ten (10)
         days of their  receipt by Broker  Dealer from  Insurer.  Broker  Dealer
         agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  Insurer for any and all losses
         caused by Broker Dealer's failure to perform the undertakings described
         in this paragraph.  Broker Dealer hereby authorizes  Insurer to set off
         any amount it owes  Insurer  under this  paragraph  against any and all
         amounts otherwise payable to Broker Dealer by Insurer.

         (i)  FIDELITY  BOND.  Broker  Dealer  represents  that  all  directors,
         officers,  employees  and  Representatives  of  Broker  Dealer  who are
         licensed  pursuant  to this  Agreement  as  Insurer's  agents for state
         insurance  law  purposes  or who  have  access  to  funds  of  Insurer,
         including but not limited to funds submitted with  applications for the
         Variable Contracts, or funds being returned to owners, are

                                       5

         and shall be covered by a blanket fidelity bond, including coverage for
         larceny and embezzlement, issued by a reputable bonding company. This  
         bond shall be maintained by Broker Dealer at Broker Dealer's expense. 
         Such bond shall be, at least, of the form,  type and  amount  required
         under the NASD Rules of Fair Practice.  Insurer may require evidence,  
         satisfactory to it, that such coverage is in force and Broker Dealer 
         shall give prompt written  notice to Insurer of any notice of
         cancellation or change of coverage.

                  Broker Dealer assigns any proceeds  received from the fidelity
         bonding  company  to Insurer  to the  extent of  Insurer's  loss due to
         activities  covered  by the bond.  If there is any  deficiency  amount,
         whether due to a deductible or otherwise,  Broker Dealer shall promptly
         pay Insurer such amount on demand and Broker Dealer hereby  indemnifies
         and holds harmless  Insurer from any such deficiency and from the costs
         of collection thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees).


4.       COMPENSATION

         (a)  VARIABLE  CONTRACTS.  Insurer,  on behalf of General  Distributor,
         shall pay a dealer concession to Broker Dealer on all sales of Variable
         Contracts through its  Representatives,  in accordance with the form of
         the  Compensation  Schedule  attached  hereto,  which is in effect when
         purchase  payment on such  Variable  Contracts are received by Insurer.
         Dealer concessions will be paid as a percentage of premiums received in
         cash or other  legal  tender and  accepted  by Insurer on  applications
         obtained by Broker Dealer's  Representatives unless otherwise indicated
         in Compensation  Schedule A. Upon  termination of this  Agreement,  all
         compensation  payable  hereunder  shall cease;  however,  Broker Dealer
         shall  continue  to be  liable  for any  chargebacks  or for any  other
         amounts advanced by or otherwise due Insurer hereunder.

                  Insurer will pay all such  Compensation  to the Broker Dealer.
         Broker Dealer agrees to hold Insurer and General  Distributor  harmless
         from all claims of its  Representatives  for compensation in respect of
         Representative's sales of Variable Contracts.

         (b) COMMISSION STATEMENTS.  Broker Dealer will be provided with copies
         of its  Representatives'  commission  statements  together  with Broker
         Dealer's own commission statement for each commission payment period in
         which commissions are payable.  Broker Dealer agrees that, except as to
         clerical errors and material undisclosed facts, if any, such statements
         constitutes a complete and accurate statement of the commission account
         unless  written notice is provided to Insurer within 120 days after the
         date  of the  statement,  which  notice  specifically  sets  forth  the
         objections or exceptions thereto.

         (c)  COMPENSATION SCHEDULES. The initial Compensation Schedule is 
         attached.

                                       6

                  Insurer and General  Distributor  reserve the right to change,
         amend,  or cancel any  Compensation  Schedule as to  business  produced
         after such change by mailing notice of such change in the form of a new
         Compensation Schedule to Broker Dealer. Such change shall be effective,
         unless otherwise specified, ten (10) days after the notice is mailed.

         (d) RIGHTS OF REJECTION AND SETTLEMENT.  Insurer  reserves the right to
         reject  any  and  all  applications  and  collections   submitted,   to
         discontinue  writing  any form of  policy,  to take  possession  of and
         cancel any policy and return the premium or any part of it, and to make
         any  compromise  settlement in respect of a policy.  Broker Dealer will
         not be  entitled to receive or retain any  compensation  on premiums or
         parts of premiums  Insurer does not receive and retain  because of such
         rejection,  discontinuance,  cancellation, or compromise settlement. If
         compensation has been paid to which Broker Dealer is not entitled,  any
         amount  credited  will be charged back,  and if the account  balance is
         insufficient to cover the credited amount,  Broker Dealer as applicable
         agrees to promptly repay the credited amount.


5.       TERMINATION

         This  Agreement may be  terminated,  without  cause,  by any party upon
         thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice;  and may be  terminated,  for
         failure  to  perform  satisfactorily  or  other  cause,  by  any  party
         immediately;  and shall be  terminated  if Broker  Dealer  ceases to be
         registered as a broker dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
         and a member of the NASD or, if Broker  Dealer  ceases to maintain  its
         insurance  agent  license(s) in good standing in the  jurisdictions  in
         which it conducts business.


6.       ARBITRATION

         Any dispute,  claim or controversy arising out of or in connection with
         this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the NASD's
         arbitration facilities.  If the subject matter of the dispute, claim or
         controversy  is not within the scope of  matters  which may  arbitrated
         through the NASD arbitration  facilities,  then such dispute,  claim or
         controversy  shall, upon the written request of any party, be submitted
         to three arbitrators,  one to be chosen by each party, and the third by
         the two so chosen.  If either  party  refuses or neglects to appoint an
         arbitrator  within  thirty  (30) days after the  receipt of the written
         notice  from the other  party  requesting  it to do so, the  requesting
         party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree
         in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their
         appointment,  each of them  shall  name two,  of whom the  other  shall
         decline  one and the  decision  shall  be made  by  drawing  lots.  All
         arbitrators shall be active or retired executive  officers of insurance
         companies  not under the control of any party to this  Agreement.  Each
         party shall submit its case to the arbitrators  within thirty (30) days
         of the appointment of the 

                                       7

         third  arbitrator.  The arbitration  shall be held  in  Minneapolis,  
         Minnesota at the times agreed upon by the arbitrators. The decision in 
         writing of any two arbitrators, when filed with the parties  hereto  
         shall be final and  binding on both  parties.  Judgment may be entered 
         upon the final  decision of the  arbitrators in any court having 
         jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its own  arbitrator 
         and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of 
         the third arbitrator and of the arbitration.


7.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

         (a)  ADDITIONS,  AMENDMENTS,  MODIFICATIONS  & WAIVERS.  This Agreement
         shall  not  be  effective   until   approved  by  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor. Insurer and General Distributor reserve the right to amend
         this Agreement at any time,  and the  submission of an application  for
         the  purchase of a Variable  Contract by Broker  Dealer after notice of
         any such  amendment  has been sent  shall  constitute  Broker  Dealer's
         agreement  to  any  such   amendment.   No  additions,   amendments  or
         modifications  of this Agreement or any waiver of any provision will be
         valid unless approved,  in writing, by one of Insurer's duly authorized
         officers. In addition, no approved waiver of any default, or failure of
         performance   by  Broker  Dealer  will  affect   Insurer's  or  General
         Distributor's  rights with  respect to any later  default or failure of
         performance.

         (b)  INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR  RELATIONSHIP.  This  Agreement  does  not
         create the relationship of employer and employee between the parties to
         this Agreement.  Insurer and General Distributor are independent       
         contractors with respect to Broker Dealer and its Representatives.

         (c)  ASSIGNMENTS.  Broker  Dealer will not assign or  transfer,  either
         wholly or partially,  this Agreement or any of the benefits  accrued or
         to  accrue  under it,  without  the  written  prior  consent  of a duly
         authorized officer of the Insurer and General Distributor.

         (d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. If Broker Dealer receives or is served with any
         notice or other paper  concerning any legal action  against  Insurer or
         General Distributor, Broker Dealer agrees to notify Insurer immediately
         (in any event not later than the first  business day after  receipt) by
         telephone and further  agrees to transmit any papers that are served or
         received  by  facsimile  to (612)  342-7531  and by  overnight  mail to
         Insurer's Office of General Counsel.

         (e)  SEVERABILITY.  It is understood  and agreed by the parties to this
         Agreement that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held
         to be invalid or in conflict with any law or  regulation,  the validity
         of the remaining  portions or provisions will not be affected,  and the
         parties'  rights and  obligations  will be construed and enforced as if
         this Agreement did not contain the particular  part,  term or provision
         held to be invalid.

                                       8

         (f) GOVERNING  LAW. It is agreed by the parties to this  Agreement that
         the Agreement and all of its provisions will be governed by the laws of
         the State of Minnesota.

         (g)  LIMITATIONS.  No party other than Insurer shall have the authority
         on behalf of Insurer to make, alter, or discharge any policy, contract,
         or certificate issued by Insurer,  to waive any forfeiture or to grant,
         permit,  nor extend the time for making any  payments  nor to guarantee
         earnings or rates,  nor to alter the forms which  Insurer may prescribe
         or substitute other forms in place of those prescribed by Insurer,  nor
         to enter into any  proceeding  in a court of law or before a regulatory
         agency  in the name of or on behalf  of  Insurer,  nor to open any bank
         account in the full legal name of Insurer,  any  derivation  thereof or
         any tradename thereof.


8.       TERRITORY

                  Broker Dealer's  territory is limited  geographically to those
         jurisdictions in which the Variable  Contracts may lawfully be offered,
         provided that Broker Dealer's right to solicit sales of and to sell the
         Variable Contracts in such jurisdictions is not exclusive.


9.       EFFECTIVE DATE

         This Agreement shall be effective ________________, 199__.

                                       9

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we set our hands this ____ day of _________________, 199__.


INSURER:

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR:

WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



BROKER DEALER:

______________________________________

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________

                                       10

<PAGE>
                                                                            "D"

                              BROKER DEALER AGENCY
                                SELLING AGREEMENT
                             FOR VARIABLE CONTRACTS


         This Agreement is made among the following four parties:

         1.       NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  a Minnesota domiciled stock life insurance company 
                  (hereinafter "INSURER"); and,

         2.       WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-1900
                  an affiliate of Insurer,  registered as a  broker-dealer  with
                  the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and a member of
                  the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
                  ("NASD") (hereinafter "GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR"); and,

         3.       ______________________________

                  ______________________________
                               Street
                  ______________________________
                  City       State        ZIP
                  registered  as a broker-dealer  with  the  SEC  and  a  member
                  of the NASD (hereinafter "BROKER-DEALER"); and,

         4.       ______________________________

                  ______________________________
                               Street
                  ______________________________
                  City         State       ZIP
                  an affiliate of Broker-Dealer and a licensed insurance agency 
                  (hereinafter "AGENCY").


RECITALS:

         Whereas,  Broker-Dealer  has become  affiliated with Agency in order to
satisfy state  insurance law  requirements  with respect to the sale of variable
insurance products which are registered securities with the SEC.

         Whereas,  the parties  wish to enter into an  agreement  for the  
distribution  of Variable  Contracts  by Broker-Dealer and Agency; and

         Whereas,   Insurer  has  appointed  General  Distributor  as  principal
underwriter  and  distributor  (as those  terms are  defined  by the  Investment
Company  Act of 1940)  of the  Variable  Contracts  and has  authorized  General
Distributor to enter into selling agreements with registered  broker-dealers for
the solicitation and sale of Variable Contracts; and,

         Whereas,    Insurer   and   General   Distributor   propose   to   have
Broker-Dealer's  registered  representatives  who are affiliated with Agency and
who are  licensed  as life  insurance/variable  contract  agents in  appropriate
jurisdictions ("Representatives") solicit and sell Variable Contracts; and,

         Whereas,  Insurer and General Distributor propose to have Broker-Dealer
provide certain supervisory and administrative services as hereinafter described
with respect to the solicitation and sales of Variable Contracts; and,

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties now agree as follows:


1.       VARIABLE CONTRACTS

                  In this Agreement,  The words  "Variable  Contract" shall mean
         those variable life insurance  policies and variable annuity  contracts
         identified in Section 1 of the Compensation  Schedule  attached hereto,
         and as may hereafter be amended.

                  Insurer  may in its sole  discretion  and  without  notice  to
         Broker  Dealer,  suspend  sales of any Variable  Contracts or amend any
         policies  or  contracts  evidencing  such  Variable  Contracts  if,  in
         Insurer's  opinion,  such suspension or amendment is: (1) necessary for
         compliance  with  federal,  state,  or  local  laws,  regulations,   or
         administrative order(s); or, (2) necessary to prevent administrative or
         financial hardship to Insurer.  In all other situations,  Insurer shall
         provide 30 days notice to Broker  Dealer prior to  suspending  sales of
         any Variable Contracts or amending any policies or contracts evidencing
         such Variable Contracts.

                                       2

                  Insurer  may  issue  and  propose   additional   or  successor
         products,  in which event Broker Dealer will be informed of the product
         and its related Commission Schedule. If Broker Dealer does not agree to
         distribute  such product (s), it must notify  Insurer in writing within
         30 days of receipt of the Commission  Schedule for such product(s).  If
         Broker Dealer does not indicate  disapproval  of the new  product(s) or
         the terms contained in the related Commission  Schedule,  Broker Dealer
         will be deemed to have thereby agreed to distribute such product(s) and
         agreed to the related  Commission  Schedule  which shall be attached to
         and made a part of this Agreement.


2.       AGENCY APPOINTMENTS

         On the effective date, Insurer and General  Distributor  appoint Broker
         Dealer and its  affiliated  Agency and Broker  Dealer and Agency accept
         the  appointment  to solicit  sales of and to sell  Variable  Contracts
         only, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.


3.       DUTIES OF BROKER DEALER

         (a)  SUPERVISION  OF  REPRESENTATIVES.  Broker  Dealer  shall have full
         responsibility for the training and supervision of all  Representatives
         who are  engaged  directly  or  indirectly  in the offer or sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  and all  such  persons  shall be  subject  to the
         control  of Broker  Dealer  with  respect to such  persons'  securities
         regulated activities in connection with the Variable Contracts.  Broker
         Dealer will cause the  Representatives to be trained in the sale of the
         Variable  Contracts,  will cause such  Representatives to qualify under
         applicable federal and state laws to engage in the sale of the Variable
         Contracts;   will  cause   such   Representatives   to  be   registered
         representatives of Broker Dealer before such Representatives  engage in
         the solicitation of applications for the Variable  Contracts;  and will
         cause such  Representatives  to limit  solicitation of applications for
         the Variable  Contracts to  jurisdictions  where Insurer has authorized
         such  solicitation.  Broker  Dealer  shall cause such  Representatives'
         qualifications   to  be  certified  to  the   satisfaction  of  General
         Distributor and shall notify General  Distributor if any Representative
         ceases to be a registered  representative of Broker Dealer or ceases to
         maintain  the proper  licensing  required  for the sale of the Variable
         Contracts.  All parties  shall be liable for their own  negligence  and
         misconduct under this paragraph.

         (b)  REPRESENTATIVES  INSURANCE  COMPLIANCE.  Broker  Dealer,  prior to
         allowing its  Representatives to solicit for sales or sell the Variable
         Contracts,  shall require such  representatives to be validly insurance
         licensed,  registered  and appointed by Insurer as a variable  contract
         agent in accordance with the  jurisdictional  

                                       3

         requirements of the place where the solicitations  and sales take place
         as well as the solicited person's or entity's place of residence.

                  Broker   Dealer  and  Agency  shall  assist   Insurer  in  the
         appointment of Representatives  under the applicable  insurance laws to
         sell the Variable  Contracts.  Broker  Dealer shall fulfill all Insurer
         requirements     in     conjunction     with    the    submission    of
         licensing/appointment  papers for all applicants as insurance agents of
         Insurer.  All such  licensing/appointment  papers shall be submitted to
         Insurer  or  its  designee  by  Broker  Dealer.   Notwithstanding  such
         submission,  Insurer shall have sole  discretion to appoint,  refuse to
         appoint,   discontinue,   or   terminate   the   appointment   of   any
         Representative as an insurance agent of Insurer.

         (c)  COMPLIANCE  WITH NASD RULES OF FAIR PRACTICE AND FEDERAL AND STATE
         SECURITIES LAWS. Broker Dealer shall fully comply with the requirements
         of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 and all other  applicable  federal and state laws.
         In addition,  Broker Dealer will  establish and maintain such rules and
         procedures  as may be necessary to cause  diligent  supervision  of the
         securities  activities of the Representatives as required by applicable
         law or regulation.  Upon request by General Distributor,  Broker Dealer
         shall  furnish  such  records as may be  necessary  to  establish  such
         diligent supervision.

         (d)  NOTICE  OF   REPRESENTATIVE'S   NONCOMPLIANCE.   In  the  event  a
         Representative  fails or  refuses  to submit to  supervision  of Broker
         Dealer or otherwise  fails to meet the rules and  standards  imposed by
         Broker  Dealer  on its  Representatives,  Broker  Dealer  shall  advise
         General  Distributor  of this fact and shall  immediately  notify  such
         Representative  that he or she is no  longer  authorized  to  sell  the
         Variable  Contracts and Broker  Dealer shall take  whatever  additional
         action may be  necessary  to  terminate  the sales  activities  of such
         Representative relating to the Variable Contracts.

         (e)   PROSPECTUSES,   SALES   PROMOTION   MATERIAL   AND   ADVERTISING.
         Broker-Dealer shall be provided,  without any expense to Broker Dealer,
         with  prospectuses  relating to the Variable  Contracts  and such other
         supplementary  sales  material  as General  Distributor  determines  is
         necessary or desirable for use in connection with sales of the Variable
         Contracts.

                  NO SALES PROMOTION  MATERIALS OR ANY  ADVERTISING  RELATING TO
         THE  VARIABLE   CONTRACTS,   INCLUDING   WITHOUT   LIMITATION   GENERIC
         ADVERTISING  MATERIAL WHICH DOES NOT REFER TO INSURER BY NAME, SHALL BE
         USED BY BROKER  DEALER  OR AGENCY  UNLESS  THE  SPECIFIC  ITEM HAS BEEN
         APPROVED IN WRITING BY GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR PRIOR TO SUCH USE.

                                       4

                  In  addition,  neither  Broker  Dealer nor Agency shall print,
         publish or  distribute  any  advertisement,  circular  or any  document
         relating  to Insurer  unless such  advertisement,  circular or document
         shall have been approved in writing by Insurer prior to such use.

                  Upon termination of this Agreement,  all  prospectuses,  sales
         promotion  material,  advertising,  circulars,  documents  and software
         relating  to the  sales of the  Variable  Contracts  shall be  promptly
         turned over to Insurer  free from any claim or  retention  of rights by
         the Broker Dealer or Agency.

                  Insurer   represents  that  the  prospectus  and  registration
         statement   relating  to  the  Variable  Contracts  contain  no  untrue
         statements of material  fact or omission to state  material  fact,  the
         omission of which makes any statement  contained in the  prospectus and
         registration  statement misleading.  Insurer agrees to indemnify Broker
         Dealer from and against any claims,  liabilities and expenses which may
         be incurred under the  Securities  Act of 1933, the Investment  Company
         Act of 1940,  common law or  otherwise  arising  out of a breach of the
         agreement in this paragraph.

                  Broker  Dealer and Agency agree to hold harmless and indemnify
         Insurer and General Distributor against any and all claims, liabilities
         and  expenses  which  Insurer  or  General  Distributor  may incur from
         liabilities  arising  out  of or  based  upon  any  alleged  or  untrue
         statement   other  than  statements   contained  in  the   registration
         statement,  prospectus  or  approved  sales  material  of any  Variable
         Contract.

                  In accordance with the requirements of the laws of the several
         states,  Broker  Dealer  and Agency  shall  maintain  complete  records
         indicating  the  manner  and  extent  of   distribution   of  any  such
         solicitation  material,  shall make such records and files available to
         staff of Insurer or its designated agent in field inspections and shall
         make  such   material   available  to  personnel  of  state   insurance
         departments,  the NASD or other regulatory agencies, including the SEC,
         which have  regulatory  authority over Insurer or General  Distributor.
         Broker Dealer and Agency,  jointly and severally hold Insurer,  General
         Distributor and their  affiliates  harmless from any liability  arising
         from the use of any material which either (a) has not been specifically
         approved in writing,  or (b)  although  previously  approved,  has been
         disapproved, in writing, for further use.

         (f) SECURING  APPLICATIONS.  All  applications  for Variable  Contracts
         shall be made on application forms supplied by Insurer and all payments
         collected  by Broker  Dealer  or any  Representative  thereof  shall be
         remitted promptly in full, together with such application forms and any
         other  required  documentation,  directly  to  Insurer  at the  address
         indicated on such  application or to such other address as Insurer may,
         from time-to-time, designate in writing. Broker Dealer shall review all
         such applications for accuracy and completeness. Checks or 

                                       5

         money orders in payment on any such Variable Contract shall be drawn to
         the order of "Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company." All  
         applications are subject to acceptance  or rejection by Insurer at its 
         sole  discretion.  All records or  information  obtained  hereunder by 
         Broker Dealer shall not be  disclosed or used except as expressly  
         authorized  herein,  and Broker Dealer will keep such records and 
         information  confidential,  to be disclosed only as authorized or if 
         expressly  required by federal or state regulatory authorities.

         (g)  COLLECTION  OF PURCHASE  PAYMENTS.  Broker  Dealer agrees that all
         money  or  other  consideration  tendered  with  or in  respect  of any
         application  for a Variable  Contract  and the Variable  Contract  when
         issued is the  property of Insurer  and shall be  promptly  remitted in
         full to Insurer without  deduction or offset for any reason,  including
         by way of  example  but not  limitation,  any  deduction  or offset for
         compensation claimed by Broker Dealer.

         (h) POLICY DELIVERY. Insurer will transmit Variable Contracts to Broker
         Dealer for delivery to  Policyowners.  Broker  Dealer  hereby agrees to
         deliver all such  Variable  Contracts to  Policyowners  within ten (10)
         days of their  receipt by Broker  Dealer from  Insurer.  Broker  Dealer
         agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  Insurer for any and all losses
         caused by Broker Dealer's failure to perform the undertakings described
         in this paragraph.  Broker Dealer hereby authorizes  Insurer to set off
         any amount it owes  Insurer  under this  paragraph  against any and all
         amounts otherwise payable to Broker Dealer by Insurer.

         (i)  FIDELITY  BOND.  Broker  Dealer  represents  that  all  directors,
         officers,  employees  and  Representatives  of  Broker  Dealer  who are
         licensed  pursuant  to this  Agreement  as  Insurer's  agents for state
         insurance  law  purposes  or who  have  access  to  funds  of  Insurer,
         including but not limited to funds submitted with  applications for the
         Variable  Contracts or funds being returned to owners, are and shall be
         covered by a blanket fidelity bond,  including coverage for larceny and
         embezzlement, issued by a reputable bonding company. This bond shall be
         maintained by Broker Dealer at Broker Dealer's expense. Such bond shall
         be, at least,  of the form,  type and  amount  required  under the NASD
         Rules of Fair Practice.  Insurer may require evidence,  satisfactory to
         it, that such  coverage is in force and Broker Dealer shall give prompt
         written  notice to Insurer of any notice of  cancellation  or change of
         coverage.

                  Broker Dealer assigns any proceeds  received from the fidelity
         bonding  company  to Insurer  to the  extent of  Insurer's  loss due to
         activities  covered  by the bond.  If there is any  deficiency  amount,
         whether due to a deductible or otherwise,  Broker Dealer shall promptly
         pay Insurer such amount on demand and Broker Dealer hereby  indemnifies
         and holds harmless  Insurer from any such deficiency and from the costs
         of collection thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees).

                                       6


4.       COMPENSATION

         (a)  VARIABLE  CONTRACTS.  Insurer,  on behalf of General  Distributor,
         shall pay a dealer concession to Broker Dealer on all sales of Variable
         Contracts through such Representatives,  in accordance with the form of
         the  Compensation  Schedule  attached  hereto,  which is in effect when
         purchase  payment on such  Variable  Contracts are received by Insurer.
         Dealer concessions will be paid as a percentage of premiums received in
         cash or other  legal  tender and  accepted  by Insurer on  applications
         obtained by Broker Dealer's  Representatives unless otherwise indicated
         in Compensation  Schedule A. Upon  termination of this  Agreement,  all
         compensation  payable  hereunder  shall cease;  however,  Broker Dealer
         shall  continue  to be  liable  for any  chargebacks  or for any  other
         amounts advanced by or otherwise due Insurer hereunder.

                  Insurer will pay all such  Compensation  to and in the name of
         Broker Dealer or its  affiliated  Agency.  Broker Dealer agrees to hold
         Insurer  and  General  Distributor  harmless  from  all  claims  of its
         Representatives  for  compensation in respect of such  Representative's
         sales of Variable Contracts.

         (b) COMMISSION  STATEMENTS.  Broker Dealer will be provided with copies
         of its  Representatives'  commission  statements  together  with Broker
         Dealer's own commission  statements for each commission  payment period
         in which commissions are payable.  Broker Dealer agrees that, except as
         to  clerical  errors  and  material  undisclosed  facts,  if any,  such
         statements  constitutes  a  complete  and  accurate  statement  of  the
         commission  account unless written notice is provided to Insurer within
         120 days after the date of the  statement,  which  notice  specifically
         sets forth the objections or exceptions thereto.

         (c)  COMPENSATION SCHEDULES.  The initial Compensation Schedule is 
         attached.

                  Insurer and General  Distributor  reserve the right to change,
         amend,  or cancel any  Compensation  Schedule as to  business  produced
         after such change by mailing notice of such change in the form of a new
         Compensation Schedule to Broker Dealer. Such change shall be effective,
         unless otherwise specified, ten (10) days after the notice is mailed.

         (d) RIGHTS OF REJECTION AND SETTLEMENT.  Insurer  reserves the right to
         reject  any  and  all  applications  and  collections   submitted,   to
         discontinue  writing  any form of  policy,  to take  possession  of and
         cancel any policy and return the premium or any part of it, and to make
         any  compromise  settlement in respect of a policy.  Broker Dealer will
         not be  entitled to receive or retain any  compensation  on premiums or
         parts of premiums  Insurer does not receive and retain  because of such
         rejection,  discontinuance,  cancellation, or compromise settlement. If
         compensation has been paid to which Broker Dealer is not entitled,  any
         amount

                                       7

         credited  will be charged back,  and if the account  balance is
         insufficient to cover the credited amount,  Broker Dealer as applicable
         agrees to promptly repay the credited amount.


5.       TERMINATION

         This  Agreement may be  terminated,  without  cause,  by any party upon
         thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice;  and may be  terminated,  for
         failure  to  perform  satisfactorily  or  other  cause,  by  any  party
         immediately;  and shall be  terminated  if Broker  Dealer  ceases to be
         registered as a broker dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
         and a member of the NASD or, if Agency ceases to maintain its insurance
         agent  license(s)  in good  standing in the  jurisdictions  in which it
         conducts business.


6.       ARBITRATION

         Any dispute,  claim or controversy arising out of or in connection with
         this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the NASD's
         arbitration facilities.  If the subject matter of the dispute, claim or
         controversy  is not within the scope of  matters  which may  arbitrated
         through the NASD arbitration  facilities,  then such dispute,  claim or
         controversy  shall, upon the written request of any party, be submitted
         to three arbitrators,  one to be chosen by each party, and the third by
         the two so chosen.  If either  party  refuses or neglects to appoint an
         arbitrator  within  thirty  (30) days after the  receipt of the written
         notice  from the other  party  requesting  it to do so, the  requesting
         party may appoint two arbitrators. If the two arbitrators fail to agree
         in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their
         appointment,  each of them  shall  name two,  of whom the  other  shall
         decline  one and the  decision  shall  be made  by  drawing  lots.  All
         arbitrators shall be active or retired executive  officers of insurance
         companies  not under the control of any party to this  Agreement.  Each
         party shall submit its case to the arbitrators  within thirty (30) days
         of the appointment of the third  arbitrator.  The arbitration  shall be
         held  in  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  at  the  times  agreed  upon  by the
         arbitrators. The decision in writing of any two arbitrators, when filed
         with the parties  hereto  shall be final and  binding on both  parties.
         Judgment may be entered upon the final  decision of the  arbitrators in
         any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its
         own  arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party
         the expense of the third arbitrator and of the arbitration.

                                       8

7.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

         (a)  ADDITIONS,  AMENDMENTS,  MODIFICATIONS  & WAIVERS.  This Agreement
         shall  not  be  effective   until   approved  by  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor. Insurer and General Distributor reserve the right to amend
         this Agreement at any time,  and the  submission of an application  for
         the purchase of a Variable  Contract by either  Broker Dealer or Agency
         after  notice  of any such  amendment  has been sent  shall  constitute
         Broker  Dealer's or  Agency's,  as  applicable,  agreement  to any such
         amendment. No additions,  amendments or modifications of this Agreement
         or any  waiver  of any  provision  will be valid  unless  approved,  in
         writing, by one of Insurer's duly authorized officers.  In addition, no
         approved  waiver of any default,  or failure of  performance  by Broker
         Dealer or Agency will affect Insurer's or General  Distributor's rights
         with respect to any later default or failure of performance.

         (b)  INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR  RELATIONSHIP.  This  Agreement  does  not
         create  the  relationship  of employer  and  employee  between  the 
         parties to this  Agreement.  Insurer  and  General  Distributor  are
         independent contractors with respect to Broker Dealer, its 
         Representatives, Agency and its Agents.

         (c)  ASSIGNMENTS.  Neither  Broker  Dealer  nor Agency  will  assign or
         transfer,  either  wholly or  partially,  this  Agreement or any of the
         benefits  accrued or to accrue  under it,  without  the  written  prior
         consent  of a duly  authorized  officer  of  the  Insurer  and  General
         Distributor.

         (d)  SERVICE OF  PROCESS.  If Broker  Dealer or Agency  receives  or is
         served  with any  notice or other  paper  concerning  any legal  action
         against Insurer or General Distributor,  Broker Dealer or Agency agrees
         to notify  Insurer  immediately  (in any event not later than the first
         business day after  receipt) by telephone  and transmit any papers that
         are served or received by facsimile to (612)  342-7531 and by overnight
         mail to Insurer's Office of General Counsel.

         (e)  SEVERABILITY.  It is understood  and agreed by the parties to this
         Agreement that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held
         to be invalid or in conflict with any law or  regulation,  the validity
         of the remaining  portions or provisions will not be affected,  and the
         parties'  rights and  obligations  will be construed and enforced as if
         this Agreement did not contain the particular  part,  term or provision
         held to be invalid.

         (f)  GOVERNING LAW. It is agreed by the parties to this  Agreement that
         the Agreement and all of its provisions will be governed by the laws of
         the State of Minnesota.

                                       9

         (g)  LIMITATIONS.  No party other than Insurer shall have the authority
         on behalf of Insurer to make, alter, or discharge any policy, contract,
         or certificate issued by insurer,  to waive any forfeiture or to grant,
         permit,  nor extend the time for making any  payments  nor to guarantee
         earnings or rates,  nor to alter the forms which  Insurer may prescribe
         or substitute other forms in place of those prescribed by Insurer,  nor
         to enter into any  proceeding  in a court of law or before a regulatory
         agency  in the name of or on behalf  of  Insurer,  nor to open any bank
         account in the full legal name of Insurer,  any  derivation  thereof or
         any tradename thereof.


8.       TERRITORY

                  Broker Dealer's  territory is limited  geographically to those
         jurisdictions in which the Variable  Contracts may lawfully be offered,
         provided that Broker Dealer's right to solicit sales of and to sell the
         Variable Contracts in such jurisdictions is not exclusive.


9.       EFFECTIVE DATE

         This Agreement shall be effective ________________, 199__.

                                       10


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we set our hands this ____ day of _________________, 199__.


INSURER:

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



GENERAL DISTRIBUTOR:

WASHINGTON SQUARE SECURITIES, INC.

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



BROKER DEALER:

______________________________________

By:      _____________________________

Title:   _____________________________



AGENCY:

_______________________________________

By:      ______________________________

Title:   ______________________________

                                       11
<PAGE>
                              BROKER/DEALER AGENCY
                              COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
                           FOR NWNL VARIABLE CONTRACTS



EFFECTIVE 3-01-94

This Compensation  Schedule shall be used to determine  compensation  payable to
the Broker/Dealer  under the Broker Dealer Agency Selling Agreement for Variable
Contracts  through  Broker Dealer from the Effective Date of this Schedule until
it is suspended, canceled, changed or replaced.

This Schedule is applicable to the following Variable Contracts:

1.       NWNL SELECT*ANNUITY III

         Broker Dealer shall be paid a total dealer concession  according to the
         following schedule:

         NWNL has two commission  schedules on  Select*Annuity  III.  Schedule A
         pays all commissions as a percentage of premiums paid.  Schedule B pays
         an  asset  based  trailer  commission  with  a  lower  commission  as a
         percentage of premiums paid.  Representatives may select on a policy by
         policy basis which  commission  schedule  they desire by marking on the
         application.   If  the  representative   does  not  select  an  option,
         commissions will default to Schedule A, full front end commissions.

         Commission Schedule A:

                                                 AGES 0 - 75          AGES 76-85
              TOTAL CUMULATIVE*                  DEALER               DEALER
              PREMIUM FROM ISSUE                 CONCESSION           CONCESSION

              $     0 - 4,999                    4.0%                 2.4%
              $ 5,000 - 9,999                    5.0%                 3.0%
              $10,000 +                          5.5%                 3.3%

         Commission Schedule B:
                                                 AGES 0 - 75          AGES 76-85
              TOTAL CUMULATIVE*                  DEALER               DEALER
              PREMIUM FROM ISSUE                 CONCESSION           CONCESSION

              $     0 - 4,999                    3.0%                 1.4%
              $ 5,000 - 9,999                    4.0%                 2.0%
              $10,000 +                          4.5%                 2.3%



                                               ANNUAL DEALER CONCESSION
                  YEAR                      TRAIL (AS % OF CONTRACT VALUE)**

                  1                                       .00%
                  2 - 6                                   .20%
                  7+                                      .40



*        First  premium that brings  Cumulative  Premium into the next tier will
         receive the next tier's rate. Commissions paid on earlier premiums will
         not be adjusted.

                                       1

**       Trail commissions will be calculated  quarterly (measured from contract
         date) based on the contract  value at the time.  The first  calculation
         will  take  place  at the end of the 15th  contract  month.  The  trail
         commission  will  be paid  for  eligible  contracts  at the end of each
         calendar quarter.

2.       NWNL SELECT*LIFE II

         Broker Dealer shall be paid a total dealer concession  according to the
         following schedule:

                                           ISSUE AGES 0 - 65    ISSUE AGES 66-75

                  1st Year                      90.00%                81.00%
                  Excess Premium
                  (1st Year)                     3.60%                 3.60%
                  Basic Renewal and
                   Lifetime Renewal
                   Commissions                   2.00%                 2.00%
                  Asset Based***                 0.25%                 0.25%


3.       NWNL SELECT*LIFE III

         Broker Dealer shall be paid a total dealer concession  according to the
         following schedule:

                                           ISSUE AGES 0 - 65   ISSUE AGES 66 -75

                  1st Year                       63.00%               54.00%
                  Excess Premium
                  (1st Year)                      4.50%                4.50%
                  Basic Renewal and
                   Lifetime Renewal
                   Commissions                    2.50%                2.50%
                  Asset Based***                  0.10%                0.10%


         *** Asset Based  commissions,  per policy,  are based on the average of
         the  twelve  monthly  Accumulation  Values  measured  at the end of the
         Policy  Month.  The Asset Based  Commissions  are payable at the end of
         each  Policy  Year  when  that  average  is  greater  than or  equal to
         $5,000.00.  It will be paid  concurrently  with the  first  pay  period
         immediately following the Policy Anniversary.

                                       II

                 GENERAL RULES PERTAINING TO VARIABLE CONTRACTS

1.       CHANGE OF DEALER AUTHORIZATION.  No compensation of any kind shall be  
         payable in respect of Variable Contracts following Insurer's or General
         Distributor's receipt of a change of dealer authorization applicable to
         such Variable contract.

2.       CHANGE IN REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS.  Broker-Dealer agrees that  in the  
         event a  Representative ceases  to be an associated person  of 
         Broker-Dealer or ceases to be validly licensed or registered, Broker- 
         Dealer shall not receive any compensation based on any Variable 
         Contract, its values or on premiums or purchase payments thereafter    
         received by NWNL and/or WSSI from such former Representative's  
         customers. Provided, however, if within 60 days after such 
         Representative ceases to be a representative of Broker-Dealer, Broker- 
         Dealer designates another registered representative of Broker-Dealer to
         service the former Representative's business, the compensation not paid
         shall be payable to Broker-Dealer. If an assigned Representative's     
         replacement is not designated within such 60 day period, Broker-Dealer 
         may not 

                                       2

         thereafter designate a replacement Representative for such Variable    
         contracts and shall not be entitled to such compensation.

3.       EXCLUSIVE COMPENSATION.  Broker Dealer agrees that no compensation of  
         any kind other than as described herein is payable by Insurer or       
         General Distributor in respect of Broker Dealer's sales of Variable    
         Contracts.

4.       VESTING.  First  year  commissions  and Basic  Renewal  commissions  in
         respect of Select*Life  Variable  Contracts  issued after the effective
         date and prior to the termination  date of  Broker-Dealer's appointment
         are vested in  Broker-Dealer  and will be paid to  Broker-Dealer as and
         when the  related  premium is received by the issuer and applied to the
         Select*Life  Variable Contract issued, and provided,  however,  that no
         First Year  commissions  or Basic Renewal  Commissions  (Policy years 2
         through  10),  including  those on cost of living  or any other  policy
         increases,  will be paid after  Broker-Dealer's  appointment  has  been
         terminated for more than ten years.

         The  Asset  Based  Commission  in  respect  of a  Select*Life  Variable
         Contract  issued after the effective date and prior to the  termination
         date of  Broker-Dealer's appointment is vested in  Broker-Dealer  for a
         period  of 120  months  from the  Policy  Date and for a period  of 120
         months  from  the  effective  date of any  commissionable  increase  in
         coverage sold by Broker-Dealer's Registered Representatives. Asset 
         Based Commission, if payable, shall be calculated and paid in 
         accordance with Footnote (***) above.  Asset Based  Commissions are not
         First Year Commissions, Basic Renewal Commissions, nor Lifetime Renewal
         Commissions.

5.       RENEWAL OVERWRITE  COMMISSIONS.  Renewal Overwrite Commission of 50% of
         the Basic Renewal Commission or Lifetime Renewal  Commission  (renewals
         paid after 10th policy year) on renewal life insurance premiums paid on
         life insurance  policies  written by  Broker-Dealer's  Representatives,
         will be paid when such  aggregate  premiums  exceed  $300,000  per your
         contract year.  Renewal overwrite will be paid only on policies with an
         application signed date of January 11, 1994 and later.

6.       REPLACEMENT BUSINESS.  If any policy is issued to replace a policy     
         previously issued by Insurer or an affiliate, commissions will accrue  
         only if and to the extent that Insurer's established practices provide
         for commissions on such replacements.

7.       COMMISSIONS.  Commissions shall accrue on Variable Contracts Issued as 
         and when premiums are received by Insurer and applied as premiums due  
         or payable on such policies, except as Insurer's practices may 
         otherwise provide.

8.       CHARGE-BACKS.  In any case,  where Insurer has credited a commission to
         Broker-Dealer  on the basis of a premium on a Variable  Contract issued
         and the premium is returned to the  purchaser  Insurer will charge back
         such commissions.

9.       ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND RIDERS.  Commissions will be credited based on 
         premiums for additional benefits (for example, waiver of premium and   
         term riders) added at issue of a policy at the same rate as applied to
         the base policy premium.

                                       3


<PAGE>

                   BROKER-DEALER AGENCY COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
                  FOR NWNL TRADITIONAL LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES


EFFECTIVE MARCH 1, 1994

This Compensation Schedule shall be used to determine compensation payable under
the Broker  Dealer  Agency  Selling  Agreement for  Traditional  Life  Insurance
Policies sold through  Broker-Dealer  from the  Effective  Date of this schedule
until it is suspended, canceled, changed or replaced.

                                        I
                            TABLE OF COMMISSION RATES

                                                                    TOTAL
                              TOTAL         TOTAL                   LIFETIME
                              FIRST YEAR    BASIC RENEWAL           RENEWAL
                              COMMISSIONS   COMMISSION              COMMISSION

                                            POLICY YEAR

PRODUCT                       1ST           2ND  3RD-5TH  6TH-10TH  11TH & LATER

A. LIFE INSURANCE
       The Plan 3             90 (A)(B)     3    3        3         3
       The Plan 4             72 (A)(B)     3    3        3         3
       The Bonus Plan         90 (A)(B)     3    3        3         3
       Direction Plus
        Issue Ages 0-65       90            3    3        3         3
        Issue Ages 66-80      81            3    3        3         3
        Issue Ages 81-85      45            3    3        3         3
       Term Advantage 5       54(C)         3    3        2         2
       Term Advantage 10      54(C)         3    3        2         2
       Term Advantage 15      63(C)         3    3        2         2
       LT-10 50,000-249,999   72(C)         5    5        2         2
          250,000+            63(C)         5    5        2         2
       YRT 250                63            5    5        2         2

B. ANNUITIES
       Summit Annuity         6.3 (E)       N/A  N/A      N/A       N/A
       Prism Annuity          4.5 (E)       N/A  N/A      N/A       N/A
       Retirement Income      4.32(E)       N/A  N/A      N/A       N/A
          Annuity


FOOTNOTES:

A.       Total  First  Year  commission  on the Plan 3, The Plan 4 and The Bonus
         Plan is the stated  percentage of the minimum  annual premium plus 5.4%
         of the first year premium in excess of the minimum annual premium.

         For ages 66 and over the Total First Year  Commission may be reduced if
         the  total  amount  of  premium  received  in the  first  year  exceeds
         $100,000.

B.       Payment of the Total Basic Renewal Commission and/or the Total Lifetime
         Renewal  Commission  on The  Plan  3,  The  Plan 4 and  Bonus  Plan  is
         suspended  upon an increase in coverage until the amount of the premium
         payments made after the effective  date of such an increase in coverage
         exceeds the minimum 

                                       4

         annual premium  attributable to such an increase in coverage.  An  
         increase  in  coverage  is any  increase  in face amount requested by 
         the policyholder or due to a cost of living  increase,  or the addition
         of riders.

C.       In the event the  policyholder  exercises the exchange of policy option
         in accordance  with the  provisions of the LT-10 or Term  Advantage (5,
         10, or 15)  policy,  a new Total First  Year,  Total Basic  Renewal and
         Total Lifetime  Renewal  Commission will be paid in accordance with the
         Table  beginning  with  the  effective  date of the new  LT-10  or Term
         Advantage (5, 10, or 15) policy.

D.       The Total First Year Commission for the Additional Paid-Up Life 
         Insurance Rider (PUAR) is 5.4% of the rider premium.  Total Basic 
         Renewal and Total Lifetime Renewal is 4.5% of the rider premium.

E.       The Total First Year  commission  paid on the Summit Annuity is 6.3% of
         premium  through  age 75 and 3.24% for issue  ages 76  through  85. The
         Total  First  Year  Commission  paid on the  Prism  Annuity  is 4.5% of
         premium  through  age 75 and 2.34% for issue  ages 76  through  85. The
         Total First Year  Commission  paid on the Retirement  Income Annuity is
         4.32% of premium through age 75 and 2.16% for issue ages 76 through 85.


                                       II
            GENERAL RULES PERTAINING TO TRADITIONAL LIFE COMMISSIONS


1.       REPLACEMENT BUSINESS.  If any policy is issued to replace a policy     
         previously issued by Insurer or an affiliate, commissions will accrue  
         only if and to the extent that Insurer's established practices provide
         for commissions on such replacements.

2.       COMMISSIONS.  Commissions shall accrue on Contracts issued as and when 
         premiums are received by Insurer and applied as premiums due or payable
         on such policies, except as Insurer's practices may otherwise provide.

3.       CHARGE-BACKS.  In any case,  where Insurer has credited a commission to
         Agency on the basis of a premium on a Contract  issued and the  premium
         is returned to the purchaser Insurer will charge back such commissions.

4.       ADDITIONAL BENEFITS AND RIDERS.  Commissions will be credited based on 
         premiums for additional benefits (for example, waiver of premium and   
         term riders) added at issue of a policy at the same rate as applied to
         the base policy premium.

5.       COMMISSIONS  PAYABLE ON SUBSTANDARD  EXTRA PREMIUMS.  Commission  rates
         payable on extra premiums on policies,  other than The Plan 3, The Plan
         4 and The Bonus Plan,  will be 40% of the  commission  percentage  rate
         paid on the basic policy  premium.  No commissions  will be paid on any
         temporary extra premiums.

6.       VESTING.   Upon   termination  of  the  Broker  Dealer  Agency  Selling
         Agreement,  Total  First  Year  Commissions  and  Total  Basic  Renewal
         Commissions   on  Contracts   issued  after  the   effective   date  of
         Broker-Dealer's   Contract  and  before  the  date  of  termination  of
         Broker-Dealer's  appointment  will be  payable in  accordance  with the
         provisions of your Contract and provided,  however, that no Total First
         Year Agent's Commissions or Total Basic Renewal Commissions,  including
         those on cost of  living or any other  policy  increases,  will be paid
         after  appointment has been  terminated for more than ten years.  Total
         Lifetime Renewal Commissions will be not payable after termination.

7.       TERM CONVERSIONS.  Any policy issued as a conversion from an individual
         term policy will accrue the same  commissions  as a regular new policy,
         unless Insurer's written rules otherwise provide. Unless 

                                       5

         converted from a YRT-250  policy in its first five  policy  years,  any
         Plan 4 policy issued as a conversion will accrue  commissions only on 
         the increase in premium over the converted individual term policy.

8.       CHANGE OF DEALER AUTHORIZATION.  No compensation of any kind shall be  
         payable in respect of Variable Contracts following Insurer's or General
         Distributor's receipt of a change of dealer authorization applicable to
         such Variable contract.

9.       CHANGE IN REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS.  Dealer agrees that in the event a  
         Representative ceases to be an associated person of Broker-Dealer or   
         ceases to be validly licensed or registered, Broker-Dealer shall not
         receive any compensation based on any Variable Contract, its values or 
         on premiums or purchase payments thereafter received by NWNL and/or 
         WSSI from such former Representative's customers. Provided, however, if
         within 60 days after such Representative ceases to be a representative 
         of Broker-Dealer, Broker-Dealer designates another registered   
         representative of Broker-Dealer to service the former Representative's
         business, the compensation not paid shall be payable to Broker-Dealer. 
         If an assigned Representative's replacement is not designated within   
         such 60 day period, Broker-Dealer may not thereafter designate a
         replacement Representative for such Variable contracts and shall not be
         entitled to such compensation.

                                       6


                                   EXHIBIT 4

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED
RETIREMENT ANNUITY

Variable and/or Fixed Accumulation

Variable and/or Fixed Dollar Annuity Payments

Non-Participating

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTICE

ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND  ACCUMULATION  VALUES PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACT, WHEN BASED
ON THE INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT,  ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RIGHT TO RETURN CONTRACT

Please read this contract carefully. If you do not want it, you may return it to
us or your agent within 10 days after you receive it and ask us to cancel it. As
soon as you  return it, we will  consider  it void from the start and refund the
Contract  Value as of the next  Valuation  Date after  receiving  your  request.
However, if applicable law so requires, the full amount of any Purchase Payments
we receive will be refunded.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Index                                         Page

Age and Sex                                    11
Annuitant                                       A
Annuity Benefits                               13
Annuity Forms                                  15
Claims                                         17
Contract Data Page                              A
Contract Owner and Beneficiary                 11
Death Benefit                                  10
Definitions                                   2-3
Fixed Account                                   4
Fixed Annuity Payments                         13
General Provisions                              1
Purchase Payments                               4
Surrenders                                      8
Termination                                    12
Transfers                                       8
Variable Account                                4
Variable Annuity Payments                      14

Additional  benefits,  if any, are listed on the  Contract  Data Page and follow
page 2. Additional restrictions, if any, follow page 2.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Box 20
Minneapolis
Minnesota 55440

Northwestern National Life Insurance Company (we, us, our) will make payments to
the  Annuitant  starting  on the  Annuity  Commencement  Date as  stated in this
Contract.  We will pay the Death  Benefit  if an Owner dies  before the  Annuity
Commencement Date.

We issue this  Contract in  consideration  of the  Application  and the Purchase
Payments we receive.

Executed at our Home Office

John H. Flittie            President
/s/ John H. Flittie

Royce N. Sanner            Secretary
/s/ Royce N. Sanner

Page 1 84-420

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE CONTRACT

Read this contract carefully. This contract states, in detail, all of the rights
and obligations of both you and us. The entire contract is:

- -------------
This contract
- -------------

Plus all  applications,  riders,  endorsements,  and  amendments  at the time of
issue.

Plus all applications, riders, endorsements, amendments, and Contract Data Pages
agreed upon later.

- -------
Changes
- -------

Contract changes must be in writing and signed by our President or Secretary, or
one of our Vice  Presidents or Assistant  Secretaries.  No other agent or person
may alter or change the terms or conditions of this Contract.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEFINITIONS

- -------------------------------------

Annuitant

The person you name to receive  annuity  payments and whose life  determines the
annuity benefits payable. The Annuitant is shown on the Contract Data Page.

- -------------------------------------

Annuity Commencement Date

The date on which the annuity payments begin. The Annuity  Commencement  Date is
as shown on the Contract Data Page unless changed as provided by this Contract.

- -------------------------------------

Beneficiary

The person(s) you name to receive:

1.
The Death  Benefit if you die before the Annuity  Commencement  Date and a Death
Benefit is payable under the terms of this contract.

2.
The balance of the annuity payments, if any, under the Annuity Form in effect at
the Annuitant's death.

- -------------------------------------

Code

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

- -------------------------------------

Contract Anniversary

The same day and month as the Issue Date each year that this Contract remains in
force.

- -------------------------------------

Contract Value

The sum of the Variable  Account  Contract Value plus the Fixed Account Contract
Value on a Valuation Date.

- -------------------------------------

Contract Year

Each 12 month period starting with the Issue Date and each Contract  Anniversary
after that.

- -------------------------------------

Death Benefit Valuation Date

The Death Benefit Valuation Date is the Valuation Date next following the date
we receive:

1.
Proof of death; and,

2.
A written  request from the  Beneficiary  for a single sum payment or an Annuity
Form permitted by Section 72(s) of the Code which we approve.

- ------------
Page 2  4642
- ------------
<PAGE>
Contract Date Page                                    Date Printed
Contract Number                                       September 1, 1993

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Contract Information       Owner                      John Jones
                           Annuitant                  John Jones
                           Age of Annuitant           35
                           Sex of Annuitant           Male
                           Issue Date                 September 1, 1993

                           Initial Purchase
                           Payment                    $10,000

                           Issue Date                 September 1, 1993
                           Annuity
                           Commencement Date          September 1, 1993


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Minimum Initial Purchase Payment    Non-qualified       $5,000
                                    Qualified           $2,000

Minimum Subsequent Payment          Non-qualified       $  500
                                    Qualified           $  200


Purchase payments are allocated to the Fixed Account and the Variable Account as
shown below unless changed as provided in this contract.

Purchase payments allocated to the Variable Account are used by the Sub-Accounts
to purchase at net asset value, shares of any of the following Mutual Funds:

                                                             Initial
Mutual Funds                                                Allocation

Variable Insurance
Product Funds (VIPF)

Money Market Portfolio                                         10%
High Income Portfolio                                          10%
Equity-Income Portfolio                                        10%
Growth Portfolio                                               10%
Overseas Portfolio                                             10%
Asset Manager Portfolio                                        10%
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio                                10%
Index 500 Portfolio                                            10%

PCM Diversified Income                                          0%
PCM Growth and Income                                           0%
PCM Utilities Growth and Income                                 0%
PCM Voyager                                                     0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed Account                                                  20%
TOTAL ALLOCATION                                              100%

Fixed Account, Initial interest rate                          5.5%
This rate is  guaranteed  until  the end of the  current  calendar  year for all
purchase  payments and  transfers  credited to the Fixed Account while this rate
and guarantee are in effect.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Form Numbers:     84-830, 82-000, 84-696, 84-421, 84-693, 84-422, 84-694, 
                  84-604, 84-695,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURRENDERS

                           TABLE OF SURRENDER CHARGES

Contract Year of total/partial                 Surrender Charge
surrender minus Contract                        as percentage of
Year of Purchase Payment                    each Purchase Payment
- ------------------------                    ---------------------
         0-1                                           6%
         2-3                                           5%
         4-5                                           4%
         6 & later                                     0%

Free Surrender Percentage:                           $10%

Minimum Amount of a Partial Surrender:              $500.00

Maximum Amount of a Partial Surrender:      The Contract Value cannot
                                            fall below $1,000

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER CHARGES (Annual basis)

         Mortality Risk Premium:    .85% of the daily net asset value

         Expense Risk Premium:      .40% of the daily net asset value

         Administration Charge:     .15% of the daily net asset value

         Annual Contract Charge:    $30

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MINIMUM GUARANTEED DEATH BENEFIT

    Specified Contract Anniversary:     Consecutive six year anniversary dates 
                                        measured from the Issue Date

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

DEFINITIONS (continued)]

Fixed Account

An account  under this  Contract that  guarantees  both  principle and interest.
Fixed Account  Contract Values are held in our General Account which is composed
of all our assets other than those in our Separate  Accounts.  We have  complete
ownership and control of the assets in the General Account.

- -------------------------------------

Owner (You, Your)

The  person(s)  named on the  Contract  Data Page to hold this  Contract  and to
exercise all rights and privileges  under it. This Contract may be owned by one,
but no more than two,  natural  person(s)  only,  except when it is held under a
retirement plan described in Section 401 (a) or 403(a),  or a program  described
in Section 403(b) of the Code.  The Annuitant owns this Contract  unless another
owner is named as  provided  for in this  Contract.  You may change the Owner of
this Contract by sending us written notice.

- -------------------------------------

Sub-Account

A subdivision of the Variable Account.  Each  Sub-Account's  assets are invested
exclusively  in one of the  investment  funds we make  available for  investment
under this  Contract.  The  Sub-Accounts  available  on the Issue Date,  and the
percentage of Purchase  Payments you have allocated to each Sub-Account is shown
on the Contract Data Page.

- -------------------------------------

Sub-Account Accumulation Unit

A unit of measure used to determine the Variable  Account  Contract Value before
annuity payments start.

- -------------------------------------

Successor Beneficiary

The person you name to become the Beneficiary if the Beneficiary dies.

- -------------------------------------

Valuation Date

The close of the market  each day that the New York Stock  Exchange  is open for
trading  and trading  has not been  suspended  by the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

- -------------------------------------

Valuation Period

The period of time between a Valuation Date and the next Valuation Date.

- -------------------------------------

Variable Account

A separate investment account of ours which has been established under the State
of Minnesota insurance laws and is divided into Sub-Accounts.

- -------------------------------------

Variable Annuity

A series of periodic  payments to the Annuitant  which will vary in amount based
on the investment  performance of the Variable Account  Sub-Accounts under this
Contract.

- -------------------------------------

Variable Annuity Unit

A unit of measure used to determine  the amount of an annuity  payment after the
first annuity payment under a Variable Annuity.

- -------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-693                                                                        3 
- ------                                                                       ---
DEFINITIONS (continued)

We, Us, Our

Northwestern National Life Insurance Company.

- -------------------------------------

Written, In Writing

A written  request or  notice,  signed and  dated,  and  received  at an address
designated by us. The form and content of the request must be acceptable to us.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Purchase Payments

You may make  Purchase  Payments any time before the Annuity  Commencement  Date
while  the  Contract  is  inforce.  Purchase  Payments  must  equal at least the
applicable  minimum  Purchase Payment as shown on the Contract Data Page. We may
choose  not to  accept an  additional  Purchase  Payment  if it is less than the
minimum,  or if the additional  Purchase  Payment plus the Contract Value at the
next Valuation Date exceeds $ 1,000,000.

- -------------------------------------

Allocation of Purchase Payments

You specified the initial  allocation of Purchase  Payments on your  application
for this  Contract.  Your  allocation  is shown on the Contract  Data Page.  The
percentage allocation between the accounts may be changed at any time by written
notice.  Changes  in  allocations  of  Sub-Account  funds  are  subject  to  any
limitations  imposed by such funds.  The only fee for such  changes  will be the
charges,  if any,  imposed by the investments  funds.  Changes in the allocation
will not be effective until the date we receive your notice and will only affect
Purchase  Payments we receive after that date. The allocation may be 100% to any
account  or may be divided  between  the  accounts  in whole  percentage  points
totaling 100%.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FIXED ACCOUNT

Purchase  Payments  will  be  allocated  to  the  Fixed  Account  in  the  whole
percentages you have specified. We credit interest to the Fixed Account Contract
Value at rates we determine from time to time. We will never credit less than 3%
per year.  The Fixed Account  Interest Rate  applicable to the initial  purchase
payment is shown on the Contract Data Page and is guaranteed  until  December 31
next following receipt of the initial Purchase Payment.

- -------------------------------------

Fixed Account Contract Value

The Fixed Account Contract Value on any Valuation Date is:

1.
The sum of your Purchase Payments allocated to the Fixed Account.

2.
Plus any transfers from the Variable Account.

3.
Plus interest credited as specified above.

4.
Minus any partial  surrenders,  Surrender  Charges,  and Annual Contract Charges
applicable to the Fixed Account.

5.
Minus any transfers to the Variable Account.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VARIABLE ACCOUNT

The Variable  Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
as a unit  investment  trust under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940. We have
complete ownership and control of the assets in the Variable Account,  but these
assets are held separately from our other assets and are not part of our General
Account.

The portion of the assets of the  Variable  Account  equal to the  reserves  and
other  contract  liabilities  of the  Variable  Account will not be charged with
liabilities  incurred in any other  business  that we may  conduct.  We have the
right to  transfer to our General  Account  any assets of the  Variable  Account
which are in excess of such reserves and other liabilities.  The income, if any,
and gains and losses,  realized or unrealized,  of the Variable  Account will be
credited to or charged against the amount allocated to the Variable Account,  in
accordance with the contracts supported by the Variable Account,  without regard
to the other income, gains, or losses of the Company.

- --------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4835                                                                          4
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNTS (continued)

Sub-Accounts

The Variable Account is divided into  Sub-Accounts,  some of which are available
under this Contract. Each Sub-Account that is made available under this Contract
invests in shares of a corresponding series of a designated  investment fund, as
set forth on the Contract  Data Page.  Shares of a series will be purchased  and
redeemed  for a  Sub-Account  at their net asset  value.  Any  amount of income,
dividends,  and gains  distributed from shares of a series will be reinvested in
additional  shares of that series at its net asset value.  The  investment  fund
prospectuses define the net asset value and describe the investment funds.

The dollar  amounts of values and  benefits  of this  Contract  provided  by the
Variable  Account depend on the investment  performance of the investment  funds
in which your  selected  Sub-Accounts  are  invested.  We do not  guarantee the
investment  performance of the investment  funds.  You bear the full  investment
risk for amounts applied to the selected Sub-Accounts.

An investment fund may impose a minimum purchase  requirement.  If your Purchase
Payment  plus all other  Purchase  Payments  we receive to be  allocated  to the
Sub-Account  for purchase of shares in that  investment fund on a given day less
any redemption of such shares resulting from transfers or surrenders on that day
do not meet the minimum, we will refund your Purchase Payment.

Purchase  Payments  allocated to a  Sub-Account  may be unable to be invested in
shares of a selected investment fund because:

1.
Shares are not being offered for sale by the investment fund, or

2.
In the judgement of our management,  further  investment in such investment fund
shares would be inappropriate in view of the purposes of this Contract.

If we are unable to invest your Purchase Payment as you have specified,  we will
return it to you. You may then direct  allocation of the Purchase  Payments to a
different  Sub-Account.  The  new  allocation  will  be  effective  on the  next
Valuation Date after we receive your request.

- --------------------------------

Sub-Account Accumulation Units

Purchase Payments received under this Contract and allocated to, and any amounts
transferred to, the Variable Account will be credited in the form of Sub-Account
Accumulation  Units.  The number of Sub-Account  Accumulation  Units credited is
found by dividing the amount of the Purchase Payment allocated to, or any amount
transferred to, the Sub-Account by the  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit Value on
the next Valuation Date. The number of Sub-Account  Accumulation  Units canceled
upon  surrender or transfer  from a  Sub-Account  is  determined by dividing the
amount surrendered or transferred by the Sub-Account  Accumulation Unit Value on
the next Valuation Date.

Each  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit  Value was  initially  set at $10 when the
Sub-Account  first purchased  investment fund shares.  Subsequent  values on any
Valuation  Date are equal to the previous  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit Value
times the Net Investment Factor for that Sub-Account for the Valuation Date.

- --------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-694                                                                        5
- ------                                                                       ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNTS (continued)

Variable Account Contract Value

The Variable  Account Contract Value is the total of the values of your interest
in each Sub-Account, which for each Sub-Account is equal to:

1.
The number of Sub-Account Accumulation Units.

2.
Times the Sub-Account Accumulation Unit Value.

The Variable  Account  Contract Value will vary from Valuation Date to Valuation
Date reflecting the total value of your interest in the Sub-Accounts.

- --------------------------------

Net Investment Factor

The Net  investment  Factor is an index  number which  reflects  charges to this
Contract  and the  investment  performance  during  a  Valuation  Period  of the
investment fund in which a Sub-Account is invested. If the Net Investment Factor
is greater than one, the Sub-Account  Accumulation Unit Value has increased.  If
the Net Investment  Factor is less than one, the Sub-Account  Accumulation  Unit
Value has decreased. The Net Investment Factor for a Sub-Account is determined  
by dividing (1) by (2) and then subtracting (3) from the result, where:

1.
Is the net result of:

a.
The net  asset  value  per  share  of the  investment  fund  shares  held in the
Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period.

b.
Plus the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain  distributions made on
the investment fund shares held in the Sub-Account during the current  Valuation
Period.

c.
Plus or minus a per share  charge or credit for any taxes  reserved for which we
determine to have resulted from the investment operations of the Sub-Account and
to be applicable to this Contract.

2.
Is the net result of:

a.
The net  asset  value  per  share  of the  investment  fund  shares  held in the
Sub-Account, determined at the end of the last prior Valuation Period.

b.
Plus or minus a per share  charge or credit for any taxes  reserved for the last
prior  Valuation  Period which we determine to have resulted from the investment
operations of the Sub-Account and to be applicable to this Contract.

3.
Is a factor  representing  the Mortality Risk Premium,  the Expense Risk Charge,
and the Administrative Charge which are shown on an annual basis on the Contract
Data Page.

- --------------------------------

Mortality Risk Premium

The Mortality  Risk Premium pays us for assuming the  mortality  risk under this
Contract.  This charge is included in the Net Investment  Factor and is shown on
the Contract Data Page.

- --------------------------------

Expense Risk Charge

The Expense Risk Charge pays us for  guaranteeing  that we will not increase the
Annual  Contract  Charge or the  Administrative  Charge  even though our cost of
administering  this  Contract and the accounts may  increase.  This Expense Risk
Charge is included  in the Net  Investment  Factor and is shown on the  Contract
Data Page.

- --------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4836                                                                          6
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE ACCOUNT (continued)

Administrative Charge and Annual Contract Charge

The  Administrative  Charge and the Annual Contract Charge shown on the Contract
Data Page pay us for the administrative expenses of the Contract.

The Administrative Charge is included in the Net Investment Factor.

The Annual  Contract  Charge will be deducted  from the  Contract  Value on each
Contract  Anniversary before the Annuity  Commencement Date. We may not increase
the Annual Contract Charge. We make the deduction from the Fixed Account and the
Variable  Account  on  a  basis  that  reflects  each  account's   proportionate
percentage  of the  Contract  Value.  If you request a total  surrender  of this
Contract on other than the Contract Anniversary, the Annual Contract Charge will
be deducted at the time of the surrender.

On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, if we provide a Fixed Annuity we will
deduct  1/12th of the Annual  Contract  Charge from each monthly  Fixed  Annuity
Payment;  if we provide a Variable Annuity,  we will deduct 1/12th of the Annual
Contract Charge from each monthly Variable  Annuity  Payment.  If either form of
annuity  payment  is paid  other  than  monthly,  the  deduction  for the Annual
Contract Charge will be adjusted pro rata. The amount will be deducted from each
Fixed  Annuity  Payment and also will be  deducted  from each  Variable  Annuity
Payment.

- --------------------------------

Premium and Other Taxes

We  may  also  deduct  any  applicable  premium  taxes  levied  by any  unit  of
government.  We may,  at our  discretion,  deduct  premium  taxes from  purchase
payments upon receipt or deduct premium taxes from the Contract Value at a later
date.  We reserve  the right to deduct  charges for any other tax or economic
burden  resulting  from the  application of any tax laws that we determine to be
applicable to the Contract.

- --------------------------------

Reserved Rights

We reserve the right, if permitted by law, to:

1.
Create new variable accounts;

2.
Combine variable accounts, including the Variable Account;

3.
Remove, add or combine Sub-Accounts and make the new Sub-Accounts available to  
Contract Owners at our discretion;

4.
Substitute  shares of other  investment funds or series thereof for those of the
investment funds and series made available under the Contract;

5.
Transfer  assets of the Variable  Account,  which we determine to be  associated
with the class of contracts to which this Contract belongs,  to another variable
account (if this type of transfer is made, the term  'Variable  Account' as used
in this  Contract  will then mean the variable  account to which the assets were
transferred);

6.
Deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act, of 1940, if   
registration is no longer required;

7.
Make any changes required by the Investment Company Act of 1940;

8.
Operate  the  Variable  Account  as  a  managed  investment  company  under  the
Investment Company Act of 1940, or any other form permitted by law; and

9.
Restrict or eliminate any voting  privileges of Contract Owners or other persons
who have voting privileges as to the Variable Account.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-695                                                                        7 
- ------                                                                       ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRANSFERS

You  may  transfer  Contract  Value  among   Sub-Accounts,   from  one  or  more
Sub-Accounts  to the Fixed  Account,  and from the Fixed  Account to one or more
Sub-Accounts,  subject to certain  limitations.  We make a transfer  on the next
Valuation  Date  after we  receive  your  written  instructions  requesting  the
transfer.  Transfers are subject to any charge imposed by the  investment  funds
invested in by the Sub-Accounts  involved in the transfer.  We reserve the right
to impose a charge  of up to $25 for each  transfer  and to limit the  number of
transfers  you can  make.  All  transfers  are  subject  to any  conditions  the
investment fund whose shares are involved may impose.

- --------------------------------

Transfers from the Fixed Account

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request in writing the transfer of
part of the Fixed  Account  Contract  Value to the  Variable  Account  under the
following conditions:

1.
You may only make the  transfer in the transfer  period  starting 30 days before
and ending 30 days after each Contract Anniversary. Only one transfer is allowed
during the transfer period.

2.
The request to  transfer  must be received by us no more than 30 days before the
start of the transfer period and not later than the end of the transfer period.

3.
No more than 50% of the Fixed Account  Contract Value may be transferred  unless
the Fixed Account  Contract  Value would be less than $1000 after the transfer,
in which case the full Fixed Account Contract Value may be transferred.

4.
You must transfer at least $500 or the total Fixed Account  Contract  Value,  if
less.

No transfers  from the Fixed Account may be made after the Annuity  Commencement
Date.

- --------------------------------

All Other Transfers

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request in writing the transfer of
all or part of a  Sub-Account's  value to  other  Sub-Accounts  or to the  Fixed
Account. To accomplish the transfer,  appropriate Sub-Account Accumulation Units
will be redeemed and their value will be  reinvested in other  Sub-Accounts,  or
reallocated to the Fixed Account as directed in your request.

After the Annuity  Commencement  Date,  the Annuitant may request in writing the
transfer  of the value of the  Sub-Account  Variable  Annuity  Units in the same
manner and  subject to the same  requirements  as for a transfer of the value of
the Sub-Account Accumulation Units.

No  transfers  to the Fixed  Account may be made after the Annuity  Commencement
Date.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURRENDERS

At any time prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and during the  lifetime of
the  Annuitant,  you may  surrender all or part of this Contract by sending us a
written request.

Surrenders will be taken first from Purchase  Payments on a first-in,  first-out
basis, then from Contract Earnings.

- --------------------------------

Total Surrender

Any time prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and during the lifetime of the
Annuitant,  you may surrender this Contract by sending us a written  request. 
The amount payable on surrender is:

1.
The Contract  Value and the Valuation  Date next  following  our receipt of your
request.

2.
Minus the  Annual  Administrative  Charge if the  surrender  does not occur on a
Contract Anniversary.

3.
Minus any Surrender Charges.

4.
Minus any premium and other taxes.

Upon payment of the above surrender  amount,  this Contract is terminated and we
have no further obligation under this Contract.

- --------------------------------

Partial Surrender

At any time prior to the Annuity  Commencement  Date and during the  lifetime of
the Annuitant,  you may surrender a portion of the Fixed Account  Contract Value
and/or the Variable Account  Contract Value by sending us a written request.  We
reserve the right to impose a charge of up to $25 for each partial surrender and
to limit the number of partial surrenders you can make.

You must request to  surrender  an amount  equal to at least the minimum  amount
shown on the Contract Data Page.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4837                                                                          8 
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SURRENDERS (continued)

The requested amount of the partial  surrender may not exceed the amount payable
under a total surrender.

The partial  surrender may not cause the remaining  contract value to fall below
the amount shown on the Contract Data Page.

We will  surrender  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Units from the Variable  Account,
and/or  dollar  amount  from  the  Fixed  Account,  so  that  the  total  amount
surrendered equals the sum of the following:

1.
The dollar amount of your partial surrender request.
2.
Plus any Surrender Charges.
3.
Plus any premium and other taxes.

If you do not specify the accounts from which surrender is to be made, surrender
will be made from the Fixed Account and the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account
in the same  proportion  your  interest in each  account  bears to the  Contract
Value.  Partial  surrenders will be made as of the Valuation Date next following
our receipt of your request.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SURRENDER CHARGES

Order of Surrender

For purposes of  determining  Surrender  Charges,  the Contract Value is divided
into the following categories:

1.
New Purchase  Payments - Purchase  Payments we have  received and that still may
have a Surrender Charge applied as shown on the Contract Data Page.
2.
Old Purchase Payments - Purchase Payments not defined as New Purchase Payments.
3.
Contract  Earnings - The Contract  Value at any Valuation  Date minus the sum of
the New Purchase Payments and Old Purchase Payments.

Surrenders will be taken from the funds available in the following order:

1.
Old Purchase Payments, until exhausted.
2.
New Purchase Payments, until exhausted.
3.
Contract Earnings.

- --------------------------------

Free Surrender

During any Contract Year,  surrenders  taken from the following  amounts are not
subject to a Surrender Charge:

1.
Old Purchase Payments not already surrendered.
2.
The Percentage of Free Surrender shown on the Contract Data Page multiplied by  
all New Purchase Payments.  However, this applies only to the first surrender   
made in each contract year after the first Contract Year.
3.
Contract Earnings.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AMOUNT OF SURRENDER CHARGE

Total Surrender

The Surrender Charge for a total surrender is found by multiplying the amount of
each New Purchase Payment, surrendered and not eligible for a Free Surrender, by
the applicable Surrender Charge percentage shown on the Contract Data Page.

Partial Surrender

The Surrender Charge for a partial surrender is found by dividing (1) by (2) and
multiplying the result by (3), for each New Purchase  Payment to be surrendered,
where:

1.
Is the amount of the New Purchase Payment to be surrendered and not eligible for
a Free Surrender.  
2. 
Is one minus the applicable  Surrender  Charge  percentage shown on the Contract
Data Page.
3.
Is the applicable Surrender Charge percentage shown on the Contract Data Page.

The  Surrender  Charge will be deducted  proportionately  from the Fixed Account
and/or the Sub-Accounts from which the surrender is taken.

In computing surrenders, any portion of a Surrender Charge that is deducted from
the remaining Contract Value will be deemed a part of the surrender.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-696                                                                        9 
- ------                                                                       ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL SURRENDER PROVISIONS

The amount surrendered, minus any charges, will normally be paid to you within 7
days of:

1.
Receipt of your written request, and

2.
Receipt of your contract, if required.

We have the right to defer payment of  surrenders  from the Fixed Account for up
to 6 months from the date we receive your request.

No surrenders are allowed on or after the Annuity Commencement Date.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

Death of Owner

When an Owner,  including any Joint Owner, dies before the Annuity  Commencement
Date we pay the Death  Benefit to the  Beneficiary (otherwise  to the  Successor
Beneficiary, otherwise to the estate of the deceased Owner) in a lump sum within
5 years of the Owner's death,  unless the person designated to receive the Death
Benefit requests an Annuity Form permitted by Section 72(s) of the Code,  within
60 days of the date of death and we approve it.

If the Owner has designated the Owner's spouse as sole Beneficiary, the Contract
continues  in the name of the  surviving  spouse who  becomes  the Owner and may
exercise all rights and privileges hereunder.

- --------------------------------

Death of Annuitant When Annuitant is Not Owner

When someone other than the Annuitant owns this Contract, and the Annuitant dies
before the Annuity  Commencement Date while this Contract is inforce,  the Owner
must  designate  a  successor  Annuitant  within  60  days  of the  date  of the
Annuitant's death, otherwise the Owner becomes the Annuitant.

- --------------------------------

Amount of Death Benefit

The amount of the Death Benefit is defined as follows:

1.
If an Owner  (including  the  Annuitant)  dies on or before the first day of the
month following such Owner's 85th birthday, the greatest of:
a.
The Contract Value on the Death Benefit Valuation Date; or
b.
The sum of the  Purchase  Payments we received  under this  Contract,  minus the
amount of all partial  surrenders;  or 
c. 
The  Contract  Value on the  Specified Contract  Anniversary  (immediately  
preceding  the Owner's death) shown on the Contract Data Page, plus any Purchase
Payments and less any partial surrenders since that anniversary.  

2. 
If an Owner (including the Annuitant) dies after the first day of the month  
following such Owner's 85th birthday,  the Contract Value on the Death Benefit  
Valuation Date.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4838                                                                         10 
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFIT BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE (continued)

Payment of Death Benefit

If the  Beneficiary  elects a single sum payment of the Death  Benefit,  we will
make payment within 7 days after the Death Benefit Valuation Date. If an Annuity
Form is  requested,  it may be any  Annuity  Form that could have been  selected
under the Annuity Benefits Section of this Contract and which is permitted by   
Section 72(s) of the Code.

If an Annuity Form is not requested  within 60 days after the date of death, the
Death Benefit will be paid in a single sum to the  Beneficiary and this Contract
will end.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEATH BENEFIT ON OR AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE

When the Annuitant dies, on or after the Annuity  Commencement Date, we will pay
the  Beneficiary,  in a lump sum, the value of the remaining  proceeds,  if any,
under the Annuity Form in effect.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PAYMENT TO BENEFICIARY

The Death Benefit is paid to the Beneficiary,  if any. If there is more than one
Beneficiary,  each receives an equal share,  unless you have  requested  another
method in writing.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONTRACT OWNER

As Owner,  you may  exercise  all of the rights and duties  under this  Contract
before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Before the Annuity  Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is living, you may
name or change a Beneficiary, a Successor Beneficiary, or Annuitant by giving us
written  notice of the change.  We are not  responsible  for the validity of any
change.  A change  will take  effect  as of the date it is  signed  but will not
affect any payments we make or action we take before  receiving your notice.  We
need the  consent of any  irrevocably  named  person  before  making a requested
change.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Age and Sex

If age or sex affects  payments or benefits under this Contract,  we may require
satisfactory  proof  of  correct  age  or  sex  at any  time.  If we  have  made
overpayments  because  of  incorrect  age or sex  information,  or any  error or
miscalculation, we will deduct the overpayment from the next payment or payments
due. We add underpayments to the next payment.

- --------------------------------

Amendment

We reserve  the right to amend  this  Contract  in order to  include  any future
changes  relating to this  Contract's  remaining  qualified  for treatment as an
annuity contract under the following:

1.
The Code.
2.
Internal Revenue Service rulings and regulations.
3.
Any requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.

We will promptly send you a copy of any amendments.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-421                                                                       11 
- ------                                                                       ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

Assignment

This  Contract may be assigned  before the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  You may
assign all rights  under this  Contract by giving us the original or a certified
copy  of  the  assignment. We  are  not  responsible  for  the  validity  of any
assignment. We are not bound by any assignment until we receive it.

All collateral assignees must consent to any surrender. We may require that this
Contract be returned to our Home Office prior to making payment.

- --------------------------------

Disclaimer

We are not liable for the tax or tax penalties you own resulting from failure to
comply with the  requirements  of the Code,  Regulations  and Rulings imposed on
this Contract.

- --------------------------------

Payments and Settlements

All payments  and  settlements  we make are payable at our Home  Office.  We may
require that this Contract be returned before payments and settlements are made.

- --------------------------------

Proof of Death

We accept any of the following as proof of death:

1.
A copy of a certified death certificate.

2.
A copy of a  certified  decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  as to the
finding of death.

3.
Any other proof satisfactory to us.

- --------------------------------

Protection of Proceeds

Payments we make under this  Contract  may not be  assigned  before they are due
and, except as permitted by law, are not subject to claims of creditors or legal
process.

- --------------------------------

Reports

We will send you a report showing the Contract Value at least once each year.

- --------------------------------

Termination

This Contract ends when:

1.
It is surrendered for its full value, or

2.
The Death Benefit is paid, whichever occurs first.

If the Contract  Value is less than $ 1,000,  we may cancel this Contract on any
Contract  Anniversary which is a Valuation Date or on the next Valuation Date if
the  Contract  Anniversary  is  not  a  Valuation  Date.  This  cancellation  is
considered a total surrender of this Contract,  subject to the Surrender Charges
and Annual Administrative Charges.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4643                                                                         12 
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANNUITY BENEFITS

Application of Contract Value

On the Annuity  Commencement  Date, we apply the Fixed Account Contract Value to
provide a Fixed Annuity,  and the Variable  Account  Contract Value to provide a
Variable Annuity, unless you tell us to do otherwise in writing. If the Contract
Value on the  Annuity  Commencement  Date is less  than  $5,000,  we may pay the
Contract  Value  in a  single  sum and  cancel  this  Contract.  If the  Annuity
Commencement  Date is more  than two years  from the  Policy  Date,  we will not
subtract  any  Surrender  Charges.  We  reserve  the right to deduct  applicable
premium and other taxes levied by any unit of government from the Contract Value
on the Annuity Commencement Date.

- ---------------------------------

Annuity Commencement Date

You  specified  the  Annuity   Commencement   Date  for  this  Contract  in  the
application.  It is the date on which  annuity  payments are to start.  The date
will be the first day of the  month  following  the  Annuitant's  75th  birthday
unless you select  another date.  If a later date is selected,  we must agree to
it.  You may  change  the  Annuity  Commencement  Date at any time if we receive
written  notice at least 30 days before both the  current  Annuity  Commencement
Date and the new Annuity Commencement Date.

If the Annuity  Commencement  Date does not occur on a Valuation Date that is at
least 60 days after the Issue  Date,  we reserve the right to change the Annuity
Commencement Date to the first Valuation Date that is at least 60 days after the
Issue  Date.  If the Annuity  Commencement  Date is less than two years from the
Issue Date, we may apply Surrender Charges.

- --------------------------------

Frequency and Amount of Payments

Annuity  payments  will be made monthly  unless we agree to a different  payment
schedule. We reserve the right to change the frequency of either a Fixed Annuity
Payment or a Variable Annuity Payment so that each payment will be at least $50.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Fixed Annuity Payments start on the Annuity Commencement Date. The amount of the
first monthly payment for the Annuity Form selected, before the deduction of any
portion of the Annual  Contract  Charge,  is shown on the Annuity Tables of this
Contract for each $1,000 of Contract Value applied.  The monthly  portion of the
Annual  Contract  Charge  is  deducted  from the  amount of each  Fixed  Annuity
Payment.

The dollar  amount of any payments  after the first payment are fixed during the
entire period of annuity  payments,  according to the  provisions of the Annuity
Form selected.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Sub-Account Variable Annuity Units

Unless you request otherwise in writing, we convert the Sub-Account Accumulation
Units applicable to this Contract into Sub-Account Variable Annuity Units at the
Variable  Annuity  Unit Value on the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  The number of
Sub-Account  Variable  Annuity  Units  remains  constant,  as long as an annuity
remains in force and allocation among the Sub-Accounts has not changed.

Each Sub-Account Variable Annuity Unit Value was set at $10 when the Sub-Account
first  converted  Sub-Account  Accumulation  Units into Variable  Annuity Units.
Subsequent  values on any Valuation  Date are equal to the previous  Sub-Account
Variable Annuity Unit Value times the Net Investment Factor for that Sub-Account
for the Valuation  Period ending on that Valuation  Date, with an offset for the
4% assumed interest rate used in the Annuity Tables of this Contract.

- --------------------------------

Variable Annuity Payments

Variable Annuity Payments start on the Annuity  Commencement Date. The amount of
the first monthly payment for the Annuity Form selected, before the deduction of
any  monthly  portion of the Annual  Contract  Charge,  is shown on the  Annuity
Tables of this Contract for each $1,000 of Contract Value applied.

Payments  after the first payment will vary in amount and are  determined on the
first Valuation Date of each subsequent  month. If the monthly payment under the
Annuity Form  selected is based on the  Variable  Annuity Unit Value of a single
Sub-Account, the monthly payment is found by:

1.
Multiplying  the Sub-Account  Variable  Annuity Unit Value on the Valuation Date
next prior to the payment date by the Net Investment  Factor for the Sub-Account
for the Valuation Period that ends on the payment date;

2.
Multiplying the result in 1. by a factor that offsets the 4% assumed interest   
rate, producing the current value of the Sub-Account Variable Annuity Unit; and

3.
Multiplying the result of 2. by the number of Variable Annuity Units under this 
Contract in the Sub-Account.

If the monthly  payment  under the Annuity Form  selected is based upon Variable
Annuity  Unit  Values  of more than one  Sub-Account,  the  above  procedure  is
repeated for each applicable Sub-Account. The sum of these payments is the total
Variable Annuity Payment.

The monthly portion of the Annual Contract Charge will then be deducted from the
total Variable Annuity Payment.

We guarantee that the amount or each payment after the first payment will not be
affected by variations in expense or mortality experience.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4644                                                                         14 
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPTIONAL ANNUITY FORMS

You may select an Annuity Form or change a previous selection.  The selection or
change must be in writing and received by us at least 15 days before the Annuity
Commencement  Date.  If no Annuity  Form  selection  is in effect on the Annuity
Commencement Date, we automatically apply Option 2, with payments guaranteed for
10 years.

The  following  options  are  available  for the Fixed  Annuity  Payment and the
Variable Annuity Payment:

1.
Life  Annuity - Payments are made as of the first  Valuation  Date of each month
during the Annuitant's  life,  starting with the Annuity  Commencement  Date. No
payments will be made after the Annuitant dies.

2.
Life Annuity with  Payments  Guaranteed  for 10 Years or 20 Years - Payments are
made as of the  first  Valuation  Date of each  month  starting  on the  Annuity
Commencement Date. Payments will continue as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before all of the guaranteed payments have been made, we will pay
the  value  of  the  unpaid  installments  of  the  guaranteed  payments  to the
Beneficiary in a single sum.

3.
Joint and Full  Survivor  Annuity - Payments are made as of the first  Valuation
Date of each month starting with the Annuity  Commencement  Date.  Payments will
continue as long as either the  Annuitant or the Joint  Annuitant  is alive.  No
payments  will be made after both the  Annuitant  and the Joint  Annuitant  have
died.

4.
Other  Annuity Forms - We have other  Annuity  Forms  available and  information
about them can be obtained by writing us.

The Annuity  Tables  show the amount of the first  annuity  payment,  before the
deduction  of any  portion of the Annual  Contract  Charge,  due on the  Annuity
Commencement  Date for each $1,000 of Contract Value applied under options 1, 2,
and 3.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-604                                                                       15
- ------                                                                       ---


                                 Annuity Tables
       Life Annuity - Initial Monthly Annuity Payment Per $ 1,000 Applied
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Annuitant's                          Male                                       Female
Attained Age                    Guaranteed Period                           Guaranteed Period
   Nearest                            120             240                          120             240
   Birthday          None           Months            Months      None           Months            Months

<S>  <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>               <C>  
     40               $4.16          $4.15            $4.11        $3.96          $3.95             $3.93
     41                4.20           4.18             4.14         3.99           3.98              3.96
     42                4.24           4.23             4.18         4.02           4.01              3.99
     43                4.29           4.27             4.21         4.06           4.05              4.02
     44                4.33           4.31             4.25         4.09           4.08              4.06
     45                4.38           4.36             4.29         4.13           4.12              4.09
     46                4.44           4.41             4.33         4.17           4.16              4.13
     47                4.49           4.46             4.38         4.21           4.20              4.16
     48                4.55           4.52             4.42         4.26           4.24              4.20
     49                4.61           4.57             4.47         4.30           4.29              4.24
     50                4.67           4.63             4.52         4.35           4.34              4.28
     51                4.74           4.70             4.57         4.40           4.39              4.33
     52                4.81           4.76             4.62         4.46           4.44              4.37
     53                4.88           4.83             4.67         4.52           4.49              4.42
     54                4.96           4.90             4.73         4.58           4.55              4.47
     55                5.04           4.97             4.78         4.64           4.61              4.52
     56                5.13           5.05             4.84         4.71           4.68              4.58
     57                5.22           5.13             4.90         4.78           4.75              4.63
     58                5.31           5.22             4.96         4.86           4.82              4.69
     59                5.42           5.31             5.02         4.94           4.89              4.75
     60                5.52           5.41             5.08         5.03           4.97              4.81
     61                5.64           5.51             5.14         5.12           5.06              4.87
     62                5.76           5.62             5.20         5.22           5.15              4.94
     63                5.90           5.73             5.27         5.32           5.24              5.00
     64                6.04           5.85             5.33         5.43           5.34              5.07
     65                6.19           5.98             5.39         5.55           5.45              5.14
     66                6.36           6.11             5.45         5.68           5.56              5.21
     67                6.53           6.25             5.51         5.81           5.68              5.27
     68                6.72           6.39             5.56         5.96           5.80              5.34
     69                6.92           6.54             5.62         6.11           5.94              5.41
     70                7.14           6.69             5.66         6.28           6.08              5.48
     71                7.37           6.85             5.71         6.46           6.22              5.54
     72                7.61           7.01             5.75         6.65           6.38              5.60
     73                7.88           7.18             5.79         6.86           6.54              5.66
     74                8.16           7.35             5.83         7.09           6.71              5.71
     75                8.46           7.52             5.86         7.33           6.88              5.76

</TABLE>

    Joint and Survivor - Initial Monthly Annuity Payment Per $ 1,000 Applied
                   Annuitants' Attained Ages Nearest Birthday

                                                Female Age
       Male Age           50           55           60           65           70
          50        $   4.08     $   4.15     $   4.21     $   4.25     $   4.29
          55            4.20         4.30         4.39         4.47         4.53
          60            4.30         4.45         4.59         4.71         4.81
          65            4.40         4.60         4.80         4.99         5.16
          70            4.48         4.72         4.99         6.27         5.54

The above tables are based on the 1983 Individual  Annuity  Mortality Table, set
back 3 years,  with interest at 4%.  Annuity  payments for ages(s) not above are
available upon request.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4846                                                                         16 
- ----                                                                         ---
<PAGE>

                         CODE SECTION 403(B) ENDORSEMENT

This Endorsement  amends the Flexible  Premium  Individual  Deferred  Retirement
Annuity Contract (Contract) to which it is attached.  This Contract is issued in
connection with a tax sheltered  annuity plan described in Section 403(b) of the
Code.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL PROVISIONS

The following  provisions apply to and replace any contrary Contract provisions.
You are  responsible for determining  that Purchase  Payments and  distributions
under this Contract comply with the following provisions.

- --------------------------------

Nontransferable

This  Contract may not be  transferred,  sold  assigned,  discounted  or pledged
either as collateral for a loan or security for the performance of an obligation
or for any other purpose, to any person other than us.

- --------------------------------

Owner

The Annuitant will be the sole Owner.

- --------------------------------

Annuity Commencement Date

The  Annuity  Commencement  Date is the date the entire  interest  (value of the
annuity) of the Owner will be  distributed  or commence to be  distributed.  The
Annuity  Commencement Date shall not be later than the Required  Beginning Date.
The  Required  Beginning  Date is April 1 of the  calendar  year  following  the
calendar year in which the Owner attains age 70 1/2 provided,  however,  that if
this  Contract is issued in  connection  with a government  or church  sponsored
tax-sheltered  annuity plan, the Required Beginning Date shall be April 1 of the
calendar  year  following  the  later of the  calendar  year in which  the Owner
retires or attains age 70 1/2.

- --------------------------------

Purchase Payments

Purchase  Payments made pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement in connection
with the plan under which this Contract is purchased may not in any taxable year
exceed the amount specified in Code Section 402(g)(4).

- --------------------------------

Effect of Law and Plan Documents

This  Contract  shall be  subject  to and  interpreted  in  conformity  with the
provisions,  terms and conditions of the tax-sheltered  annuity plan document of
which this  Contract is a part,  if any,  and with the terms and  conditions  of
section 403(b) of the Code, the regulations thereunder, and other applicable law
(including  without  limitation the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974, as amended,  if applicable),  as determined by the plan  administrator  or
other designated plan fiduciary or, if none, the Owner.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Box 20
Minneapolis
Minnesota 55440

Executed at our Home Office

John H. Flittie                     President
/s/ John H. Flittie

Royce N. Sanner                     Secretary
/s/ Royce N. Sanner

- ------                                                                       ---
84-830                                                                        1 
- ------                                                                       ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)

Disclaimer

We shall be under no obligation either:

1.
To determine  whether any Purchase  Payment,  distribution or transfer under the
Contract  complies with the  provisions,  terms,  and conditions of such plan of
with applicable law; or

2.
To administer such plan, including,  without limitation, any provisions required
by the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

- --------------------------------

Reserved Rights

1.
Notwithstanding   any  provision  to  the  contrary  in  this  Contract  or  the
tax-sheltered  annuity plan of which this Contract is a part, if any, we reserve
the  right to  amend or  modify  this  Contract  or  Endorsement  to the  extent
necessary  to comply  with any law,  regulations,  ruling  or other  requirement
necessary to establish or maintain the tax  advantages,  protections or benefits
available to such  tax-sheltered  annuity  under Code  Section  403(b) and other
applicable law.

2.
Except  as  otherwise  set forth  above,  this  Endorsement  is  subject  to the
exclusions, definitions and provisions of the Contract.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

1.
With respect to any amount which becomes  payable under the Contract  during the
lifetime of the Owner,  such  payment  shall  commence on or before the Required
Beginning  Date and shall be payable in  substantially  equal  amounts,  no less
frequently  than  annually.  The  entire  interest  in  the  Contract  shall  be
distributed in the following manner:

a.
In one lump sum;

b.
Over the life of the Owner;

c.
Over the lives of the Owner and his or her designated Beneficiary;

d.
Over a period certain not exceeding the life expectancy of the Owner; or

e.
Over the joint and last survivor  expectancy of Owner and his or her  designated
Beneficiary.

If the Owner's entire  interest is to be distributed in other than one lump sum,
then the  amount to be  distributed  each  year  (commencing  with the  Required
Beginning Date and each year thereafter)  shall be determined in accordance with
Code Section 403(b)(10) and the regulations thereunder.

2.
If the Owner dies after  distribution of his or her interest has commenced,  the
remaining  portion of such interest will continue to be  distributed at least as
rapidly as under the method of distribution being used immediately preceding the
Owner's death.

3.
If the Owner dies before  distribution has commenced,  the entire interest shall
be distributed no later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth
anniversary of the Owner's death occurs. However,  proceeds which are payable to
a Beneficiary who is a natural person may be distributed in substantially  equal
installments  over the  lifetime  of the  Beneficiary  or a period  certain  not
exceeding the life  expectancy  of the  Beneficiary  provided such  distribution
commences not later than December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar
year in which the Owner's death  occurred.  If the  Beneficiary is the surviving
spouse of the Owner, the Beneficiary may elect not later than December 31 of the
calendar  year in which the fifth  anniversary  of the Owner's  death  occurs to
receive equal or  substantially  equal payments over the life or life expectancy
of the  surviving  spouse  commencing at any date prior to the date on which the
Owner would have attained age 70 1/2. Payments shall be calculated in accordance
with Code Section 403(b)(10) and the regulations thereunder.

For the purposes of  requirements  3, 4, and 5, any amount paid to a child of an
Owner  shall be  treated as if it had been paid to the  surviving  spouse if the
remainder of the interest becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child
reaches the age of majority.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4940                                                                          2 
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS (continued)

4.
If the Owner's spouse is not the named  Beneficiary,  the method of distribution
selected  will  assure  that at least  50% of the  present  value of the  amount
available for  distribution  is paid within the life expectancy of the Owner and
that such method of distribution  complies with the requirements of Code Section
403(b)(10) and the regulations thereunder.

5.
For purpose of the  foregoing  provisions,  life  expectancy  and joint and last
survivor  expectancy will be determined by use of the expected return  multiples
in Tables V and VI of Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code
Section 403(b)(10) and the regulations thereunder.  In the case of distributions
under  paragraph 4 of this  Endorsement,  the  Owner's  life  expectancy  or, if
applicable,  the joint and last survivor  expectancy of the Owner and his or her
Beneficiary,  will be initially  determined on the basis of attained ages in the
year the Owner reaches age 70 1/2. In the case of distribution under paragraph 2
of this Endorsement,  life expectancy shall be initially determined on the basis
of the  Beneficiary's  attained  age in the year  distributions  are required to
commence.  Unless the Owner (or Owner's  spouse) elects  otherwise  prior to the
date distributions are required to commence, the Owner's life expectancy and, if
applicable,  the Owner's spouse's life expectancy shall be recalculated annually
based on attained ages in the year for which the required  distribution is being
determined.  The  life  expectancy  of a  nonspouse  Beneficiary  shall  not  be
recalculated.

In the case of a  distribution  other  than in the form of life  income or joint
life  income,  the  annual  distribution  required  to be made  by the  Required
Beginning  Date is for the calendar  year in which the Owner reached age 70 1/2.
Annual payments for subsequent  years,  including the year in which the Required
Beginning  Date  occurs,  must be made by  December  31 of the year.  The amount
distributed  for each year  shall  equal or exceed the  annuity  value as of the
close  of  business  on  December  31 of  the  preceding  year,  divided  by the
applicable life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy.

6.
Distributions  shall not be made prior to the date the Owner attains age 59 1/2,
separates from service,  dies,  becomes disabled or incurs a hardship within the
meaning  of  Code  Section  403(b)(11),  to the  extent  such  distribution  is
attributable to:

a.
Purchase  Payments made pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement (except to the
extent  attributable  to assets held as of the close of the last year  beginning
before January 1 1989); or

b.
Amounts transferred to this Contract from a contract or account that was subject
to such conditions.

In the event of  hardship,  income  attributable  to such  Purchase  Payments or
amounts shall not be distributed.

7.
The Owner or the Owner's  surviving  spouse as Beneficiary or the Owner's former
spouse as alternate payee under a qualified domestic order within the meaning of
Code Section 414(q), as applicable (the  'Distributee'),  may elect, at the time
and in the manner we  prescribe,  to have any  portion of an  eligible  rollover
distribution  with respect to the  Distributee's  interest in the Contract  paid
directly by the Company as a direct rollover to an individual retirement account
described in Code Section 408(a), an individual  retirement annuity described in
Section  408(b) or (except  in the case of a  surviving  spouse as  Beneficiary)
another  annuity  described in Code Section 403(b)  specified by the Distributee
that  accepts  direct  rollovers.  An  eligible  rollover  distribution  is  any
distribution  of  all or  any  portion  of the  balance  to  the  credit  of the
Distributee, other than:

a.
Any  distribution  that  is one of a  series  of  substantially  equal  periodic
payments  (not  less  frequently  than  annually)  made  for  the  life  or life
expectancy of the Distributee or for the joint lives or life expectancies of the
Distributee and his or her Beneficiary or for a specified period of ten years or
more;

b.
Any distribution to the extent it is a required minimum  distribution under Code
Section 403(b)(10); and

c.
The portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income.

This provision shall be interpreted in accordance  with Code Section  403(b)(10)
and the regulations thereunder.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-831                                                                        3 
- ------                                                                       ---
<PAGE>

                           QUALIFIED PLAN ENDORSEMENT

This Endorsement  amends the Flexible  Premium  Individual  Deferred  Retirement
Annuity Contract (Contract) to which it is attached.  This Contract is issued to
or  purchased  by the trustee of a pension or  profit-sharing  plan  intended to
qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL PROVISIONS

The following provisions apply to and replace any contrary Contract provisions.

- --------------------------------

Nontransferable

Except as allowed by the qualified pension or profit-sharing  plan of which this
Contract  is a part,  the  Contract  may  not be  transferred,  sold,  assigned,
discounted or pledged,  either as  collateral  for a loan or as security for the
performance of an obligation or for any other purpose,  to any person other than
us.

- --------------------------------

Effect of Plan Documents

This Contract  shall be subject to the  provisions,  terms and conditions of the
qualified  pension or  profit-sharing  plan of which the Contract is a part. Any
payment,  distribution  or transfer  under this  Contract  shall comply with the
provisions,  terms  and  conditions  of such  plan  as  determined  by the  plan
administrator, trustee or other designated plan fiduciary.

- --------------------------------

Disclaimer

We shall be under no obligation either:

1.
To determine  whether any such payment,  distribution or transfer  complies with
the provisions, terms and conditions of such plan or with applicable law; or

2.
To administer such plan, including,  without limitation, any provisions required
by the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

- --------------------------------

Reserved Rights

Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary in this Contract or the qualified
pension or profit-sharing  plan of which this Contract is a part, we reserve the
right to amend or modify  this  Contract  or Rider to the  extent  necessary  to
comply with any law, regulation, ruling or other requirement deemed by the 
Company to be necessary to  establish or maintain the  qualified  status of such
pension or profit-sharing plan.

Except  as  otherwise  set forth  above,  this  Endorsement  is  subject  to the
exclusions, definitions, and provisions of the Contract.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Box 20
Minneapolis
Minnesota 55440


Executed at our Home Office

John H. Flittie            President
/s/ John H. Flittie

Royce N. Sanner            Secretary
/s/ Royce N. Sanner

- ------                                                                       ---
84-832                                                                        1
- ------                                                                       ---
<PAGE>

                    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY ENDORSEMENT

This Endorsement  amends the Flexible  Premium  Individual  Deferred  Retirement
Annuity  (Contract)  to  which it is  attached  in  order  to  qualify  it as an
individual  retirement  annuity under Section  408(b) of the Code. The Contract,
including this  Endorsement,  also may be used in conjunction  with a Simplified
Employee Pension (SEP) under Code Section 408(k). The following provisions apply
and replace any contrary provisions of the Contract

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NONTRANSFERABLE

You will be the Owner.  The Contract is not  transferable  or assignable  (other
than pursuant to a divorce  decree in  accordance  with  applicable  law) and is
established for the exclusive benefit of you and your beneficiaries.  It may not
be transferred,  sold, assigned,  alienated, or pledged as collateral for a loan
or as security.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NONFORFEITABLE

Your entire interest in the Contract will be nonforfeitable.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Purchase Payments will be in cash or a cash equivalent.  The following  Purchase
Payments will be accepted under this Contract:

1.
Rollover contributions described in Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and   
408(d)(3) of the Code;

2.
Amounts transferred from another individual retirement account or annuity;

3.
Contributions pursuant to a SEP as provided in Section 408(k) of the Code;

4.
Other premium payments in an amount not in excess of $2,000 for any year.

You have the sole  responsibility  for determining  whether any Purchase Payment
meets applicable income tax requirements, if you make a Purchase Payment greater
than that permitted by the Code, you may make a written  request to withdraw the
excess pursuant to the Code,  subject to applicable  Contract  Surrender Charges
and tax penalties.

This Contract does not require  fixed premium  payments.  Any refund of premiums
(other than those attributable to excess  contributions)  will be applied before
the close of the  calendar  year  following  the year of the  refund  toward the
payment of additional premiums or the purchase of additional benefits.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Box 20
Minneapolis
Minnesota 55440


Executed at our Home Office

John H. Flittie            President
/s/ John H. Flittie

Royce N. Sanner            Secretary
/s/ Royce N. Sanner

- ------                                                                       ---
84-833                                                                        1 
- ------                                                                       ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

Your entire  Contract value will be distributed or commence to be distributed to
you no later than April 1 of the calendar  year  following  the calendar year in
which  you  attain  age 70 1/2  (Required  Beginning  Date).  You  have the sole
responsibility for requesting a distribution that complies with this Endorsement
and applicable law.

With respect to any amount which becomes  payable under the Contract during your
lifetime, such payment will be payable in equal amounts, no less frequently than
annually. Payments will be made:

1.
In a lump sum; or

2.
Over your life; or

3.
Over the lives of you and your designated Beneficiary; or

4.
Over a period certain not exceeding your life expectancy; or

5.
Over a period  certain not exceeding  the joint and last survivor  expectancy of
you and your designated Beneficiary.

Payments  must be  nonincreasing  or may increase only as provided in Q&A F-3 of
Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a) (9)-1. If your entire interest is
to be distributed in other than a lump sum, the minimum amount to be distributed
each year  (commencing  with the calendar  year  following  the calendar year in
which you  attain age 70 1/2 and each year  thereafter)  will be  determined  in
accordance with Code Section 408(b)(3) and the regulations thereunder. We permit
partial  surrenders if necessary to fund these required  distributions  prior to
the  Annuity  Commencement  Date.  Partial  surrenders  are  subject to Contract
Surrender Charges.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DEATH BENEFIT

If you die after  distribution  of your  interest has  commenced,  the remaining
portion of such interest will continue to be  distributed at least as rapidly as
under the method of distribution being used prior to your death (pursuant to the
Annuity Form in effect, if you die after the Annuity Commencement Date).

If  you  die  before  distribution  has  begun,  the  entire  interest  must  be
distributed  no later than  December 31 of the calendar  year in which the fifth
anniversary of your death occurs. However, proceeds which are payable to a named
Beneficiary  who is a natural person may be  distributed  in equal  installments
over the lifetime of the  Beneficiary or a period certain not exceeding the life
expectancy of the Beneficiary,  provided such distribution begins not later than
December  31 of  the  calendar  year  in  which  your  death  occurred.  If  the
Beneficiary is your surviving  spouse,  the Beneficiary may elect not later than
December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of your death to
receive equal or  substantially  equal payments over the life or life expectancy
of the  surviving  spouse  commencing at any date prior to the date on which you
would  have  attained  age 70  1/2.  Minimum  payments  will  be  calculated  in
accordance with Code section 408(b)(3) and the regulations thereunder.

For the purposes of this  requirement,  any amount paid to any of your  children
will be treated as if it had been paid to your surviving spouse if the remainder
of the interest  becomes payable to the surviving  spouse when the child reaches
the age of majority.

If you die before the Annuity Commencement Date, no additional Purchase Payments
will  be  accepted  under  this  Contract  after  your  death  unless  the  sole
Beneficiary is your surviving spouse.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DISTRIBUTIONS PROVISIONS

For purposes of the  foregoing  provisions  life  expectancy  and joint and last
survivor  expectancy will be determined by use of the expected return  multiples
in Tables V and VI of Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9 in accordance with Code
Section  408(b)(3)  and the  regulations  thereunder.  In the  case of  Required
Distributions,  life  expectancy of you and your  beneficiary  will be initially
determined  on the basis of your  attained  ages in the year you mach 70 1/2. In
the case of Death Benefits,  life expectancy will be initially determined on the
basis of your Beneficiary's  attained age in the year distributions are required
to  commence.  Unless you (or your  spouse)  elect  otherwise  prior to the time
distributions are required to commence, your life expectancy and, if applicable,
your  spouse's  life  expectancy  will be  recalculated  annually  based on your
attained  ages  in the  year  for  which  the  required  distribution  is  being
determined.  The  life  expectancy  of  a  nonspouse  Beneficiary  will  not  be
recalculated.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----                                                                         ---
4942                                                                          2 
- ----                                                                         ---
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS (continued)

The annual  distribution  required to be made by your Required Beginning Date is
for the  calendar  year in which  you  reach  age 70 1/2.  Annual  payments  for
subsequent  years,  including  the year in which your  Required  Beginning  Date
occurs,  must be made by  December  31 of the  preceding  year,  divided  by the
applicable life expectancy or joint and last survivor expectancy.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AMENDMENT TO CONFORM TO LAW

We  reserve  the  right to  amend  this  Contract,  or any  Endorsement  to this
Contract, at any time without your consent if the amendment is necessary for the
Contract to comply with changes in the Code or with any other applicable federal
or state law, rule, or regulation.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REPORTS

We make  information  reports  to the  Internal  Revenue  Service  and to you as
prescribed  by the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  You agree to provide us at your
expense with any information we need to prepare these reports. We send an annual
report to your  latest  address  shown in our files.  The  report  will show the
Contract Values required to be reported by the Code.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DISCONTINUANCE

We may stop accepting  Purchase Payments as of the date on which the Contract no
longer meets Code  requirements.  We may return  Purchase  Payments in excess of
those allowed to you without regard to Contract provisions affecting surrenders.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DISCLAIMER

We are not liable for any tax or tax penalties you or your  Beneficiary  may owe
resulting from failure to comply with requirements imposed by the Code or by any
other applicable federal or state law, rule or regulation.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFFECTIVE DATE

This Endorsement is effective as of the Contract Date.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL PROVISIONS

This Endorsement is subject to all the exclusions, definitions and provisions of
the Contract which are not inconsistent herewith.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------                                                                       ---
84-834                                                                        3 
- ------                                                                       ---

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLEXIBLE PREMIUM INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED RETIREMENT ANNUITY

Variable and/or Fixed Accumulation
Variable and/or Fixed Dollar Annuity Payments
Non-Participating

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTICE

To make  Purchase  Payments,  make a claim,  or exercise  your rights under this
Contract,  please  write to us at the address  below and include  your  Contract
Number:

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
C/O ANNUITY SERVICE CENTER
P. O. BOX 13208
KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64199-3208

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Box 20
Minneapolis
Minnesota 55440

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------
Page 17    84-420 
- -----------------

                                    EXHIBIT 5


VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION          Northwestern National Life
FOR NWNL VARIABLE ANNUITY      [LOGO] Insurance Company
                                      P. O. Box 20, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>   <C>                  <C>                        <C>                           <C>     <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.    ANNUITANT            Social Security number     Birth date (mo., day, yr.)    Sex     Occupation

Address                    City                                                     State   Zip

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.    OWNER                                           Birth date (mo., day, yr.)    Tax I.D. or Social Security no.

Address                    City                                                     State   Zip

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.    BENEFICIARY                                     Birth date (mo., day, yr.)    Relationship

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.    SUCCESSOR BENEFICIARY                           Birth date (mo., day, yr.)    Relationship

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

5.    PURCHASE PAYMENT

      An initial  purchase  payment of $________ is attached (must be $5, 000 or
      more for nonqualified  and must be $2, 000 or more for qualified).  Please
      check this box [ ] if you would like information for making future 
      purchase payments by bank draft.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.    PURCHASE PAYMENT ALLOCATION (whole %)
      ___% Fixed Account
      Variable Insurance Products Funds (VIPF and VIPF II)
      ___% Money Market Portfolio
      ___% High Income Portfolio
      ___% Equity-Income Portfolio
      ___% Growth Portfolio
      ___% Overseas Portfolio
      ___% Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
      ___% Asset Manager Portfolio
      ___% Index 500 Portfolio
      ___% Contrafund Portfolio
      ___% Other __________________________________________

      Putnam Capital Manager Trust (PCM)
      ___% PCM Diversified Income Fund
      ___% PCM Growth and Income Fund
      ___% PCM Utilities Growth and Income Fund
      ___% PCM Voyager Fund
      ___% PCM New Opportunities Fund
      ___% PCM Asia Pacific Growth Fund
      ___% Other __________________________________________

      Northstar/NWNL Trust
      ___% Growth Fund
      ___% Income and Growth Fund
      ___% Multi-Sector Bond Fund
      ___% Other __________________________________________
      100% TOTAL

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.    PLAN TYPE  This contract will fund the following type of plan:
      [ ] IRA       [ ] 403(b)      [ ] Other ______
      [ ] 401(a)    [ ] SEP-IRA     [ ] Nonqualified
      Attach appropriate adoption agreements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
      The first day of _______________________(mo.), _______(yr.).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.    REPLACEMENT
      Will the annuity applied for replace or change existing annuity or life
      insurance? [ ] Yes [ ] No

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.   ANNUITY FORM SELECTION
      [ ] Life annuity
      [ ] Life annuity with payments guaranteed for
              [ ] 10 years or [ ] 20 years
      [ ] Joint and full survivor annuity
              Joint annuitant ________________________________
              Birth date __________ Relationship  ____________

      If annuity form has not been  selected by the annuity  commencement  date,
      the  life  annuity  with  payments   guaranteed   for  10  years  will  be
      automatically effective.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.   PROSPECTUS
      Did the Owner receive the Select*Annuity Prospectus describing the        
      contract? [ ] Yes [ ] No
      If yes, date of prospectus  ____________(mo.), _____ (yr.).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under penalties of perjury,  I certify that the taxpayer  identification  number
above is correct.  I also certify that (check one):  
[ ] The IRS has not notified me that I am  currently  subject to backup  
    withholding;  or 
[ ] I am exempt from backup withholding; or 
[ ] I am currently subject to backup withholding.

I hereby  represent my answers to the above  questions to be correct and true to
the best of my knowledge  and belief and agree that this  application  will be a
part of the annuity  contract  issued by  Northwestern  National Life  Insurance
Company. I UNDERSTAND THAT ANNUITY PAYMENTS AND ACCUMULATION  VALUES, WHEN BASED
UPON THE INVESTMENT  EXPERIENCE OF A VARIABLE ACCOUNT,  ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED  AS TO  DOLLAR  AMOUNT.  RECEIPT  OF  NWNL  SELECT  VARIABLE  ANNUITY
PROSPECTUS IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of applicant              Date                      Location


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signature of owner if other than applicant


43843a-1                                                          (Revised 2-95)
================================================================================
FOR AGENT ONLY

AGENT'S REPLACEMENT QUESTION

To the best of your knowledge and belief, will the proposed insurance or annuity
replace or change any existing annuity or life insurance? 
[ ] Yes [ ] No   If "yes," explain:

CONTRACT TYPE  [ ] A   [ ] B   If no box is checked, A will be in effect.

Witnessed by (signature of selling agent)         Selling agent name and number 
                                                  (Please print.)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PREMIUM BILLING INFORMATION

Mode of Payments (Check one box)
  [ ] Single Premium     [ ] Semi-Annual      Monthly (List bill contracts only)
  [ ] Annual             [ ] Quarterly        Monthly -- Pre-Authorized Check

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payment Amount Attached           Modal Payment Amount     Annual Payment Amount
 $                                 $                        $

[ ] Add to Existing List Bill Number _____________
[ ] Begin New List Bill for the Plan
   Send bill to:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Plan Name

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Plan Address                       City                  State            Zip

Agent: Please make check payable to Northwestern National Life Insurance Company
and forward application to your broker/dealer.


================================================================================
FOR BROKER/DEALER ONLY

Dealer's name                               Authorized signature


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKER/DEALER ONLY:  Mail Variable Annuity Application and check to:
Northwestern National Life Insurance Company, c/o Annuity Service Center, 
P.O. Box 13208, Kansas City, MO 64199-3208.


43843a-2                                                          (Revised 2-95)

                                  Exhibit 6(a)

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
               (as amended and restated effective January 3, 1989)

                                       AND

                                     BY-LAWS
                   (as amended and restated January 12, 1989)

                                       OF



                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL
                  LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                  HOME OFFICE - MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
               (as amended and restated effective January 3, 1989)


                                    ARTICLE I

The name of this  corporation  shall be  Northwestern  National  Life  Insurance
Company.


                                   ARTICLE II

The  principal  place of business and Home Office of the Company shall be in the
City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota.


                                   ARTICLE III

Sec. 1. The  purposes  and general  nature of the business of the Company are to
engage  in  those  business   activities  in  which  a  life  insurance  company
incorporated  under  the laws of the  State of  Minnesota  may from time to time
engage.

Sec. 2. The Company shall be a stock life insurance company.

Sec. 3. The duration of the Company shall be perpetual.


                                   ARTICLE IV

The  Company  shall  have and  possess  all powers to do  everything  necessary,
suitable,  convenient or incidental to the  transaction  of its business and the
accomplishment  of any of the purposes  stated herein and shall have and possess
all powers, rights, privileges,  immunities and franchises conferred by the laws
of the State of  Minnesota  under which it was  organized  and operates and such
others as are conferred upon stock life  insurance  companies by the laws of the
State of  Minnesota;  and the same shall be exercised by the Board of Directors,
the  Executive  Committee,  and such  officers  and  agents as may be elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee.


                                    ARTICLE V

Sec. 1. The business of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Directors 
consisting of not less than twelve nor more than twenty-one persons.

Sec. 2. The  directors  shall be divided  into three  classes;  the terms of one
class shall expire at the April 1968 annual meeting of the Company;  the term of
a second class shall expire at the April 1969 annual meeting of the Company; and
the term of a third class shall  expire at the April 1970 annual  meeting of the
Company;  and at each annual  meeting of the Company  successors to the class of
directors  whose terms  shall then expire  shall be elected to hold office for a
term of three  years.  Each class  shall  consist of not less than four nor more
then seven directors.  The number of directors in each class is to be determined
by the Board of  Directors  prior to the annual  meeting of the Company at which
the  directors  of such  class are to be  elected,  or, in the  absence  of such
determination  by the stockholders at such annual meeting of the Company. In the
event of a vacancy occurring in any class, the Board of Directors may reduce the
number of directors in such class to eliminate  the vacancy,  but in no case may
the number of  directors  in such  class be less than  four.  Prior to an annual
meeting  of the  Company,  the Board of  Directors  may  increase  the number of
directors in a class whose term does not expire at such meeting,  but in no case
may the number of directors in such class be more than seven.

Sec. 3. In the event of a vacancy occurring in any class, the Board of Directors
may fill such  vacancy for the  remainder of the  unexpired  term by vote of the
majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, provided that no
vacancy  created by an  increase  in the number of  directors  in a class may be
filled by the directors.  In the event a vacancy remains unfilled at the time of
an annual meeting of the Company,  the stockholders may fill such vacancy or the
remainder of the unexpired  term by vote at such meeting.  The directors of each
class shall hold office for the term for which elected and until the  successors
to such class are  elected,  and  nothing  herein  shall  prevent  any  retiring
directors from being eligible for re-election.

Sec. 4. A director of the Company shall not be personally  liable to the Company
or its  stockholders  for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a
director,  except  for  liability  (i) for a breach  of the  director's  duty of
loyalty to the Company or its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions  not in
good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation of
law,  (iii)  under  subdivisions  2 and 3 of  Section  300.64  of the  Minnesota
Statutes,  (iv) for any transaction  from which the director derived an improper
personal  benefit,  or (v)  for  any  act or  omission  occurring  prior  to the
effective date of this section.  No amendment to or repeal of this section shall
apply to or have  any  effect  on the  liability  or  alleged  liability  of any
directors  of the Company for or with  respect to any acts or  omissions of such
director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


                                   ARTICLE VI

The  President  and not less than four nor more  than six other  members  of the
Board of Directors, to be chosen by the Board of Directors,  shall constitute an
Executive Committee, which, when the Board of Directors is not in session, shall
have and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE VII

The  officers  of the Company  shall  consist of a  President,  one or more Vice
Presidents,  a  Secretary,  a  Treasurer  and an  Actuary,  all of whom shall be
elected by the Board of Directors,  and such other officers as may be determined
and elected by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

Sec.  1. The  authorized  capital  stock of the  Company  shall be Thirty  Seven
Million Five Hundred  Thousand Dollars  ($37,500,000)  divided into Five Million
(5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock of the par value of One Dollar Twenty-Five
Cents ($1.25) each and Twenty-Five  Million  (25,000,000) shares of Common Stock
of the par value of One Dollar  Twenty-Five  Cents ($1.25) each.  Each holder of
Common Stock and each holder of Preferred Stock,  which by its terms has general
voting rights, shall have one vote for each share held.

Sec. 2. No holders of shares of the  Company of any class or of any  security or
obligation  convertible  into,  or of any warrant,  option or right to subscribe
for, purchase or otherwise acquire,  shares of the Company of any class, whether
now or hereafter  authorized,  shall as such holder,  have any preemptive  right
whatsoever to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Company
of any class or any security or  obligation  convertible  into,  or any warrant,
option or right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise  acquire,  shares of the
Company of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized.

Sec. 3. Preferred Stock.

(a)      The  authorized  shares of  Preferred  Stock may be issued from time to
         time in one or more series,  each of such series to have such  relative
         rights, voting power, preferences and restrictions as are stated herein
         and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such
         series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereinafter provided.

(b)      Authority  is  hereby  expressly  granted  to the  Board of  Directors,
         subject to the  provisions of this Article VIII, to authorize from time
         to time the issuance of one or more series of Preferred  Stock and with
         respect to each series to fix or alter from time to time,  as to shares
         then  unallotted,  by  resolution  or  resolutions  providing  for  the
         issuance of such series.

         (i)      the  distinctive  designation of such series and the number of
                  shares which shall constitute such series, which number may be
                  increased  (except  where  otherwise  provided by the Board of
                  Directors in creating such series) or decreased (but not below
                  the number of shares thereof outstanding) from time to time by
                  action of the Board of Directors;

         (ii)     the  dividend  rate or rates to which  shares  of such  series
                  shall  be   entitled,   the   restrictions,   conditions   and
                  limitations  upon the payment of such dividends,  whether such
                  dividends shall be cumulative and, if cumulative,  the date or
                  dates from which such dividends  shall be cumulative,  and the
                  dates on which such dividends, if declared, shall be payable;

         (iii)    whether shares of such series shall be redeemable  and, if so,
                  the manner of selecting shares for redemption,  the redemption
                  price or prices,  and the manner of redemption  and the effect
                  thereof;

         (iv)     the amount  payable  on shares of such  series in the event of
                  any  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the  Company,
                  which  amount  may  vary  at  different  dates  and  may  vary
                  depending  upon  whether  such  liquidation,   dissolution  or
                  winding up is voluntary or involuntary;

         (v)      the obligation, if any, of the Company to maintain a purchase,
                  retirement  or sinking fund for shares of such  series,  or to
                  redeem shares of such series,  and the provisions with respect
                  thereto;

         (vi)     the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of such series to
                  convert such shares into shares of stock of the Company of any
                  class or of any series of any class and the price or prices or
                  the rate or  rates of such  conversion  and the  other  terms,
                  provisions and conditions of such conversion;

         (vii)    the general voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of
                  such series,  and the special  voting  rights,  if any, of the
                  holders of shares of such series and the terms and  provisions
                  thereof, in addition to voting rights provided by law; and

         (viii)   any other relative  rights,  preferences and  restrictions not
                  inconsistent with applicable laws of the State of Minnesota or
                  these Articles of Incorporation.

(c)      All shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall be identical with
         each other in all respects, except that shares of any one series issued
         at  different  times may differ as to the dates  from  which  dividends
         thereon shall be cumulative.  All series of Preferred Stock shall be of
         equal rank and be identical in all respects, except as permitted by the
         foregoing provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.

(d)      The holders of the Preferred Stock of each series shall be entitled to 
         receive such dividends, when and as declared by the Board of Directors,
         out of funds legally available therefor, as they may be entitled to in 
         accordance with the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of  
         Directors authorizing such series, payable on such dates as may be     
         fixed in such resolution or resolutions. So long as there shall be out-
         standing any shares of Preferred Stock of any series entitled to cumu- 
         lative dividends pursuant to the resolution or resolutions authorizing 
         such series, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or
         declared, nor shall any distribution be made, on the Common Stock, nor 
         shall any shares of Common Stock be purchased, redeemed or otherwise  
         acquired for value by the Company, if at the time of making such       
         payment, declaration, distribution, purchase, redemption or acquisition
         the Company shall be in default with respect to any dividend payable   
         on, or obligation to maintain a purchase, retirement or sinking fund   
         with respect to or to redeem, shares of Preferred Stock of any series. 
         The foregoing provisions of this paragraph (d) shall not, however,     
         apply to a dividend payable in Common Stock or to the acquisition of   
         shares of Common Stock in exchange for, or through application of the  
         proceeds of the sale of, shares of Common Stock. Accrued dividends     
         shall not bear interest.

(e)      In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the      
         Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any payment or dis-  
         tribution of the assets of the Company is made to the holders of any   
         Common Stock, the holders of the Preferred Stock of each series shall  
         be entitled to receive the amount per share provided in the resolution 
         or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing such      
         series. When such payments shall have been made in full to the holders 
         of the Preferred Stock, they shall have no further rights in respect of
         their shares to the assets of the Company. If upon any liquidation,    
         dissolution or winding up of the Company the assets available for      
         distribution shall be insufficient to pay the holders of all out-      
         standing shares of Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they      
         respectively shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Preferred     
         Stock of all series shall share ratably in any distribution of assets  
         according to the respective amounts which would be payable in respect  
         of the shares of Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if
         all amounts payable in respect of the Preferred Stock of all series    
         were paid in full. Neither a statutory merger or consolidation of the  
         Company into or with any other corporation, nor a statutory merger or  
         consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Company, nor a 
         sale, transfer, exchange or lease of all or any part of the assets of  
         the Company, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or       
         winding up of the Company within the meaning of this Article VIII.

(f)      The Company,  at the option of the Board of  Directors,  may redeem the
         whole or any part of the Preferred  Stock of any series at the price or
         prices and on the terms and  conditions  provided in the  resolution or
         resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing such series.


                                   ARTICLE IX

Sec. 1. The annual  meeting of the  Company  shall be held at the Home Office of
the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, or at such other place in said City
as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors,  on the fourth
Thursday of April of each year,  commencing  in the year 1968, at ten o'clock in
the forenoon,  for the election of directors and the  transaction  of such other
business as may properly come before the meeting.

Sec. 2. Special meetings of the Company may be called by the President and the  
Secretary, or by the Board of Directors or Executive Committee in accordance    
with the By-Laws.

Sec. 3. At any meeting of the Company, each stockholder shall be entitled to the
vote provided in Article VIII hereof for each share of stock held by him.

Sec. 4. Stockholders may vote by proxy.

Sec. 5. At any meeting of the Company a quorum shall consist of the holders of  
one-third (1/3) of the stock outstanding present in person or by proxy.



                                    ARTICLE X

The Board of Directors shall have authority to make and alter the By-Laws of the
Company,  subject  to the power of the  stockholders  to  change or repeal  such
By-Laws.



                                  EXHIBIT 6(b)

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                     BY-LAWS

                   (as amended and restated January 12, 1989)

                             MEETINGS OF THE COMPANY

Section 1.01. Annual Meetings.  The annual meeting of the Company shall be held
annually on such date and at such time as shall be designated  from time to time
by the Board of  Directors  and  stated in the  notice of the  meeting,  for the
election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly
come before the meeting.

Section 1.02. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Company may be called  
by the Chairman or the President and the Secretary, or by the Board of Directors
or the Executive Committee.

Section  1.03.  Place of Meetings.  All meetings of the Company shall be held at
the Home Office of the Company in the City of  Minneapolis,  State of Minnesota,
or at such other  place in said City as may be  designated  from time to time by
the Board of Directors.

Section  1.04.  Notice of  Meetings.  A written or printed  notice,  stating the
place, day and hour of any meeting of the Company, and, in the case of a special
meeting,  the  purpose or  purposes  for which the  meeting is called,  shall be
delivered or mailed,  at least ten days before the date of the meeting,  to each
stockholder  of  record at such  address  as  appears  upon the  records  of the
Company.

Section  1.05.  Quorum.  At any meeting of the Company a quorum shall consist of
the holders of one third (1/3) of the stock outstanding  present in person or by
proxy.  The  stockholders  present,  though less than a quorum,  may adjourn the
meeting to a later day or hour or to another  place in the City of  Minneapolis,
State of Minnesota,  without  further notice other than by  announcement  at the
meeting.  At such  adjourned  meeting  at which a quorum  shall be  present  any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting as
originally noticed.

Section 1.06. Proxies.  Each stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing  
by the stockholder or a duly authorized attorney in fact.

Section 1.07.  Voting.  The stockholders  holding all of the shares of Preferred
Stock of series having  general  voting rights and of all shares of Common Stock
of the Company  shall,  at all meetings,  be entitled to one vote for each share
held.

Section  1.08.  Conduct of Meetings.  The chief  executive  officer shall act as
chairman,  and the  secretary  shall act as  secretary,  of each  meeting of the
Company. In the  absence of the chief  executive  officer,  the chief  operating
officer may act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the secretary, the
chairman  of the  meeting  may  appoint  any person to act as  secretary  of the
meeting. All matters brought before the meeting shall, unless otherwise provided
by law, be decided by a majority of the votes represented at the meeting. In the
event  of a tie  vote,  the  deciding  vote may be cast by the  chairman  of the
meeting in his capacity as chairman,  but this section shall not be construed to
prevent the  chairman  from casting the number of votes to which he is otherwise
entitled.  At each meeting of the Company elections shall be conducted,  proxies
and ballots shall be received and taken in charge,  and all  questions  touching
the  qualifications of voters,  the validity of proxies,  and the acceptance and
rejection of votes shall be decided by a  Credentials  Committee  consisting  of
three or more persons, who shall be appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

Section 1.09.  Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix a time, not less than
twenty  nor more  than  sixty  days  preceding  the date of any  meeting  of the
Company, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders  entitled to
notice of and to vote at such meeting,  and in such case  stockholders of record
on the  date so  fixed,  or  their  legal  representatives,  shall  be the  only
stockholders  entitled  to  notice  of and to  vote  at  such  meeting  and  any
adjournment thereof,  notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of
the Company after any record date so fixed. The Board of Directors may close the
books of the Company against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of
such period.


                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.01. General Powers.  The property and business of the Company shall be
managed by the Board of Directors.

Section  2.02.  Number.  The Board of Directors  shall  consist of not less than
twelve nor more than  twenty-one  persons.  The directors  shall be divided into
three  classes:  the term of one class  shall  expire at the April  1968  annual
meeting of the  Company;  the term of a second  class shall  expire at the April
1969 annual  meeting of the Company;  and the term of a third class shall expire
at the April 1970 annual  meeting of the Company;  and at each annual meeting of
the Company  successors to the class of directors  whose terms shall then expire
shall be elected  to hold  office for a term of three  years.  Each class  shall
consist  of not less than  four nor more than  seven  directors.  The  number of
directors in each class is to be determined  by the Board of Directors  prior to
the annual meeting of the Company at which the directors of such class are to be
elected,  or, in the absence of such determination,  by the stockholders at such
annual meeting of the Company. In the event of a vacancy occurring in any class,
the Board of  Directors  may  reduce the  number of  directors  in such class to
eliminate the vacancy,  but in no case may the number of directors in such class
be less than four.  Prior to any annual  meeting  of the  Company,  the Board of
Directors  may  increase  the number of directors in a class whose term does not
expire at such meeting, but in no case may the number of directors in such class
be more than seven. Directors shall be elected by ballot.

Section  2.03.  Tenure.  In the event of a vacancy  occurring in any class,  the
Board of Directors may fill such vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term
by vote of the majority of the remaining  directors,  though less than a quorum,
provided  that not more  than  one-third  (1/3) of the  members  of the Board of
Directors may be so filled in any one year, and provided further that no vacancy
created by an  increase in the number of  directors  in a class may be filled by
the directors.  In the event a vacancy remains unfilled at the time of an annual
meeting of the Company, the stockholders may fill such vacancy for the remainder
of the unexpired term by vote at such meeting. The directors in each class shall
hold  office for the term for which  elected  and until the  successors  to such
class are elected,  and nothing herein shall prevent any retiring  director from
being eligible for re-election.

Section 2.04. Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may 
be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time
be determined by the Board.

Section 2.05. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may 
be called by the Chairman or the President and, upon request by any two members 
of the Board of Directors, shall be called by the Chairman or the President.

Section 2.06. Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of each special meeting of the
Board of  Directors  shall be given by written  notice  mailed to or served upon
each  director  at least  twenty-four  hours  prior to such  meetings,  and such
special  meeting  shall be held at such time and place as shall be  specified in
such written  notice. Notice of a special meeting may be waived by any director.
A special  meeting of the Board of Directors  may also be held  without  written
notice  or call at such  time and  place as  shall  be fixed by the  consent  in
writing of all of the directors given before, at or after such meeting.

Section  2.07.  Quorum.  A  majority  of the  whole  Board  of  Directors  shall
constitute  a quorum for the  transaction  of any business at any meeting of the
Board of Directors,  but if less than such majority is present at the meeting, a
majority of the  directors  present  may adjourn the meeting  from time to time,
without further notice other than by announcement at the meeting, until a quorum
shall be present.

Section 2.08.  Manner of Acting.  The act of a majority of the directors present
at any meeting of the Board of Directors  at which a quorum is present  shall be
the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or
by the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.  Any action which might be
taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors  may be taken  without a meeting if
done in writing signed by all of the Directors.


                               EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Section 3.01. General Powers.  When the Board of Directors is not in session,   
the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Board 
of Directors.

Section  3.02.  Number  and  Chairman.  The  Board of  Directors  shall  appoint
annually, at its first meeting after the annual meeting of the Company in each
year, an Executive Committee consisting of not less than five nor more than 
seven members of the Board of Directors,  one of whom shall be the Chairman,  if
at the time there shall be a Chairman,  and one of whom shall be the  President.
There shall be at least three  members of the  Executive  Committee  who are not
officers  of the  Company.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  appoint  one or more
alternate  members to the  Executive  Committee  who shall have no right to vote
unless the  alternate is  substituting  for the regular  member of the Executive
Committee.  The Board of  Directors  shall  designate  one of the members of the
Executive Committee as Chairman of the Executive Committee, who shall preside at
all meetings of the Executive  Committee and shall perform such other duties and
have such other  authority as the Board of Directors or the Executive  Committee
may from time to time prescribe. In the absence of the Chairman of the Executive
Committee, the Chairman shall preside at any meeting of the Executive Committee.

Section  3.03.  Tenure.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in the  regular  or  alternate
membership  of the  Executive  Committee  may be filled for the remainder of the
term by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.04. Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Executive Committee may
be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time
be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.05. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Executive Committee may
be called by the Chairman or the President and, upon request by any two members
of the Executive Committee, shall be called by the Chairman or the President.

Section 3.06. Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of each special meeting of the
Executive  Committee  shall be given by personal notice of the time and place of
such  meeting  received by each member of the  Executive  Committee at least six
hours prior to such meeting or by written  notice  mailed to or served upon each
member  at least  twenty-four  hours  prior to such  meeting,  and such  special
meeting  shall be held at such  time and  place  as shall be  specified  in such
notice. Notice of a special meeting may be waived by any member of the Executive
Committee. A special meeting of the Executive Committee may also be held without
written  notice or call at such time and place as shall be fixed by the  consent
in writing of all of the members of the Executive  Committee given before, at or
after such meeting.

Section  3.07.  Quorum.  A  majority  of the  whole  Executive  Committee  shall
constitute  a quorum for the  transaction  of any business at any meeting of the
Executive Committee.

Section 3.08. Manner of Acting.  The act of a majority of the members present at
any meeting of the Executive Committee at which a quorum is present shall be the
act of the Executive Committee.  Any action which might be taken at a meeting of
the Executive Committee may be taken without a meeting if done in writing signed
by all of the members of the Executive Committee.

Section 3.09. Records.  The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its pro- 
ceedings and shall make such report to the Board of Directors of its actions as 
may be required by the Board of Directors.


                                    OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Election.  The Board of Directors may elect from among its members
a Chairman, who shall be designated by the Board of Directors as the Chairman or
Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman shall be an officer.  The other officers of
the Company  shall  consist of a President,  who shall be elected from among the
members of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, and
a Treasurer.  Any one or more Vice  Presidents may be designated  Executive Vice
President,  Senior Vice  President,  Second Vice  President,  or Assistant  Vice
President as the Board of Directors may determine. All of the foregoing officers
shall be elected  annually by the Board of Directors at its first  meeting after
the annual  meeting  of the  Company  in each  year,  except  that the office of
Chairman  or any  vacancy in any office may be filled  prior to the next  annual
election  by the Board of  Directors  at any  regular or special  meeting of the
Board of Directors.  Officers  other than the foregoing may from time to time be
elected by the Board of Directors or by the  Executive  Committee at any regular
or special meeting of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. Any two
or more  offices,  except those of President and  Secretary,  may be held by the
same person.

Section 4.02. Appointment.  The chief executive officer,  subject to approval by
the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, may from time to time appoint
one or more regional or other Vice Presidents and may prescribe their duties and
powers and the period of  appointment to be held by each.  Such Vice  Presidents
shall not, by virtue of their appointment, be officers of the Company, nor shall
they be included in the term "Vice President" as that term is used in any By-Law
or in any resolution of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee.

Section  4.03.  Tenure.  Each officer of the Company shall hold office until his
successor is elected and  qualifies,  provided  that each officer shall serve at
the pleasure  of, and may be removed  with or without  cause at any time by, the
Board of Directors.

Section 4.04.  Compensation.  All salaries and other  compensation  of officers,
except  Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant  Treasurers,  shall be fixed by the
Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee or by such other committee or such
officer or  officers  as shall be  designated  from time to time by the Board of
Directors.

Section 4.05. Chief Executive Officer.  The Board of Directors shall designate  
the Chairman or the President as the chief executive officer of the Company. If 
there be no Chairman, the President shall be the chief executive  officer.  The 
chief  executive  officer  shall  have the  general  powers  and  duties  of the
management  and  supervision  usually  vested  in and  imposed  upon  the  chief
executive officer of a corporation. The chief executive officer shall preside at
all meetings of the Company

Section 4.06. Chairman.  The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board
of Directors and shall  perform such other duties and have such other  authority
as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.07.  President.  The President shall perform such duties and have such
authority as the Board of Directors,  the Executive  Committee,  or the Chairman
may from time to time  prescribe.  If the Chairman shall be the chief  executive
officer, then the President shall be the chief operating officer of the Company.
If there be a Chairman  and he shall be absent or if there shall be no Chairman,
the President shall perform the duties and have the authority of the Chairman.

Section 4.08. Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents shall perform such duties and
have such powers as the Board of  Directors,  the  Executive  Committee,  or the
chief executive  officer of the Company may from time to time prescribe.  In the
absence of the Chairman and the  President,  Vice  Presidents  shall perform the
duties and have the  authority of the  President in the order  prescribed by the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

Section 4.09. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of
the  Company  and of the Board of  Directors,  and shall  cause all  notices  of
meetings  of the  Company  and  the  Board  of  Directors  to be duly  given  in
accordance  with the  provisions  of these  By-Laws or as required  by law.  The
Secretary shall in general perform all duties usually  incident to the office of
secretary.

Section 4.10.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and
securities  of the Company under the direction of the Board of Directors and the
Executive Committee,  shall deposit all moneys of the Company that may come into
his hands to the credit of the Company in such depositories as are authorized or
approved by the Board of Directors  or the  Executive  Committee,  and shall see
that all  expenditures  are duly authorized and evidenced by proper receipts and
vouchers.  The Treasurer shall in general perform all duties usually incident to
the office of treasurer.

Section 4.11.  Assistant  Secretaries.  The Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee may elect one or more  Assistant  Secretaries,  who shall perform such
duties  as the  Board  of  Directors,  the  Executive  Committee,  or the  chief
executive officer of the Company may from time to time prescribe. In the absence
of the  Secretary,  his duties  shall  devolve  upon such officer or officers as
designated by the chief executive officer of the Company.

Section  4.12.  Assistant  Treasurers.  The Board of Directors or the  Executive
Committee  may elect one or more  Assistant  Treasurers,  who shall perform such
duties as the Board of Directors,  Executive  Committee,  or the chief executive
officer of the  Company may from time to time  prescribe.  In the absence of the
Treasurer,  his duties shall devolve upon such officer or officers as designated
by the chief executive officer of the Company.

Section 4.13. Duties and Authority. All officers of the Company shall be subject
to the  supervision  and  direction of the Board of Directors  and the Executive
Committee and, in addition to the foregoing duties and authority,  shall perform
such duties and have such  authority as the Board of  Directors,  the  Executive
Committee, the Chairman or the President may from time to time prescribe.


                    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section  5.01.  Indemnification.  To the  full  extent  permitted  by  Minnesota
Statutes,  Section 300.083, as amended from time to time, or by other provisions
of law, each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to
any  threatened,  pending or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  wherever
brought, whether civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative, by reason of
the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company, or he
is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise,  shall be indemnified  by the Company  against  expenses,  including
attorneys' fees,  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement  actually and
reasonably  incurred by him in connection with such action,  suit or proceeding.
The  indemnification  provided by this Section shall continue as to a person who
has ceased to be  director,  officer,  employee  or agent and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs,  executors  and  administrators  of such  person and shall
apply  whether  or not the  claim  against  such  person  arise  out of  matters
occurring before the adoption of this By-Law.


                                   INSTRUMENTS

Section 6.01. Policies.  All insurance and annuity policies,  and amendments and
agreements  relating  thereto,  shall  be  signed  by  the  President  or a Vice
President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,  or, in their absence,
by two directors. The signatures may be facsimile signatures.

Section 6.02.  Contracts and Commission  Agreements with Field Force.  Contracts
and agreements with any member of the field force or any employee  thereof shall
be signed or approved by the Chairman,  the President,  a Vice President,  or by
any  other  officer  or  employee  of the  Company  designated  by the  Board of
Directors or the Executive Committee to sign or approve such documents.

Section 6.03.  Checks and Drafts.  All checks and drafts drawn upon depositories
of the Company shall be signed as  prescribed  from time to time by the Board of
Directors or the Executive Committee.

Section  6.04.  Investment  and  Mortgages.  All  note,  bond,  stock  or  other
securities purchase agreements and security, mortgage, or real estate commitment
letters, and amendments thereto, deeds and leases, and assignments, releases, or
partial releases, or payment or performance  moratoriums of any mortgages,  debt
obligations or other  security  interests held by the Company shall be signed by
the Chairman, the President, a Vice President,  the Secretary, or the Treasurer,
or shall be signed by such other  person or persons  as may be  designated  from
time to time by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

Section 6.05. Stock  Certificates.  All certificates of stock shall be signed by
the Chairman or the  President or a Vice  President  and by the  Secretary or an
Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company,  but when a  certificate  is  signed by a
transfer agent or registrar  appointed by the Board of Directors,  the signature
of any such corporate  officer and the corporate seal upon such  certificate may
be facsimiles, engraved or printed.

Section 6.06. Other Instruments.  All other contracts and written instruments of
any kind not  previously  described  shall be signed  (1) by at least two of the
following  officers:  The  Chairman,  the  President,  a  Vice  President,   the
Secretary,  and the  Treasurer,  or by one of  them  and any  other  officer  or
employee of the Company as shall be so  empowered  by the Board of  Directors or
the  Executive  Committee,  or (2) by such  other  person or  persons  as may be
designated  from  time  to time  by the  Board  of  Directors  or the  Executive
Committee.

Section  6.07.  Seal.  The seal of the Company may be affixed to any  instrument
requiring  a seal  and may be  duly  attested  by any  officer  of the  Company,
provided  that  one of the  signatures  to the  instrument  shall be that of the
Chairman, the President, a Vice President, the Secretary, or the Treasurer.

Section 6.08. Signatures of Vice Presidents. Any officer with the designation of
Vice  President,  such as an Executive Vice  President,  Senior Vice  President,
Second Vice President or an Assistant Vice President,  shall have all the rights
and powers of a Vice  President in the execution of  instruments  as provided in
these By-Laws.


                                   AMENDMENTS

Section 7.01. Amendments of By-Laws. The Board of Directors shall have authority
to make and  alter  the  By-Laws  of the  Company,  subject  to the power of the
stockholders to change or repeal such By-Laws.


                                  EXHIBIT 8(a)


                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                                      Among
                        VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION
                                       and
                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


         THIS  AGREEMENT, made and entered  into this 16th day of March, 1988 by
and  among  NORTHWESTERN   NATIONAL  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  (hereinafter  the
"Company")  on its own  behalf  and on behalf of NWNL  SELECT  VARIABLE  ACCOUNT
Separate Account  (hereinafter  the "Account"),  segregated asset account of the
Company,  and the VARIABLE INSURANCE  PRODUCTS FUND, an unincorporated  business
trust organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter
the   "Fund")   and   FIDELITY   DISTRIBUTORS   CORPORATION   (hereinafter   the
"Underwriter").

         WHEREAS,  the  Fund  engages  in  business  as an  open-end  management
investment  company  and is  available  to act as  the  investment  vehicle  for
separate accounts  established for variable life insurance policies and variable
annuity  contracts  (collectively,  the  "Variable  Insurance  Products")  to be
offered by insurance companies which have entered into participation  agreements
substantially identical to this Agreement (hereinafter  "Participating Insurance
Companies"); and

                                      -1-

         WHEREAS,  the  beneficial  interest in the Fund is divided into several
series of shares, each designated a "Portfolio" and representing the interest in
a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Fund has  obtained  an order  from  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  dated  October  15,  1985 (File No.  812-6102),  granting
Participating  Insurance  Companies  and  variable  annuity  and  variable  life
insurance  separate  accounts  exemptions  from the provisions of sections 9(a),
13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Act of 1940, as amended,  (hereinafter
the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b) (15) and 6e-3(T) (b) (15)  thereunder,  to the
extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable
annuity and variable life  insurance  separate  accounts of both  affiliated and
unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemptive
Order"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered as an open-end  management  investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are  registered  under the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, Fidelity Management & Research Company (the "Adviser") is duly
registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of
1940 and any applicable state securities law; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register  certain variable
annuity contracts under the 1933 Act; and

         WHEREAS,  the Account is a duly organized,  validly existing segregated
asset  account,  established  by  resolution of the Board of Directors of the   
Company on November 12, 1981, to set aside and invest assets  attributable to   
the aforesaid variable annuity contracts; and

                                      -2-

         WHEREAS,  the Company has  registered or will register the Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Underwriter  is  registered  as a broker dealer with the
Securities and Exchange commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  (hereinafter  the "1934 Act"), and is a member in good standing of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD"); and

         WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase  shares in the Portfolios on behalf
of the Account to fund certain of the  aforesaid variable annuity  contracts and
the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to unit investment trusts such
as the Account at net asset value;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:


ARTICLE I.    SALE OF FUND SHARES

         1.1. The Underwriter  agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the
Fund which the Account orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net
asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the order
for the shares of the Fund.  For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall
be the  designee  of the Fund for  receipt of such  orders  from the Account and
receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the
Fund  receives  notice  of such  order  by 9:30a.m.  Boston  time on the  next
following  Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New York
Stock  Exchange  is open for trading  and on which the Fund  calculates  its net
asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                      -3-

         1.2. The Fund agrees to make its shares  available  indefinitely for 
purchase  at the  applicable  net asset  value per share by the  Company and its
Account on those days on which the Fund  calculates its net asset value pursuant
to rules of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and the Fund  shall  use
reasonable  efforts to calculate  such net asset value on each day which the New
York Stock  Exchange is open for trading.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
Board of Trustees of the Fund  (hereinafter  the  "Trustees") may refuse to sell
shares of any  Portfolio to any person,  or suspend or terminate the offering of
shares of any  Portfolio  if such  action is  required  by law or by  regulatory
authorities  having  jurisdiction  or is, in the sole discretion of the Trustees
acting in good faith and in light of their  fiduciary  duties under  federal and
any applicable  state laws,  necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of such Portfolio.

         1.3. The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be
sold only to Participating  Insurance Companies and their separate accounts.  No
shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

         1.4.  The Fund and the  Underwriter  will not sell  Fund  shares to any
insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing  provisions
substantially  the same as Articles I, III, V, VII and  Sections 2.5 and 2.12 of
Article II of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.

         1.5. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request,  any
full or  fractional  shares  of the Fund  held by the  Company,  executing  such
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed  after receipt by
the Fund or its  designee of the request for  redemption.  For  purposes of this
Section  1.5,  the  Company  shall be the  designee  of the Fund for  receipt of
requests  for  redemption  from the Account and receipt by such  designee  shall
constitute  receipt by the Fund;  provided that the Fund receives notice of such
request for redemption on the next following Business Day.

                                      -4-

         1.6.  The  Company  agrees to  purchase  and  redeem the shares of each
Portfolio  offered by the then current  prospectus of the Fund and in accordance
with the provisions of such prospectus.  The Company agrees that all net amounts
available under the variable annuity contracts with the form number(s) which are
listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated  herein by this reference,
as such Schedule A may be amended from time to time  hereafter by mutual written
agreement of all the parties hereto,  (the "Contracts") shall be invested in the
Fund, in such other Funds advised by the Adviser as may be mutually agreed to in
writing by the parties hereto,  or in the Company's  general  account,  provided
that such amounts may also be invested in an  investment  company other than the
Fund if (a) such other  investment  company,  or series thereof,  has investment
objectives  or policies that are  substantially  different  from the  investment
objectives  and policies of all the  Portfolios  of the Fund; or (b) the Company
gives the Fund and the  Underwriter  45 days written  notice of its intention to
make such  other  investment  company  available  as a funding  vehicle  for the
Contracts;  or (c) such other  investment  company  was  available  as a funding
vehicle for the Contracts prior to the date of this Agreement and the Company so
informs the Fund and Underwriter  prior to their signing this Agreement;  or (d)
the Fund or Underwriter  consents to the use of such other  investment  company.
The fund and the Underwriter  hereby consent to the utilization of the following
registered   investment   companies  as  additional  funding  vehicles  for  the
contracts:  Select High Yield Fund,  Inc.,  Select  Capital  Growth Fund,  Inc.,
Select Cash Management Fund, Inc., and Select Managed Fund, Inc..

         1.7.     The Company shall pay for Fund shares on the next Business Day
after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in federal funds  transmitted  by wire.
For purpose of Sections  2.10 and 2.11,  upon receipt by the Fund of the federal
funds so wired,  such funds shall cease to be the  responsibility of the Company
and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

                                      -5-

         1.8.  Issuance and transfer of the Funds'  shares will be by book entry
only.  Stock  certificates  will not be  issued  to the Company or the  Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an  appropriate  title for the 
Account or the appropriate subaccount of the Account.

         1.9.     The Fund shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone,
followed by written  confirmation)  to the Company of any income,  dividends  or
capital gain  distributions  payable on the Funds'  shares.  The Company  hereby
elects to receive all such  dividends  and  distributions  as are payable on the
Portfolio  shares in additional  shares of that Portfolio.  The Company reserves
the  right to  revoke  this  election  and to  receive  all such  dividends  and
distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of shares
so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

         1.10.  The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each      
Portfolio  available  to the  Company  on a daily  basis  as soon as  reasonably
practical  after the net asset value per share is  calculated  and shall use its
best efforts to make such net asset value per share  available by 7 p.m.  Boston
time.


ARTICLE II.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         2.1. The Company represents  and warrants  that the  Contracts are or  
will be registered  under the 1933 Act;  that the  Contracts  will be issued and
sold in compliance in all material respects with all  applicable Federal and    
State laws and that the sale of the  Contracts  shall comply in all material    
respects with state insurance  suitability  requirements.  The Company further  
represents and warrants  that it is an insurance  company duly  organized and in
good  standing  under  applicable  law and that it has  legally and validly
established  the Account  prior to any  issuance or sale thereof as a segregated
asset  account  under Section  61A.13 of the  Minnesota  Insurance  Code and has
registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register 

                                      -6-

the Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 
1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be  registered  under the 1933 Act, duly  authorized  for
issuance  and  sold  in  compliance  with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts and all applicable  federal and state securities laws and that the
Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the
Registration  Statement  for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from
time to time as  required  in order to effect  the  continuous  offering  of its
shares.  The Fund shall  register and qualify the shares for sale in  accordance
with the laws of the various  states only if and to the extent deemed  advisable
by the Fund or the Underwriter.

         2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently  qualified as a Regulated
Investment  Company under  Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended,  (the  "Code")  and that it will make  every  effort to  maintain  such
qualification  (under  Subchapter M or any successor or similar  provision)  and
that it will notify the Company  immediately  upon having a reasonable basis for
believing  that it has  ceased to so  qualify or that it might not so qualify in
the future.

         2.4. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated as
endorsement or annuity insurance contracts,  under applicable  provisions of the
Code,  and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it
will notify the Fund and the  Underwriter  immediately  upon having a reasonable
basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they
might not be so treated in the future.

         2.5.  The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to
finance  distribution  expenses  pursuant  to Rule  12b-1  under the 1940 Act or

                                      -7-

otherwise,  although  it may make  such  payments  in the  future.  The Fund has
adopted  a "no fee" or  "defensive"  Rule  12b-1  Plan  under  which it makes no
payments  for  distribution  expenses.  To the extent that it decides to finance
distribution  expenses  pursuant to Rule 12b-1,  the Fund  undertakes  to have a
board of trustees,  a majority of whom are not  interested  persons of the Fund,
formulate  and  approve  any  plan  under  Rule  12b-1 to  finance  distribution
expenses.

         2.6. The Fund makes no  representation  as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies)  complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Fund represents that the Fund's  investment  policies,  fees and
expenses  are and shall at all times remain in  compliance  with the laws of the
State of  Minnesota  and the  Fund  and the  Underwriter  represent  that  their
respective  operations are and shall at all times remain in material  compliance
with the laws of the State of Minnesota  to the extent  required to perform this
Agreement.

         2.7. The  Underwriter  represents  and warrants  that it is a member in
good standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The
Underwriter  further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund shares
in accordance  with the laws of the State of Minnesota and all applicable  state
and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934
Act, and the 1940 Act.

         2.8.  The Fund  represents  that it is lawfully  organized  and validly
existing under the laws of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and that it does
and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         2.9. The  Underwriter  represents  and warrants that the Adviser is and
shall remain duly  registered  in all  material  respects  under all  applicable

                                      -8-

federal  and  state  securities  laws and that the  Adviser  shall  perform  its
obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of
the State of Minnesota and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

         2.10. The Fund and Underwriter  represent and warrant that all of their
directors,    officers,    employees,    investment    advisers,    and    other
individuals/entities  dealing with the money and/or  securities  of the Fund are
and shall  continue  to be at all times  covered by a blanket  fidelity  bond or
similar  coverage  for the  benefit  of the Fund in an amount  not less than the
minimal  coverage as required  currently  by Section  17g-(1) of the  Investment
Company Act of 1940 or related  provisions  as may be  promulgated  from time to
time. The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and
shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

         2.11.  The Company  represents  and warrants that all of its directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all
times covered by a blanket  fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of
the Fund, in an amount not less than the minimal coverage as required  currently
by Section 17g-(1) of the Investment Act of 1940 or related provisions as may be
promulgated  from time to time.  The aforesaid  Bond shall include  coverage for
larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

         2.12.  The Company  represents  and warrants it will not purchase  Fund
shares  with  Account  assets  derived  from the sale of  Contracts  to deferred
compensation plans with respect to service for state and local governments which
qualify  under  Section  457 of the federal  Internal  Revenue  Code,  as may be
amended,  except  that  the  company  may  continue  purchasing  shares  for and
enrolling  additional  state and local  employees  under the companies  existing
arrangements  with state and local  governments.  The Company may purchase  Fund

                                      -9-

shares with Account assets derived from any sale of a Contract to any other type
of tax-advantaged  employee benefit plan; PROVIDED however that such plan has no
more than 300 employees who are eligible to participate at the time of the first
such  purchase  hereunder  by the Company of Fund shares  derived  from the sale
of such Contract.


ARTICLE III.  PROSPECTUSES AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

         3.1.  The  Underwriter  shall  provide the  Company  (at the  Company's
expense) with as many copies of the Fund's current prospectus as the Company may
reasonably request. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof,  the Fund shall
provide such documentation  (including a final copy of the new prospectus as set
in type at the fund's expense) and other  assistance as is reasonably  necessary
in order for the Company once each year (or more  frequently  if the  prospectus
for the Fund is amended) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund's
prospectus  printed  together  in  one  document  (such  printing  to be at  the
Company's expense).

         3.2. The Fund's prospectus shall state that the Statement of Additional
Information  for the Fund is available  from the  Underwriter  (or in the Fund's
discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such Statement is available from the
Fund),  and the  Underwriter  (or the Fund),  at its  expense,  shall  print and
provide  such  Statement  free of  charge to the  Company  and to any owner of a
Contract or prospective owner who requests such statement.

         3.3. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of
its  proxy  material,  reports  to  stockholders  and  other  communications  to
stockholders  in such  quantity  as the  Company  shall  reasonably  require for
distributing to Contract owners.

                                      -10-

         3.4.     If and to the extent required  by law the  Company shall:
                  (i)      solicit voting instructions from Contract Owners;
                  (ii)     vote the  Fund shares in accordance with instructions
                           received from Contract owners; and
                  (iii)    vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been 
                           received in the same proportion as Fund shares of    
                           such portfolio for which instructions have been      
                           received:

so long  as and to the  extent  that  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
continues to interpret the Investment Company Act to require pass-through voting
privileges for variable contract owners.  The Company reserves the right to vote
Fund shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent
permitted by law.  Participating  Insurance  Companies  shall be responsible for
assuring  that  each  of  their  separate  accounts  participating  in the  Fund
calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth
on Schedule B attached hereto and incorporated  herein by this reference,  which
standards will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

         3.5. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring
voting by  shareholders,  and in  particular  the Fund will  either  provide for
annual  meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund
is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will act in
accordance with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  interpretation of the
requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of trustees and
with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.

                                      -11-

ARTICLE IV.   SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished,  to the
Fund or its designee,  each piece of sales literature or other  promotional
material (a) in which the Fund or its investment  adviser or the  Underwriter is
named, and (b) to be used in connection with investment companies other than the
Fund which are used as a funding  vehicle for the  Contracts,  at least  fifteen
Business  Days prior to its use. No such  material  specified  in clause  4.1(a)
shall be used if the Fund or its  designee  object  to such use  within  fifteen
Business Days after receipt of such material.

         4.2      The  Company shall not give any information or make any
representations  or statements  on behalf of the Fund or concerning  the Fund in
connection  with  the  sale of the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or
representations  contained in the  registration  statement or prospectus for the
Fund shares,  as such  registration  statement and  prospectus may be amended or
supplemented  from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund,
or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its
designee or by the  Underwriter,  except with the  permission of the Fund or the
Underwriter or the designee of either.

         4.3. The Fund,  Underwriter,  or its designee shall  furnish,  or shall
cause to be  furnished,  to the  Company  or its  designee,  each piece of sales
literature  or other  promotional  material  in which the Company and/or  its   
separate  account(s),  is named at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use.
No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee object to such use
within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.

         4.4.     The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or
any  representations  on behalf of the Company or  concerning  the Company,  the
Account,  or  the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or  representations
contained in a registration  statement or prospectus for the Contracts,  as such

                                      -12-

registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time, or in published  reports for the Account which are in the public domain
or  approved by the Company for  distribution  to Contract  owners,  or in sales
literature  or  other  promotional  material  approved  by  the  Company  or its
designee, except with the permission of the Company.

         4.5 The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete  copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information,
reports,  proxy statements,  sales literature and other  promotional  materials,
applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments 
to any of the above, that relate to  the Fund  or its  shares, contemporaneously
with the  filing of such  document  with the  Securities and Exchange Commission
or other regulatory authorities.

         4.6.    The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy
of  all  registration   statements,   prospectuses,   Statements  of  Additional
Information,  reports,  solicitations for voting instructions,  sales literature
and other promotional  materials,  applications for exemptions,  requests for no
action  letters,  and all  amendments  to any of the above,  that  relate to the
Contracts or the  Account,  contemporaneously  with the filing of such  document
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase  "sales  literature or
other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not limited to,  advertisements
(such as material published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or
other  periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape
display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media),  sales
literature  (i.e.,  any  written  communication  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public,  including brochures,  circulars, research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of

                                      -13-

any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available  to some or all  agents or  employees,  and  registration  statements,
prospectuses,  Statements of Additional  Information,  shareholder  reports, and
proxy materials.


ARTICLE V.    FEES AND EXPENSES

         5.1.    The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation
to the Company  under this  agreement,  except that if the Fund or any Portfolio
adopts and  implements  a plan  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 to finance  distribution
expenses,  then the  Underwriter  may make  payments  to the  Company  or to the
underwriter  for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in
writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable to
the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available to
the Underwriter. No such payments shall be made directly by the Fund. Currently,
no such payments are contemplated.

         5.2.  All  expenses  incident  to  performance  by the Fund  under this
Agreement  shall  be paid by the  Fund.  The Fund  shall  see to it that all its
shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance  with applicable
federal  law  and,  if  and to the  extent  deemed  advisable  by the  Fund,  in
accordance with  applicable  state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear
the  expenses  for the cost of  registration  and  qualification  of the  Fund's
shares,  preparation  and  filing  of the  Fund's  prospectus  and  registration
statement,  proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting
in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders  (including
the costs of printing a  prospectus  that  constitutes  an annual  report),  the
preparation of all statements and notices  required by any federal or state law,
all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund's shares.

                                      -14-

         5.3. The Company  shall bear the expenses of printing and  distributing
the  Fund's  prospectus  to owners of  Contracts  issued by the  Company  and of
distributing the Fund's proxy materials and reports to such Contract owners.


ARTICLE VI .    DIVERSIFICATION

         6.1.     The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in
such a manner  as to ensure  that the  Contracts  will be  treated  as  variable
contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting
the  scope of the  foregoing,  the Fund will at all times  comply  with  Section
817(h) of the Code and Temporary Regulation 1.817-5T,  dated, September 12, 1986
relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or
life  insurance  contracts  and any  amendments or other  modifications  to such
Section or Regulations.


ARTICLE VII.    POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         7.1. The Board of Trustees of the Fund (the  "Board")  will monitor the
Fund for the  existence  of any  material  irreconcilable  conflict  between the
interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund.
An  irreconcilable  material  conflict  may  arise  for a  variety  of  reasons,
including:  (a) an action by any state  insurance  regulatory  authority;  (b) a
change in applicable  federal or state  insurance,  tax, or  securities  laws or
regulations,   or  a  public  ruling,   private  letter  ruling,   no-action  or
interpretative  letter,  or any similar action by insurance,  tax, or securities
regulatory  authorities;  (c) an  administrative  or  judicial  decision  in any
relevant  proceeding;  (d) the manner in which the  investments of any Portfolio
are being  managed;  (e) a difference in voting  instructions  given by variable
annuity contract and variable life insurance  contract owners; or (f) a decision
by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners. The Board
shall  promptly  inform the  Company  if it  determines  that an  irreconcilable
material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

                                      -15-

         7.2.     The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of
which it is aware to the Board.  The  Company  will assist the Board in carrying
out its responsibilities  under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing
the Board with all  information  reasonably  necessary for the Board to consider
any issues raised.  This  includes,  but is not limited to, an obligation by the
Company  to inform  the  Board whenever  contract owner voting  instructions are
disregarded.

         7.3. If it is determined  by a majority of the Board,  or a majority of
its disinterested  trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company and other Participating  Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and
to the  extent  reasonably  practicable  (as  determined  by a  majority  of the
disinterested  trustees),  take  whatever  steps  are  necessary  to  remedy  or
eliminate  the  irreconcilable  material  conflict,  up to and  including:  (1),
withdrawing  the assets  allocable to some or all of the separate  accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different  investment
medium,  including  (but not  limited  to)  another  Portfolio  of the Fund,  or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected  contract owners and, as appropriate,  segregating the assets of
any appropriate group (i.e.,  annuity contract owners,  life insurance  contract
owners  or  variable  contract  owners  of one or more  Participating  Insurance
Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation,  or offering to the affected
contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2),  establishing a new
registered management investment company or managed separate account.

         7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision
by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority  position or would  preclude a majority  vote, 

                                      -16-

the Company may be required,  at the Fund's election,  to withdraw the Account's
investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement; provided, however that such
withdrawal  and  termination  shall be  limited to the  extent  required  by the
foregoing  material  irreconcilable  conflict as determined by a majority of the
disinterested  members of the Board.  Any such withdrawal and  termination  must
take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives  written  notice that this
provision is being  implemented,  and until the end of that six month period the
Underwriter  and Fund  shall  continue  to accept  and  implement  orders by the
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

         7.5. If a material  irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular
state insurance  regulator's  decision  applicable to the Company conflicts with
the majority of the other state  regulators,  then the Company will withdraw the
Account's  investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six months
after the Board informs the Company in writing that it has determined  that such
decision has created an irreconcilable  material  conflict;  provided,  however,
that such withdrawal and termination  shall be limited to the extent required by
the foregoing  material  irreconcilable  conflict as determined by a majority of
the disinterested members of the Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month
period,  the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement  orders
by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

         7.6.  For  purposes of Sections  7.3 through 7.6 of this  Agreement,  a
majority of the disinterested  members of the Board shall determine whether any 
proposed action adequately  remedies any  irreconcilable  material conflict, but
in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding  medium for the
Contracts.  The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new
funding  medium for the  Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by    
vote of a majority  of  Contract  owners  materially  adversely  affected by the

                                      -17-

irreconcilable  material  conflict.  In the event that the Board determines that
any  proposed  action does not  adequately  remedy any  irreconcilable  material
conflict,  then the Company will withdraw the  Account's  investment in the Fund
and terminate this  Agreement  within six (6) months after the Board informs the
Company in writing of the foregoing determination,  provided, however, that such
withdrawal and  termination  shall be limited to the extent required by any such
material   irreconcilable   conflict  as   determined   by  a  majority  of  the
disinterested members of the Board.

         7.7. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule  6e-3(T) are amended,
or Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide  exemptive relief from any provision of the
Act or the rules promulgated  thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding
(as  defined  in the Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order) on terms and  conditions
materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, 
shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),
as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; 
and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this  Agreement  shall
continue in effect only to the extent  that terms and  conditions  substantially
identical  to such  Sections  are  contained  in such  Rule(s)  as so amended or
adopted.


ARTICLE VIII.  INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1.    INDEMNIFICATION BY THE  COMPANY

                  8.1(a).  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Fund and each of its Trustees and officers and each person, if any, who controls
the Fund  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section  8.1) 

                                      -18-

against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation  (including
legal and other expenses),  to which the Indemnified  Parties may become subject
under any  statute,  regulation,  at common  law or  otherwise,  insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof)
or  settlements  are related to the sale or  acquisition of the Fund's shares or
the Contracts and:

                  (i)      arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements 
                           or alleged untrue statements of any material fact    
                           contained in the Registration Statement or prospectus
                           for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or   
                           sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment 
                           or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out 
                           of or are based upon the omission or the alleged     
                           omission to state therein a material fact required to
                           be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
                           therein not misleading, provided that this agreement 
                           to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified   
                           Party if such statement or omission or such alleged  
                           statement or omission was made in reliance upon and  
                           in conformity with information furnished to the      
                           Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in
                           the Registration Statement or prospectus for the     
                           Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or
                           any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in
                           connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund    
                           shares; or
                  (ii)     arise  out  of  or  as  a  result  of  statements  or
                           representations    (other    than    statements    or
                           representations

                                      -19-

                           contained   in   the   Registration Statement, 
                           prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not  
                           supplied  by the Company, or persons  under  its 
                           control)  or  wrongful  conduct  of the  Company  or 
                           persons  under its control,  with respect to the sale
                           or distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or
                  (iii)    arise out of any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue
                           statement   of  a  material   fact   contained  in  a
                           Registration   Statement,    prospectus,   or   sales
                           literature  of the Fund or any  amendment  thereof or
                           supplement   thereto  or  the   omission  or  alleged
                           omission to state therein a material fact required to
                           be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
                           therein not  misleading if such a  statement or      
                           omission was made in reliance  upon  information     
                           furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the Company;
                           or
                  (iv)     arise as a result of any failure by the Company to   
                           provide the services and furnish the materials under 
                           the terms of this Agreement; or 
                  (v)      arise out of or result from any material breach of   
                           any representation and/or warranty made by the       
                           Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result  
                           from any other material breach of this Agreement by  
                           the Company, as limited by and in accordance with the
                           provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1 (c) hereof.
 
        8.1(b).  The  Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an  Indemnified  Party  would  otherwise  be  subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross

                                      -20-

negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of
such Indemnified Party's reckless  disregard of obligations or duties under this
Agreement or to the Fund, whichever is applicable.

     8.1(c).  The  Company  shall  not  be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified  the  Company in writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Company of any
such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Company shall be entitled to participate,
at its own expense, in the defense of such action. The Company also shall be    
entitled to assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  satisfactory  to the 
party named in the action.  After notice from the  Company to such party of the 
Company's  election to assume the defense thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall
bear the fees and  expenses of any  additional  counsel  retained by it, and the
Company will not be liable to such party under this  Agreement  for any legal or
other expenses  subsequently  incurred by such party independently in connection
with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.1(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the
commencement  of any litigation or proceedings  against them in connection  with
the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the Contracts or the operation of the
Fund.

                                      -21-

8.2.     INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

         8.2(a). The  Underwriter  agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless the 
Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who     
controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of  the  1933  Act
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section 8.2)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in  settlement  with the  written  consent  of the  Underwriter)  or  litigation
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become
subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses  (or actions in respect  thereof) or
settlements  are related to the sale or  acquisition of the Fund's shares or the
Contracts and:

                  (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or 
                  alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the
                  Registration  Statement or prospectus  or sales  literature of
                  the  Fund  (or  any  amendment  or  supplement  to  any of the
                  foregoing),  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
                  the alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact to be
                  stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
                  misleading,  provided that this  agreement to indemnify  shall
                  not apply as to any  Indemnified  Party if such  statement  or
                  omission or such  alleged  statement  or omission  was made in
                  reliance upon and in conformity with information  furnished to
                  the Underwriter or Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use

                                      -22-

                  in the Registration Statement or prospectus for the Fund or in
                  sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise
                  for use in  connection  with the sale of the Contracts or Fund
                  shares:  or 
                  (ii) arise out of or as a result of  statements or representa-
                  tions  (other  than  statements  or  representations contained
                  in the Registration  Statement, prospectus or sales literature
                  for the Contracts not supplied by the  Underwriter or persons 
                  under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Fund, Adviser or
                  Underwriter  or persons under their  control,  with respect to
                  the sale or  distribution  of the Contracts or Fund shares; or
                  (iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue     
                  statement  of a material fact  contained in a  Registration   
                  Statement,   prospectus,   or  sales  literature covering the 
                  Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,  or
                  the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material 
                  fact to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statement 
                  or  statements  therein  not  misleading,  if  such statement 
                  or omission was made in reliance  upon  information furnished 
                  to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund;  or 
                  (iv) arise as a result of any  failure by the Fund to  provide
                  the services  and  furnish the  materials  under the terms of 
                  this Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or 
                  in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the diversification
                  requirements  specified in Article VI of this  Agreement) ; or

                                      -23-

                  (v)  arise out of or result  from any  material  breach of any
                  representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this
                  Agreement  or arise out of or result  from any other  material
                  breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter; 

         as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) 
and 8.2(c) hereof.

         8.2(b). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an  Indemnified  Party  would  otherwise  be  subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless  disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
the Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.
 
        8.2(c). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of
any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may
have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than
on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought
against  the  Indemnified   Parties,   the  Underwriter   will  be  entitled  to
participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense thereof.  The Underwriter also
shall be entitled to assume the defense  thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to
the party named in the action.  After notice from the  Underwriter to such party
of the  Underwriter's  election to assume the defense  thereof,  the Indemnified

                                      -24-

Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it,
and the  Underwriter  will not be liable to such party under this  Agreement for
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
connection   with  the  defense   thereof   other  than   reasonable   costs  of
investigation.

         8.2(d).  The Company agrees  promptly to notify the  Underwriter of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors  in  connection  with the issuance or sale of the  Contracts or the
operation of the Account.

8.3.     INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

         8.3(a).  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each of its  directors  and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the  meaning of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section  8.3) against any and all
losses, claims, damages,  liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the  written  consent  of the  Fund) or  litigation  (including  legal and other
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute,
at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross
negligence,  bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustees any member thereof,
are related to the operations of the Fund and:
                  (i)      arise  as a  result  of any  failure  by the  Fund to
                           provide the services and furnish the materials  under
                           the terms of this  Agreement  (including a failure to
                           comply   with   the   diversification    requirements
                           specified in Article VI of this Agreement);or

                                      -25-

                  (ii)     arise out of or result  from any  material  breach of
                           any  representation  and/or warranty made by the Fund
                           in this  Agreement or arise out of or result from any
                           other material  breach of this Agreement by the Fund;

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 
8.3(c) hereof.

         8.3(b).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to which an  Indemnified  Party  would  otherwise  be  subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless  disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or the Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.3(c).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  the  Fund in  writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such  service on any  designated agent),  but failure to notify  the Fund of any
such claim shall not relieve  the Fund from any  liability  which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Fund will be entitled to participate,  at
its own  expense,  in the  defense  thereof.  The Fund also shall be entitled to
assume the

                                      -26-

defense  thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory  to the party named in the action.
After  notice  from the Fund to such party of the Fund's  election to assume the
defense thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party
under this  Agreement for any legal or other expenses  subsequently  incurred by
such  party  dependently  in  connection  with the  defense  thereof  other than
reasonable costs of investigation.
 
        8.3(d).  The Company and the  Underwriter  agree promptly to notify the 
Fund of the  commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of
its  respective  officers or directors in connection  with this  Agreement,  the
issuance or sale of the Contracts,  the operation of the Account, or the sale or
acquisition of shares of the Fund.


ARTICLE IX.   APPLICABLE LAW

         9.1.     This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof   
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts.

         9.2.  This  Agreement  shall be subject to the  provisions of the 1933,
1934,  and 1940 acts,  and the rules and  regulations  and  rulings  thereunder,
including such  exemptions  from those  statutes,  rules and  regulations as the
Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the
Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and  
construed in accordance therewith.


ARTICLE X. TERMINATION

         10.1.    This Agreement shall terminate:
                  (a) at the option of any party upon one year  advance  written
notice to the other  parties;  provided,  however such notice shall not be given
earlier than one year following the date of this Agreement; or

                                      -27-

                  (b) at the option of the  Company to the extent that shares of
Portfolios  are  not  reasonably  available  to  meet  the  requirements  of the
Contracts as determined by the Company,  provided however, that such termination
shall apply only to the Portfolio(s) not reasonably available.  Prompt notice of
the election to terminate for such cause shall be furnished by the Company; or
                  (c) at the  option  of the  Fund  in  the  event  that  formal
administrative  proceedings  are instituted  against the Company by the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"),  the Securities and Exchange
Commission,  the Insurance  Commissioner or any other  regulatory body regarding
the  Company's  duties  under  this  Agreement  or  related  to the  sale of the
Contracts,  the  operation of the  Account,  or the purchase of the Fund shares,
provided,  however,  that the Fund determines in its sole judgment  exercised in
good  faith,  that any such  administrative  proceedings  will  have a  material
adverse effect upon the ability of the Company to perform its obligations  under
this Agreement; or
                  (d) at the  option of the  Company  in the event  that  formal
administrative proceedings are instituted against the Fund or Underwriter by the
NASD,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or any state  securities  or
insurance department or any other regulatory body, provided,  however,  that the
Company  determines in its sole judgment  exercised in good faith, that any such
administrative  proceedings will have a material adverse effect upon the ability
of the Fund or Underwriter to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or
                  (e) upon requisite vote of the Contract owners having an 
interest in the Account (or any  subaccount) to substitute the shares of another
investment  company  for  the  corresponding  Portfolio  shares  of the  Fund in
accordance with the terms of the Contracts for which those Portfolio  shares had
been selected to serve as the underlying investment 

                                      -28-

media.  The Company will give 30 days' prior  written  notice to the Fund of the
date of any proposed vote to replace the Fund's shares; or
                  (f) at the  option  of the  Company,  in the  event any of the
Fund's shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in accordance with applicable
state  and/or  federal law or such law  precludes  the use of such shares as the
underlying  investment  media of the  Contracts  issued  or to be  issued by the
Company; or
                  (g) at the  option  of the  Company,  if the  Fund  ceases  to
qualify as a Regulated  Investment  Company  under  Subchapter  M of the Code or
under any successor or similar provision,  or if the Company reasonably believes
that the Fund may fail to so qualify; or
                  (h) at the option of the Company, if the Fund fails to meet  
the diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof; or
                  (i) at the  option of either the Fund or the  Underwriter,  if
(1) the Fund or the Underwriter,  respectively,  shall determine,  in their sole
judgment  reasonably  exercised  in good faith,  that the Company has suffered a
material adverse change in its business or financial condition or is the subject
of material  adverse  publicity  and such  material  adverse  change or material
adverse  publicity  will have a material  adverse  impact upon the  business and
operations  of  either  the  Fund  or  the  Underwriter,  (2)  the  Fund  or the
Underwriter  shall notify the Company in writing of such  determination  and its
intent to terminate this Agreement,  and (3) after considering the actions taken
by the Company and any other changes in  circumstances  since the giving of such
notice,  such  determination  of the Fund or the  Underwriter  shall continue to
apply on the sixtieth  (60th) day  following  the giving of such  notice,  which
sixtieth day shall be the effective date of termination; or

                                      -29-

                  (j) at the option of the  Company,  if (1) the  Company  shall
determine,  in its sole judgment reasonably exercised in good faith, that either
the Fund or the  Underwriter  has  suffered  a  material  adverse  change in its
business or financial  condition or is the subject of material adverse publicity
and such  material  adverse  change or material  adverse  publicity  will have a
material adverse impact upon the business and operations of the Company, (2) the
Company  shall  notify  the Fund and the  Underwriter  in  writing  of such
determination  and  its  intent  to  terminate  the  Agreement,  and  (3)  after
considering  the actions taken by the Fund and/or the  Underwriter and any other
changes in  circumstances  since the giving of such notice,  such  determination
shall continue to apply on the sixtieth  (60th) day following the giving of such
notice, which sixtieth day shall be the effective date of termination; or
                  (k) at the  option of either the Fund or the  Underwriter,  if
the Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter  the written notice  specified in
Section  1.6(b) hereof and at the time such notice was given there was no notice
of  termination  outstanding  under  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement;
provided,  however any termination under this Section 10.1(k) shall be effective
forty five (45) days after the notice specified in Section 1.6(b) was given.

         10.2. It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to
terminate this  Agreement  pursuant to Section  10.1(a) may be exercised for any
reason or for no reason.

         10.3.    NOTICE REQUIREMENT.  No termination of this Agreement shall be
effective unless and until the party terminating this Agreement gives prior     
written notice to all other parties to this Agreement of its intent to terminate
which notice shall set forth the basis for such termination.  Furthermore,

                                      -30-

                  (a) In the  event  that  any  termination  is  based  upon the
provisions  of Article  VII,  or the  provision  of Section  10.1(a) , 10.1(i) ,
10.1(j) or 10.1(k) of this  Agreement,  such prior written notice shall be given
in advance of the effective date of termination as required by such  provisions;
and
                  (b) In the  event  that  any  termination  is  based  upon the
provisions of Section 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) of this  Agreement,  such prior written
notice  shall be given at least  ninety (90) days before the  effective  date of
termination.

         10.4.  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding  any termination of this
Agreement,  the Fund and the  Underwriter  shall at the  option of the  Company,
continue to make available  additional  shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms
and conditions of this  Agreement,  for all Contracts in effect on the effective
date of  termination  of this  Agreement  (hereinafter  referred to as "Existing
Contracts").  Specifically,  without  limitation,  the  owners  of the  Existing
Contracts  shall be  permitted to  reallocate  investments  in the Fund,  redeem
investments  in the  Fund  and/or  invest  in the Fund  upon  the making of     
additional purchase  payments  under the Existing  Contracts.  The parties agree
that this Section  10.4  shall not apply to any  terminations  under Article VII
and the effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII
of this Agreement.

         10.5.  The Company  shall not redeem Fund  shares  attributable  to the
Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares  attributable to the Company's  assets held
in the Account)  except (i) as necessary to implement  Contract Owner  initiated
transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or
judicial or other legal precedent of general application  (hereinafter  referred
to as a Legally Required  Redemption").  

                                      -31-

Upon request,  the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund and the Underwriter
the  opinion of counsel  for the  Company  (which  counsel  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory to the Fund and the  Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption
pursuant to clause  (ii) above is a Legally  Required  Redemption.  Furthermore,
except in cases where  permitted  under the terms of the Contracts,  the Company
shall not prevent  Contract Owners from allocating  payments to a Portfolio that
was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund or the
Underwriter 90 days notice of its intention to do so.


ARTICLE XI.    NOTICES

         Any  notice  shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by  registered  or
certified  mail to the other  party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other party.
         If to the Fund:
                  82 Devonshire Street
                  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                  Attention: Treasurer
         If to the Company:
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, MN 55440
                  Attention:  Karl Wolf, Esquire
         If to the Underwriter:
                  82 Devonshire Street
                  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                  Attention: Treasurer

                                      -32-

ARTICLE XII.   MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1 All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property
of the Fund for the  enforcement  of any claims  against the Fund as neither the
Trustees,  officers,  agents or shareholders  assume any personal  liability for
obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.
 
        12.2  Subject  to the  requirements  of legal  process  and  regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the Contracts and all  information  reasonably  identified as confidential in
writing by any other party hereto and,  except as  permitted by this  Agreement,
shall not  disclose,  disseminate  or utilize such names and addresses and other
confidential  information  without the express  written  consent of the affected
party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

         12.3 The captions in this  Agreement  are included for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.4  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more  
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

         12.5 If any provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.6 Each party  hereto shall  cooperate  with each other party and all
appropriate   governmental   authorities   (including   without  limitation  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the NASD and state insurance regulators) and
shall  permit  such  authorities  reasonable  access to its books and records in
connection with any investigation or inquiring relating to this Agreement or the
transactions   contemplated  hereby.   

                                      -33-

Notwithstanding  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  each party hereto  further
agrees to furnish the California Insurance  Commissioner with any information or
reports in connection  with services  provided under this  Agreement  which such
Commissioner  may request in order to ascertain  whether the variable  insurance
product  operations  of the Company are being  conducted in a manner  consistent
with the California Variable Life Insurance Regulations and any other applicable
law or regulations.

         12.7 The Fund and Underwriter  agree that to the extent any advisory or
other fees received by the Fund,  the  Underwriter or the Adviser are determined
to be unlawful in legal or administrative  proceedings under the 1973 NAIC model
variable  life  insurance  regulation  in  the  states  of  Colorado,  Maryland,
Massachusetts,  Michigan or  Pennsylvania,  the Underwriter  shall indemnify and
reimburse the Company for any out of pocket  expenses and actual damages the    
Company has incurred as a result of any such  proceeding;  provided however that
the  provisions  of  Section  8.2(b)  of this  and  8.2(c)  shall  apply to such
indemnification   and  reimbursement   obligation.   Such   indemnification  and
reimbursement  obligation shall be in addition to any other  indemnification and
reimbursement  obligations  of  the  Fund  and/or  the  Underwriter  under  this
Agreement.                                                               

         12.8. The rights,  remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

                                      -34-

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of the  parties  hereto  has  caused  this
Agreement  to be executed  in its name and on its behalf by its duly  authorized
representative  and its  seal to be  hereunder  affixed  hereto  as of the  date
specified below.

                                     Company:
                                     By its authorized officer,


                                     NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                     COMPANY


SEAL                                 By:       /s/ Michael J. Dubes
                                     Title:    Senior Vice President, Ind. Ins.
                                     Date:

                                     Company:
                                     By its authorized officer,


SEAL                                 By:      /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                     Title:   2nd V.P. & Assistant General 
                                              Counsel--Individual
                                     Date:

                                      -35-

                                     Fund:
                                     By its authorized officer,


                                     VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND
                                     By its authorized officer,

SEAL                                 By:       /s/ John L. O'Brien
                                     Title:    Senior Vice President
                                     Date:     4-11-88


<PAGE>

                                     Underwriter:

                                     FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION
                                     By its authorized officer,


SEAL                                 By:       /s/ John L. O'Brien
                                     Title:    President
                                     Date:     4-11-88

                                      -36-

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                   CONTRACTS



1.     Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form 
       Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

                                      -37-


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                             PROXY VOTING PROCEDURE



The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the
handling of proxies  relating to the Fund by the  Underwriter,  the Fund and the
Company.  The  defined  terms  herein  shall have the  meanings  assigned in the
Participation  Agreement  except that the term "Company"  shall also include the
department or third party assigned by the Insurance Company to perform the steps
delineated below.

1.       The  number  of  proxy  proposals  is  given  to  the  Company  by  the
         Underwriter  as early as  possible  before the date set by the Fund for
         the   shareholder   meeting  (the  "Record  Date")  to  facilitate  the
         establishment  of tabulation  procedures.  At this time the Underwriter
         will inform the Company of the Record,  Mailing and Meeting dates. This
         will be done verbally approximately two months before meeting.

2.       Promptly  after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run",
         or other activity,  which will generate the names, addresses and number
         of   units/shares   which   are    attributed to  each   contractowner/
         policyholder (the  "Customer") as of the Record Date.  Allowance should
         should be made for account  adjustments made after this date that could
         affect the status of the Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.

         Note:    The number of voting  instruction  cards is  determined by the
                  activities described in Step #2. The Company will use its best
                  efforts to call in the number of  Customers  to  Fidelity,  as
                  soon as possible, but no later than two weeks after the Record
                  Date.

3.       The Fund's  Annual  Report must be sent to each Customer by the Company
         either  before  or  together  with the  Customers'  receipt  of a proxy
         statement.  Underwriter  will  provide  at  least  one copy of the last
         Annual Report to the Company.

                                      -1-

4.       The text and  format  for the  Voting  Instruction  Cards  ("Cards"  or
         "Card") is  provided to the Company by the Fund.  The  Company,  at its
         expense,  shall produce and  personalize the Voting  Instruction  Cards
         with the name,  address,  and number of units/shares for each customer.
         (This and related  steps may occur later in the  chronological  process
         due to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

5.       Company will, at its expense, print account information on the Cards.

6.       Allow approximately 2-4 business days for printing information on the 
         Cards.  Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

         a.       name (legal name as found on account registration)
         b.       address
         c.       Fund or account number
         d.       coding to state number of shares/units (depends upon tabula-  
                  tion process used by the computer system, i.e., whether or not
                  system knows number of shares held just by "reading" the      
                  account number)
         e.       individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of
                  votes (already on Cards as printed by the Fund)

                  Note:    When the Cards are printed by the Fund, each Card is 
                           numbered individually to guard against potential     
                           Card/vote duplication.

7.       During  this  time,  the Legal  Department  of the  Underwriter  or its
         affiliate  ("Fidelity Legal") will develop,  produce, and the Fund will
         pay for the  Notice of Proxy and the Proxy  Statement  (one  document).
         Printed and folded notices and  statements  will be sent to Company for
         insertion into envelopes  (envelopes and return  envelopes are provided
         and paid for by the Insurance Company).  Contents of envelope sent to 
         Customers by Company will include:

         a.       Voting Instruction Card
         b.       proxy notice and statement (one document)
         c.       return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the
                  Company or its tabulation agent

                                      -2-

         d.       "urge buckslip" - optional, but recommended. (This is a small,
                  single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as      
                  quickly as possible and that their vote is important. One copy
                  will be supplied by the Fund.)
         e.       cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and 
                  approved in advance by Fidelity Legal.

8.       The above contents should be received by the Company  approximately 3-5
         business days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews
         and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure  correctness
         and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to Fidelity Legal.

9.       Package mailed by the Company.

         *        The Fund MUST allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the
                  Company as the  shareowner.  (A 5-week period is  recommended,
                  but not necessary,  to receive a proper response  percentage.)
                  Solicitation   time  is  calculated  as  days  from  (but  NOT
                  including) the meeting, counting backwards.

         **       If the Customers were actually the shareholders,  at least 50%
                  of the  outstanding  shares must be represented and 66 2/3% of
                  that 50% must have voted  affirmatively  on the  proposals  to
                  have an  effective  vote.  HOWEVER,  since the  Company is the
                  shareholder,  the  Customers'  votes  will  (except in certain
                  limited circumstances) be used to dictate how the Company will
                  vote.

10.      Collection  and  tabulation of Cards begins.  Tabulation  usually takes
         place in another  department  or another  vendor  depending  on process
         used.  An often used  procedure  is to sort Cards on arrival  into vote
         categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.

         *        Postmarks  are  not  generally  needed.  A need  for  postmark
                  information  would be due to an insurance  company's  internal
                  procedure and has not been required by Fidelity in the past.

                                      -3-

11.      Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration  
         which was printed on the Card.

         *        This verifies  whether an individual has signed  correctly for
                  self with the same name as is on the account registration.

For Example:

                  If the  account  registration  is  under  "Bertram  C.  Jones,
                  Trustee,"  then that is the exact  legal name to be printed on
                  the Card and is the signature needed on the Card.

12.      If Cards are  mutilated,  or for any  reason are  illegible  or are not
         signed  properly,  they are sent back to Customer  with an  explanatory
         letter, a new Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card
         is  disregarded  and considered to be NOT RECEIVED for purposes of vote
         tabulation.   Any  Cards  that  have  "kicked  out"  (e.g.,  mutilated,
         illegible) of the procedure are "hand verified,"  i.e.,  examined as to
         why they did not complete the system.  Any questions on those Cards are
         usually remedied individually.

13.      There are various control  procedures used to ensure proper  tabulation
         of votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort
         the Cards as they first  arrive into  categories  depending  upon their
         vote; an estimate of how the vote is progressing may be calculated.  If
         the  initial  estimates  and the actual vote do not  coincide,  then an
         internal audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

14.      The actual tabulation of votes is done in units and in shares. (It is  
         very important that the Fund receives the tabulations stated in terms  
         of a percentage and the number of SHARES.)

                                      -4-

15.      Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to the     
         Legal Department on the morning of the meeting by 10:00 a.m. Boston 
         time.

16.      Vote is verified by the Company and is sent to Fidelity Legal.

17.      Company then votes its proxy in accordance with the votes received from
         the   Customers   the  morning  of  the  meeting   (except  in  limited
         circumstances   as  may  be  otherwise   required  by  law).  A  letter
         documenting  the  Company's  vote is supplied by Fidelity  Legal and is
         sent to officer of company for his  signature.  This letter is normally
         sent after the meeting has taken place.

18.      The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from
         the Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise
         necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes,  Fidelity will
         be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

19.      All approvals and "signing-off" may be done orally, but must always be 
         followed up in writing.

20.      During  tabulation  procedures,  the Fund and  Company  determine  if a
         resolicitation  is required  and what form that  resolicitation  should
         take, whether it should be by a mailing, or by recorded telephone line.
         A  resolicitation  is considered  when the vote response is slow and it
         appears  that not enough  votes would be received by the meeting  date.
         The  meeting   could  be   adjourned  to  leave  enough  time  for  the
         resolicitation.

         A  determination  is made by the  Company and the Fund to find the most
         cost effective  candidates for resolicitation.  These are Customers who
         have not yet voted, but whose balances are large enough to bring in the
         required vote with minimal costs.

                                      -5-

         a.       By mail:  Fidelity Legal amends the voting instruction cards, 
                  if necessary, and writes a resolicitation letter. The Fund    
                  supplies these to the Company. The Company generates a mailing
                  list etc., as per step 2 onward.
         b.       By phone:  Rarely used.  This must be done on a recorded line.
                  Fidelity Legal and the Fund will supply the necessary         
                  procedures and script if a phone resolicitation were to be    
                  required.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1


         This  Amendment  dated  as  of  the  1st  day  of  June  1989,  to  the
Participation  Agreement  dated as of August 18,  1987 (the  "Agreement")  among
Northwestern   National  Life  Insurance   Company  (the  "Company"),   Fidelity
Distributors  Corporation (the  "Underwriter")  and Variable  Insurance Products
Fund (the "Fund").

         In  consideration  of the mutual  promises  herein,  the  Company,  the
Underwriter and the Fund hereby agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

         1.       By deleting Section 2.12 in its entirety and by substituting  
                  the following therefor:

                  "2.12.  The Company  represents  and warrants that it will not
                   purchase  Fund shares with  Account  assets  derived from the
                   sale of Contracts to deferred compensation plans with respect
                   to  service  for state and local  governments  which  qualify
                   under  Section 457 of the federal  Internal  Revenue Code, as
                   may be amended.  The Company  may  purchase  Fund shares with
                   Account  assets  derived  from any sale of a Contract  to any
                   other type of tax-advantaged  employee benefit plan; provided
                   however that such plan has no more than 500 employees who are
                   eligible  to  participate  at  the  time  of the  first  such
                   purchase hereunder by the Company of Fund shares derived from
                   the sale of such Contract."

         2.       By attaching to and making a part of the Agreement a copy of
                  this Amendment No. 1.

         3.       The Agreement, as amended hereby, is and shall remain in full
                  force and effect.

         In witness whereof, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized  representative as
of the date first written above.

Northwestern National Life Insurance Company

By:     /s/ John A. Johnson
Title:  Vice President and Actuary

Fidelity Distributors Corporation

By:     /s/ Roger Shawn
Title:  President

Variable Insurance Products Fund

By:     /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
Title:  Senior Vice President


<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2


         Amendment to the Participation  Agreement among  Northwestern  National
Life Insurance Company (the "Company"),  Variable  Insurance  Products Fund (the
"Fund") and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter")  dated March
16, 1988 (the "Agreement").

         WHEREAS,  each of the parties is desirous of  expanding  the ability of
Company to participate in the qualified  markets,  the Company,  the Underwriter
and the Fund hereby agree to amend the  Agreement  by deleting  from Section 1.4
the reference to Section 2.12 and by deleting Section 2.12 in its entirety.

         In witness whereof, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized  representative as
of November 1, 1991.


NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL                       FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                      CORPORATION


By:    /s/ John A. Johnson                  By:    /s/ Roger T. Servison

Name:  John A. Johnson                      Name:  Roger T. Servison

Title: Vice President and Actuary           Title: President


VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND


By:    /s/ J. Gary Burkhead

Name:  J. Gary Burkhead

Title: Senior Vice President



<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 3


Amendment  to the  Participation  Agreement  among  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"), Variable Insurance Products Fund (the "Fund")
and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter") dated March 16, 1988
(the "Agreement").

WHEREAS  each of the  parties  desire to expand the  ability  of the  Company to
develop  and market  Variable  Life  Insurance  Policies  and  Variable  Annuity
Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as the investment  vehicle
for said separate  accounts.  The Company,  Underwriter and Fund hereby agree to
amend Schedule A of the Agreement by inserting the following in its entirety:

         2.      Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-705,
                 and the state exceptions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be executed
in its  name  and on its  behalf  by its duly  authorized  representative  as of
January ___, 1993.

                                      Northwestern National
                                      Life Insurance Company

                                      By:      /s/ Michael S. Fischer

                                      Name:

                                      Title:


                                      Variable Insurance Products Fund

                                      By:      /s/ J. Gary Burkhead

                                      Name:    J. Gary Burkhead

                                      Title:   Senior Vice President


                                      Fidelity Distributors Corporation

                                      By:      /s/ Roger T. Servison

                                      Name:    Roger T. Servison

                                      Title:   President



<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULE A
                                    CONTRACTS


1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number:  81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-705, and the
         state exceptions.



<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 4


Amendment  to the  Participation  Agreement  among  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"), Variable Insurance Products Fund (the "Fund")
and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter") dated March 16, 1988
(the "Agreement").

WHEREAS  each of the  parties  desire to expand the  ability  of the  Company to
develop  and market  Variable  Life  Insurance  Policies  and  Variable  Annuity
Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as the investment  vehicle
for said separate  accounts.  The Company,  Underwriter and Fund hereby agree to
amend Schedule A of the Agreement by inserting the following in its entirety:

         3.      Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-795,
                 and the state exceptions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be executed
in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative as of June  
___, 1993.

                                        Northwestern National Life
                                        Insurance Company

By:     /s/ Michael S. Fischer          By:      /s/ John Johnson
Name:   Michael S. Fischer              Name:    John Johnson
Title:  Second Vice President           Title:   Vice President and Actuary
        and Asst. General Counsel
                                        Variable Insurance Products Fund

                                        By:      /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
                                        Name:    J. Gary Burkhead
                                        Title:   Senior Vice President

                                        Fidelity Distributors Corporation

                                        By:      /s/ Kurt Lange
                                        Name:    Kurt Lange
                                        Title:   President


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                   CONTRACTS



1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-705, and the
         state exceptions.

3.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-795, and the
         state exceptions.



<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 5



Amendment  to the  Participation  Agreement  among  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"), Variable Insurance Products Fund (the "Fund")
and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter") dated March 16, 1988
(the "Agreement").

WHEREAS  each of the  parties  desire to expand the  ability  of the  Company to
develop  and market  Variable  Life  Insurance  Policies  and  Variable  Annuity
Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as the investment  vehicle
for said separate  accounts.  The Company,  Underwriter and Fund hereby agree to
amend Schedule A of the Agreement by inserting the following in its entirety:

         5.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity 
                  Contract Form No. 84-420 and the state exceptions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be executed
in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative as of August
30, 1993.

                                     Northwestern National Life
                                     Insurance Company

                                     By:        /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                     Name:      Michael S. Fischer
                                     Title:     Second Vice President  and
                                                Asst. General Counsel

                                     By:        /s/ John A. Johnson
                                     Name:      John A. Johnson
                                     Title:     Vice President and Actuary/
                                                Individual Insurance

                                     Variable Insurance Products Fund

                                     By:        /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
                                     Name:      J. Gary Burkhead
                                     Title:     Senior Vice President

                                     Fidelity Distributors Corporation

                                     By:        /s/ Kurt A. Lange
                                     Name:      Kurt A. Lange
                                     Title:     President


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                    CONTRACTS


1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium, etc. (see Schedule B).

3.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy Contract Form No. 
         84-705, and the state exceptions.

4.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy Contract Form No.   
         84-795, and the state exceptions.

5.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form 
         No. 84-420, and the state exceptions.

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                                    CONTRACTS



1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form 
         Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form Number:
         83-300,  83-301, 83-302, 83-303, 83-304, 83-305, 83-306, 83-307, 83-187
         or 83-309.

                                      -39-

<PAGE>


                AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT AMONG

                        VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND

                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                       and

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


WHEREAS, NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"),  VARIABLE
INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND (the "Fund") and FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS  CORPORATION have
previously entered into a Participation  Agreement (the "Agreement")  containing
certain arrangements concerning prospectus costs; and

         WHEREAS, the Trustees of the Fund have approved certain changes to the 
expense structure of the Fund; and

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties do hereby agree to amend the Agreement by
substituting the following  arrangement in place of any inconsistent language in
the Participation Agreement, wherever found:

         1. The Fund will  provide to the Company each year, at the Fund's cost,
such number of prospectuses and Statements of Additional  Information as are    
actually distributed to the Company's then-existing variable life and/or        
variable annuity contract owners.

         2. If the Company takes camera-ready film or computer  diskettes       
containing the Fund's  prospectus  and/or  Statement  of  Additional Information
in  lieu of receiving hard copies of these documents, the Fund will reimburse   
the Company in an amount  computed as follows.  The number of  prospectuses  and
Statements of Additional  Information  actually distributed to existing contract
owners by the Company will be multiplied  by the Fund's  actual per-unit cost of
printing the documents.

         3. The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such    
information as may be  reasonably  requested  by the  Fund  in  order  to verify
that  the prospectuses and Statements of Additional  Information provided to the
Company, or the  reimbursement  made to the  Company, are or have been used only
for the purposes set forth hereinabove.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF we have set our hand as of the 15th day of December
1994.

         NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

         By:       /s/ John Johnson             By:       /s/ David F. Hill

         Name:     John Johnson                 Name:     David F. Hill

         Title:    Vice President and           Title:    Senior Vice President,
                   Actuary                                Individual Insurance
                                                          Division

         VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS            FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS
         FUND                                   CORPORATION

         By:      /s/ J. Gary Burkhead          By:       /s/ Kurt A. Lange

         Name:    J. Gary Burkhead              Name:      Kurt A. Lange

         Title:   Senior Vice President         Title:     President

<PAGE>


                   AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Amendment No. 7 to the Participation  Agreement among Northwestern National Life
Insurance  Company  (the  "Company"),  NWNL Select  Variable  Account,  Variable
Insurance Products Fund (the "Fund") and Fidelity Distributors  Corporation (the
"Underwriter") dated March 16, 1988 (the "Agreement").

         WHEREAS,  each of the  parties to the  Agreement  desires to expand the
ability of the Company to develop and market  Variable Life  Insurance  Policies
and Variable Annuity Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as an
investment vehicle.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties  hereto  agree to amend the  Agreement as
follows:

         1.       The first  paragraph on page 1 of the  Agreement is amended by
                  inserting in the fourth line of said paragraph after the words
                  "VARIABLE ACCOUNT" the following words:

                  "and the NORTHSTAR/NWNL VARIABLE ACCOUNT."

         2.       Schedule A of the Agreement is amended by inserting in its 
                  entirety the following:

                  "6.      Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement      
                           Annuity Contracts Form Number 84-420 and state 
                           exceptions."

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative(s).

                                      NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                      INSURANCE COMPANY

                                      By:        /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                      Its:       Second Vice President and
                                                 Assistant General Counsel
                                      Date:      April 4, 1995

                                      By:        /s/ John A. Johnson
                                      Its:       Vice President and Actuary
                                      Date:      April 4, 1995
 
                                      VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND

                                      By:        /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
                                      Its:       Senior Vice President
                                      Date:      4/24/95

                                      FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                      By:        /s/ Kurt A. Lange
                                      Its:       President
                                      Date:      4/10/95


                                  EXHIBIT 8(b)




                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                                      Among

                      VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II,


                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                       and

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



         THIS  AGREEMENT,  made and entered  into as of this 1st day of January,
1991 by and among NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, (hereinafter the
"Company"),  a  Minnesota  corporation,  on its own behalf and on behalf of each
segregated asset account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be
amended  from time to time (each such  account  hereinafter  referred  to as the
"Account"),  and the  VARIABLE  INSURANCE  PRODUCTS  FUND II, an  unincorporated
business trust  organized under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts
(hereinafter the "Fund") and FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS  CORPORATION (hereinafter the
"Underwriter"), a Massachusetts corporation.

                                      -1-

         WHEREAS,  the  Fund  engages  in  business  as an  open-end  management
investment  company  and is  available  to act as  the  investment  vehicle  for
separate accounts  established for variable life insurance policies and variable
annuity  contracts  (collectively,  the  "Variable  Insurance  Products")  to be
offered by insurance companies which have entered into participation  agreements
with  the  Fund  and  the  Underwriter  (hereinafter   "Participating  Insurance
Companies"); and

         WHEREAS,  the  beneficial  interest in the Fund is divided into several
series of shares, each designated a "Portfolio" and representing the interest in
a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Fund has  obtained  an order  from  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  dated  September 17, 1986 (File No.  812-6422),  granting
Participating  Insurance  Companies  and  variable  annuity  and  variable  life
insurance  separate  accounts  exemptions  from the provisions of sections 9(a),
13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Act of 1940, as amended,  (hereinafter
the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder,  to the
extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable
annuity and variable life  insurance  separate  accounts of both  affiliated and
unaffiliated  life  insurance  companies   (hereinafter  the  "Shared  Exemptive
Order"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered as an open-end  management  investment
company under the 1940 Act and its shares are  registered  under the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, Fidelity Management & Research Company (the "Adviser") is duly
registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of
1940 and any applicable state securities law; and

                                      -2-

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register  certain variable
life and variable annuity contracts under the 1933 Act; and

         WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized,  validly existing segregated
asset  account,  established  by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company,  on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto,  to set aside
and invest  assets  attributable  to the one or more  variable  life and annuity
contracts; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register each Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Underwriter  is  registered  as a broker dealer with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, (hereinafter the "1934 Act"), and is a member in good standing of the  
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter "NASD"); and

         WHEREAS,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  insurance  laws and
regulations,  the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios on behalf
of each  Account to fund  certain of the  aforesaid  variable  life and variable
annuity  contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to unit
investment trusts such as each Account at net asset value;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Fund and the Underwriter agree as follows:


ARTICLE I.        SALE OF FUND SHARES

         1.1. The Underwriter  agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the
Fund which each Account  orders,  executing  such orders on a daily basis at the
net asset value next  computed  after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the
order for the shares of the Fund.  For purposes of 

                                      -3-

this Section  1.1, the Company  shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of
such orders from each  Account and  receipt by such  designee  shall  constitute
receipt by the Fund;  provided  that the Fund  receives  notice of such order by
9:30 a.m. Boston time on the next following  Business Day.  "Business Day" shall
mean any day on which the New York Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading  and on
which the Fund  calculates  its net  asset  value  pursuant  to the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

         1.2.  The Fund  agrees to make its shares  available  indefinitely  for
purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its
Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant
to rules of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and the Fund  shall  use
reasonable  efforts to calculate  such net asset value on each day which the New
York Stock  Exchange is open for trading.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
Board of  Trustees  of the Fund  (hereinafter  the  "Board")  may refuse to sell
shares of any  Portfolio to any person,  or suspend or terminate the offering of
shares of any  Portfolio  if such  action is  required  by law or by  regulatory
authorities  having  jurisdiction  or is,  in the sole  discretion  of the Board
acting in good faith and in light of their  fiduciary  duties under  federal and
any applicable  state laws,  necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of such Portfolio.

         1.3.  The Fund and the  Underwriter  agree that shares of the Fund will
be sold only to Participating  Insurance  Companies and their separate accounts.
No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

         1.4.  The Fund and the  Underwriter  will not sell  Fund  shares to any
insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing  

                                      -4-

provisions substantially  the same as Articles I, III, V, VII and  Sections 2.5 
and 2.12 of Article II of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.

         1.5. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company's request,  any
full or  fractional  shares  of the Fund  held by the  Company,  executing  such
requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed  after receipt by
the Fund or its  designee of the request for  redemption.  For  purposes of this
Section  1.5,  the  Company  shall be the  designee  of the Fund for  receipt of
requests for  redemption  from each Account and receipt by such  designee  shall
constitute  receipt by the Fund;  provided that the Fund receives notice of such
request for redemption on the next following Business Day.

         1.6.  The  Company  agrees to  purchase  and  redeem the shares of each
Portfolio  offered by the then current  prospectus of the Fund and in accordance
with the provisions of such prospectus.  The Company agrees that all net amounts
available under the variable life and variable  annuity  contracts with the form
number(s) which are listed on Schedule B attached hereto and incorporated herein
by this reference, as such Schedule B may be amended from time to time hereafter
by mutual written agreement of all the parties hereto,  (the "Contracts")  shall
be  invested in the Fund,  in such other Funds  advised by the Adviser as may be
mutually agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, or in the Company's general
account,  provided  that such  amounts  may also be  invested  in an  investment
company  other than the Fund if (a) such  other  investment  company,  or series
thereof, has investment objectives or policies that are substantially  different
from the  investment  objectives and policies of all the Portfolios of the Fund;
or (b) the Company gives the Fund and the  

                                      -5-

Underwriter  45  days  written  notice  of its  intention  to  make  such  other
investment company available as a funding vehicle for the Contracts; or (c) such
other  investment  company was available as a funding  vehicle for the Contracts
prior to the date of this  Agreement  and the  Company so  informs  the Fund and
Underwriter  prior  to  their  signing  this  Agreement;  or  (d)  the  Fund  or
Underwriter consents to the use of such other investment company.

         1.7.  The Company  shall pay for Fund shares on the next  Business  Day
after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in federal funds  transmitted  by wire.
For purpose of Section  2.10 and 2.11,  upon  receipt by the Fund of the federal
funds so wired,  such fund shall cease to be the  responsibility  of the Company
and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

         1.8.  Issuance and transfer of the Fund's  shares will be by book entry
only.  Stock  certificates  will not be issued to the  Company  or any  Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an  appropriate  title for each
Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

         1.9.  The Fund shall  furnish  same day  notice (by wire or  telephone,
followed by written  confirmation)  to the Company of any income,  dividends  or
capital gain  distributions  payable on the Fund's  shares.  The Company  hereby
elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as 
are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio.  The
Company  reserves  the right to revoke  this  election  and to receive  all such
income  dividends and capital gain  distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify
the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such  dividends  and
distributions.

                                      -6-

         1.10.  The Fund  shall  make the net  asset  value  per  share for each
Portfolio  available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as  reasonably     
practical  after  the net asset value per share is  calculated and shall use its
best  efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 7 p.m. Boston 
time.


ARTICLE II.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will
be registered  under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be issued and sold in
compliance in all material  respects with all applicable  Federal and State laws
and that the sale of the  Contracts  shall comply in all material  respects with
state insurance  suitability  requirements.  The Company further  represents and
warrants  that it is an insurance  company duly  organized  and in good standing
under  applicable  law and that it has  legally  and  validly  established  each
Account  prior to any  issuance or sale thereof as a  segregated  asset  account
under Section  61A.13 of the Minnesota  Insurance  Code and has  registered  or,
prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts,  will register each Account as a
unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve
as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be  registered  under the 1933 Act, duly  authorized  for
issuance and sold in compliance  with the laws of the State of Minnesota and all
applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws and that the Fund is and shall
remain  registered  under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall  amend the  Registration
Statement  for its shares  under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time
as required in order 

                                      -7-

to effect the continuous  offering of its shares.  The Fund shall  register and 
qualify the shares for sale in  accordance  with the laws of the various states 
only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund or the Underwriter.

         2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently  qualified as a Regulated
Investment  Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended, (the "Code") and that it will make every effort to maintain such quali-
fication (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar  provision) and that it
will notify the Company  immediately  upon having a  reasonable  basis for 
believing  that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in 
the future.

         2.4. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated as
endowment,  annuity or life insurance contracts,  under applicable provisions of
the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such  treatment and that
it will notify the Fund and the Underwriter immediately upon having a reasonable
basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they
might not be so treated in the future.

         2.5. The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to
finance  distribution  expenses  pursuant  to Rule  12b-1  under the 1940 Act or
otherwise,  although  it may make  such  payments  in the  future.  The Fund has
adopted  a "no fee" or  "defensive"  Rule  12b-1  Plan  under  which it makes no
payments  for  distribution  expenses.  To the extent that it decides to finance
distribution  pursuant to Rule  12b-1,  the Fund  undertakes  to have a board of
trustees,  a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund,  formulate
and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses.

                                      -8-

         2.6. The Fund makes no  representation  as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states 
except that the Fund represents that the Fund's  investment  policies,  fees and
expenses are and shall at all times remain in  compliance  with the laws of the 
State of Minnesota  and the Fund and the Underwriter  represent that their      
respective operations are and shall at all times remain in material  compliance 
with the laws of the State of Minnesota to the extent required to perform this  
Agreement.

         2.7. The  Underwriter  represents  and warrants  that it is a member in
good standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The
Underwriter  further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund shares
in accordance  with the laws of the state of Minnesota and all applicable  state
and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934
Act, and the 1940 Act.

         2.8.  The Fund  represents  that it is lawfully  organized  and validly
existing under the laws of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and that it does
and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

         2.9. The  Underwriter  represents  and warrants that the Adviser is and
shall remain duly  registered  in all  material  respects  under all  applicable
federal  and  state  securities  laws and that the  Adviser  shall  perform  its
obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of
the State of Minnesota and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

         2.10. The Fund and Underwriter  represent and warrant that all of their
directors,    officers,    employees,    investment    advisers,    and    other

                                      -9-

individuals/entities  dealing with the money and/or  securities  of the Fund are
and shall  continue  to be at all times  covered by a blanket  fidelity  bond or
similar  coverage  for the  benefit  of the Fund in an amount  not less than the
minimum  coverage  as  required  currently  by Rule  17g-(1)  of the 1940 Act or
related  provisions as may be promulgated  from time to time. The aforesaid Bond
shall  include  coverage for larceny and  embezzlement  and shall be issued by a
reputable bonding company.

         2.11. The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors,   
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or  securities  of the Fund are and shall  continue to be at 
all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit
of the Fund, in an amount not less than the minimal  coverage as required       
currently by entities  subject to the  requirements  of Rule 17g-1 of the 1940  
Act or related provisions as may be  promulgated  from time to time.  The       
aforesaid  Bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be
issued by a reputable bonding company.

         2.12.  The Company  represents  and warrants  that it will not purchase
Fund shares with Account  assets  derived from the sale of Contracts to deferred
compensation plans with respect to service for state and local governments which
qualify  under  Section  457 of the federal  Internal  Revenue  Code,  as may be
amended.  The Company may purchase Fund shares with Account  assets derived from
any sale of a Contract  to any other  type of  tax-advantaged  employee  benefit
plan;  PROVIDED  however that such plan has no more than 500  employees  who are
eligible to participate at the time of the first such purchase  hereunder by the
Company of Fund shares derived from the sale of such Contract.

                                      -10-

ARTICLE III.    PROSPECTUSES AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

         3.1.     The Underwriter shall provide the Company (at the Company's   
expense)  with as many copies of the Fund's  current  prospectus as the Company 
may  reasonably  request.  If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Fund
shall provide such  documentation  (including a final copy of the new prospectus
as set in type at the Fund's  expense)  and other  assistance  as is  reasonably
necessary  in order for the Company  once each year (or more  frequently  if the
prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund is amended) to have the prospectus for
the Contracts and the Fund's  prospectus  printed together in one document (such
printing to be at the Company's expense).

         3.2. The Fund's prospectus shall state that the Statement of Additional
Information  for the Fund is available  from the  Underwriter  (or in the Fund's
discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such Statement is available from the
Fund),  and the  Underwriter  (or the Fund),  at its  expense,  shall  print and
provide  such  Statement  free of  charge to the  Company  and to any owner of a
Contract or prospective owner who requests such Statement.

         3.3. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of
its  proxy  material,  reports  to  stockholders  and  other  communications  to
stockholders  in such  quantity  as the  Company  shall  reasonably  require for
distributing to Contract owners.

         3.4.     If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:
                  (i)      solicit voting instructions from Contract Owners;
                  (ii)     vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions 
                           received from Contract owners; and
                  (iii)    vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been 
                           received in the same proportion as Fund shares of    
                           such 

                                      -11-

                           portfolio for which instructions have been received:
                           so long as and to the extent that the Securities and 
                           Exchange Commission continues to interpret the 1940  
                           Act to require pass-through voting privileges for 
                           variable contract owners. The Company reserves the 
                           right to vote Fund shares held in any segregated   
                           asset account in its own right, to the extent 
                           permitted by law. Participating Insurance Companies 
                           shall be responsible for assuring that each of their 
                           separate accounts participating in the Fund 
                           calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent 
                           with the standards set forth on Schedule B attached 
                           hereto and incorporated herein by this reference,    
                           which standards will also be provided to the other
                           Participating Insurance Companies.

         3.5. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring
voting by  shareholders,  and in  particular  the Fund will  either  provide for
annual  meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund
is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will act in
accordance with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  interpretation of the
requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of trustees and
with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.


ARTICLE IV.     SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished,  to the
Fund or its  designee,  each  piece of  sales  literature  or other  promotional
material  in which the Fund or its  investment  adviser  or the  Underwriter  is
named,  at least fifteen  Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall
be used if the Fund or its designee  object to such use within fifteen  Business
Days after receipt of such material.

                                      -12-

         4. 2. The Company shall not give any information or make any repre-
sentations or statements on behalf of the Fund or  representations or statements
on behalf of the Fund or  concerning  the Fund in  connection  with the sale of 
the Contracts other than the  information  or  representations  contained in the
registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration  
statement and prospectus  may be amended or  supplemented  from time to time, or
in reports or proxy  statements  for the Fund,  or in sales  literature or other
promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee or by the Underwriter,
except with the permission of the Fund or the Underwriter or the designee of    
either.

         4.3. The Fund,  Underwriter,  or its designee shall  furnish,  or shall
cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales      
literature or  other  promotional  material  in  which  the  Company  and/or its
separate account(s),  is named at least  fifteen Business Days prior to its use.
No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee  object to such   
use within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.

         4.4. The Fund and the  Underwriter  shall not give any  information  or
make any  representations  on behalf of the Company or  concerning  the Company,
each Account,  or the Contracts  other than the  information or  representations
contained in a registration  statement or prospectus for the Contracts,  as such
registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain
or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract  owners,  or in sales   
literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its         
designee,  except with the permission of the Company.

                                      -13-

         4.5. The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of
all registration statements,  prospectuses, Statement of Additional Information,
reports,  proxy statements,  sales literature and other  promotional  materials,
applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action letters, and all amendments
to any of the above,  that relate to the Fund or its  shares,  contemporaneously
with the filing of such document with the  Securities  and Exchange Commission
or other regulatory authorities.

         4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of
all registration statements,  prospectuses, Statement of Additional Information,
reports,  solicitations  for voting  instructions,  sales  literature  and other
promotional  materials,  applications  for  exemptions,  requests  for no action
letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Contracts or
each  Account,  contemporaneously  with the  filing  of such  document  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

         4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase  "sales  literature or
other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not limited to,  advertisements
(such as material published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or
other  periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape
display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media),  sales
literature  (i.e.,  any  written  communication  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,  research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available  to some or 

                                      -14-

all agents or employees, and registration statements,  prospectuses,  Statements
of Additional Information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.


ARTICLE V.      FEES AND EXPENSES

         5.1. The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation to
the Company under this  agreement,  except that if the Fund or any Portfolio    
adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution     
expenses,  then the  Underwriter  may make payments to the Company or to the    
underwriter for the Contracts  if and in amounts  agreed to by the  Underwriter 
in writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable
to the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available
to the Underwriter.  No such payments shall be made directly by the Fund.       
Currently, no such payments are contemplated.

         5.2.     All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this
Agreement  shall  be paid by the  Fund.  The Fund  shall  see to it that all its
shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance  with applicable
federal  law  and,  if  and to the  extent  deemed  advisable  by the  Fund,  in
accordance with  applicable  state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear
the  expenses  for the cost of  registration  and  qualification  of the  Fund's
shares,  preparation  and  filing  of the  Fund's  prospectus  and  registration
statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting
in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders  (including
the costs of printing a  prospectus  that  constitutes  an annual  report),  the
preparation of all statements and notices  required by any federal or state law,
all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund's shares.

                                      -15-

         5.3. The Company shall bear the expenses of printing and distributing 
the Fund's prospectus to owners of Contracts issued by the Company and of       
distributing the Fund's proxy materials and reports to such Contract owners.


ARTICLE VI.       DIVERSIFICATION

         6.1. The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in such
a manner as to ensure that the Contracts  will be treated as variable  contracts
under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting the scope
of the foregoing,  the Fund will at all times comply with Section 817 (h) of the
Code and Treasury  Regulation Section 1.817-5,  relating to the  diversification
requirements for variable annuity,  endorsement, or life insurance contracts and
any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations.


ARTICLE VII.      POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the  existence of any material
irreconcilable  conflict  between the  interests of the  contract  owners of all
separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may
arise for a variety of reasons,  including: (a) an action by any state insurance
regulatory  authority;  (b) a change in applicable  federal or state  insurance,
tax, or securities  laws or  regulations,  or a public  ruling,  private  letter
ruling,  no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance,
tax, or securities  regulatory  authorities;  (c) an  administrative or judicial
decision in any relevant proceeding;  (d) the manner in which the investments of
any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a 

                                      -16-

difference in voting  instructions  given by variable annuity contract and
variable  life  insurance  contract  owners;  or (f) a decision by an insurer to
disregard the voting  instructions of contract owners.  The Board shall promptly
inform the Company if it determines  that an  irreconcilable  material  conflict
exists and the implications thereof.

         7.2.  The Company will report any  potential  or existing  conflicts of
which it is aware to the Board.  The  Company  will assist the Board in carrying
out its responsibilities  under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing
the Board with all  information  reasonably  necessary for the Board to consider
any issues raised.  This  includes,  but is not limited to, an obligation by the
Company to inform the Board  whenever  contract  owner voting  instructions  are
disregarded.

         7.3. If it is determined  by a majority of the Board,  or a majority of
its disinterested  trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company and other Participating  Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and
to the  extent  reasonably  practicable  (as  determined  by a  majority  of the
disinterested  trustees),  take  whatever  steps  are  necessary  to  remedy  or
eliminate  the  irreconcilable  material  conflict,  up to and  including:  (1),
withdrawing  the assets  allocable to some or all of the separate  accounts from
the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different  investment
medium,  including  (but not  limited  to)  another  Portfolio  of the Fund,  or
submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote
of all affected  Contract owners and, as appropriate,  segregating the assets of
any appropriate group (i.e.,  annuity contract owners,  life insurance  contract
owners,  or  variable  contract  owners of one or more  Participating  Insurance
Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation,  or offering to the 

                                      -17-

affected  contract  owners  the  option  of  making  such  a  change;  and  (2),
establishing a new registered  management investment company or managed separate
account.

         7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision
by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority  position or would  preclude a majority  vote, the Company
may be required,  at the Fund's  election,  to withdraw  the affected  Account's
investment  in the  Fund and  terminate  this  Agreement  with  respect  to such
Account; provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited
to the extent  required by the  foregoing  material  irreconcilable  conflict as
determined  by a majority of the  disinterested  members of the Board.  Any such
withdrawal and termination  must take place within six (6) months after the Fund
gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end
of that six month period the  Underwriter  and Fund shall continue to accept and
implement  orders by the Company for the purchase (and  redemption) of shares of
the Fund.

         7.5. If a material  irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular
state insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts  with  
the majority of other state regulators,  then the Company will withdraw the     
affected Account's  investment in the Fund and terminate  this  Agreement with  
respect to such Account  within six months  after the Board  informs the Company
in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcil- 
able material conflict;  provided,  however,  that such  withdrawal and termina-
tion  shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irrecon-
cilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the
Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Underwriter and Fund
shall continue to accept and

                                      -18-

implement  orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of 
the Fund.

         7.6.  For  purposes of Sections  7.3 through 7.6 of this  Agreement,  a
majority of the  disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any 
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in
no event will the Fund be  required to  establish  a new funding  medium for the
Contracts.  The Company  shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new
funding  medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote
of  a  majority  of  Contract  owners  materially   adversely  affected  by  the
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board determine that any
proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict,
then  the  Company  will  withdraw  the  Account's  investment  in the  Fund and
terminate  this  Agreement  within six (6) months  after the Board  informs  the
Company in writing of the foregoing determination,  provided, however, that such
withdrawal and  termination  shall be limited to the extent required by any such
material   irreconcilable   conflict  as   determined   by  a  majority  of  the
disinterested members of the Board.

         7.7. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule  6e-3(T) are amended,
or Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide  exemptive relief from any provision of the
Act or the rules promulgated  thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding
(as  defined  in the Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order) on terms and  conditions
materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating  Insurance Companies, as appropriate,
shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),
as amended,  and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable;
and (b) 

                                      -19-

Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this  Agreement  shall
continue in effect only to the extent  that terms and  conditions  substantially
identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) so amended or adopted.


ARTICLE VIII.     INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1.     INDEMNIFICATION BY COMPANY

         8.1(a).  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and
each of trustees of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls
the Fund  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section  8.1) against any and all
losses, claims, damages,  liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the written  consent of the Company) or  litigation  (including  legal and other
expenses),  to which the  Indemnified  Parties  may subject  under any  statute,
regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities  or expenses  (or actions in respect  thereof)  or  settlements  are
related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts and:

         (i) arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statements  or alleged
         untrue  statements of any material fact  contained in the  Registration
         Statement or prospectus for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts
         or sales  literature  for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement
         to any of the  foregoing),  or  arise  out  of or are  based  upon  the
         omission  or the  alleged  omission  to state  therein a material  fact
         required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the  statements
         therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to 

                                      -20-

         indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement
         or omission or such alleged statement or omission  was made in reliance
         upon and in conformity with information furnished  to the Company by or
         on behalf of the Fund  for  use in the  Registration Statement or  
         prospectus for the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature 
         (or any amendment or supplement)  or otherwise  for use in  connection 
         with the sale of the Contracts or Fund  shares; or 

         (ii)  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations 
         (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration
         Statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by 
         the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the 
         or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution 
         of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or 

        (iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
         material fact contained in a  Registration  Statement,  prospectus,  or
         sales  literature  of the Fund or any  amendment  thereof or supplement
         thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
         fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein  not  misleading  if such a statement  or omission  was made in
         reliance upon information  furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the
         Company:  or

         (iv) arise as a result of any  failure  by the  Company to  provide the
         services and furnish the materials  under the terms of this Agreement; 
         or 

                                      -21-

         (v) arise out of or result from any  material breach of any representa-
         tion  and/or  warranty  made  by  the  Company  in  this Agreement or  
         arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement
         by the Company, as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of 
         Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.

         8.1(b).  The  Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an  Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's  reckless  disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to
the Fund, whichever is applicable.

         8.1(c).  The Company shall not be liable under this  indemnification   
provision with  respect  to any claim  made  against  an  Indemnified  Party    
unless  such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within
a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving informa-
tion  of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified   
Party (or after such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have  received  notice of such 
service  on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such
claim shall not relieve  the Company  from any  liability  which it may have to 
the  Indemnified Party  against  whom such  action is brought  otherwise  than  
on account of this indemnification 

                                      -22-

provision.  In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified  Parties,
the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense
of such action. The Company also shall be entitled to the defense thereof,  with
counsel  satisfactory  to the party named in the action.  After  notice from the
Company to such party of the Company's  election to assume the defense  thereof,
the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel
retained  by it, and the  Company  will not be liable to such  party  under this
Agreement  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses   subsequently   by  such  party
independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs
of investigation.

         8.1(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the
commencement  of any litigation or proceedings  against them in connection  with
the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the Contracts or the operation of the
Fund.

         8.2.     INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

         8.2(a).  The  Underwriter  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Company and each of its  directors  and officers  and each  person,  if any, who
controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of  the  1933  Act
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section 8.2)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in  settlement  with the  written  consent  of the  Underwriter)  or  litigation
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become
subject under any statute,  at common law or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses  (or 

                                      -23-

actions  in  respect  thereof)  or  settlements  are  related  to  the  sale  or
acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts and:

         (i) arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or  alleged
         untrue  statement of any material  fact  contained in the  Registration
         Statement  or  prospectus  or  sales  literature  of the  Fund  (or any
         amendment or  supplement to any of the  foregoing),  or arise out of or
         are based upon the omission or the alleged  omission to state therein a
         material fact required to be stated therein  or  necessary  to make the
         statements  therein not  misleading,  provided  that this  agreement to
         indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement
         or omission or such alleged  statement or omission was made in reliance
         upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter or
         Fund  by or on  behalf  of the  Company  for  use  in the  Registration
         Statement or  prospectus  for the Fund or in sales  literature  (or any
         amendment or  supplement)  or otherwise for use in connection  with the
         sale of the  Contracts  or Fund  shares; or 

         (ii)  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations     
         (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration
         Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not        
         supplied by the Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful 
         conduct of the Fund, Adviser or Underwriter or persons under their     
         control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or 
         Fund shares; or

                                      -24-

         (iii)  arise  out of  any  untrue  statement  or  all  alleged  untrue 
         statement of a material  fact  contained in a  Registration  Statement,
         prospectus,   or  sales  literature  covering  the  Contracts,  or  any
         amendment  thereof or  supplement  thereto,  or the omission or alleged
         omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
         or  necessary  to  make  the  statement  or   statements   therein  not
         misleading,  if such  statement or omission  was made in reliance  upon
         information  furnished  to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund;  or

         (iv)  arise as a result  of any  failure  by the  Fund to  provide  the
         services and furnish the  materials  under the terms of this  Agreement
         (including  a  failure,  whether  unintentional  or in  good  faith  or
         otherwise, to comply with the diversification requirements specified in
         Article VI of this  Agreement);  or 

         (v) arise out of or result from any material  breach of any representa-
         tion  and/or  warranty  made by the Underwriter  in this Agreement or  
         arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement
         by the Underwriter; as limited by and in accordance with the provisions
         of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

         8.2(b). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an  Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless  disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
each Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.

                                      -25-

         8.2 (c). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision  with respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless 
such  Indemnified Party shall have  notified  the Underwriter in writing  within
a reasonable time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of
any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may
have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than
on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought
against  the  Indemnified   Parties,   the  Underwriter   will  be  entitled  to
participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense thereof.  The Underwriter also
shall be entitled to assume the defense  thereof,  with counsel  satisfactory to
the party named in the action.  After notice from the  Underwriter to such party
of the  Underwriter's  election to assume the defense  thereof,  the Indemnified
Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it,
and the  Underwriter  will not be liable to such party under this  Agreement for
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
connection   with  the  defense   thereof   other  than   reasonable   costs  of
investigation.

         8.2(d).  The Company agrees  promptly to notify the  Underwriter of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors  in  connection  with the issuance or sale of the  Contracts or the
operation of each Account.

         8.3.     INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

                                      -26-

         8.3(a).  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each of its  directors  and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the     
"Indemnified Parties" for  purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all    
losses,  claims, damages,  liabilities  (including  amounts paid in  settlement 
with the written consent of the Fund) or litigation (including legal and other  
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute,
at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross
negligence, bad faith or willful  misconduct of the Board or any member thereof,
are related to the operations of the Fund and:

         (i)  arise as a  result  of any  failure  by the  Fund to  provide  the
         services and furnish the  materials  under the terms of this  Agreement
         (including  a failure to comply with the  diversification  requirements
         specified  in Article VI of this  Agreement); or 
         (ii) arise out of or result from any material breach of any representa-
         tion  and/or warranty made by the Fund in this  Agreement  or arise out
         of or result from any other material  breach of this Agreement by the  
         Fund; as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections  
         8.3(b) and 8.3(c) hereof.

         8.3(b).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an  Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or 

                                      -27-

gross  negligence in the  performance of such  Indemnified  Party's duties or by
reason of such Indemnified  Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties
under this  Agreement  or to the  Company,  the Fund,  the  Underwriter  or each
Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.3(c).  The  Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  the  Fund in  writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such  service on any  designated  agent),  but failure to notify the Fund of any
such claim shall not relieve  the Fund from any  liability  which it may have to
the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought  otherwise  than on
account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought
against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Fund will be entitled to participate,  at
its own  expense,  in the  defense  thereof.  The Fund also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action.  After  notice  from the Fund to such  party of the Fund's  election  to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall bear the fees and
expenses  of any  additional  counsel  retained  by it, and the Fund will not be
liable to such  party  under  this  Agreement  for any  legal or other  expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.3(d).     The Company and the Underwriter agree promptly to notify
the Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any
of its respective  officers or directors in connection with this 

                                      -28-

Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts,  with respect to the operation
of either Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.


ARTICLE IX.  APPLICABLE LAW

         9.1.     This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof  
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts.

         9.2.  This  Agreement  shall be subject to the  provisions of the 1933,
1934 and 1940  acts,  and the  rules and  regulations  and  rulings  thereunder,
including such  exemptions  from those  statutes,  rules and  regulations as the
Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the
Shared  Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and  
construed in accordance therewith.


ARTICLE X.    TERMINATION

         10.1.    This Agreement shall terminate:
                  (a)      at the  option  of any  party  upon one year  advance
                           written  notice  to  the  other  parties;   provided,
                           however such notice  shall not be given  earlier than
                           one year following the date of this Agreement; or
                  (b)      at the  option  of the  Company  to the  extent  that
                           shares of Portfolios are not reasonably  available to
                           meet the  requirements of the Contracts as determined
                           by  the   Company,   provided   however,   that  such
                           termination  shall apply only to the Portfolio(s) not
                           reasonably  available.  Prompt notice of 

                                      -29-

                           the election to terminate for such cause shall be 
                           furnished by the Company; or
                  (c)      at the option of the Fund in the event that formal 
                           administrative proceedings are instituted against the
                           Company by the National Association of Securities  
                           Dealers, Inc.("NASD"), the Securities and Exchange 
                           Commission, the Insurance Commissioner or any other  
                           regulatory body regarding the Company's duties under 
                           this Agreement or related to the sale of the    
                           Contracts, with respect to the operation of any  
                           Account, or the purchase of the Fund shares,  
                           provided, however, that the Fund determines in its 
                           sole judgment exercised in good faith, that any such 
                           administrative proceedings will have a material 
                           adverse effect upon the ability of the Company to  
                           perform its obligations under this Agreement; or
                  (d)      at the option of the Company in the event that formal
                           administrative proceedings are instituted against the
                           Fund or  Underwriter  by the NASD, the Securities and
                           Exchange  Commission,  or  any  state  securities  or
                           insurance  department or any other  regulatory  body,
                           provided, however, that the Company determines in its
                           sole judgment  exercised in good faith, that any such
                           administrative   proceedings  will  have  a  material
                           adverse  effect  upon  the  ability  of the  Fund  or
                           Underwriter  to perform  its  obligations  under this
                           Agreement; or
                  (e)      with respect to any Account,  upon  requisite vote of
                           the  Contract  having an interest in such Account (or
                           any  subaccount)  to substitute the shares of another
                           investment  

                                      -30-

                           company for the  corresponding  Portfolio shares  of 
                           the Fund in  accordance  with the terms of the 
                           Contracts for which those  Portfolio  shares had
                           been selected to serve as the  underlying  investment
                           media.  The Company will give 30 days' prior  written
                           notice to the Fund of the date of any  proposed  vote
                           to replace the Fund's shares; or
                  (f)      at the option of the Company, in the event any of the
                           Fund's shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in
                           accordance with  applicable  state and/or federal law
                           or such law  precludes  the use of such shares as the
                           underlying  investment  media of the Contracts issued
                           or to be issued by the Company; or
                  (g)      at the option of the  Company,  if the Fund ceases to
                           qualify  as  a  Regulated  Investment  Company  under
                           Subchapter  M of the Code or under any  successor  or
                           similar  provision,  or  if  the  Company  reasonably
                           believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify; or
                  (h)      at the option of the Company, if the Fund fails to   
                           meet the diversification requirements specified in   
                           Article VI hereof; or
                  (i)      at the option of either the Fund or the Underwriter, 
                           if (1) the Fund or the Underwriter, respectively, 
                           shall determine, in their sole judgment reasonably
                           exercised in good faith, that the Company has 
                           suffered a material adverse change in its business or
                           financial condition or is the subject of material 
                           adverse publicity and such material adverse change or
                           material adverse publicity will have a material      
                           adverse impact upon the business and operations of   
                           either the Fund or the 

                                      -31-

                           Underwriter, (2) the Fund or the Underwriter shall 
                           notify the Company in writing of such determination
                           and its intent to terminate this Agreement, and (3) 
                           after considering the actions taken by the Company 
                           and any other changes in circumstances since the 
                           giving of such notice, such determination of the Fund
                           or the Underwriter shall continue to apply on the 
                           sixtieth (60th) day following the giving of such 
                           notice, which sixtieth day shall be the effective 
                           date of termination; or
                  (j)      at the option of the Company, if (1) the Company     
                           shall determine, in its sole judgment reasonably 
                           exercised in good faith, that either the Fund or the
                           Underwriter has suffered a material adverse change in
                           its business or financial condition or is the subject
                           of material adverse publicity and such material 
                           adverse change or material adverse publicity will 
                           have a material adverse impact upon the business and 
                           operations of the Company, (2) the Company shall 
                           notify the Fund and the Underwriter in writing of    
                           such determination and its intent to terminate the   
                           Agreement, and (3) after considering the actions 
                           taken by the Fund and/or the Underwriter and any     
                           other changes in circumstances since the giving of
                           such notice, such determination shall continue to    
                           apply on the sixtieth (60th) day following the giving
                           of such notice, which sixtieth day shall be the
                           effective date of termination; or
                  (k)      at the option of either the Fund or the  Underwriter,
                           if the Company gives the Fund and the Underwriter the
                           written 

                                      -32-

                           notice specified in Section 1.6(b) hereof and at the
                           time such notice was given there was no notice of
                           termination  outstanding under any other provision of
                           this Agreement;  provided, however any termination
                           under this Section  10.1(k) shall be effective  forty
                           five (45) days after the notice  specified in Section
                           1.6(b) was given.

         10.2.    It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto
to terminate  this  Agreement to Section  10.1(a) may be exercised  for any
reason or for no reason.

         10.3.    NOTICE REQUIREMENT.  No termination of this Agreement shall be
effective unless and until the party terminating this Agreement gives prior     
written notice to all other parties to this Agreement of its intent to terminate
which notice shall set forth the basis for such termination. Furthermore,       
                  (a)      in the event that any termination is based upon the  
                           provisions of Article VII, or the provision of       
                           Section 10.1(a), 10.1(i), 10.1(j) or 10.1(k) of this 
                           Agreement, such prior written notice shall be given  
                           in advance of the effective date of termination as   
                           required by such provisions; and
                  (b)      in the event that any  termination  is based upon the
                           provisions  of  Section  10.1(c)  or  10.1(d) of this
                           Agreement,  such prior written  notice shall be given
                           at least ninety (90) days before the  effective  date
                           of termination.

         10.4.  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding  any termination of this
Agreement,  the Fund and the  Underwriter  shall,  at the option of the Company,
continue to make available  additional  shares of the Fund pursuant 

                                      -33-

to the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  for all Contracts in effect on
the effective date of termination of this Agreement  (hereinafter referred to as
"Existing  Contracts").  Specifically,  without  limitation,  the  owners of the
Existing  Contracts  shall be permitted to reallocate  investments  in the Fund,
redeem  investments  in the Fund  and/or  invest in the Fund upon the  making of
additional  purchase  payments under the Existing  Contracts.  The parties agree
that Section 10.4 shall not apply to any terminations  under Article VII and the
effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this
Agreement.

         10.5.  The Company  shall not redeem Fund  shares  attributable  to the
Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares  attributable to the Company's  assets held
in either Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract Owner initiated
transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or
judicial or other legal precedent of general application  (hereinafter  referred
to as a "Legally Required Redemption").  Upon request, the Company will promptly
furnish to the Fund and the  Underwriter  the opinion of counsel for the Company
(which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund and the Underwriter)
to the effect  that any  redemption  pursuant  to clause (ii) above is a Legally
Required  Redemption.  Furthermore,  except in cases where  permitted  under the
terms of the  Contracts,  the  Company  shall not prevent  Contract  Owners from
allocating  payments  to a  Portfolio  that was  otherwise  available  under the
Contracts without first giving the Fund or the Underwriter 90 days notice of its
intention to do so.


ARTICLE XI.  NOTICES

         Any  notice  shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by  registered  or

                                      -34-

certified  mail to the other Party at the  address of such party set forth below
or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing 
to the other party.
         If to the Fund:
                  82 Devonshire Street
                  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                  Attention:  Treasurer
         If to the Company:
                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440
                  Attention: Michael S. Fischer, Esq.
         If to the Underwriter:
                  82 Devonshire Street
                  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                  Attention: Treasurer


ARTICLE XII.       MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1 All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property
of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund as neither the   
Board, officers,  agents or shareholders  assume any personal liability for     
obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

         12.2  Subject  to the  requirements  of legal  process  and  regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the owners of the  Contracts  and all  information  reasonably  identified as
confidential  in writing by any other party  hereto and,  except as permitted by
this  Agreement,  shall not disclose,  disseminate or utilize such names and    
addresses and  other  confidential  information  until  such time as it may come
into the public domain without the express written consent of the affected      
party.

         12.3 The captions in this  Agreement  are included for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.4  This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or 

                                      -35-

more  counterparts,  each of which taken together  shall  constitute one and the
same instrument.

         12.5 If any provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.6 Each party  hereto shall  cooperate  with each other party and all
appropriate   governmental   authorities   (including   without  limitation  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the NASD and state insurance regulators) and
shall  permit  such  authorities  reasonable  access to its books and records in
connection with any  investigation  or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the
transactions   contemplated  hereby.   Notwithstanding  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  each party hereto further agrees to furnish the California Insurance
Commissioner  with any  information  or  reports  in  connection  with  services
provided under this Agreement  which such  Commissioner  may request in order to
ascertain  whether the variable  life  insurance  operations  of the Company are
being  conducted  in a manner  consistent  with  the  California  Variable  Life
Insurance Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.

         12.7 The Fund and Underwriter  agree that to the extent any advisory or
other fees received by the Fund,  the  Underwriter or the Adviser are determined
to be unlawful in legal or administrative  proceedings under the 1973 NAIC model
variable  life  insurance  regulation  in the  states of  California,  Colorado,
Maryland or Michigan,  the Underwriter shall indemnify and reimburse the Company
for any out of pocket  expenses and actual damages the Company has incurred as a
result of any such  proceeding;  provided however that the provisions of Section
8.2(b) of this  and  8.2(c)  shall  apply  to such  indemnification  and  

                                      -36-

reimbursement obligation.  Such  indemnification  and  reimbursement  obligation
shall  be in addition to any other indemnification and reimbursement obligations
of the Fund and/or the Underwriter under this Agreement.

         12.8. The rights, remedies, and obligations contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties  hereto has caused this to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative and
its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified below.
<PAGE>

                                        Company:

                                        NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                          INSURANCE COMPANY
                                        By its authorized officer,

SEAL    By:    /s/ Michael Keller       By:     /s/ Michael Masterson
        Title: 2nd VP-Ind. Marketing    Title:  Vice President-Individual 
        Date:  January 7, 1991                    Insurance
                                        Date:   January 7, 1991

                                        Fund:

                                        VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II

                                        By:     /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
SEAL                                    Title:  Senior Vice President
                                        Date:   4/30/91

                                        Underwriter:

                                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION
                                        By its authorized officer,

SEAL                                    By:     /s/ R. A. Lawson
                                        Title:  President
                                        Date:   4/30/91

                                      -37-

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                    ACCOUNTS



Name of Account                           Date of Resolution of Company's Board
                                          which Established the Account

NWNL Select Variable Account                    11/12/81
Select*Life Variable Account                    10/11/84

                                      -38-

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                    CONTRACTS



1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form Number:  83-300,
         83-301, 83-302, 83-303, 83-304, 83-305, 83-306, 83-307, 83-187 or 
         83-309.

                                      -39-

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE C
                             PROXY VOTING PROCEDURE


The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the
handling of proxies  relating to the Fund by the  Underwriter,  the Fund and the
Company.  The  defined  terms  herein  shall have the  meanings  assigned in the
Participation  Agreement  except that the term "Company"  shall also include the
department or third party assigned by the Insurance Company to perform the steps
delineated below.

1.       The  number  of  proxy  proposals  is  given  to  the  Company  by  the
         Underwriter  as early as  possible  before the date set by the Fund for
         the shareholder  meeting to facilitate the  establishment of tabulation
         procedures. At this time the Underwriter will inform the Company of the
         Record,   Mailing  and  Meeting  dates.  This  will  be  done  verbally
         approximately two months before meeting.

2.       Promptly  after the Record Date, the Company will perform a "tape run",
         or other activity,  which will generate the names, addresses and number
         of units which are attributed to each contractowner/policyholder (the
         "Customer") as of the Record Date. Allowance should be made for account
         adjustments  made after  this date that could  affect the status of the
         Customers' accounts as of the Record Date.

         Note:    The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities
                  described in Step #2. The Company will use its best efforts to
                  call  in the  number  of  Customers  to  Fidelity,  as soon as
                  possible, but no later than two weeks after the Record Date.

3.       The Fund's  Annual  Report must be sent to each Customer by the Company
         either  before  or  together  with the  Customers'  receipt  of a proxy
         statement.  Underwriter  will  provide  at  least  one copy of the last
         Annual Report to the Company.

4.       The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards ("Cards" or  
         "Card") is provided to the Company by the Fund. The Company, at its    
         expense, shall produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards.   
         The Legal Department of the Underwriter or its affiliate ("Fidelity    
         Legal") must approve the Card before it is printed. Allow approximately
         2-4 business days for printing information on the Cards. Information   
         commonly found on the Cards includes:

         a.       name (legal name as found on account registration)
         b.       address
         c.       Fund or account number
         d.       coding to state number of units
         e.       individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of
                  votes  (already on Cards as printed by the Fund)

         (This and related  steps may occur later in the  chronological  process
         due to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

                                      B-1

5.       During this time,  Fidelity Legal will develop,  produce,  and the Fund
         will  pay  for  the  Notice  of  Proxy  and the  Proxy  Statement  (one
         document).  Printed and folded notices and  statements  will be sent to
         Company for insertion  into envelopes  (envelopes and return  envelopes
         are  provided  and  paid for by the  Insurance  Company).  Contents  of
         envelope sent to Customers by Company will include:

         a.       Voting Instruction Card(s)
         b.       one proxy notice and statement (one document)
         c.       return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the
                  Company or its tabulation agent
         d.       "urge buckslip" - optional, but recommended. (This is a small,
                  single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as      
                  quickly as possible and that their vote is important. One copy
                  will be supplied by the Fund.)
         e.       cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and 
                  approved in advance by Fidelity Legal.

6.       The above contents should be received by the Company  approximately 3-5
         business days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews
         and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure  correctness
         and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to Fidelity Legal.

7.       Package mailed by the Company.
         *      The Fund MUST allow at least a 15-day  solicitation  time to the
                Company as the  shareowner.  (A 5-week  period is  recommended.)
                Solicitation  time is  calculated as calendar days from (but NOT
                including) the meeting, counting backwards.

8.       Collection  and  tabulation of Cards begins.  Tabulation  usually takes
         place in another  department  or another  vendor  depending  on process
         used.  An often used  procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal
         into vote  categories  of all yes, no, or mixed  replies,  and to begin
         data entry.

         Note:    Postmarks are not generally needed.  A need for postmark      
                  information would be due to an insurance company's internal   
                  procedure and has not been required by Fidelity in the past.  

9.       Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration 
         which was printed on the Card.

         Note:    For Example, if the account registration is under "Bertram C. 
         Jones, Trustee," then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the
         Card and is the signature needed on the Card.

                                      B-2

10.      If Cards are  mutilated,  or for any  reason are  illegible  or are not
         signed  properly,  they are sent back to Customer  with an  explanatory
         letter, a new Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card
         is  disregarded  and considered to be NOT RECEIVED for purposes of vote
         tabulation.   Any  Cards  that  have  "kicked  out"  (e.g.,  mutilated,
         illegible) of the procedure are "hand verified,"  i.e.,  examined as to
         why they did not complete the system.  Any questions on those Cards are
         usually remedied individually.

11.      There are various control  procedures used to ensure proper  tabulation
         of votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort
         the Cards as they first  arrive into  categories  depending  upon their
         vote;  an  estimate  of  how  the  vote  is  progressing  may  then  be
         calculated.  If the  initial  estimates  and  the  actual  vote  do not
         coincide, then an internal audit of that vote should occur.  This may  
         entail a recount.

12.      The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted
         to shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations
         stated in terms of a  percentage  and the number of  SHARES.)  Fidelity
         Legal must review and approve tabulation format.

13.      Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to Fidelity
         Legal on the morning of the  meeting  not later than 10:00 a.m.  Boston
         time.  Fidelity  Legal may  request an earlier  deadline if required to
         calculate the vote in time for the meeting.

14.      A  Certification  of Mailing and  Authorization  to Vote Shares will be
         required  from the  Company  as well as an  original  copy of the final
         vote.   Fidelity   Legal will provided  a  standard  from  for  each
         Certification.

15.      The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from
         the Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise
         necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, Fidelity Legal
         will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

16.      All approvals and "signing-off" may be done orally, but must always be 
         followed up in writing.

                                      B-3

<PAGE>

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1


         Amendment to the Participation  Agreement among  Northwestern  National
Life Insurance Company (the "Company"),  Variable  Insurance  Products Fund II 
(the "Fund") and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter")  dated 
January 1, 1991 (the "Agreement").

         WHEREAS,  each of the parties is desirous of  expanding  the ability of
Company to participate in the qualified  markets,  the Company,  the Underwriter
and the Fund hereby agree to amend the  Agreement  by deleting  from Section 1.4
the reference to Section 2.12 and by deleting Section 2.12 in its entirety.

         In witness whereof, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized  representative as
of November 1, 1991.


NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL                       FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                      CORPORATION


By:    /s/ John A. Johnson                  By:    /s/ Roger T. Servison

Name:  John A. Johnson                      Name:  Roger T. Servison

Title: Vice President and Actuary           Title: President


VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II


By:    /s/ J. Gary Burkhead

Name:  J. Gary Burkhead

Title: Senior Vice President



<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2


Amendment  to the  Participation  Agreement  among  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"), Variable Insurance Products Fund II (the 
"Fund") and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter") dated 
January 1, 1991 (the "Agreement").

WHEREAS  each of the  parties  desire to expand the  ability  of the  Company to
develop  and market  Variable  Life  Insurance  Policies  and  Variable  Annuity
Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as the investment  vehicle
for said separate  accounts.  The Company,  Underwriter and Fund hereby agree to
amend Schedule B of the Agreement by inserting the following in its entirety:

         2.      Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-705,
                 and the state exceptions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be executed
in its  name  and on its  behalf  by its duly  authorized  representative  as of
January ____, 1993.

                                      Northwestern National
                                      Life Insurance Company

                                      By:      /s/ Michael S. Fischer

                                      Name:    Michael S. Fischer

                                      Title:   Second Vice President and
                                               Assistant General Counsel


                                      Variable Insurance Products Fund II

                                      By:      /s/ J. Gary Burkhead

                                      Name:    J. Gary Burkhead

                                      Title:   Senior Vice President


                                      Fidelity Distributors Corporation

                                      By:      /s/ Roger T. Servison

                                      Name:    Roger T. Servison

                                      Title:   President

<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULE B
                                    CONTRACTS


1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number:  81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form Number:  83-300,   
         83-301, 83-302, 83-303, 83-304, 83-305, 83-306, 83-307, 83-187, or     
         83-309.

3.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form Number: 84-705, and
         the state exceptions.

<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 3


Amendment  to the  Participation  Agreement  among  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"), Variable Insurance Products Fund II (the 
"Fund") and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter") dated 
January 1, 1991 (the "Agreement").

WHEREAS  each of the  parties  desire to expand the  ability  of the  Company to
develop  and market  Variable  Life  Insurance  Policies  and  Variable  Annuity
Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as the investment  vehicle
for said separate  accounts.  The Company,  Underwriter and Fund hereby agree to
amend Schedule B of the Agreement by inserting the following in its entirety:

         3.      Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-795,
                 and the state exceptions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be executed
in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative as of June
___, 1993.

                                        Northwestern National Life
                                        Insurance Company

By:     /s/ Michael S. Fischer          By:     /s/ John Johnson
Name:   Michael S. Fischer              Name:   John Johnson
Title:  Second Vice President           Title:  Vice President and Actuary
        and Asst. General Counsel
                                        Variable Insurance Products Fund II

                                        By:     /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
                                        Name:   J. Gary Burkhead
                                        Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Fidelity Distributors Corporation

                                        By:     /s/ Kurt Lange
                                        Name:   Kurt Lange
                                        Title:  President


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                   CONTRACTS



1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 83-300,
         83-301, 83-302, 83-303, 83-304, 83-305, 83-306, 83-307, 83-187, OR 
         83-309

3.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-705, and the
         state exceptions.

4.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No. 84-795, and the
         state exceptions.

<PAGE>


                                 AMENDMENT NO. 4



Amendment  to the  Participation  Agreement  among  Northwestern  National  Life
Insurance Company (the "Company"), Variable Insurance Products Fund II (the 
"Fund") and Fidelity  Distributors  Corporation (the "Underwriter") dated 
January 1, 1991 (the "Agreement").

WHEREAS  each of the  parties  desire to expand the  ability  of the  Company to
develop  and market  Variable  Life  Insurance  Policies  and  Variable  Annuity
Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as the investment  vehicle
for said separate  accounts.  The Company,  Underwriter and Fund hereby agree to
amend Schedule B of the Agreement by inserting the following in its entirety:

         5.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity 
                  Contract Form No. 84-420, and the state exceptions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be executed
in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative as of August
30, 1993.

                                     Northwestern National Life
                                     Insurance Company

                                     By:        /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                     Name:      Michael S. Fischer
                                     Title:     Second Vice President and
                                                Asst. General Counsel

                                     By:        /s/ John A. Johnson
                                     Name:      John A. Johnson
                                     Title:     Vice President and Actuary/
                                                Individual Insurance

                                     Variable Insurance Products Fund

                                     By:        /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
                                     Name:      J. Gary Burkhead
                                     Title:     Senior Vice President

                                     Fidelity Distributors Corporation

                                     By:        /s/ Kurt A. Lange
                                     Name:      Kurt A. Lange
                                     Title:     President

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B
                                    CONTRACTS


1.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form  
         Number: 81-870 and 81-873.

2.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy Contract Form No. 
         83-300, 83-301, 83-302, 83-303, 83-304, 83-305, 83-306, 83-307, 83-187,
         OR 83-309.

3.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy Contract Form No. 
         84-705, and the state exceptions.

4.       Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy Contract Form No.   
         84-795, and the state exceptions.

5.       Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract Form 
         No. 84-420, and the state exceptions.

<PAGE>

                AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT AMONG

                        VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II

                        FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                       and

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


         WHEREAS, NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"),
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II(the "Fund") and FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPO-
RATION have previously entered into a Participation  Agreement (the "Agreement")
containing certain arrangements concerning prospectus costs; and

         WHEREAS, the Trustees of the Fund have approved certain changes to the 
expense structure of the Fund; and

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties do hereby agree to amend the Agreement by
substituting the following  arrangement in place of any inconsistent language in
the Participation Agreement, wherever found:

1. The Fund will  provide to the Company  each year,  at the Fund's  cost,  such
number of prospectuses and Statements of Additional  Information as are actually
distributed to the Company's then-existing variable life and/or variable annuity
contract owners.

2. If the Company takes camera-ready film or computer  diskettes  containing the
Fund's  prospectus  and/or  Statements of  Additional  Information  in  lieu  of
receiving hard copies of these documents, the Fund will reimburse the Company in
an amount  computed as follows.  The number of  prospectuses  and  Statements of
Additional  Information  actually distributed to existing contract owners by the
Company will be multiplied  by the Fund's  actual  per-unit cost of printing the
documents.

3. The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such  information
as may be  reasonably  requested  by the  Fund  in  order  to  verify  that  the
prospectuses and Statements of Additional  Information  provided to the Company,
or the  reimbursement  made to the  Company,  are or have been used only for the
purposes set forth hereinabove.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have set our hand as of the 15th day of December,
1994.

         NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

         By:       /s/ John Johnson             By:       /s/ David F. Hill

         Name:     John Johnson                 Name:     David F. Hill

         Title:    Vice President and           Title:    Senior Vice President,
                   Actuary                                Individual Insurance
                                                          Division

         VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS            FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS
         FUND II                                CORPORATION

         By:      /s/ J. Gary Burkhead          By:       /s/ Kurt A. Lange

         Name:    J. Gary Burkhead              Name:     Kurt A. Lange

         Title:   Senior Vice President         Title:    President


<PAGE>


                   AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Amendment No. 6 dated April 14, 1995 to the Participation  Agreement among 
Northwestern National Life Insurance  Company  (the  "Company"), Variable 
Insurance Products Fund II (the "Fund") and Fidelity Distributors  Corporation 
(the "Underwriter") dated January 1, 1995 (the "Agreement").

         WHEREAS,  each of the  parties to the  Agreement  desires to expand the
ability of the Company to develop and market  Variable Life  Insurance  Policies
and Variable Annuity Contracts which have separate accounts using the Fund as an
investment vehicle.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties  hereto  agree to amend the  Agreement as
follows:

         1.       Schedule A of the Agreement is amended by inserting  the      
                  following in its entirety:

                      "Northstar/NWNL Variable Account 11/12/92"

         2.       Schedule B to the Agreement is amended by adding in its 
                  entirety the following:

                      " Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement
                        Annuity Contracts Form Number 84-420 and state 
                        exceptions."

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative(s).

                                      NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                      INSURANCE COMPANY

                                      By:        /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                      Its:       Second Vice President and
                                                 Assistant General Counsel
                                      Date:      April 4, 1995

                                      By:        /s/ John A. Johnson
                                      Its:       Vice President and Actuary
                                      Date:      April 4, 1995
 
                                      VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND

                                      By:        /s/ J. Gary Burkhead
                                      Its:       Sr. Vice President
                                      Date:      4/24/95

                                      FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

                                      By:        /s/ Kurt A. Lange
                                      Its:       President
                                      Date:      4/10/95

                                      -2-




                                 EXHIBIT 8(c)

                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT



                                      Among



                          PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST



                           PUTNAM MUTUAL FUNDS, CORP.



                                       and



                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



         THIS  AGREEMENT,  made and entered  into as of this 14th day of January
1994, by and among NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (hereinafter the
"Company"),  a  Minnesota  corporation,  on its own behalf and on behalf of each
segregated asset account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be
amended  from time to time (each such  account  hereinafter  referred  to as the
"Account"),  and PUTNAM CAPITAL  MANAGER TRUST, a  Massachusetts  business trust
organized under the laws of  Massachusetts  (hereinafter the "Trust") and PUTNAM
MUTUAL FUNDS CORP. (hereinafter the "Underwriter"), a Massachusetts corporation.

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  engages in  business  as an  open-end  diversified
management  investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle
for separate  accounts  established  for variable  life  insurance  policies and
variable annuity contracts (collectively,  the "Variable Insurance Products") to
be  offered  by  insurance  companies  which  have  entered  into  participation
agreements  with  the  Trust  and the  Underwriter  (hereinafter  "Participating
Insurance Companies"); and

                                     Page 1

         WHEREAS,  the beneficial  interest in the Trust is divided into several
series of shares,  each designated a "Fund" and  representing  the interest in a
particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust  has  obtained  an order  from the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission,  dated  ______________  (File  No._________),  granting the
Company and  certain  variable  annuity and  variable  life  insurance  separate
accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b)
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended  (hereinafter the "1940 Act"),
and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder, to the extent necessary to
permit  shares of the Trust to be sold to and held by certain  variable  annuity
and variable life insurance  separate  account of the Company  (hereinafter  the
"Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered as an open-end management  investment
company  under the 1940 Act and the sale of its shares is  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); and

         WHEREAS, Putnam Investment Management, Inc. (the "Adviser") is duly 
registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of
1940; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register  certain variable
life and variable annuity  contracts under the 1933 Act and any applicable state
securities and insurance law; and

         WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized,  validly existing segregated
asset  account,  established  by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company,  on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto,  to set aside
and invest  assets  attributable  to the one or more  variable  life and annuity
contracts; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register each Account as a
unit investment trust under the 1940 Act; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Underwriter  is  registered  as a broker dealer with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (hereinafter the 

                                     Page 2

"1934 Act"),  and is a member in good standing of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc. (hereinafter the "NASD"); and

         WHEREAS,  to the extent  permitted  by  applicable  insurance  laws and
regulations,  the Company  intends to purchase  shares in the Funds on behalf of
each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid variable life and variable annuity
contracts  and the  Underwriter  is  authorized  to  sell  such  shares  to unit
investment trusts such as each Account at net asset value;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Trust and the Underwriter agree as follows:


ARTICLE I.   SALE OF TRUST SHARES

         1.1 The Underwriter agrees, subject to the Trust's rights under Section
1.2, to sell to the Company those shares of the Trust which each Account orders,
executing  such  orders on a daily  basis at the net asset  value next  computed
after  receipt by the Trust or its  designee  of the order for the shares of the
Trust.  For purposes of this  Section 1.1, the Company  shall be the designee of
the Trust for  receipt of such  orders  from each  Account  and  receipt by such
designee shall constitute receipt by the Trust; provided that the Trust receives
notice of such order by 9:30 a.m.  Boston  time on the next  following  Business
Day.  "Business  Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is
open for trading and on which the Trust  calculates its net asset value pursuant
to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         1.2 The Trust  agrees to make its  shares  available  indefinitely  for
purchase  at the  applicable  net asset  value per share by the  Company and its
Accounts  on those  days on which  the  Trust  calculates  its net  asset  value
pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission and the Trust shall
use  reasonable  efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day which the
New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  Nothwithstanding  the  foregoing, 
the Trustees of the Trust (hereinafter the "Trustees") may refuse to sell shares
of any Fund to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any
Fund if such  action is  required  by law or by  regulatory  authorities  having
jurisdiction  or if the Trustees  determine,  in the exercise of their 

                                     Page 3

fiduciary responsibilities,  that  suspending or terminating the sale of Fund   
shares would be in the best interests of shareholders.

         1.3 The Trust and the  Underwriter  agree that shares of the Trust will
be sold only to Participating  Insurance  Companies and their separate accounts.
No shares of any Fund will be sold to the general public.

         1.4 The Trust agrees to redeem its shares in accordance  with the terms
of its then  current  prospectus.  For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company
shall be the designee of the Trust for receipt of requests for  redemption  from
each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Trust;
provided that the Trust  receives  notice of such request for  redemption on the
next following Business Day.

         1.5 The Company  agrees to purchase  and redeem the shares of each Fund
offered by the then current  prospectus of the Trust and in accordance  with the
provisions of such prospectus. The Company agrees that all net amounts available
under the variable life and variable  annuity  contracts with the form number(s)
which are listed on Schedule A attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by this
reference,  as such  Schedule A may be amended  from time to time  hereafter  by
mutual written agreement of all the parties hereto (the  "Contracts"),  shall be
invested in the Trust, in such other registered  investment companies advised by
the  Adviser  ("Putnam  Funds") as may be  mutually  agreed to in writing by the
parties hereto, or in the Company's general account,  provided that such amounts
may also be invested in an  investment  company other than the Trust or a Putnam
Fund if (a) such other investment company was available as a funding vehicle for
the Contracts prior to the date of this Agreement and the Company so informs the
Trust and Underwriter prior to their signing this Agreement;  or (b) the Company
gives the Trust and the  Underwriter  60 days written notice of its intention to
make such  other  investment  company  available  as a funding  vehicle  for the
Contract.

         1.6 The Company  shall pay for Trust  shares on the next  Business  Day
after  an  order  to  purchase  Trust  shares  is made in  accordance  with  the
provisions of Section 1.1 hereof.  Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted
by wire. For purpose of Section 2.10 and 2.11,  upon receipt 

                                     Page 4

by the Trust of the federal funds so wired,  such funds shall cease to be the   
responsibility of the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Trust.

         1.7 Issuance  and transfer of the Trust's  shares will be by book entry
only.  Share  certificates  will not be issued to the  Company  or any  Account,
Shares ordered from the Trust will be recorded in an appropriate  title for each
Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

         1.8  The  Underwriter   shall  furnish  same-day  notice  (by  wire  or
telephone,  followed by written  confirmation) to the Company of the declaration
of any income,  dividends or capital gain  distributions  payable on the Trust's
shares.  The Company  hereby  elects to receive all such  income  dividends  and
capital  gain  distributions  as are  payable on the Fund  shares in  additional
shares of that Fund. The Company  reserves the right to revoke this election and
to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. The
Underwriter  shall  notify  the  Company  of the  number  of shares so issued as
payment of such dividends and distributions.

         1.9 The Trust  shall  make the net asset  value per share for each Fund
available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably  practical after
the net asset value per share is  calculated  and shall use its best  efforts to
make such net asset value per share available by 7 p.m. Boston time.

         1.10 The Company  shall limit sales of the variable  annuity  insurance
contracts listed in Schedule A hereto in any calendar year to $50,000,000 in the
aggregate and sales of such variable  annuity  insurance  contracts  through any
single broker-dealer firm or other financial institution in any calendar year to
$10,000,000, excluding from these  limitations  sales through  Washington Square
Securities, Inc.


ARTICLE II.  Representations and Warranties

         2.1 The Company  represents  and warrants  that at all times during the
term of this  Agreement the  Contracts are or will be registered  under the 1933
Act;  that the Contracts will be 

                                     Page 5

issued and sold in compliance in all material  respects with all applicable
federal  and  state  laws  and the sale of the  Contracts  shall  comply  in all
material  respects with state insurance  suitability  requirements.  The Company
further  represents and warrants that it is an insurance  company duly organized
and in good standing  under  applicable  law and that it has legally and validly
established  each Account  prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated
asset account under Section 61A-13 of the Minnesota  Statutes and has registered
or, prior to any issuance or sale of the  Contracts,  will register each Account
as a unit investment  trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to
serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

         2.2 The Trust represents and warrants that at all times during the term
of this  Agreement  Trust  shares  sold  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall  be
registered  under the 1933 Act,  duly  authorized  for  issuance and sold by the
Trust to the Company in compliance with all applicable federal laws and that the
Trust is and  shall  remain  registered  under  the 1940  Act.  The  Underwriter
represents that Trust shares are duly authorized for issuance in compliance with
the  applicable  laws  of the  State  of  Minnesota  and  all  applicable  state
securities laws. The Trust shall amend the Registration Statement for its shares
under  the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as  required  in order to
effect the  continuous  offering of its shares.  The Trust  shall  register  and
qualify the shares for sale in  accordance  with the laws of the various  states
only if and to the extent deemed  advisable by the Trust or the  Underwriter  in
connection with their sale by the Trust to the Company.

         2.3 The Trust represents that it is currently  qualified as a Regulated
Investment  Company under  Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the  "Code"),  and that it will use its best  efforts to maintain  such
qualification  (under Subchapter M or any successor  provision) and that it will
notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that
it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

         2.4 The Company  represents that the Contracts are currently treated as
endowment,  annuity or life insurance contracts,  under applicable provisions of
the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such  treatment and that
it will  notify  the  Trust  and  the  Underwriter  

                                     Page 6

immediately  upon  having  a reasonable  basis for believing  that the Contracts
have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

         2.5 The Trust currently does not intend to make any payments to finance
distribution  expenses  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act or  otherwise,
although it may make such payments in the future.  To the extent that it decides
to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1, the Trust undertakes to
have a board of trustees,  a majority of whom are not interested  persons of the
Trust, approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses.

         2.6 The Trust makes no  representation  as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states.

         2.7 The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in good
standing of the NASD and is  registered  as a  broker-dealer  with the SEC.  The
Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the Trust shares
in accordance  with the laws of the State of Minnesota and all applicable  state
and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934
Act, and the 1940 Act.

         2.8 The Trust  represents  that it is  lawfully  organized  and validly
existing under the laws of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in all
material respects with the 1940 Act.

         2.9 The  Underwriter  represents  and warrants  that the Adviser is and
shall remain duly registered,  to the extent required,  in all material respects
under all  applicable  federal  and state  securities  laws and that the Adviser
shall  perform  its  obligations  for the Trust in  compliance  in all  material
respects  with the laws of the State of Minnesota and any  applicable  state and
federal securities laws.

         2.10 The Trust and Underwriter  represent and warrant that all of their
respective  directors,  officers,  employees,  investment  advisers,  and  other
individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or  securities  of the Trust are
and shall  continue  to be at all times  covered by a blanket  fidelity  bond or
similar  coverage  for the  benefit  of the Trust in an amount not less than the

                                     Page 7

minimal  coverage  as  required  currently  by Rule  17g-(1)  of the 1940 Act or
related  provisions as may be promulgated  from time to time. The aforesaid bond
shall  include  coverage for larceny and  embezzlement  and shall be issued by a
reputable bonding company.

         2.11 The Company  represents  and warrants  that all of its  directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or  securities  of the Trust are and shall  continue to be at
all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit
of the  Trust,  in an amount  not less than the  minimal  coverage  as  required
currently by entities  subject to the requirements of Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act
or related  provisions as may be  promulgated  from time to time.  The aforesaid
bond shall include  coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by
a reputable bonding company.


ARTICLE III.   PROSPECTUSES AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

         3.1 The Trust shall provide such documentation  (including a final copy
of its prospectus as set in type at the Trust's expense) and other assistance as
is  reasonably  necessary  in order  for the  Company  once  each  year (or more
frequently if the  prospectus  for the Trust is amended) to have the  prospectus
for the Contracts and the Trust's  prospectus  printed  together in one document
(such printing to be at the Company's expense).

         3.2 The Trust's prospectus shall state that the Statement of Additional
Information  for the Trust is available from the Underwriter or its designee (or
in the Trust's  discretion,  the  Prospectus  shall state that such Statement is
available from the Trust),  and the Underwriter (or the Trust),  at its expense,
shall print and provide such  Statement free of charge to the Company and to any
owner of a Contract or prospective owner who requests such Statement.

         3.3 The Trust, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of
its  proxy  material  reports  to  stockholders  and  other   communications  to
stockholders  in such  quantity  as the  Company  shall  reasonably  require for
distributing to Contract owners.

         3.4 The Company  shall vote all Trust shares as required by law and the
Shared Funding  Exemptive  Order.  The Company  reserves the right to vote Trust
shares  held in any  

                                     Page 8

segregated  asset account in its own right,  to the extent  permitted by law and
the Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order.  The  Company  shall be  responsible  for
assuring  that  each  of  its  separate  accounts  participating  in  the  Trust
calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with all legal requirements.

         3.5 The Trust will comply with all  applicable  provisions  of the 1940
Act requiring  voting by  shareholders,  and in particular the Trust will either
provide  for  annual  meetings  or  comply  with  Section  16(c) of the 1940 Act
(although the Trust is not one of the trusts  described in Section 16(c) of that
Act) as well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further,
the Trust will act in accordance  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's
interpretation  of the  requirements  of Section  16(a) with respect to periodic
elections of trustees and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with
respect thereto.


ARTICLE IV.  SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

         4.1 The Company shall furnish,  or shall cause to be furnished,  to the
Underwriter  each piece of sales  literature  or other  promotional  material in
which the Trust or its investment  adviser or the  Underwriter is named at least
15 days  prior to its use.  No such  material  shall be used if the  Underwriter
objects to such use within five Business Days after receipt of such material.

         4.2  The  Company   shall  not  give  any   information   or  make  any
representations  or statements on behalf of the Trust or concerning the Trust in
connection  with  the  sale of the  Contracts  other  than  the  information  or
representations  contained in the  registration  statement or prospectus for the
Trust shares,  as such  registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or
supplemented  from time to time,  or in annual or  semi-annual  reports or proxy
statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or other  promotional  material
approved  by the Trust or its  designee or by the  Underwriter,  except with the
written permission of the Trust or the Underwriter or the designee of either.

                                     Page 9

         4.3 The Underwriter or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be
furnished,  to the Company or its  designee,  each piece of sales  literature or
other promotional  material in which the Company and/or its separate  account(s)
is named at least 15 days prior to its use.  No such  material  shall be used if
the Company or its designee  objects to such use within five Business Days after
receipt of such material.

         4.4 Neither the Trust nor the Underwriter shall give any information or
make any  representations  on behalf of the Company or  concerning  the Company,
each Account,  or the Contracts  other than the  information or  representations
contained in a registration  statement or prospectus for the Contracts,  as such
registration  statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented  from time
to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain
or  approved by the Company for  distribution  to Contract  owners,  or in sales
literature  or  other  promotional  material  approved  by  the  Company  or its
designee, except with the permission of the Company.

         4.5 The Trust will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of
all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information,
reports, proxy statements,  applications for exemptions,  requests for no-action
letters,  and all  amendments  to any of the  above,  and the  Underwriter  will
provide at least one complete copy of all sales literature and other promotional
materials that relate to the Trust or its shares, excluding sales literature and
other promotional materials relating to separate accounts of other participating
insurance  companies,  promptly  following  the filing of such document with the
Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

         4.6 The Company will provide to the Trust and the  Underwriter at least
one complete copy of all registration  statements,  prospectuses,  Statements of
Additional Information,  reports,  solicitations for voting instructions,  sales
literature  and  other   promotional   materials  (to  the  Underwriter   only),
applications for exemptions,  requests for no action letters, and all amendments
to any of the above,  that relate to the  Contracts  or each  Account,  promptly
following  the  filing  of  such  document  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

                                    Page 10

         4.7 For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase  "sales  literature  or
other  promotional  material"  includes,  but is not limited to,  advertisements
(such as material published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or
other  periodical,  radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape
display,  signs or billboards,  motion pictures,  or other public media),  sales
literature  (i.e.,  any  written  communication  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures,  circulars,  research
reports,  market letters,  form letters,  seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or
training  materials  or  other  communications  distributed  or  made  generally
available to some or all registered representatives.


ARTICLE V.   FEES AND EXPENSES

         5.1 The Trust and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation to
the Company  under this  agreement,  except that if the Trust or any Fund adopts
and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance  distribution  expenses,
then the  Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for
the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing and such
payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable to the Underwriter,
past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available to the Underwriter.
No such  payments  shall be made  directly by the Trust.  As of the date of this
Agreement, no such payments are contemplated.

      5.2 All expenses incident to performance by the Trust under this Agreement
shall be paid by the  Trust.  The Trust  shall see to it that all its shares are
registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law
and, if and to the extent  deemed  advisable by the  Underwriter,  in accordance
with applicable  state laws prior to their sale to the Company.  The Trust shall
bear the expenses for the cost of registration and  qualification of the Trust's
shares,  preparation  and  filing of the  Trust's  prospectus  and  registration
statement,  proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting
in type and printing the proxy materials and reports 

                                    Page 11

to shareholders  (including the costs of printing a prospectus that  constitutes
an annual report), the preparation of all statements and notices required by any
federal or state law,  all taxes on the  issuance  or  transfer  of the  Trust's
shares.

         5.3 The Company  shall bear the expenses of printing  and  distributing
the  Trust's  prospectus  in  connection  with  sales  of the  Contracts  and of
distributing the Trust's proxy materials and reports to owners of the Contracts.

         5.4  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  the Trust
shall be responsible for the registration and qualification of its shares and of
the Trust itself under the laws of any jurisdiction  only in connection with the
sales of shares directly to the Company. The Trust shall not be responsible, and
the Company shall take full responsibility for,  determining any jurisdiction in
which any  qualification  or  registration  of Trust  shares or the Trust by the
Trust may be required in connection  with the sale of the Contracts and advising
the Trust  thereof at such time and in such manner as is necessary to permit the
Trust to comply.


ARTICLE VI.    DIVERSIFICATION

         6.1 Each Fund will  maintain a  diversified  pool of  investments  that
would, if the Fund were a segregated asset account,  satisfy the diversification
provisions of Treas. Reg. Section  1.8175(b)(1) or (2). The Underwriter shall be
jointly and severally liable, with the Trust for any losses, claims, litigation,
damages or expenses  resulting  to the Company due to the failure to satisfy the
diversification requirements described in this Section 6.1.


ARTICLE  VII.    POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

         7.1 The  Trustees  will  monitor  the  Trust for the  existence  of any
material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the Contract owners of
all  separate  accounts  investing  in the  Trust.  An  irreconcilable  material
conflict  may arise for a variety of  reasons,  including:  (a) an action by any
state  insurance  regulatory  authority;  (b) a change in applicable  federal or
state  

                                    Page 12

insurance,  tax, or securities law or regulations,  or a public ruling,  private
letter  ruling,  no-action or  interpretative  letter,  or any similar action by
insurance,  tax, or securities regulatory authorities;  (c) an administrative or
judicial  decision  in any  relevant  proceeding;  (d) the  manner  in which the
investments  of  any  Fund  are  being  managed;  (e)  a  difference  in  voting
instructions  given by variable  annuity  contract and variable  life  insurance
Contract  owners;  or (f) a  decision  by an  insurer  to  disregard  the voting
instructions of Contract owners.  The Trust shall promptly inform the Company if
the Trustees  determine that an irreconcilable  material conflict exists and the
implications thereof.

         7.2 The Company  will report any  potential  or existing  conflicts  of
which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Trustees in carrying
out  their  responsibilities  under  the  Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order,  by
providing  the  Trustees  with  all  information  reasonably  necessary  for the
Trustees to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an
obligation by the Company to inform the Trustees  whenever Contract owner voting
instructions are disregarded.

         7.3 If it is determined by a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of
the disinterested  Trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company shall to the extent reasonably  practicable (as determined by a majority
of the disinterested Trustees),  take, at the Company's expense,  whatever steps
are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to
and  including:  (1)  withdrawing  the assets  allocable  to some or all  of the
separate  accounts from the Trust or any Fund and  reinvesting  such assets in a
different  investment  medium including (but not limited to) another Fund of the
Trust, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented
to a vote of all affected  Contract owners and, as appropriate,  segregating the
assets of any appropriate group (i.e.,  annuity Contract owners,  life insurance
Contract  owners,  or  variable  Contract  owners  of one or more  Participating
Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the
affected  Contract  owners  the  option  of  making  such  a  change;   and  (2)
establishing a new registered  management investment company or managed separate
account.

                                    Page 13

         7.4 If a material  irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision
by the Company to disregard Contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority  position or would  preclude a majority  vote, the Company
may be required,  at the Trust's  election,  to withdraw the affected  Account's
investment  in the Trust and  terminate  this  Agreement  with  respect  to such
Account;  provided,  however,  that such  withdrawal  and  termination  shall be
limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict
as determined by a majority of the disinterested  Trustees.  Any such withdrawal
and  termination  must take place  within six (6) months  after the Trust  gives
written  notice that this provision is being  implemented,  and until the end of
that six month period the Underwriter  and Trust shall, to the extent  permitted
by law and any exemptive  relief  previously  granted to the Trust,  continue to
accept and implement  orders by the Company for the purchase (or  redemption) of
shares of the Trust.

         7.5 If a material  irreconcilable  conflict arises because a particular
state  insurance  regulator's  decision  applicable  to the Company to disregard
Contract  owner  voting  instructions  and that  decision  represents a minority
position that would preclude a majority vote,  then the Company may be required,
at the Trust's direction,  to withdraw the affected Account's  investment in the
Trust; provided,  however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited
to the extent  required by the  foregoing  material  irreconcilable  conflict as
determined  by a majority of the  disinterested  Trustees.  Until the end of the
foregoing  six month  period,  the  Underwriter  and Trust shall,  to the extent
permitted  by law and any  exemptive  relief  previously  granted  to the Trust,
continue to accept and  implement  orders by the Company for the  purchase  (and
redemption) of shares of the Trust.

         7.6 For  purposes of Sections  7.3  through  7.6 of this  Agreement,  a
majority of the  disinterested  Trustees  shall  determine  whether any proposed
action adequately  remedies any irreconcilable  material  conflict.  Neither the
Trust nor the  Underwriter  shall be required to establish a new funding  medium
for the Contracts, nor shall the Company be required to do so, if an offer to do
so has  been  declined  by vote of a  majority  of  Contract  owners  materially
adversely  affected by the irreconcilable  material conflict.  In the event that
the Trustees  determine that any 

                                    Page 14

proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict,
then the  Company  will  withdraw  the  Account's  investment  in the  Trust and
terminate this Agreement within six (6) months (or such shorter period as may be
required by law or any exemptive relief  previously  granted to the Trust) after
the  Trustees  inform the  Company in  writing of the  foregoing  determination,
provided,  however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the
extent required by any such material  irreconcilable conflict as determined by a
majority of the disinterested Trustees.

         7.7 The  responsibility  to take  remedial  action  in the event of the
Trustees'  determination of a material  irreconcilable  conflict and to bear the
cost of such remedial  action shall be the  obligation  of the Company,  and the
obligation  of the Company set forth in this Section 7 shall be carried out with
a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

         7.8 If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule  6e-3(T) are  amended,
or Rule 6e-3 is adopted,  to provide  exemptive relief from any provision of the
Act or the rules promulgated  thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding
(as  defined  in the Shared  Funding  Exemptive  Order) on terms and  conditions
materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
then (a) the Trust and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate,
shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),
as amended,  and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable;
and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5,  7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of this  Agreement  shall
continue in effect only to the extent  that terms and  conditions  substantially
identical  to such  Sections  are  contained  in such  Rule(s)  as so amended or
adopted.

         7.9 The Company has reviewed  the Shared  Funding  Exemption  Order and
hereby  assumes all  obligations  referred  to therein  which are  required,  as
conditions to such Order, to be assumed or undertaken by the Company.

                                    Page 15

ARTICLE VIII.   INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1.    INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY

         8.1(a). The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and
the  Underwriter  and each of the  Trustees,  directors of the  Underwriter  and
officers of the Trust or the Underwriter  and each person,  if any, who controls
the Trust or the  Underwriters  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section 8.1)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation  (including
legal and other expenses),  to which the Indemnified  Parties may become subject
under any  statute,  regulation,  at common  law or  otherwise,  insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof)
or  settlements  are related to the sale or acquisition of the Trust's shares or
the Contracts or the performance by the parties of their  obligations  hereunder
and:

                  (i) arise out of or are based  upon any untrue  statements  or
         alleged  untrue  statements  of  any  material  fact  contained  in the
         Registration   Statement,   Prospectus   or  Statement  of   Additional
         Information  for the  Contracts or contained in the  Contracts or sales
         literature  for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of
         the  foregoing),  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
         alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,
         provided  that this  agreement to  indemnify  shall not apply as to any
         Indemnified  Party  if such  statement  or  omission  or  such  alleged
         statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity  with
         information  furnished  to the Company by or on behalf of the Trust for
         use  in  the  Registration   Statement,   Prospectus  or  Statement  of
         Additional  Information  for the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales
         literature  (or any  amendment or  supplement)  or otherwise for use in
         connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

                                    Page 16

                  (ii)   arise  out  of  or  as  a  result  of   statements   or
         representations (other than statements or representations  contained in
         the  Trust's  Registration   Statement  or  prospectus,   or  in  sales
         literature  for Trust shares not  supplied by the  Company,  or persons
         under its control) or wrongful  conduct of the Company or persons under
         its control,  with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts
         or Trust Shares; or

                  (iii)  arise out of any untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
         statement of a material  fact  contained in a  Registration  Statement,
         prospectus,  or sales literature of the Trust or any amendment  thereof
         or  supplement  thereto or the  omission  or alleged  omission to state
         therein a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
         make the  statements  therein not  misleading  if such a  statement  or
         omission was made in reliance upon  information  furnished to the Trust
         or the Underwriter by or on behalf of the Company; or

                  (iv)     arise as a result of any failure by the Company to   
         provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this 
         Agreement; or

                  (v)  arise out of or result  from any  material  breach of any
         representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or
         arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement
         by the Company,  as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of
         Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.

         8.1(b)  The  Company  shall not be liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an Indemnified  Party to the extent such may arise
from  such  Indemnified  Party's  willful  misfeasance,   bad  faith,  or  gross
negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of
such Indemnified  Party's reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this
Agreement or to the Trust, whichever is applicable.

         8.1(c)  The  Company  shall not be liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified  the  Company in writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving

                                    Page 17

information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such service on any  designated  agent),  on the basis of which the  Indemnified
Party should  reasonably  know of the  availability  of  indemnity  hereunder in
respect of such claim, but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall
not relieve the Company from any liability  which it may have to the Indemnified
Party  against  whom such  action is brought  otherwise  than on account of this
indemnification  provision.  In case any such  action  is  brought  against  the
Indemnified  Parties,  the Company shall be entitled to participate,  at its own
expense,  in the defense of such  action.  The Company also shall be entitled to
assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the
action. After notice from the Company to such party of the Company's election to
assume  the  defense  thereof, the  Indemnified  Party  shall  bear the fees and
expenses of any additional  counsel  retained by it, and the Company will not be
liable to such  party  under  this  Agreement  for any  legal or other  expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.1(d) The Indemnified  Parties will promptly notify the Company of the
commencement  of any litigation or proceedings  against them in connection  with
the  issuance or sale of the Trust Shares or the  Contracts or the  operation of
the Trust.

         8.1(e) The provisions of this Section 8.l shall survive any termination
of this Agreement.

         8.2     INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

         8.2(a)  The  Underwriter  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the
Company and each of its  directors  and officers  and each  person,  if any, who
controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of  the  1933  Act
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section 8.2)
against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid
in  settlement  with the  written  consent  of the  Underwriter)  or  litigation
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become
subject under any statute,  at common law or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses  (or actions in respect  

                                    Page 18

thereof) or settlements  are related to the sale or acquisition of the Trust's 
shares or the Contracts or the performance by the parties of their obligations  
hereunder and:

                  (i) arise out of or are based  upon any  untrue  statement  or
         alleged  untrue  statement  of  any  material  fact  contained  in  the
         Registration Statement, Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information
         or sales  literature of the Trust  prepared by or approved by the Trust
         or Underwriter(or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing),
         or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged  omission
         to state  therein a  material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or
         necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  provided that
         this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party
         if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was
         made in reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished to
         the  Underwriter or Trust by or on behalf of the Company for use in the
         Registration   Statement,   Prospectus,   or  Statement  of  Additional
         Information  for the Trust or in sales  literature (or any amendment or
         supplement)  or otherwise  for use in  connection  with the sale of the
         Contracts or Trust shares; or

                  (ii)   arise  out  of  or  as  a  result  of   statements   or
         representations (other than amendments or representations  contained in
         the  Registration  Statement,   Prospectus,   Statement  of  Additional
         Information  or sales  literature for the Contracts not supplied by the
         Underwriter  or persons  under its control) or wrongful  conduct of the
         Trust,  Adviser or  Underwriter  or persons under their  control,  with
         respect to the sale or  distribution  of the Contracts or Trust shares;
         or

                  (iii)  arise out of any untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
         statement of a material  fact  contained in a  Registration  Statement,
         Prospectus,  Statement of Additional  Information  or sales  literature
         covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
         or the omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact
         required to be stated  therein or  necessary  to make the  statement or
         statements  therein not  misleading,  if such 

                                    Page 19

         statement or omission was made in reliance  upon information furnished 
         to the Company by or on behalf of the Trust; or

                  (iv) arise as a result of any failure,  whether intentional or
         unintentional  or in good  faith  or  otherwise,  to  comply  with  the
         diversification requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement;
         or

                  (v)  arise out of or result  from any  material  breach of any
         representation   and/or  warranty  made  by  the  Underwriter  in  this
         Agreement or arise out of or result from any other  material  breach of
         this Agreement by the Underwriter, as limited by and in accordance with
         the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

         8.2(b) The Underwriter  shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or  assessed  against an  Indemnified Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the
performance of such Indemnified  Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless  disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to
each Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.2(c) The Underwriter  shall not be liable under this  indemnification
provision  with  respect to any claim made against an  Indemnified  Party unless
such Indemnified  Party shall have notified the Underwriter  in writing within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such  service  on any  designated  agent) on the basis of which the  Indemnified
Party should  reasonably  know of the  availability  of  indemnity  hereunder in
respect of such claim,  but failure to notify the  Underwriter of any such claim
shall not relieve the  Underwriter  from any liability  which it may have to the
Indemnified  Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account
of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any such action is brought against
the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its
own expense,  in the defense thereof.  The Underwriter also shall be entitled to
assume the defense  thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the

                                    Page 20

action.  After notice from the  Underwriter  to such party of the  Underwriter's
election to assume the defense  thereof,  the  Indemnified  Party shall bear the
fees and expenses of any additional  counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter
will not be liable to such  party  under this  Agreement  for any legal or other
expenses  subsequently  incurred by such party  independently in connection with
the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.2(d) The Company agrees to promptly  notify the  Underwriter of the 
Trust of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of 
its officers or directors in  connection  with the issuance or sale of the 
Contracts or the operation of each Account.

         8.2(e)   The provisions of this Section 8.2 shall survive any termina- 
tion of this Agreement.

         8.3      INDEMNIFICATION BY THE TRUST

         8.3(a) The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and
each of its  directors  and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the  meaning of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties"  for  purposes of this  Section  8.3) against any and all
losses, claims, damages,  liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with
the  written  consent of the  Trust) or  litigation  (including  legal and other
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute,
at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross
negligence,  bad faith or  willful  misconduct  of the  Trustees  or any  member
thereof are related to the operations of the Trust and:

             (i)           arise  as a result  of any  failure  by the  Trust to
                           provide the services and furnish the materials  under
                           the terms of this  Agreement  (including a failure to
                           comply   with   the   diversification    requirements
                           specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or

             (ii)          arise out of or result  from any  material  breach of
                           any representation  and/or warranty made by the Trust
                           in this  Agreement or arise out of or result from any
                           other material breach of this Agreement by the Trust,

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 
8.3(c) hereof.

                                    Page 21

         8.3(b)  The  Trust  shall  not  be  liable  under  the  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
incurred or assessed  against an  Indemnified  Party as such may arise from such
Indemnified  Party's willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence or by
reason of such Indemnified  Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties
under this  Agreement  or to the Company,  the Trust,  the  Underwriter  or each
Account, whichever is applicable.

         8.3(c)  The  Trust  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision  with respect to any claim made against any  Indemnified  Party unless
such  Indemnified  Party  shall  have  notified  the Trust in  writing  within a
reasonable   time  after  the  summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of
such  service  on any  designated  agent) on the basis of which the  Indemnified
Party should  reasonably  know of the  availability  of  indemnity  hereunder in
respect of such  claim,  but failure to notify the Trust of any such claim shall
not relieve the Trust from any  liability  which it may have to the  Indemnified
Party  against  whom such  action is brought  otherwise  than on account of this
indemnification  provision.  In case any such  action  is  brought  against  the
Indemnified  Parties,  the Trust will be  entitled  to  participate,  at its own
expense, in the defense thereof.  The Trust also shall be entitled to assume the
defense  thereof  with  counsel  satisfactory  to the party named in the action.
After notice from the Trust to such party of the Trust's  election to assume the
defense thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional  counsel  retained  by it,  and the Trust  will not be liable to such
party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred
by such party  independently  in connection  with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation.

         8.3(d) The Company  and the  Underwriter  agree  promptly to notify the
Trust of the  commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against them or any
of their respective officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the
issuance or sale of the  Contracts or the sale or  acquisition  of shares of the
Trust.

                                    Page 22

         8.3(e)   The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall survive any termina-
tion of this Agreement.


ARTICLE IX.       APPLICABLE LAW

         9.1  This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  and the  provisions  hereof
interpreted  under  and in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         9.2 This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934
and 1940 acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings  thereunder,  including
such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the Securities and
Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding
Exemptive  Order) and the terms hereof  shall be  interpreted  and  construed in
accordance therewith.


ARTICLE X.        TERMINATION

         10.1. This Agreement shall terminate:

                  (a) at the option of any party upon one year  advance  written
         notice to the other parties;  provided,  however, such notice shall not
         be given earlier than one year following the date of this Agreement; or

                  (b) at the option of the  Company to the extent that shares of
         the Funds are not reasonably  available to meet the requirements of the
         Contracts, provided, however, that such termination shall apply only to
         the Fund(s) not reasonably available.  Prompt notice of the election to
         terminate for such cause shall be furnished by the Company; or

                  (c) at the option of the Trust or the Underwriter in the event
         that  formal  administrative  proceedings  are  instituted  against the
         Company  by the NASD,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the
         Commerce Commissioner of the State of Minnesota or any other regulatory
         body regarding the Company's  duties under this Agreement or related to
         the  sales of the  Contracts,  with  respect  to the  operation  of any
         Account, or the purchase of the Trust shares,  provided,  however, that
         the Trust or the Underwriter  determines in its sole judgment exercised
         in good faith,  that any such  

                                    Page 23

         administrative  proceedings  will have erial  adverse effect upon the  
         ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
         or

                  (d) at the  option of the  Company  in the event  that  formal
         administrative   proceedings  are  instituted   against  the  Trust  or
         Underwriter by the NASD, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
         state securities or insurance  department or any other regulatory body,
         provided,  however,  that the Company  determines  in its sole judgment
         exercised in good faith, that any such administrative  proceedings will
         have a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  ability  of the  Trust or
         Underwriter to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

                  (e) with respect to any Account,  upon  requisite  vote of the
         Contract  owners having an interest in such Account (or any subaccount)
         to  substitute  the  shares  of  another  investment  company  for  the
         corresponding  Fund shares of the Trust in accordance with the terms of
         the Contracts for which those Fund shares had been selected to serve as
         the underlying  investment  media. The Company will give 30 days' prior
         written notice to the Trust of the date of any proposed vote to replace
         the Trust's shares; or

                  (f) at the  option  of the  Company,  in the  event any of the
         Trust's shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in accordance  with
         applicable  state and/or  federal law or such law  precludes the use of
         such shares as the underlying  investment media of the Contracts issued
         or to be issued by the Company; or

                  (g) at the  option  of the  Company,  if the  Trust  ceases to
         qualify as a Regulated  Investment  Company  under  Subchapter M of the
         Code or under any  successor  or similar  provision,  or if the Company
         reasonably believes that the Trust may fail to so qualify; or

                  (h)  at the option of the Company, if the Trust falls to meet
          the diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof; or

                  (i) at the option of either the Trust or the  Underwriter,  if
         (1) the Trust or the Underwriter, respectively, shall determine, in its
         sole judgment reasonably  exercised in good faith, that the Company has
         suffered  a  material  adverse  change  in its  business  or  

                                    Page 24

         financial ondition  or is the subject of  material  adverse  publicity 
         such material adverse change or material  adverse publicity will have a
         material  adverse impact upon the business and operations of either the
         Trust or the Underwriter, (2) the Trust or the Underwriter shall notify
         the  Company  in  writing  of  such  determination  and its  intent  to
         terminate this Agreement,  and (3) after  considering the actions taken
         by the Company and any other changes in circumstances  since the giving
         of such  notice,  such  determination  of the Trust or the  Underwriter
         shall continue to apply on the sixtieth (60th) day following the giving
         of such  notice,  which  sixtieth  day shall be the  effective  date of
         termination; or

                  (j) at the option of the  Company,  if (1) the  Company  shall
         determine,  in its sole  judgment  reasonably  exercised in good faith,
         that  either  the Trust or the  Underwriter  has  suffered  a  material
         adverse change in its business or financial condition or is the subject
         of material  adverse  publicity  and such  material  adverse  change or
         material adverse publicity will have a material adverse impact upon the
         business and  operations  of the Company,  (2) the Company shall notify
         the Trust and the Underwriter in writing of such  determination and its
         intent  to  terminate  the  Agreement,  and (3) after  considering  the
         actions taken by the Trust and/or the Underwriter and any other changes
         in circumstances  since the giving of such notice,  such  determination
         shall  continue  to apply or, the  sixtieth  (60th) day  following  the
         giving of such notice,  which  sixtieth day shall be the effective date
         of termination; or

                  (k) at the option of either the Trust or the  Underwriter,  if
         the Company  gives the Trust and the  Underwriter  the  written  notice
         specified  in Section  1.5(b)  hereof  and at the time such  notice was
         given there was no notice of  termination  outstanding  under any other
         provision of this Agreement;  provided,  however, any termination under
         this Section  10.1(k) shall be effective forty five (45) days after the
         notice specified in Section 1.5(b) was given.

         10.2  It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to
terminate  this Agreement  pursuant to Section 10.1(a) may be exercised for any 
reason or for no reason.

                                    Page 25

         10.3     NOTICE REQUIREMENT.  No termination of this Agreement shall be
effective unless and until the party terminating this Agreement gives prior     
written notice to all other parties to this Agreement of its intent to 
terminate, which notice shall set forth the basis for such termination.  
Furthermore,

                  (a) In the  event  that  any  termination  is  based  upon the
         provisions  of  Article  VII,  or the  provision  of  Section  10.1(a),
         10.1(i),  10.1(j)  or 10.1(k) of this  Agreement,  such prior  written 
         notice shall be given in advance of the effective  date of  termination
         as required by such provisions; and

                  (b) in the  event  that  any  termination  is  based  upon the
         provisions of Section 10.1(c) or 10.1(d) of this Agreement,  such prior
         written  notice  shall be given at least  ninety  (90) days  before the
         effective date of termination.

         10.4 EFFECT OF  TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding  any  termination of this
Agreement,  subject  to  Section  1.2 of  this  Agreement,  the  Trust  and  the
Underwriter  shall,  at the option of the  Company,  continue to make  available
additional  shares of the Trust  pursuant  to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement,  for all Contracts in effect on the effective  date of termination of
this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Existing Contracts").  Specifically,
without limitations subject to Section 1.2 of this Agreement,  the owners of the
Existing  Contracts  shall be permitted to reallocate  investments in the Trust,
redeem  investments  in the Trust and/or  invest in the Trust upon the making of
additional  purchase  payments under the Existing  Contracts.  The parties agree
that this Section 10.4 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and
the effect of such Article VII terminations  shall be governed by Article VII of
this Agreement.

         10.5 The Company  shall not redeem  Trust  shares  attributable  to the
Contracts (as opposed to Trust shares  attributable to the Company's assets held
in either Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract owner initiated
transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or
judicial or other legal precedent of general application  (hereinafter  referred
to as a "Legally Required Redemption").  Upon request, the Company will promptly
furnish to the Trust and the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company,
reasonably 

                                    Page 26

satisfactory to the Trust, to the effect that any redemption  pursuant to clause
(ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption.  Furthermore, except in cases where
permitted  under the terms of the  Contracts,  subject  to  Section  1.2 of this
Agreement,  the  Company  shall not  prevent  Contract  owners  from  allocating
payments to a Fund that was  otherwise  available  under the  Contracts  without
first giving the Trust or the  Underwriter 90 days notice of its intention to do
so.


ARTICLE XI.       NOTICES

         Any  notice  shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by  registered  or
certified  mail to the other  party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other party.

         If to the Trust:

                  One Post Office Square
                  Boston, MA 02109
                  Attention:  John R. Verani

         If to the Company:

                  20 Washington Avenue South
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55440
                  Attention: James E. Nelson

         If to the Underwriter:

                  One Post Office Square
                  Boston, MA 02109
                  Attention:  General Counsel


ARTICLE XII.     MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1  A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is  
on file with the  Secretary of State of the  Commonwealth  of Massachusetts, and
notice is  hereby  given  that  this  instrument  is  executed  on behalf of the
Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not  individually  and that the obligations
of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or
shareholders  individually  but binding only upon the assets and property of the
Fund.

                                    Page 27

         12.2  Subject  to the  requirements  of legal  process  and  regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the owners of the  Contracts  and all  information  reasonably  identified as
confidential  in writing by any other party  hereto and,  except as permitted by
this  Agreement,  shall not  disclose,  disseminate  or  utilize  such names and
addresses and other  confidential  information until without the express written
consent of the affected party such time as it may come into the public domain.

         12.3 The captions in this  Agreement  are included for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         12.4  This  Agreement  may be  executed  simultaneously  in two or more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

         12.5 If any provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

         12.6 Each party  hereto shall  cooperate  with each other party and all
appropriate   governmental   authorities   (including   without  limitation  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the NASD and state insurance regulators) and
shall  permit  such  authorities  reasonable  access to its books and records in
connection with any  investigation  or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the
transactions   contemplated  hereby.   Notwithstanding  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  each party hereto further agrees to furnish the California Insurance
Commissioner  with any  information  or  reports  in  connection  with  services
provided under this Agreement  which such  Commissioner  may request in order to
ascertain  whether the variable  life  insurance  operations  of the Company are
being  conducted  in a manner  consistent  with  the  California  Variable  Life
Insurance Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.

         12.7 The  Underwriter  agrees that to the extent any  advisory or other
fees received by the Trust, the Underwriter or the Adviser are  determined to be
unlawful  in legal or  administrative  proceedings  under  the 1973  NAIC  model
variable  life  insurance  regulation  in the  states of  California,  Colorado,
Maryland or Michigan,  the Underwriter shall indemnify and reimburse the 

                                    Page 28

Company  for any out of pocket  expenses  and actual  damages  the  Company  has
incurred as a result of any such proceeding;  provided, however, that the amount
of such  indemnity  shall be limited to the amount of the fees  determined to be
unlawful and that the  provisions of Section 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) of this Agreement
shall  apply  to  such  indemnification  and  reimbursement   obligation.   Such
indemnification  and reimbursement  obligation shall be in addition to any other
indemnification   and   reimbursement   obligations  of  the  Trust  and/or  the
Underwriter under this Agreement.

         12.8 The rights,  remedies and obligations  contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

         12.9  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,  the
obligations of the Trust and the Underwriter are several and,  without  limiting
in any way the  generality  of the  foregoing,  neither  party  shall  have  any
liability  for any action or failure  to act by the other  party,  or any person
acting on such other party's behalf.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of the  parties  hereto  has  caused  this
Agreement  to be executed  in its name and on its behalf by its duly  authorized
representative  and its  seal to be  hereunder  affixed  hereto  as of the  date
specified below.

                                     Company:

                                     NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                     INSURANCE COMPANY
                                     By its authorized officer,

                                     By:       /s/ Richard R. Crowl
                                     Title:    V.P.
                                     Date:     1-12-94


(SEAL)


                                     By:       /s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                     Title:    2nd V.P.
                                     Date:     1-12-94


(SEAL)

                                    Page 29

                                     Trust:

                                     PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST
                                     By its authorized officer,

                                     By:      /s/ Charles E. Porter
                                     Title:   Executive Vice President
                                     Date:    1/13/94

(SEAL)

                                     Underwriter:

                                     PUTNAM MUTUAL FUNDS CORP.
                                     By its authorized officer,

                                     By:      /s/ William A. Campagna
                                     Title:   Senior Vice President
                                     Date:    1/14/94

(SEAL)

                                    Page 30

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                    CONTRACTS



1.       NWNL Select Variable Account

         (a)      Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity.
                  Contract Form Number: 84-420 and State Exceptions.

2.       Select*Life Variable Account

         (a)      Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy.  
                  Contract Form Number: 84-662 and State Exceptions.

         (b)      Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy.  
                  Contract Form Number: 84-795 and State Exceptions.

<PAGE>

                                 Amendment No. 1

         Amendment to the Participation  Agreement among  Northwestern  National
Life  Insurance  Company (the  "Company"),  Putnam  Capital  Manager  Trust (the
"Fund") and Putnam Mutual Funds Corp.(the  "Underwriter") dated January 14, 1994
(the "Agreement").

         WHEREAS each of the parties desire to amend the Agreement to permit the
Company to offer the Fund through the Company's  Select*Life I flexible  premium
variable life  insurance  policies and  Select*Annuity  II  individual  deferred
variable  annuity  contracts which have separate  accounts using the Fund as the
investment vehicle for said separate accounts. The Company, Underwriter and Fund
hereby agree to amend  Schedule A of the Agreement by inserting the following in
its entirety:

         1.(b) Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity Contract 
               Form No. 81-870 and the state exceptions.

         2.(c) Flexible Premium Variable Life Policy Contract Form No.: 83-300  
               and the state exceptions.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Amendment to be
executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized  representative as
of March 15, 1994.

NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL                       PUTNAM CAPITAL MANAGER TRUST
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      /s/ Richard R. Crowl               By:      /s/ Charles E. Porter

Name:    Richard R. Crowl                   Name:    Charles E. Porter

Title:   Vice President and                 Title:   Executive Vice
         Associate General                           President
         Counsel
                                            PUTNAM MUTUAL FUNDS CORP.

By:      /s/ Michael S. Fischer             By:      /s/ William A. Campagna

Name:    Michael S. Fischer                 Name:    William A. Campagna

Title:   Second Vice President              Title:   Senior Vice President
         and Assistant General                       Director of Insurance
         Counsel                                     Products



<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                    CONTRACTS



1.       NWNL Select Variable Account

         (a)      Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity.

                  Contract Form Number: 84-420 and State Exceptions.

         (b)      Flexible Premium Individual Deferred Retirement Annuity 
                  Contract Form Number: 81-870 and State Exceptions.

2.       Select*Life Variable Account

         (a)      Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy.

                  Contract Form Number: 84-662 and State Exceptions.

         (b)      Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy.

                  Contract Form Number: 84-795 and State Exceptions.

         (c)      Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy Contract Form 
                  Number: 83-300 and the State exceptions.



                                  EXHIBIT 8(d)

                        ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

                                     between

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                       and

                         STATE STREET AND TRUST COMPANY

                                       for

                     FIXED AND/OR VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS


<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                            PAGE


Article 1             Administrative Services Provided
                           by the Bank                                        1
Article 2             Fees and Expenses                                       1
Article 3             Representations and Warranties of
                           the Bank                                           2
Article 4             Representations and Warranties of
                           the Insurance Company                              2
Article 5             Indemnification                                         3
Article 6             Complaints and Litigation                               4
Article 7             Certain Covenants                                       5
Article 8             Access to and Retention of Records
                           Created                                            5
Article 9             Termination                                             5
Article 10            Third Party Administrator                               6
Article 11            Relationship of Parties                                 6
Article 12            Use of the Insurance Company's Name                     6
Article 13            Amendment of Agreement                                  6
Article 14            Assignment                                              6
Article 15            Miscellaneous                                           7


                        ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made  as of the  1st  day of  August  1983,  by and  between
NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation having its principal
office  and  place of  business  at 20  Washington  Avenue  South,  Minneapolis,
Minnesota  (the  Insurance  Company")  and STATE  STREET  AND TRUST  COMPANY,  a
Massachusetts  Corporation  having its principal office and place of business at
225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110 ("Bank").

                                   BACKGROUND

         The Insurance  Company is in the business of issuing annuity  contracts
in the form(s)  identified by "Contract Form Number" in Exhibit A attached.  The
Contracts will be funded through  investments held in the accounts identified in
Exhibit A  (collectively,  the  "Accounts"  and any such account  other than the
Insurance Company's general account, a "Separate  Account").  If the investments
in any  Separate  Account  are  shares of an  investment  company  or  companies
(collectively,  "Investment Companies" and each an "Investment  Company"),  such
Investment  Company is (or Companies) are identified in Exhibit A under the name
of such Separate Account.

         The  Insurance  Company  desires  to  retain  the Bank to  perform  the
administrative  services in respect of its Contracts set forth in this Agreement
and the Bank desires to provide such services to the Insurance Company.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in
this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

Article 1   ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE BANK

         1.01 Subject to the terms and conditions  set forth in this  Agreement,
the Insurance  Company hereby appoints and retains the Bank, and the Bank agrees
to provide to the  Insurance  Company the  administrative  services set forth in
Exhibit B attached hereto with respect to the Contracts,  for one year beginning
from the date of this  Agreement  (the  "Initial  Term")  and  thereafter  until
terminated as hereafter provided.

Article 2   FEES AND EXPENSES

         2.01 The  Insurance  Company  shall pay the Bank an annual fee for each
Contract  serviced by the Bank during the term hereof and, if this  Agreement is
terminated by the Insurance Company pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof,  other than
on account of a material default by the Bank hereunder,  in the amount set forth
in Exhibit C hereto and  thereafter  in the same amount or such other  amount as
agreed upon in writing by the  parties  hereto.  The annual fee with  respect to
each  Contract  shall be payable by the Insurance  Company one twelfth  (1/12th)
thereof in arrears on the first day of each month  following  the month in which

                                      -1-

such Contract is issued and  thereafter for each year such Contract is to remain
in effect. Such fees are effective for the Initial Term and shall be agreed upon
in writing each year thereafter.

         2.02 In addition to the fees  payable  pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof,
the Insurance Company shall reimburse the Bank for all reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred  by the bank in  connection  with the  services  set forth in
Exhibit B hereto or requested by the Insurance  Company.  Reimbursement  for any
such expense shall be made promptly after notice from the Bank that such expense
was incurred and in any event within thirty days thereafter. Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  the Insurance  Company shall advance the cost of postage for general
mailings (e.g., proxies,  annual reports, tax information) to contract owners or
annuitants  at last seven (7) days prior to the mailing  date  specified  by the
Insurance Company or required by law.

         2.03 The Bank will  promptly  provide  upon  request  of the  Insurance
Company,  a written estimate of the costs of providing any additional  services,
reports or information requested by the Insurance Company.

Article 3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BANK

The Bank represents and warrants to the Insurance Company that:

         3.01 It is a Massachusetts Trust Company duly organized and existing in
good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         3.02 It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the Commonwealth 
of Massachusetts.

         3.03 It has the power and authority under the laws of the  Commonwealth
of Massachusetts  and under its charter and bylaws to enter into and perform the
administrative services contemplated in this Agreement.

         3.04 All requisite  corporate  proceedings have been taken to authorize
it to enter into and perform the  administrative  services  contemplated in this
Agreement.

Article 4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INSURANCE COMPANY

The Insurance Company represents and warrants to the Bank that:

         4.01 It is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing  
under the laws of the state of incorporation.

         4.02 It is  qualified  and  licensed to carry on its  business in those
jurisdictions in which it transacts  business and is required to be qualified or
licensed.

                                      -2-

         4.03 It has the power and authority under law and under its charter and
bylaws to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

         4.04 All requisite  corporate  proceedings have been taken to authorize
it to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

         4.05 Each registration  statement  required under the Securities Act of
1933,  as  amended,   or  under  the  securities  or  "blue  sky"  laws  of  any
jurisdiction,  as to each  Policy or shares of each  Investment  Company in, and
will,  so long  during  the term  hereof as such  Policy  is, and shares of such
Investment Company are, offered, continue to be, in effect.

         4.06 Each Separate Account and each Investment Company is, and will, so
long  during the term  hereof as such  Separate  Account  is, and shares of such
Investment  Company  are,  outstanding,  continue  to be,  registered  under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         4.07 It has complied  and will  continue to be in  compliance  with all
insurance  or  securities  laws  applicable  to it and the  offering,  sale  and
maintenance of Contracts under each Policy to be serviced by the Bank hereunder.

Article 5  INDEMNIFICATION

         5.01 The Bank shall not be responsible  for, and the Insurance  Company
shall  indemnify  and hold the Bank and its  officer,  directors,  shareholders,
employees  and agents  harmless from and against,  any and all losses,  damages,
costs, charges, counsel fees, payments,  expenses and liabilities arising out of
or attributable to:

         (a)  The breach of any representation or warranty of the Insurance 
Company hereunder;

         (b)  The default by the Insurance Company in the performance of any
covenant or agreement of the Insurance Company hereunder;

         (c)  Any  action  taken  in  connection  with  the  performance  of the
obligations  of the Bank under this  Agreement  or  requested  by the  Insurance
Company; provided,  however, that such action is taken in good faith and without
negligence or willful misconduct;

         (d) Reliance upon any information,  document,  record or data furnished
to the Bank in connection with this Agreement  reasonably believed to be genuine
(whether  furnished in writing or by  electronic  means or in English or machine
readable form or otherwise); or

         (e) To the extent permitted by law, any insurance or securities law, or
any  rule,  regulation,  order or  decree  issues  thereunder  or in  connection
therewith.

                                      -3-

         5.02 The Insurance  Company shall not be responsible for, and the Bank
shall indemnify  and hold the  Insurance  Company and its  officers,  directors,
shareholders,  employees  and  agents  harmless  from and  against,  any and all
losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments,  expenses and liability
arising out of or attributable to:

         (a)  The breach of any representation or warranty of the Bank 
hereunder;

         (b)  The default by the Bank in the performance of any covenant or 
agreement of the bank hereunder; or

         (c)  The theft or embezzlement by any employee or agent of the Bank
of any funds provided to the Bank hereunder.

         5.03 Any  provision of this  Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding
the Bank shall have no liability arising out of any action or failure to act:

         (a)  Based on any written instruction furnished to it by the Insurance 
Company or any order or decree of any court, regulatory body or administrative  
agency;

         (b)  Caused by any act of God, strike, equipment or transmission   
failure, or event beyond its control; or

         (c) In  connection  with any legal  obligation  as a result of services
provided  hereunder  to  register,  qualify  or  obtain a  license  to act as an
insurance company, broker/dealer or agency thereof.

         5.04  Neither party shall be liable to the other for special or 
consequential damages.

         5.05  Upon  receiving  notice  of a claim  for  which  one  party  (the
"Indemnifying  Party") may be required to indemnify the other (the  "Indemnified
Party"), the Indemnified Party shall promptly give written notice thereof to the
Office of the General Counsel of the Indemnifying Party; provided, however, that
the obligation of the Indemnifying  Party shall not be reduced on account of the
failure  or delay of the  Indemnified  Party to give such  notice  except to the
extent  that the  Indemnifying  Party is damaged by such  failure or delay.  The
Indemnifying Party may participate in the defense of such claim and if it elects
to so  participate,  the  Indemnified  Party will not  compromise or settle such
claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.

Article 6  COMPLAINTS AND LITIGATION

         6.01 Each party will promptly  give written  notice to the other of any
complaint  to or from any  federal  or state  regulatory  authority  of which it
becomes aware in connection  with any  transaction  covered by Article 5 of this
Agreement. Any complaint from any federal or state regulatory authority received
by  each  party  with  a  detailed  report  on the  matter  shall  be  

                                      -4-

forwarded immediately to the Legal Department. Each party will promptly furnish 
information it has, upon request.

         6.02 Each party will  promptly  notify the other of any  litigation  of
which it becomes aware in connection with any  Transaction  covered by article 5
of this  agreement.  Each  party  shall  immediately  provide  the other  with a
detailed report concerning such litigation. Each party will promptly furnish any
information it has upon request.

Article 7  CERTAIN COVENANTS

         7.01 All information,  books, records and data supplied by one party to
the other in connection  with the  negotiation or carrying out of this Agreement
are and shall  remain the  property  of the party  supplying  such  information,
books,  records or data and shall be kept confidential by the other party except
as may be  required  by law;  provided,  however,  that  the  Bank  may  provide
information concerning the account of any Contract owner or otherwise when it is
advised by its  counsel  that it may be held  liable for its  failure to provide
such information.

         7.02 The Insurance  Company will provide  instructions  with respect to
any matter  concerning this  Agreement  requested by the Bank. The Bank may rely
upon any  instruction  or  information  furnished by the persons  designated  in
Exhibit D to this Agreement,  and shall not be held to have notice of any change
of authority of any such persons  until receipt of written  notice  thereof from
the Insurance Company.

Article 8  ACCESS TO AND RETENTION OF RECORDS CREATED

         8.01 The Bank shall maintain, as required, pursuant to applicable laws,
books and records of all  Transactions  between the Bank, The Insurance  Company
and all Contract Owners;  each such record shall be maintained by the Bank for a
period  specified  beginning  the date  the  record  was  written  or  otherwise
formulated  as instructed  in writing by the  Insurance  Company.  These records
shall be  maintained in accordance  with prudent  standards or insurance  record
keeping and in accordance  with any and all applicable  rules and regulations of
regulatory  authorities.  The Insurance  Company retains the right to continuing
access to the books and records of the Bank needed by the  Insurance  Company to
fulfill all of its obligations  under the contracts  issued to Contract  Owners.
All such records maintained by the Bank hereunder shall be made available to the
insurance   company  during  normal  business  hours  for  review,   inspection,
examination,  and,  at  the  Insurance  Company's  expense,   reproduction.  The
Insurance  Company  may  demand  the  production  of all such  records  upon the
retention periods, as required by applicable laws.

Article 9  TERMINATION

         9.01  This Agreement may be terminated by either party effective at any
time after the Initial Term hereof, upon 

                                      -5-

ninety (90) days written  notice to the other  party;  provided,  however,  that
either  party  may  immediately   terminate  this  Agreement  if  its  continued
performance hereunder would violate any law, rule, regulation,  order or decree;
provided,  however,  if the Insurance Company has not arranged for services by a
new  administrative  agent after having made a good faith effort,  the Agreement
shall be continued for another ninety (90) days.

         9.02  Upon  termination of this Agreement,  either  partially or in its
entirety,  both parties,  will continue to take all steps  necessary to preserve
and honor the  confidentiality  of  information  of both  parties as provided in
Article 7, Section 7.01 of this Agreement.

         9.03  The  Insurance   Company   shall   reimburse  the  Bank  for  all
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the bank in connection with such termination,
including,  without limitation, the retrieval and movement of documents, records
and data,  unless this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the  Insurance  Company on
account of a material default by the Bank hereunder.

Article 10 THIRD PARTY ADMINISTRATOR

         10.01  The Bank is exempted from registration or licensing in every    
jurisdiction where a registration or license is required to permit it to perform
the administrative services contemplated in this Agreement.

Article 11  RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

         11.01 The only relationship  between the Bank and the Insurance Company
with respect to the business serviced hereunder is the contractual  relationship
established  by this  Agreement.  Nothing  contained in the  Agreement  shall be
construed  to  create  the  relationship  of  employer  and  employee,   or  the
relationship  of  principal  and  insurance  agent,  between  the  Bank  and the
Insurance  Company.  The authority of the Bank shall be limited to that which is
expressly  stated in this  Agreement.  The Insurance  Company shall  exercise no
control over the hours, office location, rentals or employees of the Bank.

Article 12  USE OF THE INSURANCE COMPANY'S NAME

         11.01 The Bank shall make no advertising use of the Insurance Company's
name except as authorized in writing by the Insurance Company.

Article 13 AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

         13.01 This Agreement shall not be modified or amended except in writing
signed by the Bank and two Officers of the Insurance Company.

Article 14  ASSIGNMENT

         14.01 This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the parties and their  respective  successors

                                      -6-

and  assigns;  provided,  however,  that,  subject  to the  right of the Bank to
subcontract portions of its obligations hereunder,  Article 14.02, neither party
may assign its rights or obligations  under this  Agreement  without the written
consent of the other party.

         14.02  The  Bank  may,  without  further  consent  on the  part  of the
Insurance  Company,  subcontract  for the  performance  hereof  with (i)  Boston
Financial Data Services, Inc., a Massachusetts Corporation ("established") which
is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent  pursuant to Section  17A(c)(1) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 17A(c)(1)", (ii) a BFDS subsidiary 
duly registered  as  transfer  agent  pursuant to Section  17A(c)(1)  or (iii) a
BFDS affiliate;  provided,  however,  that the Bank shall be fully responsible 
to the Insurance  Company for the acts and omissions of any  subcontractor as it
is for its own acts and omissions.

Article 15  MISCELLANEOUS

         15.01 This  Agreement  may be executed  in any number of  counterparts,
each of which  shall be  deemed  an  original  but all of which  together  shall
constitute one Agreement.

         15.02 This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement  between  the
parties hereto and  supersedes  any prior  agreement with respect to the subject
matter hereof, whether written or oral.

         15.03 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto  caused this  Agreement to be
executed  in their  names and on their  behalf  under their seals by and through
their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

                                INSURANCE COMPANY

Attest:
                                             By:     /s/ Judy Lissick
/s/ Michael S. Fischer
                                             Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                             By:     /s/ John A. Johnson

                                             Title:  Vice President and Actuary


                                             STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

Attest:
                                             By:     /s/ E. D. Hawkes, Jr.
/s/ Eric Greene
                                             Title:  Vice President

                                      -7-
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A



(FORMS OF ANNUITY POLICIES)



<PAGE>


SELECT*ANNUITY I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       Non-Qualified
                      408(b) (IRA's)                      Qualified
                      408(k) (SEP's)                    403 (b) (TSA)                Policy
                       Rider 81-821                     Rider 83-155                  Form
State                    Approvals                        Approvals                  Number

<S>                                                                                  <C>   
Alabama                       x                              x                       32538a
Alaska                        x                              x                       32538a
Arizona                       x                              x                       32538a
Arkansas                      x                              x                       32538a
California                    x                              x                       32538a
Colorado                      x                              x                       32538a
Connecticut                   x                              x                       32538a
Delaware                      x                              x                       32538a
D.C.                          x                              x                       32538a
Florida                       x                              x                       32538a
Georgia                                                      x                       32538a
Hawaii                                                                               32538a
Idaho                         x                              x                       32538a
Illinois                      x                              x                       32538a
Indiana                       x                              x                       32538a
Iowa                          x                              x                       32538a
Kansas                        x                              x                       32538a
Kentucky                      x                              x                       32538a
Louisiana                     x                              x                       32538a
Maine                         x                                                      32538a
Massachusetts                 x                              x                       32538a
Michigan                      x                              x                       32538a
Minnesota                     x                              x                       32538a
Mississippi                   x                              x                       32538a
Missouri                      x                              x                       32538a
Montana                       x                              x                       32538a
Nebraska                      x                              x                       32538a
Nevada                        x                              x                       32538a
New Hampshire                                                x                       32538a
New Jersey                    (DID NOT FILE -- POLICY NOT AVAILABLE)
New Mexico                    x                              x                       32538a
North Carolina                x                              x                       32538a
North Dakota                  x                                                      32538a
Ohio                          x                              x                       32538a
Oklahoma                      x                              x                       32538a
Oregon                        x                              x                       32538a
Pennsylvania                  x Form 81-822                  x Form 83-652           32538
Rhode Island                  x                              x                       32538a
South Carolina                x                              x                       32538a
South Dakota                  x                              x                       32538a
Tennessee                     x                              x                       32538a
Texas                         x                              x       (POLICY NOT AVAILABLE)
Utah                          x                              x                       32538a
Vermont                       x                              x                       32538a
Virginia                      x                              x                       32538a
Washington                    x                              x                       32538a
West Virginia                 x                              x                       32538a
Wisconsin                     x                              x                       32538a
Wyoming                       x                              x                       32538a


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


Exhibit A
select Annuity I
Page 2



SEPARATE ACCOUNT:   MFS/NWNL Variable Account

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
AVAILABLE UNDER
SEPARATE ACCOUNT:
         Massachusetts Cash Management Trust - Prime  Series   
         Massachusetts Financial  High Income Trust - Series I  
         Massachusetts  Financial  Bond Fund 
         Massachusetts Financial Total Return Trust 
         Massachusetts Investors Trust 
         Massachusetts  Financial Development Fund 
         Massachusetts Investors Growth stock Fund 
         Massachusetts Capital Development Fund 
         Massachusetts Financial International Trust - Bond Portfolio



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Exhibit A

SELECT*ANNUITY II

                       Non-Qualified
                      408(b) (IRA's)                      Qualified
                      408(k) (SEP's)                    403 (b) (TSA)                    Policy
                       Rider 81-821                     Rider 83-155                      Form
State                    Approvals                        Approvals                      Number

<S>                                                                                      <C>   
Alabama                       x                              x                           81-870
Alaska                        x                              x                           81-870
Arizona                       x                              x                           81-870
Arkansas                      x                              x                           81-870
California                    x                              x                           81-870
Colorado                      x                              x                           81-870
Connecticut                   x                              x                           81-870
Delaware                      x                              x                           81-870
D.C.                          x                              x                           81-870
Florida                       x                              x                           81-870
Georgia                                                      x                           81-870
Hawaii                                                                                   81-870
Idaho                         x                              x                           81-870
Illinois                      x                              x                           81-870
Indiana                       x                              x                           81-870
Iowa                          x                              x                           81-870
Kansas                        x                              x                           81-870
Kentucky                      x                              x                           81-870
Louisiana                     x                              x                           81-870
Maine                         x                                                          81-870
Massachusetts                 x                              x                           81-870
Michigan                      x                              x                           81-870
Minnesota                     x                              x                           81-870
Mississippi                   x                              x                           81-870
Missouri                      x                              x                           81-870
Montana                       x                              x                           81-870
Nebraska                      x                              x                           81-870
Nevada                        x                              x                           81-870
New Hampshire                                                x                           81-870
New Jersey                    (DID NOT FILE -- POLICY NOT AVAILABLE)
New Mexico                    x                              x                           81-870
North Carolina                x                              x                           81-870
North Dakota                  x                                                          81-870
Ohio                          x                              x                           81-870
Oklahoma                      x                              x                           81-870
Oregon                        x                              x                           81-870
Pennsylvania                  x Form 81-822                  x Form 83-652               81-870
Rhode Island                  x                              x                           81-870
South Carolina                x                              x                           81-870
South Dakota                  x                              x                           81-870
Tennessee                     x                              x                           81-870
Texas                         x                              x                           81-870
Utah                          x                              x                           81-870
Vermont                       x                              x                           81-870
Virginia                      x                              x                           81-870
Washington                    x                              x                           81-870
West Virginia                 x                              x                           81-870
Wisconsin                     x                              x                           81-870
Wyoming                       x                              x                           81-870


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A
Select *Annuity II
Page 2


Separate Account:          NWNL Select Variable Account


Account:                   Fixed Account (Insurance Company's General Account)

Investment Companies
Available Under
Separate Account:

                           Select Capital Growth Fund, Inc.
                           Select Cash Management Fund, Inc.
                           Select High Yield Fund, Inc.
                           Select Managed Fund, Inc.
                           Variable Insurance Products Fund:
                              Money Market Portfolio
                              High Income Portfolio
                              Equity Income Portfolio
                              Growth Portfolio
                              Overseas Portfolio



<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT B

                             ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES


A.       ISSUANCE OF CONTRACT

         1.       Reviews form of application, applies issuance criteria to    
                  application for annuity Contract.

         2.       Notifies dealer/agent of any error or missing data needed to  
                  establish participant, annuitant or Contract owner records.

         3.       If issuance  criteria are met,  prepares  Contract  data page,
                  prepares  issued  Contract,  and mails to  Contract  owners or
                  registered representatives/agents.

         4.       Establishes and maintains participant, annuitant, and Contract
                  owner records, as applicable, on authorized storage/retrieval 
                  systems.

         5.       Causes to have printed and  maintains  supply of  confirmation
                  statements.  Prepares  and mails  confirmation  statements  of
                  purchases  to  Contract   owners  with  copies  to  registered
                  representatives/agents, if required.

         6.       Deposits monies received with application into the designated 
                  Account (see "Banking" below).

         7.       Causes to have printed and maintains inventory of issue       
                  related forms, Contracts and endorsements.

B.       BILLING AND COLLECTION

         1.       Receives purchases payments and reconciles amount paid with   
                  returned billing statements or other remittance media.

         2.       Prepares and mails confirmation statement of purchase payments
                  to Contract owners with copies to registered representatives/ 
                  agents, if requested.

         3.       Updates the Contract owner master records and other records to
                  reflect   payments   received,    and   performs    accounting
                  distribution of each payment received.

         4.       Deposits cash received under the Contracts into a designated  
                  bank account (see "Banking" below).

         5.       Transmits daily accounting and bank transfer authorization    
                  summaries prepared for each valuation period.

         6.       Prepares individual bills or group billing lists for all     
                  periodic payment Contracts (confirmation can double as billing
                  statement, if desired).

C.       BANKING

         1.       Microfilms all checks, balances, edits, endorses and prepares 
                  daily deposit.

         2.       Deposits are placed into depository account.

         3.       Transfers funds from the depository account to the applicable 
                  Account.

         4.       On dishonored items, reverses transactions, prepares reports, 
                  and communicates with Contract owner.

         5.       Receives Funds from Accounts for transfer into disbursement   
                  account and tax withholding account.

         6.       Prepares disbursement checks (see "Disbursement" below).

         7.       Prepares daily cash journal summary reports and transmits by  
                  facsimile transmission.  Mails detail of activity.

D.       ACCOUNTING/AUDITING

         1.       Provides  information  necessary to post accounting entries to
                  the general account ledger,  including  amounts  withheld from
                  annuity payments for taxes.

         2.       Generates accounting information necessary to post entries to 
                  Separate Account ledgers.

         3.       Prepares daily accounting reports for Contracts maintained on 
                  the system.

         4.       Determines the "Net Amount Available for Investment."

         5.       Retains  systems   generated  reports  in  accordance  with  a
                  retention  schedule  mutually established.  Provides access to
                  such reports for internal and external auditing.

         6.       Cooperates on annual audit of Separate Accounts financial     
                  conducted for purposes of financial statement certification  
                  and publication. Accommodates other client or regulatory      
                  audits, as required.

E.       PRICING/VALUATION

         1.       Receives  information  needed in determining  Separate Account
                  unit values from the Investment  Company transfer agent.  This
                  information   includes  the  daily  net  asset  value  of  the
                  underlying   Investment  Company  and  any  capital  gains  or
                  dividend distribution made by the Investment Company.

         2.       Performs unit valuation procedure for accumulation and annuity
                  (payout)  unit  values  for the  Separate  Account  based upon
                  valuation information from the Investment Company.

         3.       Performs valuation of annuity reserves, minimum death         
                  benefits, contingency reserves, etc., associated with the     
                  variable annuity contracts.

F.       CONTRACT OWNER SERVICE/RECORD MAINTENANCE

         1.       Processes   Contract   owner   service   requests,   including
                  information requests,  beneficiary changes, transfer of assets
                  between eligible investment vehicles, and changes of any other
                  information maintained on the system.

         2.       Researches inquiries using both data stored in the system and 
                  microfilm records.  Responds directly to questions or         
                  inquiries relating to transaction records or current account  
                  value.

         3.       Prepares a set of daily journals confirming changes made to   
                  participant, annuitant, or Contract owner accounts. Microfilms
                  copies of communications from participants, annuitants, and   
                  Contract owners.

G.       DISBURSEMENT (SURRENDERS, BORROWINGS, CLAIMS)

         1.       Notifies Contract owners of qualified minimum distribution    
                  regulations at appropriate time.

         2.       Receives  requests  for  partial or full  surrenders,  minimum
                  distributions,  partial  withdrawals  and  death  claims  from
                  Contract   owners  and   beneficiaries.   Calculates   minimum
                  distributions using software supplied by NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL
                  LIFE. Accounts for any Contract administrative charge.

         3.       Processes minimum distribution, surrender and partial         
                  withdrawal requests and death claims against the participant  
                  master files.

         4.       Prepares checks for surrenders, partial withdrawals, and death
                  claims and forwards to Contract owner, annuitant, or          
                  designated payee.

         5.       Prepares and mails confirmation statements of disbursement    
                  transactions to Contract owners with copies to registered     
                  representatives/agents, if requested.

         6.       Prepares report on surrenders, partial withdrawals, and death 
                  claims.

         7.       Reviews, causes to have printed, and maintains adequate supply
                  of checks.

H.       COMMISSIONS

         1.       Creates and maintains detailed commission transaction records 
                  for each financial transaction processed.

         2.       Creates commission adjustment transactions, as necessary, due 
                  to cancellations, lapses, and the like.

         3.       Prepares commission statements and checks, if required.

         4.       Prepares commission interface to Insurance Company in machine 
                  readable form, as required.

         5.       Creates agent tax reporting forms, as required at date of this
                  agreement.

I.       ANNUITY BENEFIT PROCESSING

         1.       Receives information with respect to annuitants going into the
                  annuity (payout) phase.

         2.       Calculates the amount of the initial annuity payment for      
                  variable payout based on tables supplied by the Insurance 
                  Company.

         3.       Deducts applicable premium taxes.

         4.       Processes annuity reserve adjustments instructed by the       
                  Insurance Company.

         5.       Calculates annuity reserves.

J.       PROXY PROCESSING

         1.       Receives record date information and proxy solicitation from  
                  Investment Companies.

         2.       Prepares proxy cards.

         3.       Mails one annual solicitation (and Resolicitations, if       
                  necessary).

         4.       Maintains proxy registers and other required proxy material.

K.       PERIODIC REPORTS TO CONTRACT OWNERS

         1.       Collates information necessary to prepare semi-annual reports 
                  for Separate Accounts.

         2.       Inserts and mails statement of Account to each participant,   
                  annuitant, or Contract owner.

         3.       Prepares and mails statement of Account to each participant,  
                  annuitant, or Contract owner.

L.       REGULATORY STATEMENT REPORTS

         1.       Collates relevant financial information for preparation of    
                  convention blanks for Accounts.

         2.       Prepares IRS Reports 1099-R, W-2P, and 5498 as required for   
                  Contract owners who made contributions or received annuity    
                  payments or distributions. Mails to Contract owners and IRS. 

         3.       Maintains Taxpayer  Identification Numbers for Contract owners
                  and performs withholding and backup withholding as required by
                  the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder.

         4.       Responds to requests from plan administrators or trustees for 
                  information affecting the plan or participants for qualified  
                  plans.

         5.       Provides relevant financial data for preparation of the Annual
                  SEC Report for Separate Accounts under the Investment Company 
                  Act of 1940.

M.       PREMIUM TAXES

         1.       Collects and accounts for premium taxes as appropriate.

         2.       Prepares and maintains premium tax records by Contract owner  
                  and by state.

N.       FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT REPORTS

         Sends the reports  listed below to the Insurance  Company  within three
         business days after the anticipated production dates:

         Item                                 Production Dates

         General Distributor
              Compensation Statement..........1st and 15th            each month
         Commissions Statement................1st and 15th            each month
         Commissions Check Register...........1st and 15th            each month
         Commissions Proofs...................1st and 15th            each month
         Cash Recap Report....................Daily
         Agents' Negative Balance
              Listing.........................1st and 15th            each month
         Commissions Suspended
              File Listing....................1st and 15th            each month
         Agent Balance Forward Net
              Change Report...................1st and 15th            each month


         Item                                 Production Dates

         Annuity Commissions
              Transactions not Processed......1st and 15th            each month
         Agent Summary Listing................1st and 15th            each month
         NWNL Detail Production Report
              by Region/Division..............End of the month
         Report Listing contracts
              where Owner and Annuitant
              differ..........................End of the month
         Daily Price Report...................Daily
         Daily Production Report..............Daily
         As of Transactions Report............Daily
         Annuity Masterfile Update............Daily
         Annuity New Policy Register..........Daily
         Gain and Loss Report.................Daily
         Cash Recap Supersheet................Daily
         Unit Value Supersheet................Daily
         Address Change Report................Daily
         Nightly Pricing Sheet................Daily
         Cash Transfers on Fixed
              Account.........................Daily
         Checks for Asset Charges,
              Sales Charges, Liquidations 
              and State Taxes.................End of the month
         Monthly Processing Report
              for NWNL........................4th of each month

C.       AGENT LICENSE RECORDKEEPING

         1.       Receives agent license status information from Insurance      
                  Company, if required:

                  (a)    New Agents
                  (b)    Changes in Status
                  (c)    Agents Terminated

         2.       Establishes, maintains, or deletes agent records on computer  
                  system, if required.

         3.       Edits against agent records when processing transactions      
                  against a Contract.

P.       OPTIONAL SERVICES AS AGREED UPON FROM TIME FOR ADDITIONAL FEES

         1.   Billing and Collection

                  (a)      Prepares pre-authorized checks("PAC"). Causes to have
                           printed and maintains supply of PAC authorization    
                           forms.

                  (b)      Generates and deposits PAC's on appropriate schedule.

         2.       Asset Balancing for Separate Accounts

                  (a)      Collect the number of Investment Company shares from 
                           the Investment Company transfer agent.

                  (b)      Compares  assets  (Investment  Company  market value,
                           accrued    dividend/capital   gains)   to   liability
                           (participant  value which is total amount  multiplied
                           by Separate Account unit value).

                  (c)      Calculates daily asset charge for Insurance Company.

                  (d)      Redeems asset charges periodically and remits to     
                           Insurance Company.



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C
                                  FEE SCHEDULE


<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                                  FEE SCHEDULE


o        Policy Administration Fee - An annual fee charged for the ongoing      
         maintenance of each policy.

          Policies                         Cost Per Policy

          First 25,000                     $30.00
          Next 25,000                      $28.00


o        Out-of-pocket Expenses - Expenses billed at cost but not limited to the
         following:

                  - postage
                  - printing
                  - overnight pouch/freight
                  - telephone
                  - electronic funds transfer


o    Minimum Monthly Fees - No minimum

         The minimum  monthly fee is required  to cover  staffing  and  start-up
         expenses.  This fee will be invoked if the  policy  administration  fee
         does not exceed the minimum monthly fee.

o        Ongoing  Support  -  Cost  of  programming  for  additional   products,
         services, and modifications billed according to time and materials.  On
         this basis,  an estimate of the job to be completed would be made prior
         to  commencement.  Time and  materials  costs are  billed as the job is
         completed, with the maximum being the original estimate.



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D
                     AUTHORIZED INSURANCE COMPANY PERSONNEL


NWNL Law Division Legal Staff

Vice President, Individual Insurance Operations Select Annuity

Compliance Coordinator Director, Policy Services

Manager of Qualified Plans, Annuities and Variable Products


<PAGE>


                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT



         THIS  AGREEMENT is made this 6th day of May, 1991, by and between STATE
STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY ("State Street") and VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, 
INC. ("Vantage").

         WHEREAS, State Street is a party to that certain Agreement dated August
1, 1983 (the "Agreement") with NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the
"Client")  wherein State Street agreed to perform  certain  annuity  accounting,
record keeping and service functions (the "Services") for the Client;

         WHEREAS,   Vantage  is  also  in  the  business  of  providing  annuity
accounting,  recordkeeping  and service  functions  and desires to acquire the
rights and assume the obligations of State Street under the Agreement;

         WHEREAS,  the  Agreement  is  assignable  by its terms upon the written
consent of the Client, and such consent has been obtained.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

         1. State Street hereby  assigns the Agreement and all of State Street's
rights and obligations under the Agreement to Vantage, effective May 6th, 1991.

         2.  Vantage  accepts  the  assignment  of the  Agreement  and agrees to
perform all of State Street's  obligations  under the Agreement  required to be
performed on or after the effective date hereof.

         3. Vantage and State Street shall  reimburse  and hold Client  harmless
for and from all costs  resulting from transfer of the Services which the Client
would not have otherwise incurred.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed on their behalf by their duly authorized  representatives as of the day
and year first above written.

                                    VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

                                    By:      /s/ Paul D. Carter, Jr.
                                    Name:    Paul D. Carter, Jr.
                                    Title:   Senior Vice President


                                    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                                    By:      /s/ A. E. Allinson
                                    Name:    A. E. Allinson
                                    Title:   Executive Vice President





<PAGE>


                                    ADDENDUM

Effective May 6, 1991, Northwestern National Life Insurance Company ("NNL") and
Vantage Computer System, Inc. ("Vantage") of Kansas City, Missouri,  assignee of
State Street Bank and Trust Company,  hereby amend the  Administrative  Services
Agreement dated August 1, 1983 (the "Agreement"), as follows:

         1. EXHIBIT C to the Agreement is amended so as to read in its entirety 
in accordance with the attached Exhibit C.

         2. The term of the  Agreement  in hereby  extended to May 5, 1992,  and
thereafter shall continue in effect until terminated as hereafter provided.

         3. Article 3  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF VANTAGE

Vantage represents and warrants to NNL as follows:

         3.01  It is a  corporation  duly  organized  and  existing  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         3.02 It is  empowered  under  applicable  laws and by its  charter  and
bylaws to enter into and perform the services contemplated in the Agreement.

         3.03 All requisite  Corporate  proceedings have been taken to authorize
it to enter into and perform the services contemplated in this Agreement.

         3.04 It has and  will  continue  to have  and  maintain  the  necessary
facilities, equipment, and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under
this Agreement.

         4.   New Section 8.02 is added to the Agreement and shall read in its  
entirety as follows:

         8.02 Upon request by the California Commissioner of Insurance,  Vantage
will furnish the California  Commissioner  of Insurance with any  information or
reports in  connection  with  services  furnished by Vantage  hereunder,  to the
extent that such services  pertain to NNL's variable life insurance  operations
in the State of California.  Vantage will provide access to the  Commissioner of
Insurance of any state having  jurisdiction to the books and records  maintained
hereunder  for the  purpose of  examination,  audit and  inspection.  NNL shall
reimburse  Vantage for all of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with
Vantage's duties under this Section 8.02.

         5.   Section 9.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its    
entirety as follows:

                                      -1-

         9.01 This Agreement may be terminated by either party  effective at any
time after May 5, 1992,  upon at least  ninety (90) days  written  notice to the
other party; provided, however, that either party may immediately terminate this
Agreement if its continued  performance  hereunder  would violate any law, rule,
regulation,  order or decree;  provided,  however,  if NNL has not arranged for
services by a new  administrative  agent after having made a good faith  effort,
the Agreement shall be continued for another ninety (90) days.

         6.   New section 9.04 in added to the Agreement and shall read in its  
entirety as follows:

         9.04 If  Vantage  desires  to  increases  its fees or  charges to NNL,
change the manner of payment  or change any other  provision  of this  Agreement
effective  after May 5, 1992,  Vantage  shall give NNL at least sixty (60) days
advance  written  notice of such increase or change.  If Vantage and NNL do not
agree to fees and charges or the manner of payment or other change  within sixty
(60) days after such notice is given by Vantage,  this Agreement shall terminate
at the and of the sixty (60) day  period.  If NNL shall so request in  writing,
Vantage shall  continue to provide the services  described  herein to NNL for a
period of three (3)  months  following  such  termination,  such  service  to be
provided in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and Vantage shall have
the right to increase the fees in effect  immediately  preceding such sixty (60)
day  period by a  percentage  not to.  exceed  the  percentage  increase  in the
consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers  (1982-4=100)" for Kansas City, Mo.
- - Kan.  "All  Items"  since  the later of (a) May 6, 1991 or (b) the date of the
last increase in fees pursuant to this Section 9.04.

         7.  Section 15.03 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

         15.03 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted
under the laws of the State of Missouri.

         8.  A new Article 16 is added to the Agreement to read as follows:

                           Article 16 - Additional Covenants

         16.01 This Agreement shall be retained as part of the official  records
of both  parties  for its  duration  and six (6) years  thereafter,  or for such
longer period as may be required by law.

         16.02 In states where  required,  when a policy,  contract,  or annuity
(the  "policy")  is issued to a trustee or trustees  after May 5, 1991,  Vantage
will  request a copy of the trust  agreement  and any  amendments  thereto to be
furnished to it in conjunction  with the  application  for such policy.  Vantage

                                      -2-

will from time to time  advise  NNL of the  states  to which  this  requirement
applies.  NNL agrees to notify its agents in such states of these requirements.
Upon receipt of such trust agreements and any amendments  thereto,  Vantage will
retain such  documents as part of the  official  records of Vantage and NNL for
the  duration  of such  policies  and six years  thereafter,  or for such longer
period as may be required by law.

         16.03 Vantage shall  maintain at its principal  administrative  office,
for the  duration of this  Agreement  and six (6) years  thereafter  or for such
longer  period as may be  required  by law,  the  records  retained  pursuant to
Article  8.01.  Such records may be  maintained  an  microfiche,  microfilm,  in
computer  code, or in such other format or media as NNL shall from time to time
instruct Vantage in writing.

         16.04 Any  policies,  certificates,  booklets,  termination  notices or
other  written  communications  delivered by NNL to Vantage for delivery to the
insureds shall be delivered by Vantage  promptly  after receipt of  instructions
from NNL to do so.

         16.05 The payment to Vantage of any  premiums or charges for  insurance
by or on behalf of an insured shall be deemed to have been received by NNL, and
the payment of return  premiums or claims by NNL to Vantage shall not be deemed
payment to the  insured or claimant  until such  payments  are  received by such
insured or claimant.

         16.06 Vantage will hold in a fiduciary capacity all insurance  charges 
or  premiums collected  by it on behalf of or for NNL with respect to insureds,
and return  premiums  received  from NNL.  Vantage  will immediately remit such
funds to the person or persons entitled thereto, or shall promptly deposit them 
in a fiduciary  account in a federally  insured  financial institution  approved
by NNL,  which shall be established  and  maintained  by Vantage in the name of
NNL. Vantage shall periodically  render an accounting to NNL  detailing  all  
transactions  performed by Vantage with respect to such account.  Vantage  shall
require  the bank in which such fiduciary  account is maintained to keep records
clearly  recording the deposits and withdrawals  from such account on behalf of 
or for each insurer.  Vantage shall promptly obtain and keep copies of such     
records and upon  request of NNL,  furnish NNL with copies of such records    
pertaining to deposits and withdrawals on behalf of or for NNL.  Vantage may   
make withdrawals from such account for:

         a.   remittance to NNL in accordance with NNL's written instruction(s);

         b.   transfer to and deposit in a claims paying account, with claims to
be paid as provided in paragraph 16.07 below;

                                      -3-

         c.   remittance of return premium to the person or persons entitled    
thereto.

         16.07 All surrenders or claims paid by Vantage from funds  collected on
behalf of NNL shall be paid only on checks or drafts of and as authorized by 
NNL.

         16.08 Vantage shall  provide a written  notice to the insured  advising
them of the identity of and  relationship  among Vantage,  the insured and NNL.
Under this  Agreement,  Vantage  will not collect  amounts  other than  premiums
directly from NNL's insureds.  When Vantage collects  premiums from an insured,
Vantage will provide the insured with written  notice of the premium  charged by
NNL for such insurance coverage.

         16.09 The parties  acknowledge  that the insurance  policies subject to
the services performed under this Agreement are underwritten by NNL.

         16.10 Whenever required by a state, Vantage shall maintain a deposit or
a bond in favor of such state to be held in trust for the benefit and protection
of insureds and insurers whose money Vantage handles.

         16.11   With respect to Wyoming residents, Vantage will not:

         a.   solicit applications for insurance or annuities for NNL, negotiate
insurance or annuities on behalf of NNL, or carry out and countersign insurance
policies unless licensed in Wyoming as an agent;

         b.   an behalf of NNL, for compensation or fee, solicit, negotiate or 
procure insurance or the renewal or continuance hereof for Wyoming insureds or  
prospective insureds unless licensed in Wyoming as a broker;

         c.   adjust claims in Wyoming for NNL by investigating and negotiating
settlements unless licensed in Wyoming as an adjuster, or an agent or broker who
adjusts or assists in the adjustment of losses arising under policies  issued by
the insurers  represented  by that agent or through that broker.  Nothing herein
shall be  interpreted  as to prohibit  Vantage from engaging in  ministerial  or
clerical activities relating to the payment of claims.

         9.   Article 10 is deleted in its entirety.

         10.  Subject to this Addendum, the Agreement shall continue in full
force and effect.

                                      -4-

Dated this 9th day of May, 1991.



                         VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

                         By:     /s/ Paul D. Carter, Jr.
                         Name:   Paul D. Carter, Jr.
                         Title:  Senior Vice President

                         NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE
                         COMPANY

                         By:     /s/ Judy Lissick
                         Name:   Judy Lissick
                         Title:  Assistant Vice President

                         By:     /s/ Paul R. Chapman
                         Name:   Paul R. Chapman
                         Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                      -5-

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C
                         VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                            FULL SERVICE FEE SCHEDULE
                     EFFECTIVE MAY 6, 1991 THRU MAY 5, 1992


A)       PROCESSING CHARGES:

         1)       ACTIVE CONTRACT SERVICE FEES:

                                                     ANNUAL SERVICE FEE
                  ACTIVE CONTRACT VOLUME             PER ACTIVE CONTRACT

                  First 10,000 Contracts             $30.00 per Contract
                  Next 15,000 Contracts               27.00 per Contract
                  Next 25,000 Contracts               26.00 per Contract
                  Next 50,000 Contracts               25.00 per Contract
                  Over 100,000 Contracts              24.00 per Contract

                  ACTIVE  CONTRACTS are defined as those which contained  assets
                  during the  billing  month or on the last  working  day of the
                  billing month are in one of the following statuses:

                  -        Active (0)
                  -        Pending (4)

                  If a contract is in a status of Pending (4) and the reason for
                  being pended is 1035  Exchange,  then the contract WILL NOT be
                  considered active.

                  MINIMUM MONTHLY ACTIVE CONTRACT SERVICE FEE:  The minimum     
                  monthly active contract service fee schedule is as follows:

                  For the first year of service  $10,000.00  
                  For the second year of service $15,000.00 
                  For the third year of service $20,000.00

                  Monthly,  Vantage  will  bill  1/12th  of  the  annual  active
                  contract service fee or the above minimum monthly service fee,
                  whichever is greater.

                  INACTIVE  CONTRACTS  will be  charged  an annual fee of $1.92.
                  Inactive  contracts  are  defined  as those  in the  following
                  status at the beginning and end of the billing month:

                  - Closed (3)

                  Monthly,  Vantage will bill  one-twelfth  (1/12) of the annual
                  inactive contract service fee for contracts that were inactive
                  at the beginning and end of the billing month.

B)       OTHER CHARGES

         1)       Charges incurred upon NNL's written request for the following
                  will be at standard Vantage Time and Materials rates:

                  o        Systems Interfaces          o        Training Classes
                  o        Customizations              o        Model Office
                  o        Addition of New Plans       o        ADHoc Reports *
                  o        Conversion Activities

                  *        At Vantage's  discretion,  when Easytrieve is used as
                           the programming  language of choice,  the charge will
                           be $250.00 per new program written.

         2)       Proxy Processing Fee - $200.00 per month for tabulation       
                  services.

         3)       Application Processing Fees - The one-time charge per applica-
                  tion processed is as follows:

                  APPLICATION VOLUME                 CHARGE PER APPLICATION
                      All                               $0


OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES:

In  addition  to the fees set  forth  above,  Vantage  will  bill  out-of-pocket
expenses as they are incurred.  Out-of-pocket  expenses are expenditures for the
items such as those listed below and any other items agreed to by the parties:

1.       Cost of  printing  blank  stock  and the cost of  set-up  and  printing
         (including per impression costs) confirmation statements, contract file
         folders, checks, contract pages,  specification pages, envelopes, proxy
         or voting instruction  cards,  quarterly  statements,  separate account
         semi-annual  statements,  individual  and  list  bills,  and any  other
         required forms or reports.

2.       Cost of  postage  for  mailing  these  forms,  reports,  contracts  and
         prospectuses  to owners or agents,  and cost for postage and  overnight
         express  delivery  requested  by NNL for any  other  communication  to
         policyowners or the parties to the Service Agreement.

3.       The  cost  of  long  distance   telephone  calls  and  facsimile  (Fax)
         transmissions  to  or  from  policyowners.  All  long  distance  calls 
         and facsimile transmissions to NNL shall be made on toll-free numbers 
         provided by NNL. Costs of any lines installed at NNL's request for   
         communication between the parties to this Agreement, including CRT's   
         and related mini-computer equipment. Costs of telecommunication lines  
         and equipment installed to provide primary and backup support for on-  
         line access to the administrative system, including transmission capa-
         bilities between mainframes. Vantage will not recover costs related to 
         its unilateral installation of equipment without NNL's consent. 

4.       Cost of microfilm and microfiche equipment and supplies and the cost of
         transferring all necessary information to microfilm and/or microfiche.

5.       Normal and reasonable travel, meal and lodging expenses incurred at    
         NNL's request during Vantage's performance of the Service Agreement.

6.       Cost of  equipment  (including  maintenance)  which is  provided  to or
         obtained by Vantage and installed at NNL's offices in Minneapolis  for
         purposes of the Service Agreement.  Client will be responsible for such
         costs including  costs under Vantage leases and maintenance  agreements
         with third parties for such equipment, including leases and maintenance
         agreements which may extend beyond the termination or expiration of the
         Service Agreement.

7.       Costs involved with off-site storage requested by NNL for client       
         records, documents, correspondence and other items.

<PAGE>


                               AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

This  Amendment is made this 6th day of February  1992,  by and between  Vantage
Computer  Systems,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  ("Vantage") and Northwestern
National Life Insurance Company ("NNL").

WHEREAS,  Vantage is performing certain recordkeeping and other services for NNL
pursuant to an  agreement  dated  August 1, 1983  between  State Street Bank and
Trust  Company  ("State  Street")  and  NNL  as  amended  on May  7,  1991  (the
"Agreement")  which was  assigned by State  Street to Vantage on or about May 9,
1991;

WHEREAS pursuant to the Agreement, Vantage in servicing certain policyholders of
NNL in the state of Arizona and as a result,  is required  to be  registered  in
that state as a third party administrator ("TPA");

WHEREAS the Arizona  Department  of Insurance is requiring  Vantage to amend the
Agreement as set out below to comply with such state's  statutory  requirements;
and

WHEREAS  NNL  desires  that the  Agreement  be amended so as to comply  with the
Arizona statutory requirements.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

         1.       NNL shall provide written notice of change,  cancellation,  or
                  termination  of the Agreement to the Director of Insurance for
                  the State of Arizona in compliance  with Section  20-485.01(B)
                  of the Arizona Statutes.

         2.       All other  provisions of the Agreement,  except as modified by
                  this  Amendment,  shall  remain in full force and  effect,  in
                  accordance with their terms.

In witness  hereof,  the parties  have caused this  Amendment  to be executed on
their behalf by duly  authorized  representatives  as of the date first  written
above.

Vantage Computer Systems, Inc.      Northwestern National Life
                                    Insurance Company

By:     /s/ Paul D. Carter, Jr.     By:     /s/ Judy Lissick
Name:   Paul D. Carter, Jr.         Name:   Judy Lissick
Title:  Senior Vice President       Title:  2nd Vice President

                                    By:     /s/ Paul R. Chapman
                                    Name:   Paul R. Chapman
                                    Title:  2nd Vice President



<PAGE>


Section 20.485.01.  Written agreement; provisions; maintenance of records

A. No person may act as an  administrator  and no  administrator  may  collect a
premium without a written  agreement between the person as administrator and the
insurer for whom the services are  rendered.  Such  written  agreement  shall be
retained  as  part  of  the  official  records  of  both  the  insurer  and  the
administrator for the duration of the agreement and for five years thereafter.

B. The  written  agreement  shall  contain  provisions  which  include  the
requirements  of  Sections   20.485.03   through   20.485.10   except  as  those
requirements do not apply to the functions  performed by the administrator.  The
agreement  shall include a provision that the insurer shall provide thirty days'
written  notice to the  administrator  of  termination  or  cancellation  of the
agreement.  The agreement  shall also include a provision that the insurer shall
provide  fifteen  day's  written  notice  to  the  director  of  termination  or
cancellation or any other change in the agreement.

C. If a policy is issued to a trustee or trustees, a copy of the trust agreement
and any amendments to such  agreements  shall be furnished to the insurer by the
administrator  and shall be retained as part of the official records of both the
insurer and the  administrator for the duration of the policy and for five years
thereafter.
<PAGE>


                                 SECOND ADDENDUM

Effective June 5, 1992, Northwestern National Life Insurance ("NNL") and Vantage
Computer  System,  Inc.,  assignee of State Street Bank and Trust  Company      
("Vantage")  of Kansas City,  Missouri  hereby amend the Service Agreement dated
August 2, 1983 as amended by addendum  dated May 6, 1991 and as further  amended
by  the  Amendment  Agreement  dated  February  6,  1992  (the "Agreement") as  
follows:

1)       The term of the Agreement is hereby extended to June 4, 1995, subject  
         to renewal thereafter as provided in section 1.01 of the Agreement.

2)       Section 9.01 is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

         This Agreement may be terminated by either party  effective at any time
         after June 4, 1995,  upon ninety (90) days written  notice to the other
         party;  provided,  however, that either party may immediately terminate
         this Agreement if its continued performance hereunder would violate any
         law, rule, regulation,  order or decree; provided, however, if NNL has
         not arranged for  services by a new  administrative  agent after having
         made a good faith effort,  the Agreement shall be continued for another
         ninety (90) days.

3)       Effective June 5, 1992,  Agreement Exhibit B in hereby Amended so as to
         read in its entirety in accordance with the attached Exhibit B.

4)       Effective June 5, 1992,  Agreement Exhibit C is hereby Amended so as to
         read in its entirety in accordance with the attached Exhibit C.

5)       Subject to this Addendum, the Agreement shall continue in full force   
         and effect.

         Dated this 4th day of June, 1992.

                                       VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

                                       By:     /s/ Paul D. Carter, Jr.

                                       Name:   Paul D. Carter, Jr.

                                       Title:  Senior Vice President


                                       NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                       INSURANCE COMPANY

                                       By:     /s/ Judy Lissick

                                       Name:   Judy Lissick

                                       Title:  2nd Vice President


                                       By:     /s/ Paul R. Chapman

                                       Name:   Paul R. Chapman

                                       Title:  2nd Vice President

                                       1
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B
                             ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

                                                              CURRENT
DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD A.       ISSUANCE OF CONTRACT                        (IF KNOWN)

5 bus. days       1.       Reviews form of application,       5 bus. days
total                      applies issuance criteria to       total
                           application for annuity
                           Contract.

5 bus. days       2.       Notifies dealer/agent of           5 bus. days
total                      error or missing data              total
                           needed to establish
                           participant, annuitant or
                           Contract owner records.

5 bus. days       3.       If issuance criteria are           5 bus. days
total                      met, prepares Contract data        total
                           page, prepares issued Contract, 
                           and mails to Contract owners
                           or registered representatives/
                           agents.

5 bus. days       4.       Established and maintains          5 bus. days
total                      participant, annuitant, and        total -
                           Contract owner records, as         microfiche
                           applicable, on authorized          is a 3-day
                           storage/retrieval systems.         out-of-file
                                                              process

Print as          5.       Cause to have printed and
needed (w/o                maintains supply of confirma-
depleting supply)          tion statements.  Prepares
Mails w/in                 and mails confirmation
2 bus. days                statements of purchases to
                           Contract owners with copies
                           to registered representa-
                           tives/agents, if required.

Daily             6.       Deposits monies received           Daily
                           with application into the
                           designated Account (see
                           "Banking" below).

Provides 6        7.       Causes to have printed and         Same
weeks supply/              maintains inventory of issue
order lag                  related forms, Contracts and
                           endorsements.

           B.     BILLING AND COLLECTION

1 bus. day        1.       Receives purchases payments        Same
                           and reconciles amount paid
                           with returned billing
                           statements or other
                           remittance media.

2 bus. day        2.       Prepares and mails                 Same
after                      confirmation statement of
transaction                purchase payments to Contract
                           owner with copies to
                           registered representatives/
                           agents, if required.

1 bus. day        3.       Updates the Contract owner         Same
                           master records and other
                           records to reflect payments
                           received, and performs
                           accounting distribution or
                           each payment received.

daily             4.       Deposits cash received             Daily
                           under the Contracts into a
                           designated bank account
                           (see "Banking" below).

                                       2
DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD                                                      (IF KNOWN)

daily             5.       Transmits daily accounting         Daily
                           and banking transfer
                           authorization summaries
                           prepared for each valuation
                           period.

Produced          6.       Prepares individual bills or       Produced
weekly                     group billing lists for all        weekly
Mailed 1 bus.              periodic payment Contracts
day after                  (confirmation can double
                           as billing statement, if
                           desired).

          C.      BANKING

                  1.       Microfilms all checks.
                           Balances, edits, endorses,
                           and prepares daily deposit.

                  2.       Deposits are placed into
                           depository account.

                  3.       Transfers funds from the
                           depository account to the
                           applicable Account.

                  4.       On dishonored items,
                           reverses transactions,
                           prepares reports, and
                           communicates with Contract
                           owner.

                  5.       Receives Funds from
                           Accounts for transfer into
                           disbursement account and
                           tax withholding account.

                  6.       Prepares disbursement checks
                           (see "Disbursement") below.

                  7.       Prepares daily cash journal
                           summary reports and transmits
                           by facsimile transmission.
                           Mails detail of activity.

          D.       ACCOUNTING/AUDITING

                  1.       Provides information necessary to 
                           post accounting entries to the 
                           general account ledger, including 
                           amounts withheld from annuity 
                           payments for taxes.

                  2.       Generates accounting information
                           necessary to post entries
                           to Separate Account ledgers.

                  3.       Prepares daily accounting
                           reports for Contracts
                           maintained on the system.

                  4.       Determines the "Net Amount
                           Available for Investment".

                  5.       Retains systems generated
                           reports in accordance with
                           a retention schedule mutually
                           established.  Provides access
                           to such reports for internal
                           and external auditing.

                                       3
DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD                                                      (IF KNOWN)

                  6.       Cooperates on annual audit
                           of Separate Accounts financial
                           conducted for purposes of
                           financial statement certi-
                           fication and publication.
                           Accommodates other clients
                           or regulatory audits, as
                           required.

         E.       PRICING/VALUATION

                  1.       Receives information needed
                           in determining Separate
                           Account unit values from
                           the Investment Company 
                           transfer agent.  This 
                           information includes the 
                           daily net asset value
                           of the underlying Invest-
                           ment Company and any capital
                           gains or dividend distribu-
                           tion made by the Investment
                           Company.

                  2.       Performs unit valuation procedure
                           for accumulation and annuity 
                           (payout) unit values for the 
                           Separate Account based upon
                           valuation information from the 
                           Investment Company.

                  3.       Performs valuation of
                           annuity reserves, minimum
                           death benefits, contingency
                           reserves, etc. associated
                           with the variable annuity
                           contracts.

         F.       CONTRACT OWNER SERVICE/RECORD MAINTENANCE

Financial         1.       Processes Contract owner           Same
1 bus. day                 service requests, including
non-financial              information requests, bene-
5 bus. days                ficiary changes, transfer of
                           assets between eligible 
                           investment vehicles, and 
                           changes of any other 
                           information maintained on 
                           the system.

7 bus. days       2.       Researches inquiries using         Same
                           both data stored in the system
                           and microfilm records.
                           Responds directly to questions
                           or inquiries relating to
                           transaction records or current
                           account value.

                  3.       Prepares a set of daily            Daily
                           journals confirming changes
                           made to participant, annuitant,
                           or Contract owner accounts.
                           Microfilms copies of commu-
                           nications from participants,
                           annuitants, and Contract
                           owners.

          G.      DISBURSEMENT (SURRENDERS, BORROWINGS,
                  CLAIMS)

Vantage           1.       Notifies Contract owners of        Same
initiates                  minimum distribution regula-
annually in                tions at appropriate time.
November
                                       4

DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD                                                      (IF KNOWN)

2 bus. days       2.       Receives request for partial       Please
                           or full surrenders, minimum        provide
                           distributions, partial             disc. 2
                           withdrawals and death claims       bus. days
                           from Contract owners and
                           beneficiaries.  Calculates
                           minimum distributions using
                           software supplied by NORTH-
                           WESTERN NATIONAL LIFE.
                           Accounts for any Contract
                           administrative charge.

2 bus. days       3.       Processes minimum distribu-        Same
                           tion, surrender and partial
                           withdrawal requests and
                           death claims against the
                           the participant master files.

2 bus. days       4.       Prepares checks for surrenders     Same
after transaction          partial withdrawals, and death 
                           claims and forwards to Contract
                           owner, annuitant, or designated 
                           payee.

                  5.       Prepares and mails confir-         2 bus. days
                           mation statements of dis-          after
                           bursement transactions to          transaction
                           Contract owner with copies
                           to registered representatives/
                           agents, if requested.

monthly           6.       Prepares report on surrenders,     Same
                           partial withdrawals, and death 
                           claims.

as needed w/o     7.       Reviews, causes to have            Same
depleting                  printed, and maintains
                           adequate supply of checks.

         H.       COMMISSIONS

daily             1.       Creates and maintains              Same
                           detailed commission
                           transaction records for
                           each financial transaction
                           processed.

daily             2.       Creates commission                 Same
                           adjustment transactions, as
                           necessary, due to cancel-
                           lations, lapses, and the
                           like.

cut-off 15th      3.       Prepares commission state-         Same
and last day               ments and checks, if required.
of the month

                  4.       Prepares commission inter-         Twice
                           face to Insurance Company          monthly
                           in machine readable form,
                           as required.

                  5.       Creates agent tax reporting
                           forms, as required at date 
                           of this agreement.

          I.       ANNUITY BENEFIT PROCESSING

                   1.       Receives information with         5 bus. days
                            respect to annuitants going       for entire
                            into the annuity (payout)         process
                            phase.

                                       5

DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD                                                      (IF KNOWN)

                   2.       Calculates the amount of
                            the initial annuity payment
                            for variable payout based on
                            tables supplied by the
                            Insurance Company.

                   3.       Deducts applicable premium
                            taxes.

                   4.       Processes annuity reserves
                            adjustments instructed by the
                            Insurance Company.

                   5.       Calculates annuity reserves.

          J.       PROXY PROCESSING

                   1.       Receives record date infor-       12 bus. days
                            mation and proxy solicitation
                            from Investment Companies.

                   2.       Prepares proxy cards.             w/in 12 days

                   3.       Mails one annual solicita-        5 bus. days
                            tion (and Resolications, if
                            necessary).

                   4.       Maintains proxy registers         until cut-
                            and other required proxy          off date
                            material.

           K.      PERIODIC REPORTS TO CONTRACT OWNERS

                   1.       Collates information
                            necessary to prepare semi-
                            annual reports for Separate
                            Accounts.

Produced &         2.       Inserts and mails statement       Same
mailed so                   of Account to each participant,
Contract owner              annuitant, or Contract owner.
receives by
Jan. 31 and
July 31 each
year.
                   3.       Prepares and mails statement
                            of Account to each parti-
                            cipant, annuitant or Contract
                            owner.

          L.       REGULATORY STATEMENT REPORTS

                   1.       Collates relevant financial
                            information for preparation
                            of convention blanks.

1099 by 1/31       2.       Prepares IRS Reports 1099-R       Same
5498 by 5/31                and W-2P and 5498 for
                            contract owners who received
                            annuity payments or distribu-
                            tions.  Mails to Contract
                            owners and IRS.

as required        3.       Maintains  Taxpayer  Identi-      Same
                            fication Numbers for Contract  
                            owners and performs withholding 
                            and backup withholding as 
                            required by the Internal Revenue 
                            Code and regulations thereunder.

                                       6

DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD                                                      (IF KNOWN)

7 bus. days        4.       Responds to requests from         Same
                            plan administrators or
                            trustees for information
                            affecting the plan or
                            participants for qualified
                            plans.

as required        5.       Provides relevant financial       Same
                            data for preparation of the
                            Annual SEC Report for under
                            the Investment Company Act
                            of the 1940.

          M.       PREMIUM TAXES

                   1.       Collects and accounts for
                            premium taxes as
                            appropriate.

                   2.       Prepares and maintains all
                            premium tax records by 
                            Contract owner and by 
                            state.

          N.       FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT REPORTS

3 bus. days        Sends the reports listed below             Same
                   to the Insurance Company within three 
                   business days after the anticipated 
                   PRODUCTION DATES:

ITEM                                   PRODUCTION DATES

General Distributor Compensation       
  Statement                            1st and 15th each month
Commissions Statement                  1st and 15th each month 
Commissions Check Register             1st and 15th each month  
Commissions Proofs                     1st and 15th each month 
Cash Recap Report                      Daily  
Agent's  Negative Balance Listing      1st and 15th each month  
Commissions Suspended File
  Listing                              1st and 15th each month
Agent Balance Forward Net Change
  Report                               1st and 15th each month
Annuity Commissions Transactions
  not Processed                        1st and 15th each month
Agent Summary Listing                  1st and 15th each month
NWNL Detail Production Report
  by Region/Division                   End of each month
Report Listing contracts where
  Owner and Annuitant differ           End of each month
Daily Price Report                     Daily
Daily Production Report                Daily
As of Transactions Report              Daily
Annuity Masterfile Update              Daily
Annuity New Policy Register            Daily
Gain and Loss Report                   Daily
Cash Recap Supersheet                  Daily
Unit Value Supersheet                  Daily
Address Change Report                  Daily
Nightly Pricing sheet                  Daily
Cash Transfers on Fixed Account        Daily
Checks for Asset Charges, Sales
  Charges Liquidations and
  and State Taxes                      End of each month
Monthly Processing Report for
  NWNL                                 End of each month

                                       7

DESIRED                                                       SERVICE
SERVICE                                                       STANDARD
STANDARD                                                      (IF KNOWN)

         O.       AGENT LICENSE RECORDKEEPING

5 bus. days       1.       Receives agent license             Handled by
                           status information from            NWNL
                           Insurance Company, if
                           required:

                           a)      New Agents
                           b)      Changes in Status
                           c)      Agents Terminated

                  2.       Establishes, maintains or          3 bus. days
                           deletes agent records on
                           computer system, if required

                  3.       Edits against agent records        on-going
                           when processing transactions
                           against a Contract.

         P.       OPTIONAL SERVICES AS AGREED UPON FROM TIME
                  TO TIME FOR ADDITIONAL FEES

5 bus. days       1.       Billing and Collection

                           a)      Prepares pre-authorized    5 bus. days
                                   checks ("PAC"). Causes
                                   to have printed and
                                   maintains supply of PAC
                                   authorization forms.

                           b)      Generates and deposits     daily
                                   PAC's on appropriate
                                   schedule.

                  2.       Asset Balancing for Separate
                           Accounts

                           a)      Collect the number of
                                   Investment Company shares
                                   from the Investment
                                   Company transfer agent.

                           b)      Compares assets (Investment
                                   Company market value,
                                   accrued dividend/capital
                                   gains) to liability
                                   (participant value which
                                   is total amount multiplied
                                   by Separate Account unit
                                   value).

                           c)      Calculates daily asset
                                   charge for Insurance
                                   Company.

                           d)      Redeems asset charges
                                   periodically and remits to
                                   Insurance Company, as
                                   required.

                                       8
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C
                         VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                            FULL SERVICE FEE SCHEDULE


A)       PROCESSING CHARGES:

         1)       ACTIVE CONTRACT SERVICE FEES:

                                                     ANNUAL SERVICE FEE
                  ACTIVE CONTRACT VOLUME             PER ACTIVE CONTRACT

                  First 50,000 Contracts             $25.00 per Contract
                  Over 50,000 Contracts              $24.00 per Contract

                  ACTIVE  CONTRACTS are defined as those which contained  assets
                  during the  billing  month or on the last  working  day of the
                  billing month are in one of the following statuses:

                  o        Active (0)
                  o        Pending (4)

                  If a contract is in a status of Pending (4) and the reason for
                  being pended is 1035  Exchange,  then the contract WILL NOT be
                  considered active.

                  MINIMUM MONTHLY ACTIVE CONTRACT SERVICE FEE: The minimum      
                  monthly active contract service fee schedule is as follows:

                  For the first year of service  $10,000.00  
                  For the second year of service $15,000.00 
                  For the third year of service $20,000.00

                  Monthly,  Vantage  will  bill  1/12th  of  the  annual  active
                  contract service fee or the above minimum monthly service fee,
                  whichever is greater.

B)       OTHER CHARGES

         1)       Charges incurred upon NNL's written request for the following 
                  will be at standard Vantage Time and Materials rates:

                  o        Systems Interfaces          o        Training Classes
                  o        Customizations              o        Model Office
                  o        Addition of New Plans       o        ADHoc Reports *
                  o        Conversion Activities

                  *        At Vantage's discretion, when Easytrieve is used as  
                           the programming language of choice, the charge will  
                           be $250.00 per new program written.

         2)       Application Processing Fees -- The one-time charge per appli- 
                  cation processed is $10.00.

                                       9

OUT OF POCKET EXPENSES:

In  addition  to the fees set  forth  above,  Vantage  will  bill  out-of-pocket
expenses as they are incurred.  Out-of-pocket  expenses are expenditures for the
items such as those listed below and any other items agreed to by the parties:

1. Cost of printing  blank stock and the cost of set-up and printing  (including
   per impression costs) confirmation  statements,  contract file folders,      
   checks, contract pages,  specification  pages,  envelopes,  proxy or voting  
   instruction cards, quarterly statements, separate account semi-annual 
   statements, individual and list bills, and any other required forms or 
   reports.

2. Cost of postage for mailing these forms, reports,  contracts and prospectuses
   to owners or agents, and cost for  postage  and  overnight  express  delivery
   requested by NNL for other  communication  to policyowners or the parties to 
   the Service Agreement.

3. The cost of long distance  telephone calls and facsimile (Fax)  transmissions
   to or from policyowners.  All long distance calls and facsimile transmissions
   to NNL shall be made on toll-free numbers provided by NNL. Costs of any lines
   installed  at NNL's  request  for communication  between the parties  to this
   Agreement,  including  CRT's and related mini-computer  equipment.  Costs  of
   telecommunication  lines and equipment installed to provide primary and 
   backup support for on-line access  to  the administrative  system,  including
   transmission  capabilities between  mainframes.  Vantage will not cover costs
   related to its unilateral installation of equipment without NNL's consent.

4. Cost of microfilm and microfiche equipment and supplies and the cost of
   transferring all necessary information to microfilm and/or microfiche.

5. Normal and reasonable travel, meal and lodging expenses incurred at NNL's    
   request during Vantage's performance of the Service Agreement.

6. Cost of equipment (including maintenance) which is provided to or obtained by
   Vantage and installed at NNL's offices in Minneapolis for purposes of the    
   Service Agreement.  Client  will be  responsible  for such costs  including  
   costs under Vantage leases and maintenance agreements with third parties for 
   such equipment, including  leases  and  maintenance  agreements  which  may  
   extend  beyond  the termination or expiration of the Service Agreement.

7. Costs involved with off-site storage requested by NNL for client records,    
   documents, correspondence and other items.

                                       10

<PAGE>

              THIRD AMENDMENT TO ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

         THIS  THIRD  AMENDMENT  TO  ADMINISTRATIVE   SERVICES   AGREEMENT  (the
"Amendment")  dated as of November 1, 1994, is between  Vantage  Computer,  Inc.
("VANTAGE"), and Northwestern National Life Company (the "CLIENT").

         WHEREAS,  VANTAGE  and  the  CLIENT  have  entered  into  that  certain
Administrative Services Agreement between CLIENT and State Street Bank and Trust
Company  dated  August 1, 1983,  assigned to VANTAGE on May 9, 1991,  amended by
Addendum  dated May 6, 1991 and Second  Addendum  dated June 5, 1992 (the "Prior
Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  VANTAGE and CLIENT now desire to amend the Prior Agreement as
herein set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                              SECTION 1 - AMENDMENT

1.1  AMENDMENT OF PRIOR  AGREEMENT.  The Prior  Agreement  is hereby  amended to
include each of the following  provisions set forth in this Section 1. The Prior
Agreement,  as amended by this  Amendment,  is  hereinafter  referred  to as the
"Agreement." In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Prior Agreement
and the terms of this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

1.2  TERMINATION.  Either party may terminate the contract for Cause (as defined
herein)  upon  written  notice sent by  certified  mail to  VANTAGE.  CLIENT and
VANTAGE  must each  fulfill  all lawful  obligations  with  respect to  policies
affected by the Agreement, regardless of any dispute between CLIENT and VANTAGE.
"Cause" shall mean the material  breach of this Agreement by either party or the
material default by either party in any of its duties and obligations hereunder,
which breach or default remains  uncured for thirty (30) days after the receipt
of written notice thereof by the breaching or defaulting party.

         CLIENT  shall  provide  thirty (30) days  written  notice to VANTAGE of
termination or  cancellation  of the agreement as required by applicable law. In
the event the  Agreement is  terminated  for Cause,  the thirty day period shall
commence on the date the notice of breach or default is delivered.  In addition,
CLIENT shall  provide  fifteen  (15) days written  notice to the director of the
Department of Insurance for the State of Arizona of termination or  cancellation
or any other change in the Agreement as required by Arizona law.

1.3 NOTICES TO POLICYHOLDERS.  To the extent required by applicable law, VANTAGE
shall provide a written notice to the insured advising them of the identity of  
and relationship  among VANTAGE,  the insured and CLIENT. If VANTAGE collects
premiums from the insured,  VANTAGE will provide the insured with written notice
of the premium  charged by CLIENT for such  insurance  coverage.  Any  policies,
certificates,  booklets,  termination  notices or other  written  communications
delivered  by CLIENT to  VANTAGE  for  delivery  to its  policyholders  shall be
delivered by VANTAGE  promptly after receipt of  instructions  from CLIENT to do
so.  VANTAGE  shall not  collect  amounts  other than  premiums  directly  from
CLIENT's insureds.

                                       1

1.4 BOOKS AND RECORDS.  VANTAGE  shall  establish  and maintain  facilities  and
procedures  for the  safekeeping  of policy  forms,  check  forms and  facsimile
signature imprinting devices, if any, and all other documents, reports, records,
books,   files,  and  other  materials   relative  to  this  Agreement  and  all
transactions  between VANTAGE,  CLIENT, and which shall include the identity and
addresses of policyholders  and certificate  holders  (collectively,  "Books and
Records").  VANTAGE  shall  maintain  the Books  and  Records  at its  principal
administrative  office,  for the duration of this  Agreement  and seven years or
such longer period as may be required by law thereafter,  and in accordance with
prudent standards of recordkeeping and as required by applicable law.

1.5 ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RECORDS.  CLIENT and any applicable insurance regulator 
shall have full and free access,  during  ordinary  business hours, to the Books
and  Records,  which  shall be in a form usable by them.  CLIENT and  applicable
insurance regulator shall keep confidential any of VANTAGE'S  confidential  
information or trade secrets  contained in the Books and Records,  provided that
the applicable insurance regulator may use such information in a proceeding  
instituted against CLIENT or VANTAGE.

         CLIENT or its duly authorized independent auditors have the right under
this  Agreement  to perform  on-site  audits of the Books and  Records  directly
pertaining  to the  Contracts  serviced by  VANTAGE'S  Facilities  hereunder  at
VANTAGE'S Facilities in accordance with reasonable  procedures and at reasonable
frequencies.  CLIENT shall  reimburse  VANTAGE for all of its costs and expenses
(including  personnel  time and  materials)  incurred  in  connection  with such
audits.

         In  addition,  Section 8.02 of the  Addendum  dated May 6, 1991,  shall
remain in effect.

1.6      DESCRIPTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.

         a. VANTAGE shall maintain  detailed books and records that reflect all
            administered transactions specifically in regard to premiums,       
            premium taxes, agent's commissions, administrator's fees,           
            contributions received and deposited and claims and authorized 
            expenses paid. To the extent described in Exhibit B, the books and  
            records should be kept as detailed therein. Otherwise, the          
            provisions below shall apply.

         b. The detailed  preparation, journalizing,  and posting of such books
            and records shall be made in accordance  with the terms and        
            conditions of the service agreement between VANTAGE and CLIENT, and,
            if applicable, in accordance with ERISA, as amended and to enable   
            the insurer to complete the National Association of Insurance       
            Commissioners' annual financial statement.

         c. VANTAGE shall maintain a cash receipts register of all premiums or  
            contributions received.  The minimum detail required in the register
            shall be: date received and deposited, the mode of payment, the     
            policy number, name of group policyholder and names of certificate  
            holders and individual premium amounts and agent.

         d. The description of a disbursement  shall be in sufficient  detail to
            identify the source document substantiating the purpose of the      
            disbursement, and shall include all of the following:  (i) the check
            number;  (ii) the date of disbursement;  (iii) the  person  to whom 
            the disbursement was made; (iv) the amount disbursed, and (v) ledger
            account number.  If the amount disbursed does not agree with the    
            amount billed or authorized,  VANTAGE shall prepare a written
            record as to the application for the  disbursement.  If the         
            disbursement is for the earned administrative fee or commission, the
            disbursement shall be supported by evidential matter. The evidential
            matters must be referenced in the journal entry so that it may be   
            traced for verification.

                                       2

         e. VANTAGE shall prepare and maintain monthly financial institution    
            account reconciliations if such service is requested by CLIENT.

         f. VANTAGE  shall  render   accounts  to  the  CLIENT   detailing  all 
            transactions  and remit all money due to the CLIENT under the       
            contract to the CLIENT at least monthly.  VANTAGE will  periodically
            render an  accounting to the CLIENT detailing all transactions      
            performed by the VANTAGE pertaining to the business underwritten by 
            the insurer.

1.7 CONTINGENT  FEES.  VANTAGE shall not receive  commissions,  fees, or charges
contingent upon savings  obtained in the  adjustment,  settlement and payment of
losses covered by the CLIENT's obligations, but VANTAGE may receive compensation
based on premiums or charges collected or the number of claims paid or 
processed.

         VANTAGE  shall  not  receive  from  CLIENT  or any  covered  individual
compensation or other payments except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

1.8  ADVERTISING.  VANTAGE  may use  only  such  advertising  pertaining  to the
business underwritten by CLIENT as has been approved by CLIENT in advance of its
use.  CLIENT shall have the prior  approval of the Director of the Department of
Insurance, State of Idaho, before approving advertising for use by VANTAGE.

         VANTAGE  shall  maintain  at  its  principal  administrative  office  a
complete file of all advertisements,  regardless of by whom written,  created or
designed,  which are used by VANTAGE and  authorized  by CLIENT with  respect to
policyholders or potential  policyholders  of CLIENT located in Georgia,  with a
notation indicating the manner and extent of distribution and the form number of
any policy advertised. Such file shall be subject to inspection by the Office of
Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Georgia. All such advertisements shall
be  maintained  in said file for a period of not less than five  years.  VANTAGE
shall  file with the  Commissioner  of  Insurance  of the State of Georgia on or
before March 1 in each year, a certification  executed by an authorized  officer
of the  administrator  wherein it is stated  that to the best of his  knowledge,
information and belief,  the  advertisements  disseminated by VANTAGE during the
preceding calendar year complied,  or were made to comply in all respects,  with
the advertising regulations of Georgia.

1.9 UNDERWRITING. The insurance policies subject to the services performed under
this  Agreement are  underwritten  by CLIENT,  and VANTAGE shall not provide any
underwriting services. CLIENT shall be responsible for determining the benefits,
premium rates, adjudication of claims,  underwriting criteria and claims payment
procedures applicable to such coverage and for securing reinsurance, if any; the
rules  pertaining  to these matters must be provided,  in writing,  by CLIENT to
VANTAGE.

1.10  COPY OF WRITTEN AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall be retained as part of   
the official records of both CLIENT and VANTAGE for the duration of this Agree- 
ment plus seven years.

1.11  CONFIDENTIALITY  OF PERSONAL  INFORMATION.  Information that identifies an
individual  covered by a plan is confidential  and all information  furnished by
CLIENT to VANTAGE hereunder is confidential. During the time such information is
in VANTAGE's custody or control,  VANTAGE shall take all reasonable  precautions
to prevent  disclosure  or use of the  information  for a purpose  unrelated  to
administration  of the plan.  VANTAGE shall disclose such  information  only: in
response  to a court  order;  for an  examination  conducted  by the  applicable
insurance  regulator for an audit or investigation  conducted under ERISA; to or
at the  request  of  CLIENT;  or with  the  written  consent  of the  identified
individual or his or her legal representative.

                                       3

     This section shall not affect the  obligations  contained in Section 7.01  
of the Agreement.

                            SECTION 2 - MISCELLANEOUS

2.1  RATIFICATIONS.  The terms and provisions set forth in this Amendment  shall
modify and  supersede all  inconsistent  terms and  provisions  set forth in the
Prior  Agreement  and,  except as  expressly  modified  and  superseded  by this
Amendment,  the terms and  provisions  of the Prior  Agreement  are ratified and
confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

2.2  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of CLIENT and VANTAGE and their respective and permitted assigns.

2.3 CORPORATE AUTHORITY. Each party hereto represents and warrants to each other
party that it is empowered  under the applicable laws and regulations and by its
charter and bylaws to enter into this Amendment and to perform the Agreement and
that all requisite corporate precedings have been taken to authorize it to enter
into this Amendment and perform the Agreement.

    EXECUTED as of the date first written above.

                        VANTAGE:

                        VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.

                        By:     /s/ Ron Nowak

                        Name:   Ron Nowak

                        Title:  Sr. Vice President


                        CLIENT:

                        NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                        INSURANCE COMPANY

                        By:     /s/ Michael M. Masterson

                        Name:   Michael M. Masterson

                        Title:  President - NWNL Sales Company


                        By:     /s/ Peg Sierk

                        Name:   M.C. Peg Sierk

                        Title:  Assistant Vice President
                                Policy Service

<PAGE>

                                FOURTH AMENDMENT


Effective June 4, 1995,  Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company ("NWNL")
and  Vantage  Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("Vantage")  hereby  amend  the  Service
Agreement  dated August 1, 1983, as amended May 9, 1991,  February 6, 1992, June
5, 1992, and November 1, 1994 (the "Agreement") as follows:

The term of the  Agreement  is hereby  extended to August 4, 1995.  Both parties
shall use their best efforts to execute a final agreement before August 4, 1995,
regarding the terms of the service agreement between NWNL and Vantage.


In all other  respects,  the Agreement  shall  continue in full force and effect
until August 4, 1995.

Dated this 2nd day of June, 1995.


VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.                 NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE
                                               INSURANCE COMPANY
 
By:      /s/ John E. Connell                   By:   /s/ Robert C. Salipante
         (authorized signature)                      (authorized signature)

Name:    John E. Connell                       Name:   Robert C. Salipante

Title:   Senior Vice President                 Title:  Senior Vice President

Date:    June 7, 1995                          Date:   June 2, 1995


                                               By:    /s/ John A. Johnson
                                                      (authorized signature)

                                               Name:   John A. Johnson, FSA

                                               Title:  Vice President

                                               Date:   June 2, 1995



<PAGE>

                                                                       CONTINUUM



                                 FIFTH AMENDMENT



Effective August 4, 1995,  Northwestern National Life Insurance Company ("NWNL")
and  Vantage  Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("Vantage")  hereby  amend  the  Service
Agreement  dated August 1, 1983, as amended May 9, 1991,  February 6, 1992, June
5, 1992, November 1, 1994 and June 2, 1995, (the "Agreement") as follows:

The term of the Agreement is hereby  extended to October 31, 1995.  Both parties
shall use their best  efforts to execute a final  agreement  before  October 31,
1995, regarding the terms of the service arrangement between NWNL and Vantage.

In all other  respects,  the Agreement  shall  continue in full force and effect
until October 31, 1995.



Dated this 10th day of July, 1995.


VANTAGE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.      NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL
                                    LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


By: /s/ Robert S. Maltempo          By: /s/ Robert C. Salipante

Name:  Robert S. Maltempo           Name:  Robert C. Salipante

Title: Attorney-In-Fact             Title:  Senior Vice President

Date:  7/31/95                      Date:  7/12/95


                                    By: /s/ John A. Johnson

                                    Name:  John A. Johnson

                                    Title:  Vice President

                                    Date:  July 14, 1995



<PAGE>

                                 SIXTH AMENDMENT

         This Amendment shall amend the Service  Agreement dated August 1, 1993,
between  Northwestern  National Life  Insurance  Company  ("NWNL") and Continuum
Administrative Services Corporation (formerly known as Vantage Computer Systems,
Inc.) ("CASC"), as amended (the "Agreement").

         The  parties  hereby  agree to amend the term of the  Agreement  to the
earliest of the following dates: (a) thirty days after NWNL gives written notice
to CASC that the migration of processing  from CASC to NWNL has been  completed;
(b)  December 31,  1996;  and (c) a date  mutually  agreed in  writing  by the
parties.

        Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary within the Service  Agreement,
in the  event  of any  claim  against  CASC  relating  to the  Agreement  or any
transaction  affected  by the  Agreement,  except  where NWNL  establishes  that
liability  is  directly  resulting  from  CASC's  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct,  including without limitation any right of indemnification from CASC
as provided in Section 5.02 of the Agreement,  CASC's liability shall be limited
as follows:

         (a) With respect to claims against NWNL made by NWNL policyholders:

                  (i) CASC shall have no liability  for the first $5,000 in loss
                  incurred  by NWNL as a result  of any  single  occurrence  for
                  which CASC may otherwise be responsible under the Agreement.

                  (ii) CASC shall,  however, be responsible for reimbursing NWNL
                  for  any loss  incurred by which  exceeds the first $5,000 but
                  only up to an aggregate loss incurred by NWNL of $100,000 with
                  respect to any single  occurrence  for which CASC is liable as
                  provided  in the  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that CASC's
                  aggregate  liability for reimbursement as described under this
                  part (ii) for all occurrences after the effective date of this
                  Amendment  shall not exceed an amount equal to $274 multiplied
                  by the number of days between the date of this Sixth Amendment
                  and the last day of the term of the Agreement.

                  (iii) NWNL shall have the right to recover  any loss  incurred
                  by it as a result of any single  occurrence  for which CASC is
                  liable as provided in the Agreement which exceeds  $500,000 in
                  loss to NWNL,  but only to the extent  that it is  collectible
                  under a valid insurance  policy covering the subject matter of
                  this  Agreement.  CASC  agrees  to use  its  best  efforts  to
                  maintain   the  errors  &  omissions   insurance   policy  (or
                  equivalent) it holds as of the date of this Sixth Amendment.

         (b) With respect to all other liability:

                  (i) CASC shall have no liability  for the first $5,000 in loss
                  incurred  by NWNL as a result  of any  single  occurrence  for
                  which CASC may otherwise be responsible under the Agreement.

                  (ii) CASC shall,  however,  be responsible for reimbursing for
                  any loss  incurred by NWNL which  exceeds the first $5,000 but
                  only up to an aggregate loss incurred by NWNL of $100,000 with
                  respect to any single  occurrence  for which CASC is liable as
                  provided  in the  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that CASC's
                  aggregate  liability for reimbursement as described under this
                  part (ii) for all occurrences after the effective date of this
                  Amendment  shall not exceed an amount equal to $274 multiplied
                  by the number of days between the date of this Sixth Amendment
                  and the last day of the term of the Agreement.

                  (iii) NWNL shall have the right to recover  any loss  incurred
                  by it as a result of any  single  occurrence for which CASC is
                  liable as provided in the Agreement which exceeds  $500,000 in
                  loss to NWNL,  but only to the extent  that it is  collectible
                  under a valid CASC  insurance  policy  covering  the  subject
                  matter of this Agreement.

This Sixth Amendment is entered into as of December 6 , 1995.


CONTINUUM ADMINISTRATIVE                   NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL
SERVICES CORPORATION                       LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


By: /s/ John C. Bower                      By: /s/ Robert C. Salipante

Name:  John C. Bower                       Name:   Robert C. Salipante

Title: President                           Title:  Senior Vice President
                                                   Strategic Mktg. & Technology

Date:  December 26, 1995                   Date:   December 6, 1995


                                            By: /s/ David F. Hill

                                            Name:   David F. Hill

                                            Title:  Senior Vice President
                                                    Individual Insurance

                                            Date:   December 6, 1995


 
[LOGO] Northwestern National Life
       A Reliastar Company

       20 Washington Avenue South
       Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401








April 12, 1996

Northwestern National Life
 Insurance Company
20 Washington Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401

Madam/Sir:

In connection with the proposed  registration  under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  of individual  variable  annuity  contracts (the  "Contracts")  and
interests in NWNL Select  Variable  Account  (the  "Separate  Account"),  I have
examined  documents relating to the establishment of the Separate Account by the
Board  of  Directors  of  Northwestern  National  Life  Insurance  Company  (the
"Company")  as a separate  account for assets  applicable  to  variable  annuity
contracts, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes Sections 61A.13 to 61A.21, as amended,
and the  Registration  Statement,  on Form N-4,  as  amended  by  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 3 thereto, File No. 33-69892 (the "Registration Statement"), and I
have  examined  such other  documents and have reviewed such matters of law as I
deemed necessary for this opinion, and I advise you that in my opinion:

     1. The Separate  Account is a separate  account of the Company duly created
and validly existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Minnesota.

     2.  The   contracts,   when  issued  in  accordance   with  the  Prospectus
constituting  a part of the  Registration  Statement  and upon  compliance  with
applicable  local law, will be legal and binding  obligations  of the Company in
accordance with their respective terms.

     3. The portion of the assets held in the Separate Account equal to reserves
and other  contract  liabilities  with respect to the  Separate  Account are not
chargeable  with  liabilities  arising out of any other business the Company may
conduct.

I consent  to the  filing of this  opinion  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement  and to the use of my name under the heading  "Legal  Opinions" in the
Prospectus  constituting  a  part  of  the  Registration  Statement  and  to the
references to me wherever appearing therein.

Very truly yours,

/s/ James E. Nelson

James E. Nelson
Counsel


 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


Board of Directors and Contract Holders
NWNL Select Variable Account

We  consent  to the use in this  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  3 and No.  4 to
Registration  Statement  on Form N-4  (File  No.  33-69892)  of the NWNL  Select
Variable  Account  filed  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the  Investment
Company Act of 1940,  respectively,  of our report dated February 2, 1996 on the
audit of the financial statements of NWNL Select Variable Account as of December
31,  1995 and for each of the three  years in the  period  then  ended,  and our
report  dated  February  1,  1996 on the  audit  of the  consolidated  financial
statements of Northwestern  National Life Insurance  Company and subsidiaries as
of and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 appearing in the Statement
of Additional Information of such Registration Statement,  and to the references
to us under the heading  "Financial  Statements  and  Experts"  appearing in the
Prospectus  and  under  the  headings  "Independent   Auditors"  and  "Financial
Statements" appearing in the Statement of Additional  Information,  all of which
are part of such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 12, 1996.



                                                                      EXHIBIT 13


           DESCRIPTION OF RETURNS BASED ON UNDERLYING FUND PERFORMANCE

The company may at times quote average  annual  returns for periods prior to the
Sub-Accounts  commenced  operations.   Such  performance   information  for  the
Sub-Accounts will be calculated  based on the  performance of the Portfolios and
the assumption that the  Sub-Accounts  were in existence for the same periods as
those indicated for the portfolios, with the level of Contract charges currently
in effect. The following provides the details in providing such returns.


                          AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS

The company may at times quote average annual returns that reflect net recurring
charges and any applicable  surrender charges. The following is the formula used
to provide such returns.

TR =   ((1 + TRsa - SC)^(1/N)) - 1

Where:

TR  =  The average annual total return of the  Sub-Account  net of recurring
       charges and any applicable surrender charge for the period.

TRf =  Total  return  of the  fund for the  period, provided  by the investment
       company.

TRsa = Total  return  of the fund for the  period,  provided  by the  investment
       company,  adjusted for the annual  contract  charge (AP) and  separate  
       account annual expenses (AE) or the following formula:

       ((1 + TRf) * (((1 - AE) * (1 - AP)) ^ N)) - 1.

SC =   Applicable surrender charge at the end of period.

AP =   Annual Contract  Charge as an equivalent  annual percent charge (AP)
       based on the  average  net assets in the  Variable  Account  and Fixed
       Account  during the  preceeding  year. (ie Select Annuity III would be
       .113%)

AE =   Total Separate Account Annual Expenses consisting of the mortality and   
       expense risk premium and the administration charge. (ie Select 
       Annuity III would be 1.40%)

N  =   The number of years (N) in the period.


                          OTHER AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS

In addition,  the company may at times quote average  annual returns that do not
reflect the Surrender  Charge.  These are  calculated in exactly the same way as
the average  annual total  returns described  above,  except that the  surrender
charge is ignored as the following formula demonstrates.

TR =   ((1 + TRsa)^(1/N)) - 1

Where:

TR =   The average annual total return of the Sub-Account net of recurring 
       charges for the period.

<PAGE>

SELECT*ANNUITY III CALCULATION OF FUND YIELDS



CURRENT & EFFECTIVE YIELD (NET OF ALL CONTRACT FEES) DECEMBER, 1995

           UNIT VALUE   UNIT VALUE         NET     7 DAY    CURRENT    EFFECTIVE
FUND         12/22/95     12/29/95      CHANGE    RETURN      YIELD        YIELD

FMM        $10.723016   $10.731589   $0.008341   0.0778%      4.06%        4.14%


Note: Net Change = 12/31 Unit Value - 12/24 Unit Value - Hypothetical Weekly Fee
      Current Yield = 7 Day Return x 365/7
      Effective Yield = [(7 Day Return +1)^(365/7)] - 1

CALCULATION OF AVERAGE WEEKLY CONTRACT FEE PER MONEY MARKET UNIT DECEMBER, 1994

            ANNUAL FEE      STATED AS           UNIT VALUE
         AS PERCENT OF       A WEEKLY             12/22/95       HYPOTHETICAL
        AVG INVESTED $            FEE          (INVESTED $)        WEEKLY FEE

                0.113%        0.0022%           $10.723016          $0.000232



<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY HIGH INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
         Date            Deposit         NQ UV             # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.631688        100.000         $963.17          $962.04         99.883
         12/29/95                        $11.456275         99.883       $1,144.28        $1,143.15         99.784

<CAPTION>
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,143.15          $1,089.15
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         14.32%              8.92%
                                         Average Annual Return               6.98%              4.40%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.631688        103.824
         12/29/95                        $11.456275        103.824       $1,189.44        $1,188.31         103.725

<CAPTION>
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     ENDING VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,188.31          $1,134.31
                                         Total Return One Year              18.83%             13.43%
                                         Average Annual Return              18.83%             13.43%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>



<PAGE>



SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY EQUITY INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                        $10.513908        100.000       $1,051.39        $1,050.26          99.893
         12/29/95                        $14.008100         99.893       $1,399.30        $1,398.17          99.812

<CAPTION>
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,398.17          $1,344.17
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         39.82%             34.42%
                                         Average Annual Return              18.41%             16.08%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94                        $10.513908        95.112
         12/29/95                        $14.008100        95.112        $1,332.34        $1,331.21          95.031

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,331.21          $1,277.21
                                         Total Return One Year              33.12%             27.72%
                                         Average Annual Return              33.12%             27.72%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>




<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY GROWTH
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.858362        100.000         $985.84          $984.71         99.885
         12/29/95                        $13.161108         99.885       $1,314.60        $1,313.47         99.800

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,313.47          $1,259.47
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         31.35%             25.95%
                                         Average Annual Return              14.74%             12.33%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units          Value          Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.858362        101.437
         12/29/95                        $13.161108        101.437       $1,335.02        $1,333.89         101.351

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,333.89          $1,279.89
                                         Total Return One Year              33.39%             27.99%
                                         Average Annual Return              33.39%             27.99%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>




<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY OVERSEAS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.944721        100.000         $994.47          $993.34         99.886
         12/29/95                        $10.756888         99.886       $1,074.47        $1,073.34         99.781


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,073.34          $1,019.34
                                         Total Return Incep to Date          7.33%              1.93%
                                         Average Annual Return               3.63%              0.97%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


<CAPTION>
  
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.944721        100.556
         12/29/95                        $10.756888        100.556       $1,081.67        $1,080.54         100.451

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,080.54          $1,026.54
                                         Total Return One Year               8.05%              2.65%
                                         Average Annual Return               8.05%              2.65%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY ASSET MANAGER
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units         Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.198055        100.000       $919.81          $918.68          99.877
         12/29/95                        $10.609566         99.877     $1,059.65        $1,058.52          99.771


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,058.52          $1,004.52
                                         Total Return Incep to Date          5.85%              0.45%
                                         Average Annual Return               2.91%              0.23%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>


                                                                         Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units         Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.198055        108.719
         12/29/95                        $10.609566        108.719     $1,153.46        $1,152.33         108.612


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,152.33          $1,098.33
                                         Total Return One Year              15.23%              9.83%
                                         Average Annual Return              15.23%              9.83%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>





<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY INVESTMENT GRADE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit            NQ UV         # Units        Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000         100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.477401         100.000      $947.74          $946.61          99.881
         12/29/95                        $10.966152          99.881    $1,095.31        $1,094.18          99.778

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,094.18          $1,040.18
                                         Total Return Incep to Date          9.42%              4.02%
                                         Average Annual Return               4.64%              2.01%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend      Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value       Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.477401        105.514
         12/29/95                        $10.966152        105.514       $1,157.08      $1,155.95         105.411

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,155.95          $1,101.95
                                         Total Return One Year              15.60%             10.20%
                                         Average Annual Return              15.60%             10.20%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>



<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend      Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value       Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.947575        100.000         $994.76        $993.63         99.886
         12/29/95                        $13.459368         99.886       $1,344.41      $1,343.28         99.802

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,343.28          $1,289.28
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         34.33%             28.93%
                                         Average Annual Return              16.04%             13.67%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend      Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value       Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.947575        100.527
         12/29/95                        $13.459368        100.527       $1,353.03      $1,351.90         100.443

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,351.90          $1,297.90
                                         Total Return One Year              35.19%             29.79%
                                         Average Annual Return              35.19%             29.79%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>



<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: FIDELITY CONTRAFUND
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend       Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value        Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         01/03/95        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/29/95                        $12.103084        100.000       $1,210.31       $1,209.18         99.907

<CAPTION>


                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,209.18          $1,155.18
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         20.92%             15.52%
                                         Average Annual Return              21.11%             15.66%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>




<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: NORTHSTAR INCOME & GROWTH
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
           1/3/95        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/29/95                        $11.650745        100.000       $1,165.07        $1,163.94         99.903

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,163.94          $1,109.94
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         16.39%             10.99%
                                         Average Annual Return              16.54%             11.09%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: NORTHSTAR GROWTH FUND
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
           1/3/95        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/29/95                        $11.566254        100.000       $1,156.63        $1,155.50         99.902


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,155.50          $1,101.50
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         15.55%             10.15%
                                         Average Annual Return              15.69%             10.24%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>





<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: NORTHSTAR MULTI-SECTOR BONDS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
           1/3/95         $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/29/95                         $11.388122        100.000       $1,138.81        $1,137.68         99.901


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE    SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>               <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,137.68         $1,083.68
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         13.77%             8.37%
                                         Average Annual Return              13.89%             8.44%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>




<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: PCM DIVERSIFIED INCOME FUND
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.419347        100.000         $941.93          $940.80         99.880
         12/29/95                        $11.066646         99.880       $1,105.34        $1,104.21         99.778

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,104.21          $1,050.21
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         10.42%              5.02%
                                         Average Annual Return               5.12%              2.50%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.419347        106.164
         12/29/95                        $11.066646        106.164       $1,174.88        $1,173.75         106.062


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,173.75          $1,119.75
                                         Total Return One Year              17.38%              1.98%
                                         Average Annual Return              17.38%             11.98%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>




<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: PCM GROWTH AND INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.876199        100.000         $987.62          $986.49         99.886
         12/29/95                        $13.316238         99.886       $1,330.10        $1,328.97         99.801

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,328.97          $1,274.97
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         32.90%             27.50%
                                         Average Annual Return              15.42%             13.03%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.876199        101.254
         12/29/95                        $13.316238        101.254       $1,348.32        $1,347.19         101.169


<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,347.19          $1,293.19
                                         Total Return One Year              34.72%             29.32%
                                         Average Annual Return              34.72%             29.32%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: PCM UTILITIES GROWTH AND INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                         $9.288126        100.000         $928.81          $927.68         99.878
         12/29/95                        $12.007195         99.878       $1,199.26        $1,198.13         99.784

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE    SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>               <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,198.13         $1,144.13
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         19.81%            14.41%
                                         Average Annual Return               9.54%             7.02%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>


                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00        $9.288126        107.664
         12/29/95                        $12.007195        107.664       $1,292.75        $1,291.62         107.570

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,291.62          $1,237.62
                                         Total Return One Year              29.16%             23.76%
                                         Average Annual Return              29.16%             23.76%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>





<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: PCM VOYAGER
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
          1/06/94        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/30/94                        $10.038636        100.000       $1,003.86        $1,002.73         99.887
         12/29/95                        $13.927167         99.887       $1,391.15        $1,390.02         99.806

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,390.02          $1,336.02
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         39.00%             33.60%
                                         Average Annual Return              18.06%             15.73%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
         12/30/94        $1,000.00       $10.038636        99.615
         12/29/95                        $13.927167        99.615        $1,387.36        $1,386.23         99.534

<CAPTION>


                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,386.23          $1,332.23
                                         Total Return One Year              38.62%             33.22%
                                         Average Annual Return              38.62%             33.22%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: PCM ASIA PACIFIC
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
           5/l/95        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/29/95                        $10.136110        100.000       $1,013.61        $1,012.48         99.889

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE     SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>    
                                         Ending Value                    $1,012.48          $958.48
                                         Total Return Incep to Date          1.25%           -4.15%
                                         Average Annual Return               1.26%           -4.19%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------


</TABLE>



<PAGE>


SELECT ANNUITY III RETURNS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995



FUND: PCM NEW OPPORTUNITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Yearend        Less "Avg"        Yearend
             Date          Deposit           NQ UV         # Units           Value         Cont Fee           Units
<S>      <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>              <C>               <C>   
           5/1/95        $1,000.00       $10.000000        100.000
         12/29/95                        $13.350615        100.000       $1,335.06        $1,333.93          99.915

<CAPTION>

                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       CONTRACT VALUE    SURRENDER VALUE
<S>                                                                      <C>               <C>      
                                         Ending Value                    $1,333.93         $1,279.93
                                         Total Return Incep to Date         33.39%            27.99%
                                         Average Annual Return              53.88%            44.66%
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<LEGEND>
NWNL Select Variable Account Annual Report for the Year Ended 12-31-95, Annual
Report (Form N-SAR) Filing Pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act and Section
30(b) of the 1940 Act, Form 24f(2) Annual Notice of Securities Sold Pursuant to
Rule 24f-2.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>               0000356778
<NAME>              0
<MULTIPLIER>        1,000
<CURRENCY>          $1
<EXCHANGE-RATE>     1.000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-1-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                          317,598
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                         378,065
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                       0
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 378,065
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                          414
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                                414
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                       317,598
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                       22,791,039
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                       16,607,567
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                        4,492
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                         11,896
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                        60,467
<NET-ASSETS>                                   378,065
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                5,942
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                    0
<OTHER-INCOME>                                   3,314
<EXPENSES-NET>                                   4,764
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          4,492
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                         9,391
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                       51,022
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                           64,905
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                      7,610,965
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                  1,427,492
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                         132,350
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                      0
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY  A.  PROULX  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ R. Michael Conley

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95

<PAGE>

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY  A.  PROULX  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 11th day of March, 1996.


                                       /s/ Richard R. Crowl

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95

<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY  A.  PROULX  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995


                                       /s/ John H. Flittie

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95




<PAGE>

                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ Wayne R. Huneke



MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95

<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 14th day of March, 1996.


                                       /s/ Kenneth U. Kuk

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95




<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 2nd day of January, 1996.


                                       /s/ William R. Merriam

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95




<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ Craig R. Rodby



MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95



<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ David H. Roe

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95



<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ Robert C. Salipante

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95



<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has hereto set the undersigned's  hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ Donald L. Swanson

MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95




<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY  A.  PROULX  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ John G. Turner


MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95



<PAGE>


                  NORTHWESTERN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY
                             OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER



     The  undersigned  director  and/or  officer of  NORTHWESTERN  NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY,  a Minnesota  corporation,  does hereby make,  constitute and
appoint ROYCE N. SANNER,  RICHARD R. CROWL, MICHAEL S. FISCHER, JAMES E. NELSON,
ROBERT B.  SAGINAW,  and  JEFFREY A.  PROULX,  and each or any one of them,  the
undersigned's   true  and   lawful   attorneys-in-fact,   with  full   power  of
substitution,  for the  undersigned  and in the  undersigned's  name,  place and
stead, to sign and affix the undersigned's  name as such director and/or officer
of said Company to a Registration  Statement or Registration  Statements,  under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(1940  Act)  and any  other  forms  applicable  to such  registrations,  and all
amendments,  including post-effective  amendments,  thereto, to be filed by said
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  Washington,  DC,  in
connection with the  registration  under the 1933 and 1940 Acts, as amended,  of
variable  annuity  contracts  and  accumulation  units in the MFS/NWNL  Variable
Account, the NWNL Select Variable Account, the Northstar/NWNL  Variable Account,
and  of  variable  life  insurance   policies  and  accumulation  units  in  the
Select*Life  Variable  Account,  and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and  other  supporting  documents,  with  said  Commission,  granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact,  and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of the
powers herein expressly granted.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set the undersigned's hand
this 19th day of October, 1995.


                                       /s/ Steven W. Wishart


MFS/NWNL
NWNL Select
Northstar/NWNL
Select*Life
Rev. 12/95


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission